Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 24, 2014

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM F-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Hailiang Education Group Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

Not Applicable

(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)

 

 

 

Cayman Islands
  8200
  Not Applicable

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

386, Jiefangbei Road

Diankou Town, Zhuji

Zhejiang Province, PRC 311814

+86-575-8706-3555

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Corporation Service Company

1180 Avenue of the Americas, Suite 210

New York, New York 10036-8401

+1-800-927-9800

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

 

Copies to:    

David T. Zhang, Esq.

Benjamin Su, Esq.

Kirkland & Ellis

26/F, Gloucester Tower, The Landmark

15 Queen’s Road Central

Hong Kong

+852-3761-3318

   

Mitchell S. Nussbaum, Esq.

Loeb & Loeb LLP

345 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10154

+1-212-407-4159

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   ¨

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earliest effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of each class of

securities to be registered (1)(2)

 

Proposed

maximum

aggregate

offering price (3)

 

Amount of

registration fee

Ordinary shares, par value US$0.0001 per share

  US$20,000,000   US$2,324

 

 

(1) Includes ordinary shares initially offered and sold outside the United States that may be resold from time to time in the United States either as part of their distribution or within 40 days after the later of the effective date of this registration statement and the date the shares are first bona fide offered to the public. These ordinary shares are not being registered for the purposes of sales outside of the United States.
(2) American depositary shares issuable upon deposit of the ordinary shares registered hereby will be registered under a separate registration statement on Form F-6 (Registration No. 333-            ). Each American depositary share represents              ordinary shares.
(3) Estimated solely for the purpose of determining the amount of registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to such Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell the securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting any offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where such offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS DATED             , 2015

American depositary shares representing        ordinary shares

(minimum offering amount)

American depositary shares representing        ordinary shares

(maximum offering amount)

Hailiang Education Group Inc.

This is an initial public offering of American depositary shares, or ADSs, by Hailiang Education Group Inc. Each ADS represents              ordinary shares, par value US$0.0001 per share. We are offering on a best efforts basis a minimum of              ADSs and a maximum of              ADSs. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our ADSs or ordinary shares. We anticipate the initial public offering price will be between US$              and US$             per ADS.

We have applied to list our ADSs on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “HLG.”

 

 

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, and Section 3(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act.

 

 

Investing in our ADSs involves a high degree of risk. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 15.

 

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

     Number of
ADSs
   Initial Public
Offering Price
     Underwriting
Discounts
and Commissions
     Proceeds to Our
Company Before
Expenses
 

Minimum

      $                    $                    $                

Maximum

      $         $         $     

The underwriter is selling our ADSs in this offering on a best efforts basis. The underwriter is not required to sell any specific number or dollar amount of ADSs but will use its best efforts to sell the ADSs offered. One of the conditions to our obligation to sell any securities through the underwriter is that, upon the closing of the offering, the ADSs would qualify for listing on the Nasdaq Global Market.

We do not intend to close this offering unless we sell at least a minimum number of ADS, at the price per ADS set forth above, to result in sufficient proceeds to list our ADSs on the Nasdaq Global Market. Because this is a best efforts offering, the underwriter does not have an obligation to purchase any securities, and, as a result, there is a possibility that we may not be able to sell the minimum offering amount. The offering may terminate on the earlier of (i) any time after the minimum offering amount of our ADSs is raised, or (ii) 90 days from the effective date of this prospectus, or the expiration date. If we can successfully raise the minimum offering amount within the offering period, the proceeds from the offering will be released to us after deducting certain escrow fees. The proceeds from the sale of the ADSs in this offering will be payable to “              ” and will be deposited in a separate (limited to funds received on behalf of us) non-interest bearing trust bank account until the minimum offering amount is raised. We expect that delivery of the ADSs will be made to investors through the book-entry facilities of The Depository Trust Company.

 

 

Network 1 Financial Securities, Inc.

The date of this prospectus is             , 2015


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1   

Risk Factors

     15   

Special Note Regarding Forward-looking Statements

     48   

Use of Proceeds

     49   

Dividend Policy

     51   

Capitalization

     52   

Dilution

     53   

Exchange Rate Information

     56   

Enforceability of Civil Liabilities

     57   

Our Corporate History and Structure

     59   

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

     65   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     67   

Industry

     89   

Business

     95   

Regulations

     112   

Management

     119   

Principal Shareholders

     124   

Related Party Transactions

     126   

Description of Share Capital

     129   

Description of American Depositary Shares

     139   

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     149   

Taxation

     151   

Underwriting

     159   

Expenses Related to This Offering

     167   

Legal Matters

     168   

Experts

     168   

Where You Can Find Additional Information

     169   

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-1   

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, ADSs only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our ADSs.

No action is being taken in any jurisdiction outside the United States to permit a public offering of the ADSs or possession or distribution of this prospectus in that jurisdiction. Persons who come into possession of this prospectus in jurisdictions outside the United States are required to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions as to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus applicable to that jurisdiction.

Until             , 2015 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade in our ordinary shares, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters.

 

i


Table of Contents

Conventions that Apply to this Prospectus

Unless otherwise indicated or the context requires otherwise, references in this prospectus to:

 

    “ADRs” are to our American depositary receipts, which, if issued, evidence our ADSs;

 

    “ADSs” are to our American depositary shares, each of which represents              ordinary shares;

 

    “affiliated entities” are to Hailiang Investment and our schools;

 

    “China” or the “PRC” are to the People’s Republic of China, excluding Taiwan and the special administrative regions of Hong Kong and Macau for the purposes of this prospectus only;

 

    “fiscal year” refers to the period from July 1 of each calendar year to June 30 of the following calendar year;

 

    “Gaokao” are to university entrance examinations administered in China;

 

    “graduate class” are to the class of students graduated or graduating at the end of a school year;

 

    “Hailiang Consulting” are to Zhejiang Hailiang Education Consulting and Services Co., Ltd., our wholly-owned PRC subsidiary;

 

    “Hailiang Group” are to Hailiang Group Co., Ltd., a related party;

 

    “Hailiang Inc.” are to “Hailiang Education Group Inc.,” our listing entity incorporated in the Cayman Islands;

 

    “Hailiang HK” are to “Hailiang Education (HK) Limited,” our wholly owned subsidiary incorporated in Hong Kong which holds 100% of the equity interest in Hailiang Consulting;

 

    “Hailiang Investment” are to Zhejiang Hailiang Education Investment Co., Ltd., an entity in which we do not hold any equity interests but which we control through various contractual arrangements;

 

    “Mr. Feng” are to Mr. Hailiang Feng, our founder and controlling shareholder. Mr. Feng served as the chairman and chief executive officer of our group and held directorships and management roles in our subsidiaries and affiliated entities until November 2014. Mr. Feng is the founder and chairman of the board of directors of Hailiang Group;

 

    “our company,” “we,” “us,” “our” or “our group” are to Hailiang Inc. and, unless the context otherwise requires, all of their subsidiaries and affiliated entities;

 

    “our schools” are to Zhuji Hailiang Foreign Language School, Zhuji Private High School and Tianma Experimental School, which are owned and operated by Hailiang Investment;

 

    “RMB” or “Renminbi” are to the legal currency of China;

 

    “school year” are to the period from September 1 of each calendar year to June 30 of the following calendar year

 

    “shares” or “ordinary shares” are to our ordinary shares, par value US$0.0001 per share;

 

    “US$” are to the legal currency of the United States; and

 

    “Zhongkao” are to high school entrance examinations administered in China.

This prospectus contains translations of certain Renminbi amounts into U.S. dollars at specified rates. For amounts not recorded in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, unless otherwise stated, all translation of financial data from Renminbi into U.S. dollars has been made at RMB6.1380 to US$1.00, the noon buying rate in effect on September 30, 2014 as set forth in the H.10 Statistical Release of the Federal Reserve Board. We make no representation that the Renminbi or U.S. dollar amounts referred to in this prospectus could have been or could be converted into U.S. dollars or Renminbi, as the case may be, at any particular rate or at all. On December 19, 2014, the noon buying rate was RMB6.2196 to US$1.00.

All share and per share data in this prospectus have been given effect to a share split effected on December 23, 2014, following which each of our previously issued ordinary shares was subdivided into ten ordinary shares.

 

ii


Table of Contents

Prospectus Summary

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all the information that you should consider before investing in our ADSs. You should carefully read the entire prospectus, including our financial statements and related notes included in this prospectus and the information set forth under the headings “Risk factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” before making an investment decision. This prospectus contains information from a report prepared at our request by CCID Co., Ltd., an independent market research firms, or the CCID Report.

Our Business

We are the third largest provider of private K-12 educational services in China and the largest provider of private K-12 educational services in the Yangtze River Delta region (comprising Zhejiang province, Jiangsu province and Shanghai), as measured by the total number of students enrolled in 2012, according to the CCID Report. According to the same report, in 2013, there were 145,817 private K-12 schools with 33.1 million enrolled students in China and our national market share was 0.051% based on the number of students enrolled. In 2012, there were approximately 10,728 private K-12 schools with 3.6 million enrolled students in the Yangtze River Delta region, and our market share in the region was 0.467% based on the number of students enrolled. We currently operate three centrally managed schools through our PRC affiliated entities, namely Zhuji Hailiang Foreign Language School, Zhuji Private High School and Tianma Experimental School. These schools are all located in Zhuji city, Zhejiang province in China. Our ultimate Cayman Islands holding company does not have any substantive operations other than indirectly controlling Hailiang Investment, our affiliated entity, which controls and holds our school operations through certain contractual arrangements.

As of September 30, 2014, 17,151 students were enrolled in our schools and we employed a total of 1,224 teachers and educational staff. We are dedicated to hiring teachers and educational staff who hold the necessary academic credentials, are dedicated and active professionals in their field, and are committed to improving their students’ academic performance.

We offer our basic educational program and international program at the kindergarten, primary school, middle school and high school levels. Our basic educational program offers curricula with courses mandated by the PRC regulatory authorities, as well as those developed through our own research and development efforts. Our international program also offers curricula mandated by the PRC regulatory authorities and in addition, provides curricula with a focus on preparing students to study abroad. As most of the students in our international program plan to study abroad after they graduate from our middle school and high school programs, we have designed our international program to specifically address the needs of these students in terms of both language and academics. In addition, for students planning to apply for undergraduate programs in the U.S. and the U.K., we provide courses designed to help students become admitted to these programs, such as A-levels courses for U.K. universities and SAT courses for U.S. universities. We have steadily grown our international program from 250 students as of June 30, 2012 to 1,335 students as of September 30, 2014, and many of our students have been accepted to top universities abroad.

With over eighteen years of operation, we believe that we have become one of the most well-known and respected providers of private K-12 educational services in the Yangtze River Delta region. Both Hailiang high schools were recognized as “Key Schools” ( LOGO ) and all of Hailiang middle schools and primary schools were recognized as “Model Schools” ( LOGO ) by Zhejiang’s Department of Education in recognition of a number of factors, including the quality of education, course design, teacher qualifications and feedback from parents. In 2012, Hailiang Education Group was listed as one of the “Ten Best-Known Private Education Brands in China” ( LOGO LOGO ) by the China Private Educationalist Association and as one of the “Most Competitive Education Groups” ( LOGO ) by Sina.com Education Channel.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

We have experienced significant growth in our business. Our revenue increased by 25.0% from RMB349.6 million in the 2012 fiscal year to RMB437.0 million in the 2013 fiscal year and further increased by 5.9% to RMB462.8 million (US$75.4 million) in the 2014 fiscal year, both driven primarily by an increase in the average tuition charged per student during the same periods. Our gross profit increased by 29.6% from RMB110.5 million in the 2012 fiscal year to RMB143.2 million in the 2013 fiscal year and further increased by 13.9% to RMB163.1 million (US$26.6 million) in the 2014 fiscal year. Our net profit and comprehensive income increased by 44.7% from RMB85.1 million in the 2012 fiscal year to RMB123.2 million in the 2013 fiscal year and further increased by 14.2% to RMB140.7 million (US$22.9 million) in the 2014 fiscal year. In particular, in line with our strategy to increase enrollment in our international program, we have increased the proportion of revenue derived from students enrolled in our international program from 4.1% of revenue in the 2012 fiscal year to 10.8% of revenue in the 2013 fiscal year and 15.1% of revenue in the 2014 fiscal year.

In the three months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, our revenue amounted to RMB73.7 million and RMB69.9 million (US$11.4 million), respectively, our gross profit amounted to RMB7.7 million and RMB1.0 million (US$0.2 million), respectively, and we recorded a net loss of RMB6.4 million and RMB14.5 million (US$2.4 million), respectively. We generally record a lower level of revenue in the first and third quarters compared to the other two quarters of a fiscal year, due to the two-month summer vacation in July and August and the one-month winter vacation in part of January and February. We, however, continue to incur fixed costs and operating expenses associated with our operations during such quarters. As a result, our profits are generally lower during these quarters. The decrease in revenue from the first quarter of the 2014 fiscal year to the first quarter of the 2015 fiscal year also reflected a higher summer camp revenue recorded in the summer of 2013 compared to the summer of 2014.

Our Industry

China’s private K-12 educational services market is large and growing. For example, the total number of private K-12 schools increased from 89,383 in 2006 to 145,817 in 2013, and the proportion of students in private K-12 schools against the total number of students in K-12 schools also increased from 8.5% to 16.5% during the same period, according to the CCID Report. This growth is attributable to strong economic growth in the PRC, an increasingly large and affluent urban population, a cultural emphasis on the importance of education and strong government support.

China’s strong economic growth is manifested by its rising gross domestic product, or GDP, and significant increases in disposable income. In particular, the per capita disposable income of urban residents increased by a compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, of 12.6% from 2006 to 2013. Furthermore, according to the CCID Report, the average household spending on educational and cultural entertainment services amounted to 12.7% of total annual per capita consumption in urban areas in 2013.

The amount of disposable income spent on education reflects the strong emphasis Chinese society has historically placed on education. Chinese parents are increasingly willing to dedicate a larger portion of household disposable income to providing their only child with the best education they can afford.

Reflecting people’s growing focus on education, the government at various levels has implemented policies to support private education. In January 2011, the Office of the State Council issued the “ Notice of National Education System Reform Pilot Program ” (2010-2020). The Notice included a reform pilot project in Zhejiang, where our schools are located, which focused on improving private education, strengthening fiscal support policies for private education and increasing autonomy for private schools.

The number of students enrolled in international school programs has also grown rapidly. According to the CCID Report, there were a total of approximately 144,400 students enrolled in international school programs in

 

 

2


Table of Contents

2012 in China, a figure that is expected to rise in the coming years. This increase has been a product of, among other things, an increase in the number of students studying abroad. For example, in 1978 before China’s “reform and opening up,” there were less than 1,000 students studying abroad, while in 2013 there were approximately 413,900 students studying abroad, according to the CCID Report.

We believe that these trends provide a stable and growing demand for our services and provide a firm foundation for future expansion.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe the following competitive strengths have contributed to, and continue to reinforce, our leadership position in China’s educational services sector and will continue to drive our future growth:

 

    Leading provider of private K-12 educational services in China;

 

    Strong brand recognition;

 

    High quality teachers and specially-designed school programs;

 

    Proven track record with high revenue visibility and profitability; and

 

    Centralized operation led by strong management.

Our Growth Strategies

Our goal is to further strengthen our leadership position in China’s private K-12 educational services market. We intend to leverage our strong market position and strong brand in pursuing the following strategies:

 

    Continue to build our brand and reputation;

 

    Further streamline and standardize our operations;

 

    Solidify our market leadership by focusing on education quality;

 

    Increase enrollment in our international program and introduce diversified and international features;

 

    Expand and upgrade our school facilities; and

 

    Expand our school network by pursuing strategic acquisitions.

Our Challenges

Our ability to achieve our goals and execute our strategies is subject to risks and uncertainties, including the following:

 

    Our ability to charge tuition at levels that will allow us to remain profitable;

 

    Our ability to continue to attract and retain students in our schools;

 

    Our ability to continue to attract and retain highly qualified teachers and educational staff;

 

    Our ability to ensure our students’ satisfaction with their academic performance and college admissions;

 

    Our ability to generate demand for the types of educational programs we offer, especially our international program;

 

    Our ability to comply with government regulations;

 

 

3


Table of Contents
    Our ability to maintain the reputation and awareness of the “Hailiang” brand;

 

    Our ability to expand our geographic reach and compete against our private school and public school competitors; and

 

    Our ability to manage any strategic acquisitions effectively.

We rely on certain contractual arrangements to control our affiliated entities. See “Our Corporate History and Structure.” However, we face risks that these contractual arrangements may not be as effective as direct equity ownership in providing us with control over the affiliated entities. For example, any failure by Hailiang Investment or Mr. Feng, the shareholder of Hailiang Investment, our founder and our ultimate controlling shareholder, to perform the obligations under the contractual arrangements would have a material adverse effect on our financial position and financial performance. Therefore, the enforceability of the contractual arrangements represents significant judgments and assumptions. The equity interests of Hailiang Investment are legally held by Mr. Feng on behalf of our company. Mr. Feng beneficially owns 98.6% of our total ordinary shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2014. Mr. Feng was the legal representative of both Hailiang Consulting and Hailiang Investment, the parties to the contracts providing us control over our affiliated entities. As part of our effort to separate ownership and management of our group, Mr. Feng ceased to act as our chairman and chief executive officer in November 2014. He also resigned from all managerial roles at our subsidiary and affiliated entity level, including his positions as the legal representatives of Hailiang Consulting and Hailiang Investment. All such roles were assumed by management and employees of our group. As a result, Mr. Feng does not owe any fiduciary duties to our company or our shareholders and we solely rely on our contractual rights as well as Mr. Feng’s compliance with the terms and conditions of the contractual arrangements to control the affiliated entities. Mr. Feng has the full ability to act in his own best interest as controlling shareholder of the company. If Mr. Feng is in breach of his contractual obligations under the contractual arrangements and we cannot resolve the dispute with Mr. Feng, we may have to resort to legal proceedings which could result in disruption of our business and subject us to substantial uncertainty as to the outcome of any such legal proceedings. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Corporate Structure.”

In addition, as part of our cash management policy, we have historically deposited and expect to continue to deposit a certain amount of cash generated from our private education business with Hailiang Finance Co., Ltd., or Hailiang Finance, a related party finance company owned by Hailiang Group, in order to earn interest at market rates with flexible withdrawal terms on our cash deposits. We do not control nor are we informed of the use of deposits made with the finance company and are subject to credit risks of such finance company. There is no assurance that we will be able to successfully enforce the guarantee granted by Hailiang Group or Mr. Feng in the event that the finance company defaults on the return of such deposits. Our financial condition and liquidity position could be materially and adversely affected if any of these occur and, as a result, our business and prospects would be materially and adversely affected. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry—We deposit a certain amount of cash with related parties and are subject to credit risks of such related parties.”

We also face other challenges, risks and uncertainties that may materially affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. In addition, we face risks and uncertainties related to our compliance with applicable PRC regulations and policies. You should consider the risks discussed in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus before investing in our ADSs.

Our Corporate History and Structure

We are an exempted company with limited liability incorporated in the Cayman Islands. We currently operate three private schools offering K-12 educational services in Zhuji, Zhejiang province of China. We started

 

 

4


Table of Contents

our operations in 1995 when Zhuji Hailiang Foreign Language School, our first private school, was founded by Mr. Feng. Our second private school, namely Zhuji Private High School, was founded by Mr. Feng and Mr. Zhanghuan Meng, or Mr. Meng, in 2001. In November 2011, Mr. Feng purchased 40% of the equity interest in Zhuji Private High School from Mr. Meng and became the sole sponsor of Zhuji Private High School. Our third private school, namely Tianma Experimental School, was jointly acquired by Mr. Feng and Mr. Meng in July 2009. In November 2011, Mr. Feng acquired the 20% equity interest in the school from Mr. Meng and became the sole sponsor of the school. Mr. Meng disposed of his equity interests in our schools in November 2011 in order to raise capital for and pursue other business opportunities. As a result, Mr. Feng owned 100% of the equity interest in each of our three schools. Between 2011 and 2013, we underwent a corporate restructuring in contemplation of this offering, which included the incorporation of our listing entity in the Cayman Islands, Hailiang Inc., our Hong Kong subsidiary, Hailiang HK, and our wholly-owned PRC subsidiary, Hailiang Consulting, and consolidation of our schools under a single affiliated entity, Hailiang Investment. See “Our Corporate History and Structure” for more details.

Foreign ownership in educational services is subject to significant regulations in China. The PRC government regulates the provision of educational services through strict licensing requirements. In particular, PRC laws and regulations currently prohibit foreign ownership of companies and institutions providing compulsory educational services at primary and middle school levels, and restrict foreign investment in educational services businesses at the high school level. Hailiang Inc. is a company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with no substantive operations. Our PRC subsidiary, Hailiang Consulting, is a foreign-owned enterprise and is currently ineligible to apply for and hold licenses to operate, or otherwise own equity interests in, our schools with K-12 educational programs. Due to these restrictions, in December 2013, we, through our PRC subsidiary, Hailiang Consulting, entered into a series of contractual arrangements with (i) our affiliated entities, consisting of Hailiang Investment and the schools which Hailiang Investment owns and operates, and (ii) the shareholder of Hailiang Investment, Mr. Feng, who is also our founder, which enable us to:

 

    exercise the power over our affiliated entities;

 

    have the exposure or rights to variable returns from our involvement with our affiliated entities; and

 

    exercise the ability to affect those returns through use of its power over our affiliated entities.

We do not have any equity interest in our affiliated entities. However, as a result of these contractual arrangements, we control our affiliated entities. We have consolidated the results of our affiliated entities in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus in accordance with the International Reporting Standards, or IFRS. For a more detailed discussion of the basis of presentation of our consolidated financial statements, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Basis of Presentation.”

If our affiliated entities or Mr. Feng fail to perform their obligations under the contractual arrangements, we could be limited in our ability to enforce the contractual arrangements that give us effective control. Further, if we are unable to maintain effective control, we would not be able to continue to consolidate the affiliated entities’ financial results with our financial results. Our affiliated entities contributed substantially all of our total consolidated revenues for the 2012, 2013 and 2014 fiscal years and the three months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014. For a detailed description of the risks associated with our corporate structure and the contractual arrangements that support our corporate structure, including risks and uncertainties regarding the validity of these contractual arrangements, the control that these contractual arrangements grant us, our relationships with the shareholder of our affiliated entities, the consequences of our affiliated entities’ bankruptcy and adverse tax consequences of these contractual arrangements, see “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Corporate Structure” and “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Doing Business in China.”

 

 

5


Table of Contents

As a holding company, our ability to pay dividends depends on dividends paid to us by Hailiang Consulting, our wholly-owned PRC subsidiary. Pursuant to PRC laws and regulations, (i) Hailiang Consulting in China can pay dividends to us only out of its accumulated profits, (ii) Hailiang Consulting is required to set aside at least 10% of its after tax profits each year to fund certain statutory reserve funds until the aggregate amount of such reserve funds reaches 50% of its registered capital, and such reserve funds are not distributable as cash dividends, and (iii) any instruments governing Hailiang Consulting’s debt may restrict its ability to pay dividends or make other payments to us. Under existing PRC foreign exchange regulations, payments of current account items, including profit distributions, interest payments and trade and service-related foreign exchange transactions, can be made in foreign currencies without prior SAFE approval by complying with certain routine procedural requirements. Therefore, Hailiang Consulting is able to pay dividends in foreign currencies to us without prior SAFE approval. However, Hailiang Consulting’s ability to pay dividends is substantially dependent on the service fees to be received from Hailiang Investment as part of our contractual arrangements with our affiliated entities. Although the service fees are to be calculated based on the total revenue of our affiliated entities, the amount is not set, is determined solely by Hailiang Consulting, and is limited to the net income of Hailiang Investment and its affiliates after deduction of necessary costs and mandatory development reserve funds. To retain financial resources for our school operations and maintain the flexibility of pursuing strategic acquisitions, Hailiang Consulting did not request any payment of service fees after we completed our reorganization and entered into the contractual arrangements in December 2013. Going forward, we expect the amount of service fees to be determined by our board of directors, taking into consideration all relevant factors, including our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations, as well as cash needs at both the subsidiary and affiliated entity levels.

 

 

6


Table of Contents

The following diagram illustrates our corporate structure as of the date of this prospectus:

 

LOGO

 

Note:

 

(1)

According to PRC laws and regulations, entities and individuals who establish private schools are commonly referred to as “sponsors” instead of “owners” or “shareholders.” The economic substance of “sponsorship” with respect of private schools is substantially similar to that of ownership with regard to legal, regulatory and tax matters. However, the differences between sponsorship and equity ownership can be found in the specific provisions of the laws and regulations applicable to sponsors and owners, such as provisions regarding the right to receive returns on investment and the right to the distribution of residual properties upon termination and liquidation. Each of our schools has been registered as a school that requires “reasonable returns.” Under PRC laws and regulations, although private education is mainly treated as a public welfare undertaking, sponsors of schools may choose to require reasonable returns from the annual earnings of the school after deduction of certain costs, expenses, donations, subsidies and required contributions to development funds. Hailiang Investment is the sponsor of each of the three schools we currently operate as registered pursuant to applicable PRC laws and regulations. For more information regarding the nature of schools requiring reasonable returns under relevant laws and regulations, school sponsorship and difference between sponsorship and

 

 

7


Table of Contents
  ownership under relevant laws and regulations, see “Regulations—Regulations on Private Education—The Law for Promoting Private Education (2003) and the Implementation Rules for the Law for Promoting Private Education (2004).”

The registered principal as registered pursuant to the applicable PRC laws and regulations of each of Zhuji Hailiang Foreign Language School, Zhuji Private High School and Tianma Experimental School is Mr. Baiqing Yuan, Mr. Honggang Xu and Mr. Jianjun Jiang, respectively. These individuals are also executive officers of Hailiang Inc. For more information, see “Management—Directors and Executive Officers.”

The following diagram illustrates our corporate structure immediately following the offering:

 

LOGO

 

Note:

 

(i) The ownership percentage range is calculated based on the minimum and maximum offering amounts.

 

 

8


Table of Contents

Our Corporate Information

Our principal executive offices are located at 386, Jiefangbei Road, Diankou Town, Zhuji City, Zhejiang Province, 311814, the People’s Republic of China. Our telephone number at this address is +86-575-8706-3555 and our fax number is +86-575-8706-2008. Our registered office in the Cayman Islands is located at the offices of Codan Trust Company (Cayman) Limited, Cricket Square, Hutchins Drive, PO Box 2681, Grand Cayman, KY1-1111, Cayman Islands.

Investors should submit any inquiries to the address and telephone number of our principal executive offices. Our website is www.hailiangschool.com . The information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus. Our agent for service of process in the United States is Corporation Service Company, 1180 Avenue of the Americas, Suite 210, New York, New York 10036-8401.

 

 

9


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Offering price

We expect that the initial public offering price will be between US$             and US$             per ADS.

 

ADSs offered by us

minimum of              ADSs and maximum of              ADSs.

 

Best efforts

The underwriter is selling our ADSs on a “best efforts” basis.

 

  We do not intend to close this offering unless we sell at least a minimum number of ADS, at the price per ADS set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, to result in sufficient proceeds to list our ADSs on the Nasdaq Global Market. We have not made any arrangements to place the funds in an escrow, trust, or similar account.

 

  We expect that delivery of the ADSs will be made to investors through the book-entry facilities of The Depository Trust Company.
 

 

Offering period

The ADSs are being offered for a period not to exceed 90 days. The minimum investment required to be purchased from any individual investor is US$            . If the minimum offering amount is not raised within 90 days from the effective date of this prospectus, all subscription funds from the escrow account will be returned to investors promptly within five days without interest (since the funds are being held in a non-interest bearing account) or deduction of fees. The offering may terminate on the earlier of (i) any time after the minimum offering amount of our ADSs is raised, or (ii) 90 days from the effective date of this prospectus. If we can successfully raise the minimum offering amount within the offering period, the proceeds from the offering will be released to us after deducting certain escrow fees.

 

Escrow account

The proceeds from the sale of the ADSs in this offering will be payable to “              ” and will be deposited in a separate (limited to funds received on behalf of us) non-interest bearing trust bank account until the minimum offering amount is raised. No interest will be available for payment to either us or the investors (since the funds are being held in a non-interest bearing account). All subscription funds will be held in trust pending the raising of the minimum offering amount and no funds will be released to us until such a time as the minimum offering amount is raised. Any additional proceeds received after the minimum offering amount is raised will be immediately released to us by             , or the Escrow Agent. Release of the funds to us is based upon the Escrow Agent reviewing the records of the depository institution holding the escrow to verify that the checks have cleared prior to releasing the funds to us. Written notice will be mailed to each investor that the minimum offering amount has been achieved and the offering proceeds have been

 

 

10


Table of Contents
 

distributed to us. All subscription agreements and checks should be delivered to the Escrow Agent. Failure to do so will result in checks being returned to the investor who submitted the check. The Escrow Agent is an independent third party.

 

ADSs outstanding immediately after this offering

             ADSs if the ADSs are offered and sold at the minimum offering amount in this offering, or              ADSs if the ADSs are offered and sold at the maximum offering amount in this offering.

 

Ordinary shares outstanding immediately after this offering

             ordinary shares if the ADSs are offered and sold at the minimum offering amount in this offering, or              ordinary shares if the ADSs are offered and sold at the maximum offering amount in this offering.

 

Nasdaq Global Market symbol

HLG.

 

The ADSs

Each ADS represents              ordinary shares. The ADSs may be evidenced by ADRs.

 

  The depositary will hold the shares underlying your ADSs and you will have rights as provided in the deposit agreement.

 

  We do not expect to pay dividends in the foreseeable future. If, however, we declare dividends on our ordinary shares, the depositary will pay you the cash dividends and other distributions it receives on our ordinary shares, after deducting its fees and expenses. You may turn in your ADSs to the depositary in exchange for ordinary shares. The depositary will charge you fees for any exchange. We may amend or terminate the deposit agreement without your consent. If you continue to hold your ADSs, you agree to be bound by the deposit agreement as amended.

 

  To better understand the terms of the ADSs, you should carefully read the “Description of American Depositary Shares” section of this prospectus. You should also read the deposit agreement, which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement that includes this prospectus.
 

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from the minimum offering amount of approximately US$             million from this offering, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us and assuming an initial public offering price of US$             per ADS, being the mid-point of the estimated range of the initial public offering price shown on the front cover of this prospectus, and net proceeds from the

 

 

11


Table of Contents
 

maximum offering amount of approximately US$              million from this offering, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us and assuming an initial public offering price of US$              per ADS, being the mid-point of the estimated range of the initial public offering price shown on the front cover of this prospectus.

 

  We plan to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering for the following purposes:

 

     Use of net proceeds
(Minimum offering amount)
     Use of net proceeds
(Maximum offering amount)
 

Acquisition of additional schools (although currently we are not negotiating any acquisitions)

   approximately US$              million       approximately US$              million   

Leasehold improvement

   approximately US$ million       approximately US$ million   

Marketing to enhance our brand

   approximately US$ million       approximately US$ million   

Recruit additional administrative staff

   approximately US$ million       approximately US$ million   

Enhance our information technology systems and our general working capital

   approximately US$ million       approximately US$ million   

 

  See “Use of Proceeds” for additional information.

 

Lock-up

We, our directors and executive officers, and all of our existing shareholders have agreed with the underwriter, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any ADSs, ordinary shares or similar securities for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. See “Underwriting” for more information.

 

Risk factors

See “Risk Factors” and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of risks you should carefully consider before investing in the ADSs.

 

Depositary

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas.

The number of ordinary shares that will be outstanding immediately after this offering is based on ordinary shares outstanding as of the date of this prospectus.

 

 

12


Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial Data

You should read the following information concerning us in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

We present below summary consolidated financial data for the periods indicated. The following summary consolidated statements of comprehensive income data for the years ended June 30, 2012, 2013 and 2014 and the summary consolidated statements of financial position data as of June 30, 2013 and 2014 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated statement of financial position data as of June 30, 2012 has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements that are not included in this prospectus. The consolidated financial statements are prepared and presented in accordance with IFRS. The summary consolidated statements of comprehensive loss data for the three months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014 and the summary consolidated statements of financial position data as of September 30, 2014 have been derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements include all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair statement of our financial position and operating results for the periods presented. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results for any future periods.

 

     Year Ended June 30,     Three Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2012     2013     2014     2013     2014  
     RMB     RMB     RMB     US$     RMB     RMB     US$  
     (In thousands, except per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) Data:

              

Revenue

     349,597        436,994        462,754        75,392        73,743        69,898        11,388   

Cost of revenue

     (239,066     (293,763     (299,683     (48,824     (66,039     (68,909     (11,227
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     110,531        143,231        163,071        26,568        7,704        989        161   

Other income (expense)

     4,051        4,094        1,792        292        860        (13     (2

Selling expenses

     (16,297     (17,630     (15,635     (2,547     (12,052     (11,916     (1,941

Administrative expenses

     (24,751     (23,080     (28,622     (4,663     (7,898     (5,349     (871
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Results from operating activities

     73,534        106,615        120,606        19,650        (11,386     (16,289     (2,653

Net finance income

     11,582        16,575        20,066        3,269        4,997        1,827        298   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit (loss) before tax

     85,116        123,190        140,672        22,919        (6,389     (14,462     (2,355

Tax expense

     —          —          —          —          —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit (loss) and comprehensive income (loss) for the year/period

     85,116        123,190        140,672        22,919        (6,389     (14,462     (2,355
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Attributable to:

              

Equity owner of Hailiang Investment

     83,026        123,190        140,672        22,919        (6,389     (14,462     (2,355

Non-controlling interests

     2,090        —          —          —          —          —          —     

Basic and dilutive earning (loss) per share (1)

     0.23        0.34        0.39        0.06        (0.02     (0.04     (0.01

 

Note:

 

(1) After giving effect to a share split effected on December 23, 2014, following which each of our previously issued ordinary shares were subdivided into ten ordinary shares.

 

 

13


Table of Contents
     As of June 30,      As of September 30,  
     2012      2013      2014      2014  
     RMB      RMB      RMB      US$      RMB      US$  
     (In thousands)  

Consolidated Statements of Financial Position Data:

                 

Cash and cash equivalents

     29,152         26,403         42,003         6,843         38,005         6,192   

Total assets

     354,701         493,846         638,922         104,093         1,018,274         165,897   

Total equity

     292,930         416,120         556,792         90,712         542,330         88,356   

Current liabilities

     61,771         77,726         82,130         13,381         475,944         77,541   

Total liabilities

     61,771         77,726         82,130         13,381         475,944         77,541   

 

 

14


Table of Contents

Risk Factors

An investment in our ADSs involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider all of the information in this prospectus, including the risks and uncertainties described below, before you decide to buy our ADSs. Any of the following risks could have a material and adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations. In any such case, the trading price of our ADSs could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry

We may be unable to charge tuition at sufficient level to be profitable or raise tuition as planned.

Our results of operations are affected by the pricing of our educational programs. We charge tuition based on the student’s grade level and whether the student attends our basic educational program or international program. Tuition we charge includes courses, books, boarding, extracurricular activities and other school services. Subject to the applicable regulatory requirements, we generally determine tuition based on the demand for our educational programs, the cost of our educational services and the tuition and the fees charged by our competitors. Although we have been able to increase tuition in the past, there is no guarantee that we will be able to maintain or increase our tuition in the future.

In addition, the tuition we charge for some of our education programs is subject to regulatory restrictions. See “The tuition, accommodation and other fees charged by our K-12 schools and student enrollment at these schools are subject to regulation by the Chinese government, and our revenue is highly dependent on the level of these fees and the number of students enrolled.” Furthermore, the tuition we charge is subject to a number of other factors beyond our control such as the perception of our brand, the academic success of our students, our ability to hire qualified teachers and economic conditions generally and particularly in Zhuji city, where are schools are located. Any significant deterioration in these factors could have a material adverse effect on our ability to charge tuition at sufficient level for us to be profitable.

We may fail to continue to attract and retain students in our schools.

The success of our business largely depends on the number of students enrolled in our current schools and in any new schools we may establish or acquire in the future, as well as on the amount of tuition our students and parents are willing to pay. Therefore, our ability to continue to attract students to enroll in our schools is critical to the continued success and growth of our business. The success of our efforts to enroll students will depend on several factors, including without limitation our ability to:

 

    enhance existing programs to respond to market changes and student demands;

 

    develop new programs that appeal to our students;

 

    expand our geographic reach;

 

    manage our growth while maintaining the consistency of our teaching quality;

 

    effectively market our schools and programs to a broader base of prospective students;

 

    develop and license additional high-quality educational content; and

 

    respond to the increasing competition in the market.

In addition, local and provincial government authorities may impose restrictions on the number of students we can recruit or the areas in which we can recruit students. Our business, financial condition and results of operation could be materially and adversely affected if we cannot maintain or increase our enrollment as we expand our programs.

 

15


Table of Contents

We may fail to continue to attract and retain teachers and we may not be able to maintain consistent teaching quality throughout our schools.

Our teachers are critical to maintaining the quality of our educational programs and services, and to maintaining our brand and reputation. We must continue to attract qualified teachers who have a strong command of their subject areas and who meet our qualifications. Currently, there is a well-publicized nationwide shortage of teachers and other educational professionals in the PRC. There are also a limited number of teachers in China with the necessary experience, expertise and qualifications that meet our requirements. We also must provide competitive compensation packages to attract and retain qualified teachers.

Our teacher retention rates as of June 30, 2012, 2013 and 2014 were 89.3%, 88.4% and 91.6%, respectively. “Retention rate” is calculated as 100% minus the quotient of the number of teachers who cease being employed during the period by the number of teachers at the beginning of that period (not including teachers hired during that period). In addition, we plan to increase the proportion of students enrolled in our international program and increase course offerings. Doing so will require a greater number of teachers from overseas. As the market for qualified foreign teachers is extremely competitive, we cannot guarantee that we can maintain or increase our number of foreign teachers.

Shortages of qualified teachers, or significant decreases in the quality of our educational programs and services, whether actual or perceived in one or more of our schools, or an increase in hiring costs, may have a material and adverse effect on our business and our reputation. In addition, we may not be able to hire and retain enough qualified teachers to maintain consistent teaching quality in different locations should we establish and/or acquire additional schools as anticipated. Further, any inability to retain teachers may adversely affect our Hailiang brand and significantly increasing teacher salaries may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our students’ academic performance may fall and satisfaction with our educational services may otherwise decline.

The success of our business depends on our ability to deliver a satisfactory learning experience and ensure the academic performance of our students. Our schools may not be able to meet students’ and parents’ expectations for academic performance or help them achieve their college admissions goals. A student may not experience expected academic improvement and his or her performance may otherwise decline significantly due to reasons beyond our control. There is no assurance that we can provide learning and school experiences that are satisfactory to all of our students. Student and parent satisfaction with our services may decline. We may also experience negative publicity or a decrease in word-of-mouth referrals. In addition, we cannot ensure that our students will be accepted to universities at rates we have experienced in the past, and parents and students may not be satisfied with our ability to help students gain admission to universities. Any such negative developments could result in a student’s withdrawal from our schools. Although we have not experienced any significant school withdrawals in the past, if our student retention rate decreases significantly or if we otherwise fail to continue to attract and recruit students, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

Our historical results, growth rates and profitability may not be indicative of our future performance.

We have experienced growth in revenue and profitability in recent years. Our historical growth was driven by both the expansion of our existing schools as well as by our acquisition of an additional school in 2009. In addition, our growth in the past three fiscal years was primarily driven by the increase in levels of tuition and fees we charge our students.

Our financial condition and results of operations may fluctuate due to a number of other factors, such as expansion and related costs in a given period, our ability to maintain and increase our profitability and to enhance

 

16


Table of Contents

our operational efficiency, increased competition and market perception and acceptance of any newly introduced educational programs in any given year. In addition, while we plan to increase the proportion of our students enrolled in our international program, there is no guarantee that we will be able to do so successfully. Furthermore, we may not be successful in continuing to increase the number of students admitted to the schools we operate, and we may not be as successful as we expect in identifying and acquiring additional schools.

We may not sustain our past growth rates in future periods, and we may not sustain profitability on a quarterly or annual basis in the future. Our historical results, growth rates and profitability may not be indicative of our future performance. Our ADSs could be subject to significant price volatility should our earnings fail to meet the expectations of the investment community. Any of these events could cause the price of our ADSs to materially decrease.

If fewer Chinese students choose to study abroad, especially in the United States, Canada and the United Kingdom, demand for our international program may decline.

One of the principal drivers of the growth of our international program is the increasing number of Chinese students who choose to study abroad, especially in the United States, Canada and the United Kingdom, reflecting the growing demand for higher education in overseas countries by Chinese students. As such, any restrictive changes in immigration policy, terrorist attacks, geopolitical uncertainties and any international conflicts involving these countries could increase the difficulty for Chinese students to obtain student visas to study overseas, or decrease the appeal of studying in such countries to Chinese students. Any significant change in admission standards adopted by overseas educational institutions could also affect the demand for overseas education by Chinese students. If overseas education institutions significantly reduce their reliance on or acceptance of admission and assessment tests, such as TOEFL, IELTS or the Scholastic Assessment Test, or the SAT, the difficulty for Chinese students to meet the new admission standards could significantly increase, which could in turn negatively affect the demand for overseas education by Chinese students. Additionally, Chinese students may also become less attracted to studying abroad due to other reasons, such as improving domestic educational or employment opportunities associated with increased economic development in China. These factors could cause declines in the demand for our international program, which may adversely affect our revenue and profitability.

The tuition, accommodation and other fees charged by our K-12 schools and student enrollment at these schools are subject to regulation by the Chinese government, and our revenue is highly dependent on the level of these fees and the number of students enrolled.

The regulatory authorities in China, at both the national and local levels, have broad powers to regulate the tuition, accommodation and other fees charged by K-12 schools as well as the student enrollment levels at these schools. As a result, new regulations could adversely impact the tuition, accommodation and other fees we may charge for our school programs and the level of student enrollment at our schools. In particular, the regulatory authorities impose a maximum ceiling on the amount of tuition we can charge. For example, the most recent ceiling on the amount of tuition and boarding expenses we can charge was set out by the Zhuji branch of the MOE in November 2012, which sets forth the maximum amounts of tuition and boarding expenses for primary school, middle school and high school RMB31,000 per student, RMB33,000 per student and RMB35,000 per student, respectively. In the 2013/2014 school year, we charged an average tuition per student for the primary school, middle school and high school education under our basic education program of RMB24,812, RMB23,269 and RMB26,509. In addition, pursuant to the registration documents filed with local authorities for the 2013/2014 school year, we reported to the regulatory authority that we would charge RMB50,000 to RMB60,000 per student for our international program. There is currently no maximum amount set for our kindergarten or international program. See “Regulations—Regulations on Private Education—The Law for Promoting Private Education (2003) and the Implementation Rules for the Law for Promoting Private Education (2004).” In addition, Zhejiang provincial government has set a maximum number of high school students we can admit from cities other than Zhuji in Zhejiang province to our basic education program, after consultation with us. In the

 

17


Table of Contents

2013/2014 school year, the maximum number of such high school students was set at 2,300 for Zhuji Private High School and 1,000 for Tianma Experimental School. We generally recruit students at the maximum level set by the government in Zhejiang province and additional students from other provinces. We may not admit more than the number that is approved by the regulatory authority. There is currently no limit as to the number of students we may admit for our kindergarten and international program. In light of the significant increase in tuition and other education-related fees in recent years, regulatory authorities may impose stricter price control on educational charges in the future. As part of their efforts to regulate the private education industry, they may also impose stricter student annual enrollment quotas. If the fees were to decrease or were not allowed to increase in line with increases in our costs, or if student enrollment at our private K-12 schools were otherwise restricted, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

We are exposed to the concentration risks as all of our schools are currently located in a single city.

Our three schools are currently located in Zhuji city in Zhejiang province. While we hope to expand into other cities in the future, we anticipate that the vast majority of our business operations in the short-term will be concentrated in Zhuji city. As such, any material adverse social, economic or political development, or any natural disaster or epidemic affecting that region could have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We would also be materially and adversely affected if new regulations relating to the private K-12 education business were adopted in Zhejiang province or Zhuji city that placed additional restrictions or burdens on us.

In addition, because we currently operate only three schools, any material negative development with respect to any of these schools could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations as a whole.

Our business depends on the strength of our Hailiang brand in the market.

Our business operation and future growth are highly dependent on the awareness and recognition of our Hailiang brand. We believe that maintaining and enhancing the Hailiang brand is critical to our competitive advantage and to the growth of our business. The consistency and quality of our educational programs and services are critical to our brand and reputation. As we continue to grow in size, and expand our presence and geographical reach, it may be more challenging to maintain the quality and consistency of our services. Any negative publicity about our programs, services or schools, regardless of its veracity, could harm our brand image. In addition, in order to retain existing students and attract new students as well as to recruit and to retain qualified teachers, we plan to continue to make significant expenditures maintaining and enhancing our positive brand image and brand loyalty. See “Business—Marketing” for a description of such efforts. We may not be able to successfully execute our brand promotion plan and as a result, our reputation and business may be materially and adversely affected.

The private for-profit K-12 education business is relatively new and may not gain wide acceptance in China.

Our future is highly dependent upon the acceptance, development and expansion of the market for private for-profit K-12 educational services in China. The private for-profit K-12 educational services market started to develop in the early 1990s and has grown significantly due to favorable policies enacted by the Chinese government. Zhuji Hailiang Foreign Language School, our first private K-12 school, was established in 1995. In 1997, the State Council of the PRC promulgated the first regulation to promote the private education industry in China. However, private educational services on a for-profit basis were not permitted in China until 2003 when the Law of the People’s Republic of China on the Promotion of Privately-run Schools became effective. Our three schools, namely Zhuji Hailiang Foreign Language School, Zhuji Private High School and Tianma Experimental School, are among the earliest private schools in China to operate on a for-profit basis.

 

18


Table of Contents

The development of this market has been accompanied by significant press coverage and public debate concerning the management and operation of private for-profit schools. Significant uncertainty remains in China as to public acceptance of this business model. In addition, there is significant uncertainty relating to the application and interpretation of PRC law as it relates to the promotion of the private for-profit education industry. For example, certain favorable policies referenced in PRC law are available to private schools, such as preferential tax treatment. To date, however, no separate policies, regulations or rules have been introduced by the authorities in this regard. If this business model fails to gain wide acceptance among the general public, especially among students and their parents, or if the favorable regulatory environment otherwise changes in the future, we may be unable to grow our business and the market price of our ADSs could be materially and adversely affected.

We may fail to successfully develop and introduce new educational services and programs.

One of our growth strategies is to continue to maintain and introduce diversified educational programs. We may also need, from time to time, to introduce additional educational services and programs to meet market demand. The future success of our business depends partly on our ability to develop new educational services and programs. The planned timing or introduction of new educational services and programs is subject to risks and uncertainties. Actual timing may differ materially from any originally proposed timeframes. Unexpected operational, technical or other issues could delay or prevent the introduction of one or more of our new educational services or programs. In addition, significant investment of human capital, financial resources and management time and attention may be needed based on a particular feature of our newly introduced educational programs. If we fail to manage the expansion of our portfolio of educational programs efficiently and cost-effectively, our business could be negatively affected. Moreover, we cannot assure you that any of our new services and programs will achieve market acceptance or generate incremental revenue or that our operation of such new services or programs will comply with our business scope or applicable licensing requirements. If our efforts to develop, market and sell our new educational services and programs to the market are not successful, our business, financial position and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

We may not be able to continually enhance our educational services and adapt them to rapid pedagogical innovations and evolving test methods and student needs and preferences.

The quality of our educational services and student and parent satisfaction are vital to the success of our business. The educational services market is characterized by rapid pedagogical innovations and evolving test methods and student needs and preferences. We must quickly identify areas for changes, improvements and enhancements of our programs and services to adapt to any pedagogical innovation, changes in test methods and curriculum and evolving student needs and preferences.

For example, a significant part of our educational services focuses on middle school and high school education. There are continual changes in the focuses of the subjects and questions tested on standardized tests, such as the Zhongkao and the Gaokao, the two most significant tests for Chinese students. These tests are administered by local government authorities and are critical in determining admission into high school, in the case of the Zhongkao, and college, in the case of the Gaokao. The format of these tests and the manner in which such standardized tests are administered are also changing, especially in Zhejiang province, one of the pioneers in educational reform and innovation. In particular, in 2009, Zhejiang Province implemented its new Gaokao regime, where two new types of evaluations, namely High School Graduation Exam and the Comprehensive Quality Evaluation, were incorporated into the undergraduate admission process. The new regime also allowed universities to use their self-designed tests, as opposed to the standard tests designed by the government, in their admission process. In addition, on a national level, some top universities in China, including Tsinghua University and Peking University, have been allowed to recruit a certain percentage of students through independently administered tests and admission procedures in recent years. While college applicants are still required to have a Gaokao score above a certain threshold, the Gaokao scores for these applicants will not be the sole determining factor in the admission process. In 2009, 76 universities and colleges were allowed to recruit students through

 

19


Table of Contents

independently administered tests and admission procedures according to a notice promulgated by the MOE on December 12, 2008. The number of such universities and colleges increased to more than 100 in 2013 and may increase further in the future.

These changes require us to continually update and enhance our curriculum, educational materials and our teaching methods. Any inability to track and respond to changes in the educational field in a timely and cost-effective manner would make our educational services and programs less attractive to students, which may materially and adversely affect our students’ academic performance, our reputation and ability to continue to attract and retain students. Furthermore, we understand that PRC regulatory authorities have reformed and may continue to reform the K-12 curriculum we are required to teach at our schools. Therefore, school curriculum will likely undergo changes and our services, programs and educational materials will need to adapt to such changes.

We may not be able to adapt to these planned changes, enhancements and developments in a timely and cost-effective manner. If changes to our programs and services are delayed or are not aligned with changes in market expectations, needs or preferences, we may lose market share, and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

We face significant competition and we may fail to compete effectively.

The private K-12 education sector in China is rapidly evolving, highly fragmented and competitive, and we expect competition in this sector to persist and intensify. See “Business—Competition” for more information relating to the competitive landscape of the industry in which we compete. Competition could result in loss of market share and revenue, lower profit margins and limitations on our future growth. Some of our competitors, particularly public schools, have governmental support in forms of government subsidies and other payments or fee reductions. These competitors may devote greater resources, financial or otherwise, than we can to student recruitment, campus development and brand promotion and respond more quickly than we can to changes in student demands and market needs. Our student enrollment and retention may decrease due to intense competition. We may be required to reduce tuition and other fees or increase spending in response to competition in order to attract or retain students or pursue new market opportunities. As a result, our revenue, profit and profit margin may decrease. We cannot assure you that we will be able to compete successfully against current or future competitors. If we are unable to maintain our competitive position or otherwise fail to respond to competitive pressures effectively, we may lose market share and our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

We may not be able to manage our business expansion and strategic acquisitions effectively.

We plan to continue to expand our presence through organic growth and strategic acquisitions. In particular, to support our continued growth and to strengthen our market share in the region in which we currently operate, we need to establish or acquire new schools. We also need to establish or acquire new schools in other regions to expand geographically. Expansion has resulted, and will continue to result, in substantial demands on our management and on our operational, technological and other resources. To manage our expected growth, we will be required to expand our existing managerial, operational, technological and financial systems. We also need to expand, train, manage and retain our growing employee base. Significant financial resources may also be needed to support our planned growth. We cannot assure you that our current and planned managerial, operational, technological and financial systems will be adequate to support our future operations, or that we will be able to effectively and efficiently manage the growth of our operations or recruit and retain qualified personnel. There is no assurance that we will obtain financial resources at commercial terms that are acceptable to us on a timely basis, or at all, to support our planned growth. Any failure to effectively and efficiently manage our expansion may materially and adversely affect our ability to capitalize on new business opportunities, which in turn may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

20


Table of Contents

In addition, as a core part of our growth strategy, we intend to pursue selective strategic acquisitions and maximize synergies through integration of acquired entities. Our strategic acquisitions involve substantial risks and uncertainties, including:

 

    our ability to identify and acquire targets in a cost-effective manner;

 

    our ability to obtain approval from relevant government authorities for the acquisitions and to comply with applicable rules and regulations for acquisitions, including those relating to the transfer of school properties and facilities relating to the acquisitions;

 

    our ability to obtain financing to support our acquisitions;

 

    our ability to generate sufficient revenue to offset the costs and expenses of acquisitions, including the possibility of failure to achieve the intended revenue and other benefits expected from the acquisitions;

 

    potential ongoing financial obligations in connection with the acquisitions, including any expenses in connection with impairment of goodwill recognized in connection with the acquisitions and potential unforeseen or hidden liabilities of any acquired entity, such as litigation claims or tax liabilities;

 

    the diversion of resources and management attention from our existing businesses; and

 

    potential loss of, or harm to, employee or customer relationships as a result of ownership changes in the acquired entities.

If any one or more of these risks or uncertainties materializes or if any of the strategic objectives we contemplate are not achieved, our strategic acquisitions may not be beneficial to us and may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may not be able to successfully integrate businesses that we acquire, which may cause us to lose anticipated benefits from such acquisitions and to incur significant additional expenses.

One of our growth strategies is to grow by acquisitions of additional schools. It is challenging to integrate business operations and management philosophies of acquired schools. The benefits of our future acquisitions depend in significant part on our ability to integrate management, operations, technology and personnel. The integration of acquired schools is a complex, time-consuming and expensive process that, without proper planning and implementation, could significantly disrupt our business and operations. The main challenges involved in integrating acquired entities include the following:

 

    consolidating service and product offerings;

 

    retaining qualified education professionals of any acquired entity;

 

    consolidating and integrating corporate information technology and administrative infrastructure;

 

    ensuring and demonstrating to our students and their parents that the acquisitions will not result in any adverse changes to our brand image, reputation, service quality or standards;

 

    preserving strategic, marketing or other important relationships of any acquired entity and resolving potential conflicts that may arise with our key relationships; and

 

    minimizing the diversion of our management’s attention from ongoing business concerns.

We may not successfully integrate our operations and the operations of schools we acquire in a timely manner, or at all, and we may not realize the anticipated benefits or synergies of the acquisitions to the extent, or in the timeframe, we anticipated, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

21


Table of Contents

Any deterioration in our relationships with providers of international educational services may adversely affect our business.

We have entered into cooperative relationships with various overseas schools and institutions to provide resources for our international program. We derive direct benefits from these relationships such as the ability to offer more diverse programs and classes and the ability to charge a premium for the programs we teach with other educational service providers. We also derive indirect benefits from these relationships such as enhancement of our Hailiang brand and reputation, and exposure to overseas educational methods and experiences.

If our relationships with any of these educational service providers deteriorate or are otherwise damaged or terminated, or if the benefits we derive from these relationships diminishes, whether as a result of our own actions, actions of any third-party, including our competitors, or of regulatory authorities or other entities beyond our control, our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations would be harmed.

We must regularly apply for licenses to operate our schools and any failure to secure a license could adversely impact our business.

Every five years we must apply to the Zhuji Municipal Education Bureau to renew the licenses to operate our schools. The licenses for operating our three schools will expire in November 2016. While we anticipate that we will be able to renew such licenses, there can be no assurance that such licenses will be renewed as a matter of course and that new conditions will not be imposed in connection therewith. Any failure to obtain the proper licenses would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our business is subject to seasonal fluctuations, which may cause our operating results to fluctuate from quarter to quarter. This may result in volatility and adversely affect the price of our ADSs.

We have experienced, and expect to continue to experience, seasonal fluctuations in our results of operations, primarily due to seasonal changes in service days and student enrollments. We recognize revenue from the delivery of educational services on a straight-line basis over the school year. However, our costs and expenses, vary significantly and do not necessarily correspond with our recognition of revenue. We expect quarterly fluctuations in our revenues and results of operations to continue. These fluctuations could result in volatility and adversely affect the price of our ADSs.

Our business depends on the continuing services of our senior management team and other key personnel, and our business may be harmed if we lose their services.

Our future success depends heavily upon the continuing services of the members of our senior management team. Competition for experienced management personnel in the private K-12 education market is intense, the pool of qualified candidates is very limited, and we may not be able to retain the services of our senior executives or key personnel, or attract and retain high-quality senior executives or key personnel in the future. If one or more of our senior executives or other key personnel, including the principals of our schools, are unable or unwilling to continue their services, we may not be able to replace them in a cost-efficient and timely manner, or at all. In addition, if any member of our senior management team or any of our other key personnel joins a competitor or forms a competing company, we may lose teachers and we may not be able to maintain or recruit students. If any such negative development occurs, our business may be materially disrupted and our financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

We may not be able to renew leases, control rent increases at our existing schools or obtain leases for new schools at reasonable terms.

We lease all real properties used by our schools with a total combined gross floor area and site area of approximately 270,000 square meters from Zhejiang Hailiang Education Group Ltd. which is controlled by

 

22


Table of Contents

Mr. Feng, our controlling shareholder. Historically, we paid RMB4.6 million, RMB9.6 million and RMB9.6 million (US$1.6 million) in rental for these properties which amounted to 1.3%, 2.2% and 2.1% of our revenue in the 2012, 2013 and 2014 fiscal years, respectively. In the three months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, we paid RMB2.4 million and RMB2.4 million (US$0.4 million), respectively, in rental for these properties, which amounted to 3.3% and 3.4% of our revenue, respectively.

The terms of our current leases are for twenty years. All of our current leases contain priority renewal provisions which provide that we have the right of first refusal to renew the lease upon the expiration of the lease. Under the leasing agreements, we can terminate the lease at any time without cause, provided we notify the lessor in writing three months in advance. The lessor may only terminate the agreements upon a written notice to us one year in advance for any unapproved sublease by the lessee, unapproved modification to the premises, failure to pay rent for more than 60 days or use of the properties for illegal activities. To terminate the leases for other causes, the lessor would have to give us written notice one year in advance and obtain our consent to such termination. However, there is no assurance that the lessor will observe its obligations under these leasing agreements. As a result, at the end of each year or the term of the lease, we may fail to reach an agreement for a rental price or otherwise fail to continue to lease the properties. We may be forced to relocate the affected operations to a new location, which could involve substantial rent increases and material business interruption.

In addition, we cannot assure you that the lessor has duly obtained the title certificates of the properties subject to our leases or otherwise has the right to lease the properties. In particular, as of September 30, 2014, the lessor has failed to provide title certificates to properties associated with Tianma Experimental School and Zhuji Hailiang Foreign Language School that have an aggregate gross site area of approximately 22,727 square meters, representing 8.0% of all of our leased properties as of the same date. If any of our leases were terminated as a result of challenges by third-parties or governmental authorities, we may be forced to relocate the affected operations and incur significant expenses. We might also be liable or incur costs associated with potential defects in the properties we lease. We may also be required to pay fines or damages as a result of our use of such properties. There is no assurance that we may find suitable replacement sites in a timely manner on terms acceptable to us.

As of the date of this prospectus, we are not aware of any actions, claims or investigations being contemplated by or pending before any governmental authorities with respect to our leased properties. We have not received any notice of claim from any third-party for our use of such leased properties. However, if any of these risks materializes, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected. See “Business—Properties and Facilities” for more information.

Accidents or injuries may occur at our schools, which could affect our reputation and student retention and enrollment.

We could be held liable for the accidents or injuries or other harm to students or other people at our schools, including those caused by or otherwise arising in connection with our school facilities or employees. We could also face claims alleging that we were negligent, provided inadequate maintenance to our school facilities or supervision to our employees and therefore should be held liable for accidents or injuries suffered by our students or other people at our schools. In addition, if any of our students commits acts of violence, we could face allegations that we failed to provide adequate security or were otherwise responsible for his or her actions. Our schools may be perceived to be unsafe, which may discourage prospective students from attending our schools. Although we maintain certain liability insurance, this insurance coverage may not be adequate to fully protect us from these kinds of claims. In addition, we may not be able to obtain liability insurance in the future at reasonable prices or at all. A liability claim against us or any of our employees could adversely affect our reputation and student enrollment and retention. Even if unsuccessful, such a claim could create unfavorable publicity, cause us to incur substantial expenses and divert the time and attention of our management.

There are risks associated with our potential use of a new school campus in the 2015/2016 school year.

Zhejiang Hailiang Education Group Ltd., a company controlled by our controlling shareholder, Mr. Feng, is constructing a new school campus in the vicinity of our current schools. While not having made a definite plan,

 

23


Table of Contents

we intend to relocate one or more of our schools and students to this new school campus in the future. Currently, we are in the process of negotiating the terms and conditions of a possible leasing arrangement and there is no guarantee that we will be able to reach a final agreement with Zhejiang Hailiang Education Group Ltd.

Zhuji Private High School has entered into a Property Lease Cooperation Agreement with Zhejiang Hailiang Education Group Ltd., Hailiang Group and Mr. Feng on November 13, 2014. Under this agreement, Zhuji Private High School and Zhejiang Hailiang Education Group Ltd. have agreed to enter into a lease agreement regarding the new school campus when Zhejiang Hailiang Education Group Ltd. obtains the necessary approvals for the new school campus and the construction and the outfitting and improvement work on the new school campus have been substantially completed. If Zhejiang Hailiang Education Group Ltd. and Zhuji Private High School fail to enter into such lease agreement by November 12, 2015, Zhejiang Hailiang Education Group Ltd. will reimburse the outfitting and improvement expenses made by Zhuji Private High School. The agreement also provides for undertakings from Hailiang Group and Mr. Feng that, upon such failure to reach a lease agreement, Hailiang Group and Mr. Feng will indemnify Zhuji Private High School for the amount it has not been reimbursed from Zhejiang Hailiang Education Group Ltd.

On November 13, 2014, Zhuji Private High School entered into three leasehold improvement contracts with Heng Zhong Da Construction Limited Company, or Heng Zhong Da, a company affiliated with Hailiang Group. Under the contracts, Heng Zhong Da will provide work and services on the outfitting and improvements of the student dormitories, classroom buildings, dining halls, administrative building, sports stadiums, welcoming center and school hospital on the new school campus to be built by Zhejiang Hailiang Education Group Ltd., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Hailiang Group. Zhuji Private High School will pay a total contract consideration of approximately RMB291.8 million (or RMB223.7 million, RMB12.3 million and RMB55.8 million under each of the contracts, respectively) to Heng Zhong Da. Under the contracts, the outfitting and improvements have started on November 13, 2014 and is expected to be completed by June 30, 2015. In November 2014, Zhuji Private High School made prepayments to Heng Zhong Da under the contracts in the aggregate of RMB240 million (US$39.1 million).

There are certain risks associated with the utilization of this new school campus, including:

 

    the possibility that the new school campus will not be leased to us on acceptable terms or at all;

 

    the possibility that we may not be reimbursed by Zhejiang Hailiang Education Group Ltd., Hailiang Group and Mr. Feng for our prepayments should we decide not to utilize the new school campus;

 

    increased rental expenses for using the new school campus;

 

    construction delays or construction quality issues;

 

    outfitting or improvement costs may exceed our budgeted amounts;

 

    greater time and resources required to utilize the new school campus than currently estimated;

 

    the potential that dissatisfaction with the new school campus on the part of our students, teachers or parents could lead to lower student enrollment or teacher retention;

 

    the potential need to decrease our total number of students if the new school campus’s capacity is lower than our current total number of students and we are not able to continue using any or all of our existing facilities as planned;

 

    the possibility that if we utilize the new school campus without increasing enrollment our profitability may be impaired if we are not able to vacate our current school campuses;

 

    the possibility that the new school campus will be inadequate; and

 

    risks associated with the need to vacate one or more of our current school campuses if we relocate our students to the new school campus.

 

24


Table of Contents

Capacity constraints of our school facilities could cause us to lose students to our competitors.

The educational facilities of our schools are limited in space and size. We may not be able to admit all qualified students who would like to enroll in our educational programs due to the capacity constraints of our current school facilities. Furthermore, absent additional acquisitions, we may not be able to expand our capacity at our current campuses unless we utilize the new campus being built by Hailiang Group or relocate to other facilities in the local area with more space. See “—There are risks associated with our potential use of a new campus in the 2015/2016 school year.” If we fail to expand our physical capacity as quickly as the demand for our services grows, or if we otherwise fail to grow by establishing or acquiring additional schools and campuses, we could lose potential students to our competitors, and our results of operations and business prospects could suffer as a result.

We may not be able to adequately protect our intellectual property.

Unauthorized use of any of our intellectual property may adversely affect our business and reputation. We rely on a combination of copyright, trademark and trade secrets laws to protect our intellectual property rights. Nevertheless, third-parties may obtain and use our intellectual property without due authorization. The practice of intellectual property rights enforcement action by Chinese regulatory authorities is in its early stage of development and is subject to significant uncertainty. We may also need to resort to litigation and other legal proceedings to enforce our intellectual property rights. Any such action, litigation or other legal proceedings could result in substantial costs and diversion of our management’s attention and resources and could disrupt our business. In addition, there is no assurance that we will be able to enforce our intellectual property rights effectively or otherwise prevent others from the unauthorized use of our intellectual property. Failure to adequately protect our intellectual property could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may be exposed to infringement claims by third-parties, which, if successful, could cause us to pay significant damage awards.

We cannot assure you that materials and other educational content used in our schools and programs do not or will not infringe intellectual property rights of third-parties. As of September 30, 2014, we have not experienced any claims for intellectual property infringement. However, there is no guarantee in the future that third-parties will not claim that we have infringed on their proprietary rights. For example, our educational materials may include test questions that are developed based on actual questions of tests administered by third-parties or regulatory authorities, who may allege that our test questions infringe their copyrights. We may also use educational materials designed in conjunction with our overseas associates and we cannot guarantee that disputes will not arise over the intellectual property rights associated with these materials.

Although we plan to defend ourselves vigorously in any such litigation or legal proceedings, there is no assurance that we will prevail in these matters. Participation in such litigation and legal proceedings may also cause us to incur substantial expenses and divert the time and attention of our management. We may be required to pay damages or incur settlement expenses. In addition, in case we are required to pay any royalties or enter into any licensing agreements with the owners of intellectual property rights, we may find that the terms are not commercially acceptable and we may finally lose the ability to use the related content or materials, which in turn could materially affect our educational programs. Any similar claim against us, even without any merit, could also hurt our reputation and brand image. Any such event could have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We have limited insurance coverage with respect to our business and operations.

We are exposed to various risks associated with our business and operations, and we have limited insurance coverage. See “Business—Insurance” for more information. We are exposed to risks including, but not limited

 

25


Table of Contents

to, accidents or injuries in our schools, loss of key management and personnel, business interruption, natural disasters, terrorist attacks and social instability or any other events beyond our control. The insurance industry in China is still at an early stage of development. Insurance companies in China offer limited business-related insurance products. We do not have any business disruption insurance, product liability insurance or key-man life insurance. Any business disruption, litigation or legal proceeding or natural disaster or other events beyond our control could result in substantial costs and diversion of our resources. Our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected as a result.

A significant majority of our outstanding ordinary shares are held by our founder, Mr. Feng, and as a result we will continue to be controlled by Mr. Feng after the completion of this offering.

Immediately upon the completion of this offering, our founder, Mr. Feng, will beneficially own (i) approximately         % of our total outstanding ordinary shares, assuming that the ADSs are offered and sold at the minimum offering amount, and (ii) approximately         % of our total outstanding ordinary shares, assuming that the ADSs are offered and sold at the maximum offering amount. As a result, Mr. Feng will have significant influence in determining the outcome of any corporate transactions or other matters submitted to our shareholders for approval. These matters include mergers, consolidations and the sale of all or substantially all of our assets, election of directors and other significant corporate actions. This concentration of ownership may also discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company, which could deprive our shareholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their shares as part of a sale of our company and might result in substantial reduction of the price of our ADSs. These actions may be taken even if they are opposed by our other shareholders. Our founder, Mr. Feng, is also the founder, chairman and a major shareholder of Hailiang Group and its subsidiaries, with which we have entered into related party transactions. Mr. Feng may from time to time make strategic decisions that he believes is in the best interests of Hailiang Group as a whole, which may affect us or may not be aligned with the interests of our shareholders. We may not be able to resolve any potential conflicts of interest and, even if we do, the resolution may be less favorable to us than if we were dealing with an unaffiliated party.

We deposit a certain amount of cash with related parties and are subject to credit risks of such related parties.

As part of our cash management policy, we have historically deposited and expect to continue to deposit a certain amount of cash generated from our private education business with Hailiang Finance, a related party finance company owned by Hailiang Group, in order to earn interest at market rates with flexible withdrawal terms on our cash deposits. In particular, based on our current policy, effective September 2014, such cash cannot exceed RMB152.0 million unless otherwise approved by our audit committee, or prior to the establishment of our audit committee, our board of directors and such threshold may be amended from time to time. As of October 31, 2014, we had demand deposits of RMB56.5 million and term deposits with maturities ranging from three months to less than one year of RMB87.0 million at Hailiang Finance. Such term deposits can be withdrawn prior to their maturity without incurring significant penalties. In September 2014, Hailiang Group and Mr. Feng entered into a guarantee agreement with us to irrevocably and jointly guarantee the timely return of such deposits on behalf of the finance company.

We do not control nor are we informed of the use of deposits made with the finance company and are subject to credit risks of such finance company. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Financial Risks.” In addition, there is no assurance that we will be able to successfully enforce the guarantee granted by Hailiang Group or Mr. Feng in the event that the finance company defaults on the return of such deposits. The credit profile of the finance company and guarantors may deteriorate and their ability to return such deposits may be impaired due to various reasons beyond our control, such as a slowdown in the PRC, regional or local economies, a material decrease of profitability or significant tightening of liquidity with respect to their respective businesses, loss or material deterioration of relationships with their respective key customers or suppliers, natural disasters or other force majeure events. Our financial condition and liquidity position could be materially and

 

26


Table of Contents

adversely affected if any of these occur and, as a result, our business and prospects would be materially and adversely affected.

Worsening economic conditions generally affecting the global or Chinese economy could adversely impact our business.

Beginning in 2008, there was a significant deterioration and instability in the U.S. and global economies. The recovery from such economic downturn has been negatively affected by various subsequent events, including the European sovereign debt crisis. The growth of the Chinese economy also slowed down significantly in 2009 and may slow again in the future. Since we derive substantially all of our revenue in China, any prolonged slowdown in the Chinese economy, or downturn affecting the global economy generally, may have a negative impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations. For example, student families may choose schools or programs with lower tuition and other fees, or otherwise decrease or delay their education spending. As a result, we may experience difficulty in recruiting and retaining students, or expanding our student base for our newly established or acquired schools. We may also need to reduce our tuition or other fees as a result of the general lower level of spending by Chinese students, especially those in the region in which we operate. The general economic downturn affecting the Chinese or global economy may also affect the attractiveness of our international program, which typically charge a higher level of fees for services associated with advanced studies in overseas education institutions. Any such negative development could have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We face risks related to natural disasters, health epidemics or terrorist attacks in China.

Our business could be materially and adversely affected by natural disasters, such as earthquakes, floods, landslides, tornados and tsunamis, outbreaks of health epidemics such as avian influenza and severe acute respiratory syndrome, or SARS, and Influenza A virus, such as H5N1 subtype and H5N2 subtype flu viruses, as well as terrorist attacks, other acts of violence or war or social instability in the region in which we operate or those generally affecting China. If any of these occur, our schools and facilities may be required to temporarily or permanently close and our business operations may be suspended or terminated. Our students, teachers and staff may also be negatively affected by such event. Our physical facilities may also be affected. In addition, any of these could adversely affect the Chinese economy and demographics of the affected region, which could cause significant declines in the number of our students in that region and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are an “emerging growth company” and may not be subject to requirements that other public companies are subject to, which could harm investor confidence in us and our ADSs.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various requirements applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, most significantly, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 for so long as we are an emerging growth company. As a result, if we elect not to comply with such auditor attestation requirements, our investors may not have access to certain information they may deem important.

If we fail to implement and maintain an effective system of internal controls, we may be unable to accurately or timely report our results of operations or prevent fraud, and investor confidence and the market price of our ADSs may be materially and adversely affected.

Prior to this offering, we were a private company with limited accounting personnel and other resources with which to address our internal controls and procedures. Our independent registered public accounting firm has not conducted an audit of our internal control over financial reporting. However, in connection with the audit of our consolidated financial statements as of and for the three years ended June 30, 2014, we and our

 

27


Table of Contents

independent registered public accounting firm identified two “material weaknesses” in our internal control over financial reporting, as defined in the standards established by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board of the United States, or PCAOB. The material weaknesses identified related to (i) lack of sufficient control as to the board or management approval on related party transactions, and (ii) insufficient resource for financial information processing and reporting and lack of appropriate IFRS knowledge. Following the identification of the material weakness and other control deficiencies, we have taken, and plan to continue to take, measures to remedy these deficiencies. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Internal Control over Financial Reporting.” However, the implementation of these measures may not fully address these deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting, and we may not conclude that they have been fully remedied. Our failure to correct these control deficiencies or our failure to discover and address any other control deficiencies could result in inaccuracies in our financial statements and could also impair our ability to comply with applicable financial reporting requirements and related regulatory filings on a timely basis. As a result, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects, as well as the trading price of our ADSs, may be materially and adversely affected. Moreover, ineffective internal control over financial reporting significantly hinders our ability to prevent fraud.

Furthermore, it is possible that, had our independent registered public accounting firm conducted an audit of our internal control over financial reporting, such firm might have identified additional material weaknesses and deficiencies. Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 will require that we include a report from management on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in our annual report on Form 20-F beginning with our annual report for the year ending June 30, 2015. In addition, once we cease to be an “emerging growth company” as such term is defined in the JOBS Act, our independent registered public accounting firm must attest to and report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Our management may conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is not effective. Moreover, even if our management concludes that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, our independent registered public accounting firm, after conducting its own independent testing, may issue a report that is qualified if it is not satisfied with our internal controls or the level at which our controls are documented, designed, operated or reviewed, or if it interprets the relevant requirements differently from us. In addition, after we become a public company, our reporting obligations may place a significant strain on our management, operational and financial resources and systems for the foreseeable future. We may be unable to timely complete our evaluation testing and any required remediation.

During the course of documenting and testing our internal control procedures, in order to satisfy the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, we may identify other weaknesses and deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting, and we may not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. If we fail to achieve and maintain an effective internal control environment, we could suffer material misstatements in our financial statements and fail to meet our reporting obligations, which would likely cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information. This could in turn limit our access to capital markets, harm our results of operations, and lead to a decline in the trading price of our ADSs. Additionally, ineffective internal control over financial reporting could expose us to increased risk of fraud or misuse of corporate assets and subject us to potential delisting from the stock exchange on which we list, regulatory investigations and civil or criminal sanctions. We may also be required to restate our financial statements from prior periods.

Risks Relating to Our Corporate Structure

Our private educational service business is subject to extensive regulation in China. If the PRC government finds that the contractual arrangement that establishes our corporate structure for operating our business does not comply with applicable PRC laws and regulations, we could be subject to severe penalties.

Our private educational service business is subject to extensive regulations in China. The Chinese government regulates various aspects of our business and operations, such as curriculum content, educational

 

28


Table of Contents

materials, standards of school operations, student recruitment activities and tuition and other fees. The laws and regulations applicable to the private education sector are subject to frequent change, and new laws and regulations may be adopted, some of which may have a negative effect on our business, either retroactively or prospectively.

Foreign ownership in educational services is subject to significant regulations in China. The PRC government regulates the provision of educational services through strict licensing requirements. In particular, PRC laws and regulations currently prohibit foreign ownership of companies and institutions providing compulsory educational services at primary and middle school levels, and restrict foreign investment in educational services businesses at the high school level. We are a company incorporated in the Cayman Islands. Our PRC subsidiary, Hailiang Consulting, is a foreign owned enterprise and is currently ineligible to apply for and hold licenses to operate, or otherwise own equity interests in, our schools with K-12 educational programs. Due to these restrictions, we conduct our private education business in China primarily through contractual arrangements among (i) Hailiang Consulting, our operating subsidiary in China, (ii) our affiliated entities, including Hailiang Investment and the schools owned and operated by Hailiang Investment, namely, Zhuji Hailiang Foreign Language School, Zhuji Private High School and Tianma Experimental School, and (iii) the shareholder of Hailiang Investment, namely Mr. Feng, who is also the founder of our group. We hold the required licenses and permits necessary to conduct our private education business in China through the schools owned and operated by Hailiang Investment. We have been and expect to continue to be dependent on our affiliated entities to operate our private education business.

If our ownership structure and contractual arrangements are found to be in violation of any PRC laws or regulations, or if we are found to be required but failed to obtain any of the permits or approvals for our private education business, the relevant PRC regulatory authorities, including—the MOE, which regulates the education industry in China, Ministry of Commerce of PRC, or the MOFCOM, which regulates the foreign investment in China, and the Civil Affairs Bureau, which regulates the registration of schools in China—would have broad discretion in imposing fines or punishments upon us for such violations, including:

 

    revoking the business and operating licenses of Hailiang Consulting and/or our affiliated entities;

 

    discontinuing or restricting any related-party transactions between Hailiang Consulting and our affiliated entities;

 

    imposing fines and penalties, or imposing additional requirements for our operations which we, Hailiang Consulting or our affiliated entities may not be able to comply with;

 

    revoking the preferential tax treatment available to us;

 

    requiring us to restructure the ownership and control structure or our current schools; or

 

    restricting or prohibiting our use of the proceeds of this offering to finance our business and operations in China, particularly the expansion of our business through strategic acquisitions.

As of the date of this prospectus, similar ownership structure and contractual arrangements have been used by many China-based companies listed overseas, including a number of education companies listed in the United States. To our knowledge, none of the fines or punishments listed above has been imposed on any of these public companies, including companies in the education industry. However, we cannot assure you that such fines or punishments will not be imposed on us or any other companies in the future. If any of the above fines or punishments is imposed on us, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

We rely on contractual arrangements with Hailiang Investment and its shareholder for our operations in China, which may not be as effective in providing control as direct ownership.

We have relied and expect to continue to rely on the contractual arrangements with Hailiang Investment and its shareholder, Mr. Feng, our founder and our ultimate controlling shareholder, to operate our private education

 

29


Table of Contents

business. For a description of these contractual arrangements, see “Our Corporate History and Structure—Our Corporate Structure.” However, these contractual arrangements may not be as effective as direct equity ownership in providing us with control over Hailiang Investment and our schools. Any failure by our affiliated entities, including Hailiang Investment and our schools owned and operated by Hailiang Investment, and the shareholder of Hailiang Investment, to perform their obligations under the contractual arrangements would have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial position and consolidated financial performance of our company. For example, the contractual arrangements are governed by PRC law and provide for the resolution of disputes through arbitration in the PRC. Accordingly, these contracts would be interpreted in accordance with PRC law and any disputes would be resolved in accordance with PRC legal procedures. The legal system in the PRC is not as developed as some other jurisdictions, such as the United States. As a result, uncertainties in the PRC legal system could limit our ability to enforce these contractual arrangements. In addition, if the legal structure and the contractual arrangements were found to be in violation of any existing or future PRC laws and regulations, we may be subject to fines or other legal or administrative sanctions.

If the imposition of government actions causes us to lose our right to direct the activities of our affiliated entities or our right to receive substantially all the economic benefits and residual returns from our affiliated entities and we are not able to restructure our ownership structure and operations in a satisfactory manner, we would no longer be able to consolidate the financial results of our affiliated entities. 

The shareholder of Hailiang Investment, namely Mr. Feng, our founder and our ultimate controlling shareholder, may not act in the best interests of our company.

Mr. Feng is the sole shareholder of Hailiang Investment. He is also the founder and ultimate controlling shareholder of our group. We cannot assure you that Mr. Feng will act in the best interests of our company. We rely on Mr. Feng to comply with the terms and conditions of the contractual arrangements. Although Mr. Feng is obligated to honor his contractual obligations with respect to our affiliated entities, he may nonetheless breach or cause Hailiang Investment to breach or refuse to renew the existing contractual arrangements that allow us to effectively exercise control over our affiliated entities and to receive economic benefits from them. If Mr. Feng does not honor his contractual obligations with respect to our affiliated entities, we may exercise our exclusive option to purchase, or cause our designee to purchase, all or part of the equity interest in Hailiang Investment to the extent permitted by PRC law. If we cannot resolve any disputes between us and the shareholder of Hailiang Investment, we would have to rely on legal proceedings, which could result in disruption of our business and substantial uncertainty as to the outcome of any such legal proceedings.

Contractual arrangements between our affiliated entities and us may be subject to scrutiny by the PRC tax authorities and a finding that we or our affiliated entities owe additional taxes could materially reduce our net income and the value of your investment.

Under PRC laws and regulations, transactions between related parties should be conducted on an arm’s-length basis and may be subject to audit or challenge by the PRC tax authorities. We could face material adverse tax consequences if the PRC tax authorities determine that the contractual arrangements among our subsidiary in the PRC, our affiliated entities and the shareholder of Hailiang Investment are not conducted on an arm’s-length basis and adjust the income of our affiliated entities through the transfer pricing adjustment. A transfer pricing adjustment could, among other things, result in, for PRC tax purposes, increased tax liabilities of our affiliated entities. In addition, the PRC tax authorities may require us to disgorge our prior tax benefits, and require us to pay additional taxes for prior tax years and impose late payment fees and other penalties on our affiliated entities for underpayment of prior taxes. To date, similar contractual arrangements have been used by many public companies, including companies listed in the United States, and, to our knowledge, the PRC tax authorities have not imposed any material penalties on those companies. However, we cannot assure you that such penalties will not be imposed on any other companies or us in the future. Our net income may be harmed if the tax liabilities of our affiliated entities materially increase or if they are found to be subject to additional tax obligations, late payment fees or other penalties.

 

30


Table of Contents

If any of our affiliated entities becomes the subject of a bankruptcy or liquidation proceeding, we may lose the ability to use and enjoy assets held by such entity, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We currently conduct our operations in China through contractual arrangements with our affiliated entities and the shareholder of Hailiang Investment. As part of these arrangements, substantially all of our education-related assets that are important to the operation of our business are held by our affiliated entities. If any of these entities goes bankrupt and all or part of their assets become subject to liens or rights of third-party creditors, we may be unable to continue some or all of our business activities, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. If any of our affiliated entities undergoes a voluntary or involuntary liquidation proceeding, its equity owner or unrelated third-party creditors may claim rights relating to some or all of these assets, which would hinder our ability to operate our business and could materially and adversely affect our business, our ability to generate revenue and the market price of our ADSs.

If the custodians or authorized users of our controlling non-tangible assets, including chops and seals, fail to fulfill their responsibilities, or misappropriate or misuse these assets, our business and operations could be materially and adversely affected.

Under PRC law, legal documents for corporate transactions, including agreements and contracts that our business relies on, are executed using the chop or seal of the signing entity or with the signature of a legal representative whose designation is registered and filed with the relevant Administration of Industry and Commerce.

In order to maintain the physical security of our chops, we generally have them stored in secured locations accessible only to authorized employees. Although we monitor such authorized employees, the procedures may not be sufficient to prevent all instances of abuse or negligence. There is a risk that our employees could abuse their authority, for example, by entering into a contract not approved by us or seeking to gain control of one of our subsidiaries or affiliated entities. If any employee obtains, misuses or misappropriates our chops and seals or other controlling intangible assets for whatever reason, we could experience disruption to our normal business operations. We may have to take corporate or legal action, which could involve significant time and resources to resolve while distracting management from our operations.

PRC regulation of loans and direct investment by offshore holding companies to PRC entities may delay or prevent us from using the proceeds of this offering to make loans or additional capital contributions to our PRC subsidiary and affiliated entities, which could harm our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business.

In utilizing the proceeds of this offering in the manner described in “Use of Proceeds,” as an offshore holding company of our PRC subsidiary, we may (i) make loans to our PRC subsidiary and affiliated entities, (ii) make additional capital contributions to our PRC subsidiary, (iii) establish new PRC subsidiaries and make capital contributions to these new PRC subsidiaries, and (iv) acquire offshore entities with business operations in China in an offshore transaction. However, most of these uses are subject to PRC regulations and approvals. For example:

 

    loans by us to our wholly-owned subsidiary in China, which is a foreign-invested enterprise, cannot exceed statutory limits and must be registered with the State Administration of Foreign Exchange of the PRC, or SAFE, or its local counterparts;

 

    loans by us to our affiliated entities, which are domestic PRC entities, over a certain threshold must be approved by the relevant government authorities and must also be registered with SAFE or its local counterparts; and

 

    capital contributions to our wholly-owned subsidiary must be approved by the MOFCOM or its local counterparts.

 

31


Table of Contents

In addition, on August 29, 2008, SAFE promulgated Circular 142, a notice regulating the conversion by a foreign-invested company of its capital contribution in foreign currency into Renminbi. The notice requires that the capital of a foreign-invested company settled in Renminbi converted from foreign currencies shall be used only for purposes within the business scope as approved by the applicable governmental authorities. Such loan may not be used for equity investments within the PRC unless such activity is set forth in the business scope or is otherwise permissible under PRC laws or regulations. In addition, SAFE strengthened its oversight of the flow and use of such capital of a foreign-invested company settled in Renminbi converted from foreign currencies. The use of such Renminbi capital may not be changed without SAFE’s approval, and may not in any case be used to repay Renminbi loans if the proceeds of such loans have not otherwise been used. Violations of Circular 142 will result in severe penalties including heavy fines. As a result, Circular 142 may significantly limit our ability to transfer the net proceeds from this offering to our operations in China through our PRC subsidiary, which may adversely affect our ability to expand our business.

Furthermore, SAFE promulgated Circular 59 on November 9, 2010, which, among other things, requires the authenticity of settlement of net proceeds from offshore offerings to be closely examined and the net proceeds to be settled in the manner described in the offering documents, or otherwise approved by the board of directors. Accordingly, as we apply with SAFE to convert the proceeds from this offering into Renminbi funds for use of such funds in the PRC, they need to be used in accordance with the section entitled “Use of Proceeds,” or when the proposed use of the proceeds is inconsistent with what is set forth in the section entitled “Use of Proceeds,” we need to submit a board resolution in relation to such proposed use of proceeds to SAFE and the settlement of foreign exchange for such use of proceeds must comply with PRC regulations in relation to foreign exchange.

Furthermore, SAFE issued an internal guideline to its local counterparts, referred to as Circular 45, in November 2011. Based on the version of Circular 45 made publicly available by certain local governmental authorities on their websites, we understand that Circular 45 requires SAFE’s local counterparts to strengthen the control imposed by Circulars 142 and 59 over the conversion of a foreign-invested company’s capital contributed in foreign currency into RMB. Circular 45 stipulates that a foreign-invested company’s RMB funds, if converted from such company’s capital contributed in foreign currency, may not be used by such company to (i) extend loans (in the form of entrusted loans), (ii) repay borrowings between enterprises, or (iii) repay bank loans it has obtained and on-lent to third parties.

We expect that PRC laws and regulations may continue to limit our use of proceeds from this offering or from other financing sources. We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain these government registrations or approvals on a timely basis, if at all, with respect to future loans or capital contributions by us to our entities in China. If we fail to receive such registrations or approvals, our ability to use the proceeds of this offering and to capitalize our PRC operations may be negatively affected, which could adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business.

Risks Relating to Doing Business in China

PRC economic, political and social conditions, as well as changes in any government policies, laws and regulations, could adversely affect the overall economy in China or the educational services market, which could harm our business.

Substantially all of our operations are conducted in China, and substantially all of our revenue is derived from China. Accordingly, our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations are subject, to a significant extent, to economic, political and legal developments in China.

The PRC economy differs from the economies of most developed countries in many respects. Although the PRC economy has been transitioning from a planned economy to a more market-oriented economy since the late 1970s, the PRC government continues to play a significant role in regulating the industry. The PRC government continues to exercise significant control over China’s economic growth through allocating resources, controlling

 

32


Table of Contents

the incurrence and payment of foreign currency-denominated obligations, setting monetary policy and providing preferential treatment to particular industries or companies. Changes in any of these policies, laws and regulations could adversely affect the economy in China or the market for educational services, which could harm our business.

While the PRC economy has experienced significant growth in the past two to three decades, growth has been uneven, both geographically and among various sectors of the economy. Demand for our educational services depends, in large part, on economic conditions in China. Any significant slowdown in China’s economic growth may cause our potential students to delay or cancel their plans to enroll in our schools, which in turn could reduce our revenue. In addition, any sudden changes to China’s political system or the occurrence of social unrest could have a material and adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

Uncertainties with respect to the PRC legal system could have a material adverse effect on us.

The PRC legal system is a civil law system based on written statutes. Unlike the common law system, prior court decisions in a civil law system may be cited as reference but have limited precedential value. Since 1979, newly introduced PRC laws and regulations have significantly enhanced the protections of interest relating to foreign investments in China. However, since these laws and regulations are relatively new and the PRC legal system continues to evolve rapidly, the interpretations of such laws and regulations may not always be consistent, and enforcement of these laws and regulations involves significant uncertainties, any of which could limit the available legal protections.

In addition, the PRC administrative and judicial authorities have significant discretion in interpreting, implementing or enforcing statutory rules and contractual terms, and it may be more difficult to predict the outcome of administrative and judicial proceedings and the level of legal protection we may enjoy in the PRC than under some more developed legal systems. These uncertainties may affect our decisions on the policies and actions to be taken to comply with PRC laws and regulations, and may affect our ability to enforce our contractual or tort rights. In addition, the regulatory uncertainties may be exploited through unmerited legal actions or threats in an attempt to extract payments or benefits from us. Such uncertainties may therefore increase our operating expenses and costs, and materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Any increase in applicable corporate income tax rates or the discontinuation of any preferential tax treatments currently available to us may result in our significantly higher tax burden or the disgorgement of any benefits we enjoyed in the past, which could in turn negatively affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Under the Implementation Rules for the Law for Promoting Private Education in 2004, or the 2004 Implementing Rules, private schools, whether requiring reasonable returns or not, may enjoy preferential tax treatment. Each of our schools are schools requiring reasonable returns. The 2004 Implementing Rules provide that the relevant authorities under the State Council may introduce preferential tax treatments and related policies applicable to private schools requiring reasonable returns. To date, however, no separate policies, regulations or rules have been introduced by the authorities in this regard. Our three schools have historically enjoyed tax preference policies for enterprise income tax and business tax since their establishment. On December 31, 2013, we received confirmation letters from the Zhuji Municipal Office of the State Administration of Taxation and the Zhuji Municipal Local Tax Bureau for each of our schools which stated that (i) since its establishment, each school has been exempt from taxation, (ii) since its establishment, each school has been in compliance with applicable tax laws, and (iii) no enforcement action or penalty will be imposed with respect to the preferential tax treatment enjoyed by each school. Our PRC counsel has confirmed that this tax exemption is not contrary to PRC tax laws.

Preferential tax treatments granted to us by local governmental authorities are subject to review and may be adjusted or revoked at any time in the future. The discontinuation of any preferential tax treatments currently

 

33


Table of Contents

available to us will cause our effective tax rate to increase, which will increase our income tax expenses and in turn decrease our net income. In addition, we may not be granted preferential tax treatment by the local governments of additional regions into which we may expand. Any such negative development could have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Under the New EIT Law, we may be classified as a “resident enterprise” of China. Such classification could result in unfavorable tax consequences to us and our non-PRC shareholders .

The New EIT Law and its implementing rules provide that enterprises established outside of China whose “de facto management bodies” are located in China are considered “resident enterprises” under PRC tax laws. The implementing rules promulgated under the New EIT Law define the term “de facto management bodies” as a management body which substantially manages, or has control over the business, personnel, finance and assets of an enterprise. However, there are no further detailed rules or precedents governing the procedures and specific criteria for determining “de facto management body.” It is still unclear if the PRC tax authorities would determine that we should be classified as a PRC “resident enterprise.”

If we are deemed as a PRC “resident enterprise,” we will be subject to PRC enterprise income tax on our worldwide income at a uniform tax rate of 25%, although dividends distributed to us from our existing PRC subsidiary and any other PRC subsidiaries which we may establish from time to time could be exempt from the PRC dividend withholding tax due to our PRC “resident recipient” status. This could have a material and adverse effect on our overall effective tax rate, our income tax expenses and our net income. Furthermore, dividends, if any, paid to our shareholders and ADS holders may be decreased as a result of the decrease in distributable profits. In addition, if we were to be considered a PRC “resident enterprise,” dividends we pay with respect to our ADSs or ordinary shares and the gains realized from the transfer of our ADSs or ordinary shares may be considered income derived from sources within the PRC and be subject to PRC withholding tax. This could have a material and adverse effect on the value of your investment in us and the price of our ADSs.

There are significant uncertainties under the New EIT Law relating to the withholding tax liabilities of our PRC subsidiary, and dividends payable by our PRC subsidiary to our offshore subsidiaries may not qualify to enjoy certain treaty benefits.

Under the New EIT Law and its implementation rules, the profits of a foreign invested enterprise generated through operations, which are distributed to its immediate holding company outside the PRC, will be subject to a withholding tax rate of 10%. Pursuant to a special arrangement between Hong Kong and the PRC, such rate may be reduced to 5% if a Hong Kong resident enterprise owns more than 25% of the equity interest in the PRC company. Our current PRC subsidiary is wholly-owned by our Hong Kong subsidiary. Moreover, under the Notice of the State Administration of Taxation on Issues regarding the Administration of the Dividend Provision in Tax Treaties promulgated on February 20, 2009, the tax payer needs to satisfy certain conditions to enjoy the benefits under a tax treaty. These conditions include: (1) the taxpayer must be the beneficial owner of the relevant dividends, and (2) the corporate shareholder to receive dividends from the PRC subsidiary must have continuously met the direct ownership thresholds during the 12 consecutive months preceding the receipt of the dividends. Further, the State Administration of Taxation promulgated the Notice on How to Understand and Recognize the “Beneficial Owner” in Tax Treaties on October 27, 2009, which limits the “beneficial owner” to individuals, enterprises or other organizations normally engaged in substantive operations, and sets forth certain detailed factors in determining the “beneficial owner” status.

Under applicable tax laws and regulations, we are required to apply for approvals from local tax authorities before we can enjoy any benefits under such taxation treaties relating to the 5% withholding tax rate which we have not undertaken. Hailiang Consulting will apply for such approvals when it intends to declare and pay dividends, but there is no assurance that the PRC tax authorities will approve the 5% withholding tax rate on dividends received from Hailiang Consulting.

 

34


Table of Contents

Our affiliated entities may be subject to significant limitations on their ability to engage in the private education business or make payments to related parties and may otherwise be materially and adversely affected by changes in PRC laws and regulations.

Under the laws and regulations governing private education in China, a private school may elect to be a school that does not require “reasonable returns” or a school that requires “reasonable returns.” At the end of each fiscal year, every private school is required to allocate a certain amount to its development fund for the construction or maintenance of the school or procurement or upgrading of educational equipment. In the case of a private school that requires reasonable returns, this amount shall be no less than 25% of the annual net income of the school. All of our schools, which are private schools that require reasonable returns, currently comply with the existing laws and regulations regarding the allocation of development funds. A private school that requires reasonable returns must publicly disclose such election and additional information required under the regulations. A private school shall consider factors such as the school’s tuition fees, ratio of the funds used for education-related activities to the course fees collected, admission standards and educational quality when determining the percentage of the school’s net income that would be distributed to the investors as reasonable returns. However, none of the current PRC laws and regulations provides a clear guideline for determining “reasonable returns.” In addition the current PRC laws and regulations do not set forth any different requirements for the management and operations of private schools that elect to require reasonable returns as compared to those that do not. However, new laws or regulations might be adopted or introduced to impose significant limitations on the ability of our schools to operate their businesses, charge course fees or make payments to related parties, such as to Hailiang Consulting for services received. In addition, new guidelines or formulas could be adopted to specify the way of calculating “reasonable returns.” We cannot predict the timing and effects of any such new laws and regulations. Changes in PRC laws and regulations governing private education businesses as conducted by our affiliated entities could have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We face uncertainties with respect to indirect transfers of the equity interests in PRC resident enterprises by their non-PRC holding companies.

Pursuant to the Notice on Strengthening Administration of Enterprise Income Tax for Share Transfers by Non-PRC Resident Enterprises , or Circular 698, issued by the State Administration of Taxation on December 10, 2009, where a foreign investor transfers the equity interests in a PRC resident enterprise indirectly via disposition of the equity interests of an overseas holding company, or an Indirect Transfer, and such overseas holding company is located in a tax jurisdiction that (1) has an effective tax rate less than 12.5% or (2) does not tax foreign income of its residents, the foreign investor shall report the Indirect Transfer to the competent PRC tax authority. The PRC tax authority will examine the nature of such Indirect Transfer, and if the tax authority considers that the foreign investor has adopted an “abusive arrangement” in order to reduce, avoid or defer PRC taxes, it may disregard the existence of the overseas holding company and re-characterize the Indirect Transfer such that gains derived from such Indirect Transfer may be subject to PRC withholding tax at a rate of up to 10%. Circular 698 also provides that, where a non-PRC resident enterprise transfers its equity interests in a PRC resident enterprise to its related parties at a price lower than the fair market value, the competent tax authority has the power to make a reasonable adjustment to the taxable income of the transaction. Circular 698 is retroactively effective from January 1, 2008. There is uncertainty as to the application of Circular 698. For example, while the term “Indirect Transfer” is not clearly defined, it is understood that the relevant PRC tax authorities have jurisdiction regarding requests for information over a wide range of foreign entities having no direct contact with China. Moreover, the relevant authority has not yet promulgated any formal provisions or formally declared or stated how to calculate the effective tax rates in foreign tax jurisdictions, and the process and format of the reporting of an Indirect Transfer to the competent tax authority of the relevant PRC resident enterprise remain unclear. In addition, there are not formal declarations with regard to how to determine whether a foreign investor has adopted an abusive arrangement in order to reduce, avoid or defer PRC tax. As a result, we and our non-resident investors may have the risk of being taxed under Circular 698 and may be required to spend valuable resources to comply with Circular 698 or to establish that we or our non-resident investors should not be

 

35


Table of Contents

taxed under Circular 698, which may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations or such non-resident investors’ investments in us.

Restrictions on currency exchange may limit our ability to receive and use our revenue effectively.

Substantially all of our revenue is denominated in Renminbi. As a result, restrictions on currency exchange may limit our ability to use revenue generated in Renminbi to fund any business activities we may have outside China in the future or to make dividend payments to our shareholders and ADS holders in U.S. dollars. Under current PRC laws and regulations, Renminbi is freely convertible for current account items, such as trade and service-related foreign exchange transactions and dividend distributions. However, Renminbi is not freely convertible for direct investment or loans or investments in securities outside China, unless such use is approved by SAFE. For example, foreign exchange transactions under our subsidiary’s capital account, including principal payments in respect of foreign currency-denominated obligations, remain subject to significant foreign exchange controls and the approval requirement of SAFE. These limitations could affect our ability to obtain foreign exchange for capital expenditures.

Hailiang Consulting is permitted to declare dividends to our offshore subsidiary holding its equity interest, convert the dividends into a foreign currency and remit to its shareholder outside of the PRC. In addition, in the event that Hailiang Consulting liquidates, proceeds from the liquidation may be converted into foreign currency and distributed outside of China to our overseas subsidiary holding its equity interest. Furthermore, in the event that Hailiang Investment liquidates, Hailiang Consulting may, pursuant to a power of attorney it has entered into with Mr. Feng, require Hailiang Investment to pay and remit the proceeds from such liquidation to Hailiang Consulting. Hailiang Consulting then may distribute such proceeds to us after converting them into foreign currency and remit them outside of China in the form of dividends or other distributions. Once remitted outside of the PRC, dividends, distributions or other proceeds from liquidation paid to us will not be subject to restrictions under PRC regulations on its further transfer or use.

Other than the above distributions by and through Hailiang Consulting which are permitted to be made without the necessity to obtain further approvals, any conversion of the Renminbi-denominated revenue generated by our affiliated entities for direct investment, loan or investment in securities outside China will be subject to the limitations discussed above. To the extent we need to convert and use any Renminbi-denominated revenue generated by our affiliated entities not paid to Hailiang Consulting and revenue generated by Hailiang Consulting not declared and paid as dividends, the limitations discussed above will restrict the convertibility of, and our ability to directly receive and use such revenue. As a result, our business and financial condition may be adversely affected. In addition, there is no assurance that the PRC regulatory authorities will not impose more stringent restrictions on the convertibility of Renminbi in the future, especially with respect to foreign exchange transactions.

Our subsidiaries and affiliated entities in China are subject to restrictions on making dividends and other payments to us.

We are a holding company and rely principally on dividends paid by our subsidiary in China for our cash needs, including paying dividends and other cash distributions to our shareholders to the extent we choose to do so, servicing any debt we may incur and paying our operating expenses. Hailiang Consulting’s income in turn depends on the service fees paid by our affiliated entities. Current PRC regulations permit our subsidiary in China to pay dividends to us only out of its accumulated profits, if any, determined in accordance with Chinese accounting standards and regulations. Under the applicable requirements of PRC law, Hailiang Consulting may only distribute dividends after it has made allowances to fund certain statutory reserves. These reserves are not distributable as cash dividends. In addition, at the end of each fiscal year, each of our schools that are private school in China is required to allocate a certain amount to its development fund for the construction or maintenance of the school properties or purchase or upgrade of school facilities. In particular, our schools, each of which is a private school that requires reasonable returns, are required to allocate no less than 25% of their

 

36


Table of Contents

annual net income for such purposes. Furthermore, if our subsidiaries or our affiliated entities in China incur debt on their own behalf in the future, the instruments governing the debt may restrict their ability to pay dividends or make other payments to us. Any such restrictions may materially affect such entities’ ability to make dividends or make payments, in service fees or otherwise, to us, which may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Fluctuations in the value of the Renminbi may have a material adverse effect on your investment.

The change in value of the Renminbi against the U.S. dollar and other currencies is affected by, various factors, such as changes in China’s political and economic conditions. On July 21, 2005, the PRC government changed its decade-old policy of pegging the value of the Renminbi to the U.S. dollar. Under such policy, the Renminbi was permitted to fluctuate within a narrow and managed band against a basket of certain foreign currencies. Later on, the People’s Bank of China has decided to further implement the reform of the RMB exchange regime and to enhance the flexibility of RMB exchange rates. Such changes in policy have resulted in a significant appreciation of the Renminbi against the U.S. dollar since 2005. There remains significant international pressure on the PRC government to adopt a more flexible currency policy, which could result in a further and more significant adjustment of the Renminbi against the U.S. dollar.

Any significant appreciation or revaluation of the Renminbi may have a material adverse effect on the value of, and any dividends payable on, our ADSs in foreign currency terms. More specifically, if we decide to convert our Renminbi into U.S. dollars, appreciation of the U.S. dollar against the Renminbi would have a negative effect on the U.S. dollar amount available to us. To the extent that we need to convert U.S. dollars we receive from our initial public offering into Renminbi for our operations, appreciation of the Renminbi against the U.S. dollar would have an adverse effect on the Renminbi amount we would receive from the conversion. In addition, appreciation or depreciation in the exchange rate of the Renminbi to the U.S. dollar could materially and adversely affect the price of our ADSs in U.S. dollars without giving effect to any underlying change in our business or results of operations.

We may be required to obtain prior approval of the China Securities Regulatory Commission, or CSRC, of the listing and trading of our ADSs on the Nasdaq Global Market.

On August 8, 2006, six PRC regulatory authorities, including the MOFCOM, the State Assets Supervision and Administration Commission, the State Administration of Taxation, State Administration for Industry and Commerce of PRC, or SAIC, CSRC and SAFE, jointly issued the Regulations on Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors, or the M&A Rules. This regulation, among other things, requires that the listing and trading on an overseas stock exchange of securities in an offshore special purpose vehicle formed for purposes of holding direct or indirect equity interests in PRC companies and controlled directly or indirectly by PRC companies or individuals be approved by the CSRC. On September 21, 2006, the CSRC published on its official website the procedures for such approval process. In particular, certain documents are required to be filed with the CSRC as part of the approval procedures and it could take several months to complete the approval process.

While the implementation and interpretation of the M&A Rules remains unclear, we believe, based on the advice of our PRC counsel, that approval by the CSRC is not required for this offering because we are not a special purpose vehicle formed or controlled by PRC companies or PRC individuals as defined under the M&A Rules. However, we cannot assure you that the relevant PRC regulatory authorities, including the CSRC, would reach the same conclusion as our PRC counsel. If the CSRC or other PRC regulatory authority subsequently determines that we need to obtain the CSRC’s approval for this offering, we may face sanctions by the CSRC or other PRC regulatory authorities. In such event, these regulatory authorities may, among other things, impose fines and penalties on or otherwise restrict our operations in the PRC or delay or restrict any remittance of the proceeds from this offering into the PRC. The CSRC or other PRC regulatory agencies may also take actions requiring us, or making it advisable for us, to suspend or terminate this offering before settlement and delivery of

 

37


Table of Contents

the ADSs. Any such or other actions taken could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, reputation and prospects, as well as the trading price of our ADSs.

Certain PRC regulations, including the M&A Rules and national security regulations, may require a complicated review and approval process which could make it more difficult for us to pursue growth through acquisitions in China.

The M&A Rules established additional procedures and requirements that could make merger and acquisition activities in China by foreign investors more time-consuming and complex. For example, the MOFCOM must be notified in the event a foreign investor takes control of a PRC domestic enterprise. In addition, certain acquisitions of domestic companies by offshore companies that are related to or affiliated with the same entities or individuals of the domestic companies, are subject to approval by the MOFCOM. In addition, the Implementing Rules Concerning Security Review on Mergers and Acquisitions by Foreign Investors of Domestic Enterprises, issued by the MOFCOM in August 2011, require that mergers and acquisitions by foreign investors in “any industry with national security concerns” be subject to national security review by the MOFCOM. In addition, any activities attempting to circumvent such review process, including structuring the transaction through a proxy or contractual control arrangement, are strictly prohibited.

There is significant uncertainty regarding the interpretation and implementation of these regulations relating to merger and acquisition activities in China. In addition, complying with these requirements could be time-consuming, and the required notification, review or approval process may materially delay or affect our ability to complete merger and acquisition transactions in China. As a result, our ability to seek growth through acquisitions may be materially and adversely affected.

In addition, if the MOFCOM determines that we should have obtained its approval for our entry into contractual arrangements with our affiliated entities and the shareholder of Hailiang Investment, we may be required to file for remedial approvals. There is no assurance that we would be able to obtain such approval from the MOFCOM. We may also be subject to administrative fines or penalties by the MOFCOM that may require us to limit our business operations in the PRC, delay or restrict the conversion and remittance of our funds in foreign currencies into the PRC or take other actions that could have material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

A failure by the beneficial owners of our shares who are PRC residents to comply with certain PRC foreign exchange regulations could restrict our ability to distribute profits, restrict our overseas and cross-border investment activities and subject us to liability under PRC law.

SAFE has promulgated regulations, including the Notice on Relevant Issues Relating to Domestic Residents’ Investment and Financing and Round-Trip Investment through Special Purpose Vehicles , or SAFE Circular No. 37, effective on July 4, 2014, and its appendices, that require PRC residents, including PRC institutions and individuals, to register with local branches of SAFE in connection with their direct establishment or indirect control of an offshore entity, for the purpose of overseas investment and financing, with such PRC residents’ legally owned assets or equity interests in domestic enterprises or offshore assets or interests, referred to in SAFE Circular No. 37 as a “special purpose vehicle.” SAFE Circular No. 37 further requires amendment to the registration in the event of any significant changes with respect to the special purpose vehicle, such as increase or decrease of capital contributed by PRC individuals, share transfer or exchange, merger, division or other material event. In the event that a PRC shareholder holding interests in a special purpose vehicle fails to fulfill the required SAFE registration, the PRC subsidiaries of that special purpose vehicle may be prohibited from making profit distributions to the offshore parent and from carrying out subsequent cross-border foreign exchange activities, and the special purpose vehicle may be restricted in its ability to contribute additional capital into its PRC subsidiary. Further, failure to comply with the various SAFE registration requirements described above could result in liability under PRC law for foreign exchange evasion.

 

38


Table of Contents

These regulations apply to our direct and indirect shareholders who are PRC residents and may apply to any offshore acquisitions or share transfers that we make in the future if our shares are issued to PRC residents. However, in practice, different local SAFE branches may have different views and procedures on the application and implementation of SAFE regulations, and since SAFE Circular No. 37 was recently issued, there remains uncertainty with respect to its implementation. We have requested PRC residents who we know currently hold direct or indirect interests in our company to make the necessary applications, filings and amendments as required under SAFE Circular No. 37 and other related rules. As advised by AllBright Law Offices, our PRC legal counsel, as of the date of this prospectus, such PRC residents have duly made such applications, filings and amendments as required by SAFE Circular No. 75, the predecessor regulation of SAFE Circular No. 37. Such applications, filings and amendments were made pursuant to SAFE Circular No. 75 before SAFE Circular No. 37 went into effect. However, SAFE Circular No. 37 shall apply to any subsequent amendments made by Mr. Feng after the effective date of SAFE Circular No. 37. As of the date of this prospectus, to the best of our knowledge, Mr. Feng is not required to make any amendment under SAFE Circular No. 37. However, we cannot assure you that these individuals or any other direct or indirect shareholders or beneficial owners of our company who are PRC residents will be able to successfully complete the registration or update the registration of their direct and indirect equity interest as required in the future. If they fail to make or update the registration, our PRC subsidiary could be subject to fines and legal penalties, and SAFE could restrict our cross-border investment activities and our foreign exchange activities, including restricting our PRC subsidiary’s ability to distribute dividends to, or obtain loans denominated in foreign currencies from, our company, or prevent us from paying dividends. As a result, our business operations and our ability to make distributions to you could be materially and adversely affected.

Labor contract laws in China may adversely affect our results of operations.

On June 29, 2007, the PRC government promulgated the Labor Contract Law of the PRC, or the Labor Contract Law, which became effective on January 1, 2008. The Labor Contract Law imposes greater liabilities on employers and significantly affects the cost of an employer’s decision to reduce its workforce. Further, it requires certain terminations be based on the mandatory requirement age. In the event we decide to significantly change or decrease our workforce, the Labor Contract Law could adversely affect our ability to enact such changes in a manner that is most advantageous to our business or in a timely and cost-effective manner, thus materially and adversely affecting our financial condition and results of operations.

Increases in labor costs in the PRC may adversely affect our business and our profitability.

The economy of China has been experiencing significant growth, leading to inflation and increased labor costs. According to the National Bureau of Statistics of China, the year-over-year percent change in the consumer price index in China was 2.6% in 2013. China’s overall economy and the average wage in the PRC are expected to continue to grow. Future increases in China’s inflation and material increases in the cost of labor may materially and adversely affect our profitability and results of operations unless we are able pass on these costs to our students by increasing tuition.

Our independent registered public accounting firm’s audit documentation related to their audit report included in this annual report may be located in China. The Public Company Accounting Oversight Board currently cannot inspect audit documentation located in China and, as such, you may be deprived of the benefits of such inspection.

Our independent registered public accounting firm that issues the audit report included in our annual reports filed with the SEC, as auditors of companies that are traded publicly in the United States and a firm registered with the PCAOB is required by the laws of the United States to undergo regular inspections by the PCAOB to assess its compliance with the applicable laws of the United States and professional standards. Our operations are principally conducted in China, a jurisdiction where the PCAOB is currently unable to conduct inspections without the approval of the PRC authorities. Accordingly, any audit documentation located in China related to

 

39


Table of Contents

our independent registered public accounting firm’s report included in our filings with the SEC is not currently inspected by the PCAOB.

Inspections conducted by the PCAOB outside China have identified deficiencies in those firms’ audit procedures and quality control procedures, which may be addressed as part of the inspection process to improve future audit quality. This lack of PCAOB inspections in China prevents the PCAOB from regularly evaluating audit documentation located in China and its related quality control procedures. As a result, investors may be deprived of the benefits of PCAOB inspections.

The inability of the PCAOB to conduct inspections in China makes it more difficult to evaluate the effectiveness of our independent registered public accounting firm’s audit procedures or quality control procedures as compared to audits outside China that are subject to PCAOB inspections. Investors may lose confidence in our reported financial information and procedures and the quality of our financial statements.

Recently, the SEC commenced administrative proceedings under Rule 102(e) of its Rules of Practice and also under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act against the Chinese affiliates of five global accounting firms, including our independent registered public accounting firm. The Rule 102(e) proceedings initiated by the SEC relate to these firms’ failure to produce documents, including audit work papers, at the request of the SEC pursuant to Section 106 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as the auditors located in the PRC are not in a position lawfully to produce documents directly to the SEC because of restrictions under PRC law and specific directives issued by the CSRC. As the administrative proceedings are ongoing, it is impossible to determine their outcome or the consequences thereof to us. The issues raised by the proceedings are not specific to our independent registered public accounting firm or to us, but affect equally all audit firms based in China and all China-based businesses with securities listed in the United States. However, if the administrative judge were to find in favor of the SEC under the proceeding and depending upon the remedies sought by the SEC, these audit firms could be barred from practicing before the SEC. As a result, listed companies in the United States with major PRC operations will find it difficult or impossible to retain auditors in respect of their operations in the PRC, which may result in their delisting. Moreover, any negative news about the proceedings against these audit firms may erode investor confidence in China-based, United States-listed companies and the market price of our ADSs may be adversely affected.

Risks Relating to this Offering and the Trading Market

There has been no public market for our ordinary shares or ADSs prior to this offering, and you may not be able to resell our ADSs at or above the price you pay for them, or at all.

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our ordinary shares or ADSs. We have applied for the listing of our ADSs on the Nasdaq Global Market. However, an active public market for our ADSs may not develop or be sustained after the offering, in which case the market price and liquidity of our ADSs will be materially and adversely affected. Our ordinary shares will not be listed on any exchange or quoted for trading on any over-the-counter system.

We are offering our ADSs on a best efforts basis and may be unable to sell any shares. Because this is a best efforts offering, the underwriter does not have an obligation to purchase any securities, and, as a result, there is a possibility that we may not be able to sell the minimum offering amount of ADSs. In the event that we do not raise the minimum offering amount of ADSs within 90 days from the effective date of this prospectus, all funds raised will be promptly returned to the investors, without interest or deduction. If we successfully raise the minimum offering amount of ADSs, we will be able to execute our business plan as described.

The initial public offering price for our ADSs may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the trading market and such market prices may be volatile.

The initial public offering price for our ADSs will be determined by negotiations between us and the underwriter and may bear no relationship to the market price for our ADSs after this offering. We cannot assure

 

40


Table of Contents

you that the market price of our ADSs will not decline significantly below the initial public offering price. The financial markets in the United States and other countries have experienced significant price and volume fluctuations in the last few years. Volatility in the price of our ADSs may be caused by factors outside of our control and may be unrelated or disproportionate to changes in our results of operations.

Substantial future sales of our ADSs or the anticipation of future sales of our ADSs in the public market could cause the price of our ADSs to decline.

Sales of substantial amounts of our ADSs or ordinary shares in the public market after this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, could cause the market price of our ADSs to decline. All ADSs sold in this offering will be freely transferable without restriction or additional registration under the Securities Act. The ordinary shares outstanding after this offering will be available for sale upon the expiration of the 180-day lock-up period beginning from the date of this prospectus, subject to certain restrictions. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.” Any or all of these shares may be released prior to the expiration of the lock-up period at the discretion of the underwriter. Sales of these shares into the market could cause the market price of our ADSs to decline.

We may need additional capital, and the sale of additional equity or debt securities would result in additional dilution to our shareholders and restrictions on our business and operations.

We believe that our current cash and cash equivalents, anticipated cash flow from operations and the net proceeds from this offering will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for more than the next twelve months. We may, however, require additional cash resources due to changed business conditions or other future developments. If our resources are insufficient to satisfy our cash requirements, we may seek to sell additional equity or debt securities or obtain a credit facility. The sale of additional equity securities could result in additional dilution to our shareholders. The incurrence of indebtedness would result in increased debt service obligations and could result in operating and financing covenants that would restrict our operations or our ability to pay dividends. Our ability to raise additional funds in the future is subject to a variety of uncertainties, including our future financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, general market conditions for capital-raising activities, and economic, political and other conditions in China and elsewhere. We cannot assure you that if we need additional cash financing it will be available in sufficient amounts or on terms acceptable to us, if at all.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or if they adversely change their recommendations regarding our ADSs, the price of our ADSs and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our ADSs will depend in part on the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. We do not have any control over these analysts. If one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade us, the price of our ADSs would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause the price of our ADSs or trading volume to decline.

You will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value of ADSs purchased.

The initial public offering price per ADS will be substantially higher than the net tangible book value per ADS prior to the offering. Consequently, when you purchase ADSs in the offering, you will incur an immediate dilution of US$             per ADS, representing the difference between our net tangible book value per ADS at US$             as of September 30, 2014 after giving effect to this offering and an assumed initial public offering price of US$             per ADS (which is the mid-point of the estimated public offering price range). See “Dilution.”

 

41


Table of Contents

You may be subject to limitations on transfer of your ADSs.

Your ADSs are transferable on the books of the depositary. However, the depositary may close its transfer books at any time or from time to time when it deems expedient in connection with the performance of its duties. In addition, the depositary may refuse to deliver, transfer or register transfers of ADSs generally when our books or the books of the depositary are closed, or at any time if we or the depositary deem it advisable to do so because of any requirement of law or of any government or governmental body, or under any provision of the deposit agreement, or for any other reason.

Our management has broad discretion to determine how to use the funds raised in the offering and may use them in ways that may not enhance our results of operations or the price of our ADSs.

We anticipate that we will use the net proceeds from this offering to fund acquisition of additional schools, leasehold improvement, marketing, recruitment of administrative staff, enhancements to our information technology systems and our general working capital. Our management will have significant discretion as to the use of the net proceeds to us from this offering and could spend the proceeds in ways that do not improve our results of operations or enhance the market price of our ADSs. In addition, these proceeds might not be invested in a manner that yields a favorable rate of return.

We will incur increased costs as a result of being a public company, particularly after we cease to qualify as an “emerging growth company.”

Upon completion of this offering, we will become a public company and expect to incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as rules subsequently implemented by the SEC and the Nasdaq Global Market, impose various requirements on the corporate governance practices of public companies. As a company with less than US$1.0 billion in revenue for our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” pursuant to the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include exemption from the auditor attestation requirement under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 in the assessment of the emerging growth company’s internal control over financial reporting.

We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some corporate activities more time-consuming and costly. After we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” we expect to incur significant expenses and devote substantial management effort toward ensuring compliance with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the other rules and regulations of the SEC. We will cease to qualify as an “emerging growth company” on the earliest of (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we had US$1.0 billion or more in annual gross revenue, (ii) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of this offering, (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than US$1.0 billion in non-convertible debt or (iv) the date on which we are deemed a “large accelerated filer” under the Exchange Act.

As a result of becoming a public company, we will need to increase the number of independent directors and adopt policies regarding internal controls and disclosure controls and procedures. We also expect that operating as a public company will make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. In addition, we will incur additional costs associated with our public company reporting requirements. It may also be more difficult for us to find qualified persons to serve on our board of directors or as executive officers. We are currently evaluating and monitoring developments with respect to these rules and regulations, and we cannot predict or estimate with any degree of certainty the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs.

 

42


Table of Contents

In the past, shareholders of a public company often brought securities class action suits against the company following periods of instability in the market price of that company’s securities. If we were involved in a class action suit, it could divert a significant amount of our management’s attention and other resources from our business and operations, which could harm our results of operations and require us to incur significant expenses to defend the suit. Any such class action suit, whether or not successful, could harm our reputation and restrict our ability to raise capital in the future. In addition, if a claim is successfully made against us, we may be required to pay significant damages, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

If we cease to qualify as a foreign private issuer, we would be required to comply fully with the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act applicable to U.S. domestic issuers, and we would incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we would not incur as a foreign private issuer.

We expect to qualify as a foreign private issuer upon the completion of this offering. As a foreign private issuer, we will be exempt from the rules under the Exchange Act prescribing the furnishing and content of proxy statements, and our officers, directors and principal shareholders will be exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we will not be required under the Exchange Act to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. domestic issuers, and we will not be required to disclose in our periodic reports all of the information that U.S. domestic issuers are required to disclose. While we currently expect to qualify as a foreign private issuer immediately following the completion of this offering, we may cease to qualify as a foreign private issuer in the future. If we do not qualify as a foreign private issuer, we will be required to comply fully with the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act applicable to US domestic issuers, and we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we would not incur as a foreign private issuer.

As a foreign private issuer, we are permitted to, and we may rely on exemptions from certain Nasdaq Global Market corporate governance standards applicable to U.S. issuers. This may afford less protection to holders of our ordinary shares and ADSs.

Nasdaq Listing Rule 5605(b)(1) requires listed companies to have, among other things, a majority of its board members be independent. As a foreign private issuer, however, we are permitted to, and we may follow home country practice in lieu of the above requirements, or we may choose to comply with the above requirement within one year of listing. The corporate governance practice in our home country, the Cayman Islands, does not require a majority of our board to consist of independent directors. Since a majority of our board of directors will not consist of independent directors, fewer board members will be exercising independent judgment and the level of board oversight on the management of our company may decrease as a result. In addition, the Nasdaq Listing Rules also requires U.S. domestic issuers to have a nominating/corporate governance committee composed entirely of independent directors. We, as a foreign private issuer, are not subject to this requirement. The Nasdaq Listing Rules may require shareholder approval for certain corporate matters, such as requiring that shareholders be given the opportunity to vote on all equity compensation plans and material revisions to those plans. We intend to comply with the requirements of Cayman Islands law in determining whether shareholder approval is required on such matters and to appoint a nominating and corporate governance committee. However, we may consider following home country practice in lieu of the requirements under Nasdaq Listing Rules with respect to certain corporate governance standards which may afford less protection to investors.

 

43


Table of Contents

Anti-takeover provisions in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control.

Some provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, which will become effective upon the completion of this offering, may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company or management that shareholders may consider favorable, including, among other things, the following:

 

    provisions that authorize our board of directors to issue preferred shares in one or more series and to designate the price, rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of such preferred shares without any further vote or action by our shareholders; and

 

    provisions that restrict the ability of our shareholders to call meetings and to propose special matters for consideration at shareholder meetings.

The depositary may give us a discretionary proxy to vote the ordinary shares represented by the ADSs.

The depositary will try, as far as practical, subject to the laws of the Cayman Islands and the provisions of our memorandum and articles of association, to vote or to have its agents vote the ordinary shares or other deposited securities (in person or by proxy) as you instruct. If we timely requested the depositary to solicit your instructions but no instructions are received by the depositary from an owner with respect to any of the deposited securities represented by the ADSs of that owner on or before the date established by the depositary for such purpose, the depositary shall deem that owner to have instructed the depositary to give a discretionary proxy to a person designated by us with respect to such deposited securities, and the depositary shall give a discretionary proxy to a person designated by us to vote such deposited securities. However, no such instruction shall be deemed given and no such discretionary proxy shall be given with respect to any matter if we inform the depositary we do not wish such proxy given, substantial opposition exists or the matter materially and adversely affects the rights of holders of the ordinary shares. The effect of this discretionary proxy is that if you do not give voting instructions, you cannot prevent the ordinary shares underlying your ADSs from being voted, except in the circumstances described above. This may make it more difficult for shareholders to influence the management of our company. Holders of our ordinary shares are not subject to this discretionary proxy.

You may not have the same voting rights as the holders of our ordinary shares and may not receive voting materials in time to be able to exercise your right to vote.

As a holder of our ADSs, you will only be able to exercise the voting rights with respect to the underlying ordinary shares in accordance with the provisions of the deposit agreement. Under the deposit agreement, you must vote by giving voting instructions to the depositary. In order to give you a reasonable opportunity to instruct the depositary as to the exercise of voting rights relating to deposited securities, if we request the depositary to act, we will give the depositary notice of any such meeting and details concerning the matters to be voted at least 30 business days in advance of the meeting date. However, there is no guarantee that you will receive voting materials in time to instruct the depositary to vote, and it is possible that you, or persons who hold their ADSs through brokers, dealers or other third-parties, will not have the opportunity to exercise a right to vote.

Upon receipt of notice of a shareholders meeting from us, the depositary will distribute to registered holders of ADSs a notice which contains, among other things, a statement as to the manner in which your voting instructions may be given, including an express indication that, subject to limited exceptions, such instructions may be given or deemed given to the depositary to give a discretionary proxy to a person designated by us if no instructions are received by the depositary from you on or before the response date established by the depositary. See “Description of American Depositary Shares.”

You may not be able to participate in rights offerings and may experience dilution of your holdings as a result.

We may from time to time distribute rights to our shareholders, including rights to acquire our securities. Under the deposit agreement for the ADSs, the depositary will not offer those rights to ADS holders unless both

 

44


Table of Contents

the rights and the underlying securities to be distributed to ADS holders are either registered under the Securities Act, or exempt from registration under the Securities Act with respect to all holders of ADSs. We are under no obligation to file a registration statement with respect to any such rights or underlying securities or to endeavor to cause such a registration statement to be declared effective. In addition, we may not be able to take advantage of any exemptions from registration under the Securities Act. Accordingly, holders of our ADSs may be unable to participate in a rights offerings we make and may experience dilution in their holdings as a result.

You may not receive distributions on our ordinary shares or any value for them if such distribution is illegal or if any required government approval cannot be obtained in order to make such distribution available to you.

The depositary of our ADSs has agreed to pay to you the cash dividends or other distributions it or the custodian receives on ordinary shares or other deposited securities underlying our ADSs, after deducting its fees and expenses. You will receive these distributions in proportion to the number of ordinary shares your ADSs represent. However, the depositary is not responsible if it decides that it is unlawful or impractical to make a distribution available to any holders of ADSs. See “Description of American Depositary Shares.” For example, it would be unlawful to make a distribution to a holder of ADSs if it consists of securities that require registration under the Securities Act but that are not properly registered or distributed under an applicable exemption from registration. In these cases, the depositary may determine not to distribute such property. We also have no obligation to take any other action to permit the distribution of ADSs, ordinary shares, rights or anything else to holders of ADSs. This means that you may not receive distributions we make on our ordinary shares or any value for them if it is illegal or impractical for us to make them available to you. These restrictions may cause a material decline in the value of our ADSs.

You will have limited ability to bring an action against us or against our directors and officers, or to enforce a judgment against us or them, because we are incorporated in the Cayman Islands, because we conduct a majority of our operations in China and because the majority of our directors and officers reside outside the United States.

We are incorporated in the Cayman Islands and conduct our operations primarily in China. Substantially all of our assets are located outside the United States and all of our directors and officers reside outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible for you to bring an action against us or against these individuals in the Cayman Islands or in China in the event that you believe your rights have been infringed under the applicable securities laws or otherwise. Even if you are successful in bringing an action of this kind, the laws of the Cayman Islands and of China may render you unable to enforce a judgment against our assets or the assets of our directors and officers. See “Enforceability of Civil Liabilities.”

The laws of the Cayman Islands may not provide our shareholders with benefits comparable to those provided to shareholders of corporations incorporated in the United States.

Our corporate affairs are governed by our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, by the Companies Law (2013 Revision) of the Cayman Islands and by the common law of the Cayman Islands. The rights of shareholders to take action against our directors, actions by minority shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors to us under Cayman Islands law are to a large extent governed by the common law of the Cayman Islands. The common law in the Cayman Islands is derived in part from comparatively limited judicial precedent in the Cayman Islands and from English common law. Decisions of the Privy Council (which is the final Court of Appeal for British overseas territories such as the Cayman Islands) are binding on a court in the Cayman Islands. Decisions of the English courts, and particularly the House of Lords and the Court of Appeal are generally of persuasive authority but are not binding in the courts of the Cayman Islands. The rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under Cayman Islands law are not as clearly established as they would be under statutes or judicial precedents in the United States. In particular, the Cayman Islands has a less developed body of securities laws relative to the United States. Therefore, our public

 

45


Table of Contents

shareholders may have more difficulty protecting their interests in the face of actions by our management, directors or controlling shareholders than would shareholders of a corporation incorporated in a jurisdiction in the United States.

We may be classified as a passive foreign investment company, which could result in adverse United States federal income tax consequence to U.S. holders of our ADSs or ordinary shares.

At this point in time, we are unable to determine whether the Company will be a passive investment foreign investment company for U.S. federal income tax purposes, or a PFIC, for our taxable year ending on June 30, 2015. The determination of PFIC status is based on an annual determination that cannot be made until the close of a taxable year, involves extensive factual investigation, including ascertaining the fair market value of all of our assets on a quarterly basis and the character of each item of income that we earn, and is subject to uncertainty in several respects. Currently, the Company has a significant amount of cash, which is a passive asset, and consequently the determination of the Company’s PFIC status for its current taxable year ending on June 30, 2015 will depend primarily on the rate at which the Company uses its cash (including cash raised in this offering) and other liquid assets to acquire non-passive assets during the remainder of the current taxable year. Accordingly, we cannot confirm that we will be treated as a PFIC for our current taxable year or for any future taxable year or that the IRS will not take a contrary position. Kirkland & Ellis LLP, our United States tax counsel, therefore expresses no opinion with respect to our PFIC status for any taxable year or our beliefs or expectations relating to such status set forth in this discussion.

A non-United States corporation such as ourselves will be treated as a PFIC for United States federal income tax purposes for any taxable year if, applying applicable look-through rules, either:

 

    at least 75% of its gross income for such year is passive income; or

 

    at least 50% of the value of its assets (determined based on a quarterly average) during such year is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income.

For this purpose, passive income generally includes dividends, interest, royalties and rents (other than certain royalties and rents derived in the active conduct of a trade or business and not derived from a related person).

We will be treated as owning a proportionate share of the assets and earning a proportionate share of the income of any other corporation in which we own, directly or indirectly, more than 25% by value of the stock. Although the law in this regard is unclear, we are treating Hailiang Investment and its subsidiaries as being owned by us for United States federal income tax purposes, not only because we control their management decisions, but also because we are entitled to substantially all of the economic benefits associated with these entities, and as a result, we will consolidate these entities’ operating results in our consolidated IFRS financial statements.

The determination of whether we are or will become a PFIC for any taxable year may depend in part upon the value of our goodwill and other unbooked intangibles not reflected on our balance sheet (which may be determined based upon the market value of our ADSs or ordinary shares from time to time).

See “Taxation—United States Federal Income Taxation—Passive Foreign Investment Company.”

The best efforts structure of this offering may have an adverse effect on our business plan.

The underwriter is offering the ADSs in this offering on a best efforts basis. The underwriter is not required to purchase any securities, but will use their best efforts to sell the securities offered. It is a condition to the closing of this offering that we sell at least a minimum offering amount of              ADSs and a maximum offering amount of              ADSs. Additionally, it is a condition to this offering that, upon the closing of the offering, the ADSs would qualify for listing on the Nasdaq Global Market. As a “best efforts” offering, there can

 

46


Table of Contents

be no assurance that we will successfully raise at least the minimum offering amount, that the offering will satisfy the conditions required to list the ADSs on the Nasdaq Global Market or that the offering contemplated hereby will ultimately be consummated or will result in any proceeds being made available to us. The success of this offering will impact our ability to use the proceeds to execute our business plan.

 

47


Table of Contents

Special Note Regarding Forward-looking Statements

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that are based on our management’s beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available to us. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors which may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.

You can identify these forward-looking statements by words or phrases such as “may,” “will,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “aim,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan,” “believe,” “potential,” “continue,” “is/are likely to” or other similar expressions. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy and financial needs. These forward- looking statements include, among other things, statements relating to:

 

    our business strategies and initiatives as well as our business plans;

 

    our future business development, results of operations and financial condition;

 

    expected changes in our revenue and certain cost or expense items;

 

    our expectation regarding the use of proceeds from this offering;

 

    trends and competition in the education industry in China; and

 

    general economic and business conditions in China.

You should thoroughly read this prospectus and the documents that we refer to in this prospectus with the understanding that our actual results in the future may be materially different from or worse than what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements. Other sections of this prospectus include additional factors which could adversely affect our business and financial performance. Moreover, we operate in an evolving environment. New risk factors and uncertainties emerge from time to time and it is not possible for our management to predict all risk factors and uncertainties, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements. Important risks and factors that could cause our actual results to be materially different from our expectations are generally set forth in the “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Industry,” “Business” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

This prospectus also contains third-party data related to macroeconomic data and the education market as well as related projections and analyses based on a number of assumptions. These market data, including statistical data extracted from the CCID Report, include projections that are based on a number of assumptions. The projected growth may not materialize at the rates suggested by the market data, or at all. The failure of these markets to grow at the projected rates may have a material adverse effect on our business and the market price of our ADSs. In addition, the changing nature of the education industry subjects any projections or estimates relating to the growth prospects or future condition of our market to significant uncertainties. If any one or more of the assumptions underlying the market data turns out to be incorrect, our actual results may differ from the projections based on these assumptions. Although we believe that the publications, reports and surveys are reliable, we have not independently verified the data.

The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate only to events or information as of the date on which these statements are made in this prospectus. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, after the date of this prospectus.

 

48


Table of Contents

Use of Proceeds

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from the minimum offering amount of approximately US$             million, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us, and net proceeds from the maximum offering amount of approximately US$              million, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us. These estimates are based upon an initial offering price of US$             per ADS, the midpoint of the estimated range of the initial public offering price shown on the cover page of this prospectus. Assuming the number of ADSs offered by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus remains the same, and after deduction of underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us, a US$1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of US$ per ADS would increase (decrease) the net proceeds of this offering by approximately US$             million.

We plan to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering for the following purposes:

 

     Use of net proceeds
(Minimum offering amount)
     Use of net proceeds
(Maximum offering amount)
 

Acquisition of additional schools (although currently we are not negotiating any acquisitions)

   approximately US$              million       approximately US$              million   

Leasehold improvement

   approximately US$ million       approximately US$ million   

Marketing to enhance our brand

   approximately US$ million       approximately US$ million   

Recruit additional administrative staff

   approximately US$ million       approximately US$ million   

Enhance our information technology systems and our general working capital

   approximately US$ million       approximately US$ million   

The foregoing represents our current intentions based upon our present plans and business conditions to use and allocate the net proceeds of this offering. Our management, however, will have significant flexibility and discretion to apply the net proceeds of this offering. If an unforeseen event occurs or business conditions change, we may use the proceeds of this offering differently than as described in this prospectus. To the extent that the net proceeds we receive from this offering are not immediately used for the above purposes, we intend to invest our net proceeds in short-term, interest-bearing bank deposits or debt instruments.

In utilizing the proceeds of this offering, as an offshore holding company of our PRC subsidiary, we may (i) make loans to our PRC subsidiary and affiliated entities, (ii) make additional capital contributions to our PRC subsidiary, (iii) establish new PRC subsidiaries and make capital contributions to these new PRC subsidiaries, and (iv) acquire offshore entities with business operations in China in an offshore transaction. However, most of these uses are subject to PRC regulations and approvals. For example:

 

    loans by us to our wholly-owned subsidiary in China, which is a foreign-invested enterprise, cannot exceed statutory limit and must be registered with SAFE or its local counterparts. The statutory limit for the total amount of foreign debt to be incurred by a foreign-invested enterprise is the difference between the amount of total investment as approved by the Ministry of Commerce or its local counterpart and the amount of registered capital of such foreign-invested enterprise. For example, the current amounts of approved total investment and registered capital of Hailiang Consulting are US$6 million and US$3 million, respectively. This means Hailiang Consulting cannot obtain loans in excess of US$3 million from entities outside of China. However, we may from time to time further increase such statutory limit by making additional capital contributions and increase the total investment amount to Hailiang Consulting, thereby increasing the statutory limit of the loans Hailiang Consulting may obtain in the future based on our operational needs;

 

49


Table of Contents
    loans by us to our affiliated entities, which are domestic PRC entities, over a certain threshold must be approved by the relevant government authorities and must also be registered with SAFE or its local counterparts; and

 

    capital contributions to our wholly-owned subsidiary must be approved by the MOFCOM or its local counterparts.

We intend to use the majority of proceeds from this offering for acquisitions although we are not currently negotiating any acquisitions. In addition to acquisitions, we currently expect that a portion of the proceeds of this offering will be used by Hailiang Consulting to provide better support to the operations of our affiliated entities. Specifically, Hailiang Consulting will make substantial investments with respect to leasehold improvements at our schools, marketing to enhance our brand, recruitment of additional administrative staff and enhancement of our information technology systems. These uses of proceeds are for purposes within the business scope of Hailiang Consulting. Hailiang Consulting received the necessary approvals from the relevant PRC regulatory authority to include leasehold improvements within its business scope in October 2014.

Meanwhile, we believe that our affiliated entities will have adequate cash from their operations to support their own operation and expansion. However, if needed, we cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain the government registrations or approvals required to transfer offering proceeds to our PRC subsidiaries or affiliated entities on a timely basis, if at all. If we fail to satisfy these requirements on a timely basis, our ability to remit the funds received from this offering to capitalize our PRC operations may be negatively affected, which could adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Doing Business in China—PRC regulation of loans and direct investment by offshore holding companies to PRC entities may delay or prevent us from using the proceeds of this offering to make loans or additional capital contributions to our PRC subsidiary and affiliated entities, which could harm our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business.”

 

50


Table of Contents

Dividend Policy

We do not have any present plan to pay any cash dividends on our ordinary shares in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain future earnings, if any, to operate our business and finance future growth strategies. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our results of operations, financial conditions, contractual restrictions, restrictions imposed by applicable law and other factors our board of directors deems relevant.

Our board of directors has complete discretion on whether to pay dividends, subject to the approval of our shareholders. Even if our board of directors decides to pay dividends, the form, frequency and amount will depend upon our future operations and earnings, capital requirements and surplus, general financial condition, contractual restrictions and other factors that the board of directors may deem relevant. If we pay any dividends, we will pay our ADS holders to the same extent as holders of our ordinary shares, subject to the terms of the deposit agreement, including the fees and expenses payable thereunder. See “Description of American Depositary Shares.” Cash dividends on our ordinary shares, if any, will be paid in U.S. dollars.

We are a holding company, and we rely on dividends paid by Hailiang Consulting, our subsidiary in China for our cash needs, including the funds necessary to pay dividends and other cash distributions to our shareholders, service any debt we may incur and pay our expenses. The payment of dividends in China is subject to limitations. Regulations in China currently permit payment of dividends by Hailiang Consulting only out of accumulated profits as determined in accordance with accounting standards and regulations in China. In addition, Hailiang Consulting is required to set aside at least 10% of its after-tax profits each year to contribute to its reserve fund until the accumulated balance of the reserve funds reach 50% of its registered capital. Hailiang Consulting is also required to reserve a portion of its after-tax profits to its employee welfare and bonus fund, the amount of which is determined by its board of directors in accordance with its articles of association. These funds are not distributable in cash dividends.

 

51


Table of Contents

Capitalization

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of September 30, 2014:

 

    on an actual basis; and

 

    on an as adjusted basis to reflect the issuance and sale of the ordinary shares in the form of ADSs by us in this offering at both the minimum offering amount and the maximum offering amount, assuming an initial public offering price of US$             per ADS, being the midpoint of the estimated range of the initial public offering price, after deducting underwriting discounts, commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The as adjusted adjustments reflected below are subject to change and are based upon available information and certain assumptions that we believe are reasonable. Additional paid-in capital, total shareholders’ equity and total capitalization following the completion of this offering are subject to adjustment based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read this capitalization table in conjunction with “Use of Proceeds,” “Selected Consolidated Financial and Operating Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    September 30, 2014
    Actual     As adjusted
(minimum
offering amount)
  As adjusted
(maximum
offering amount)
    RMB     US$     RMB   US$   RMB   US$
    (in thousands, except share and per share data)

Equity

           

Share capital (US$0.0001 par value, 1,000,000,000 shares authorized, 365,000,000 shares issued and outstanding) (1)

    239        39           

Share premium

    18,628        3,035           

Contributed capital

    225,895        36,803           

Translation reserve

    18        3           

Retained earnings

    297,550        48,477           
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total equity

    542,330        88,357           
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total capitalization

    542,330        88,357           
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note:

 

(i) After giving effect to a share split effected on December 23, 2014, following which each of our previously issued ordinary shares were subdivided into ten ordinary shares, and an increase in the authorized shares from 36,500,000 (or 365,000,000 following the 1-to-10 share split) to 1,000,000,000.

A US$1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of US$             per ADS would increase (decrease) each of additional paid-in capital, total shareholders’ equity and total capitalization by US$ million, assuming the number of ADSs offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us.

 

52


Table of Contents

Dilution

If you invest in our ADSs, your interest will be diluted for each ADS you purchase to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per ADS and our net tangible book value per ADS after this offering. Dilution results from the fact that the initial public offering price per ordinary share is substantially in excess of the net tangible book value per ordinary share attributable to the existing shareholders for our presently outstanding ordinary shares.

Dilution to New Investors if the Minimum Offering Amount is Sold

Our net tangible book value as of September 30, 2014 was approximately US$74.91 million, or US$0.21 per ordinary share and US$             per ADS if the minimum offering amount is sold. Net tangible book value represents the amount of our total consolidated tangible assets, less the amount of our total consolidated liabilities. Dilution is determined by subtracting the as adjusted net tangible book value per ordinary share from the assumed initial public offering price per ordinary share, which is based on the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Without taking into account any other changes in net tangible book value after September 30, 2014, other than to give effect to our sale of ADSs offered in this offering based on the assumed initial public offering price of US$             per ADS after deduction of the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our as adjusted net tangible book value as of September 30, 2014 would have been US$             million, or US$             per outstanding ordinary share and US$             per ADS. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of US$             per ordinary share and US$             per ADS to the existing shareholders, and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of US$             per ordinary share and US$             per ADS to investors purchasing ADSs in this offering. The as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only. Our net tangible book value following the completion of this offering is subject to adjustment based on the actual initial public offering price of our ADSs and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. The following table illustrates such dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per ADS

   US$                

Net tangible book value per ordinary share as of September 30, 2014

   US$ 0.21   

As adjusted net tangible book value per ordinary share after giving effect to this offering

   US$     

As adjusted net tangible book value per ADS after giving effect to this offering

   US$     

Amount of dilution in net tangible book value per ordinary share to new investors in the offering

   US$     

Amount of dilution in net tangible book value per ADS to new investors in the offering

   US$     

A US$1.00 change in the assumed initial public offering price of US$             per ADS would, in the case of an increase, increase and, in the case of a decrease, decrease our as adjusted net tangible book value as described above by US$             million, the as adjusted net tangible book value per ordinary share and per ADS by US$             per ordinary share and by US$             per ADS, and the dilution per ordinary share and per ADS to new investors in this offering by US$             per ordinary share and US$             per ADS, respectively, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

 

53


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes, on an as adjusted basis as of September 30, 2014, the differences between existing shareholders and the new investors with respect to the minimum number of ordinary shares (in the form of ADSs or shares) purchased from us, the total consideration paid and the average price per ordinary share and ADS paid before deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

 

     Ordinary shares
purchased
    Total consideration               
     Number    Percent     Amount      Percent     Average
price per
ordinary
share
     Average
price per
ADS
 

Existing shareholders

                   US$                                 US$                    US$                

New investors

                   US$                                 US$                    US$                
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

      

Total

        100.0   US$           100.0     
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

      

A US$1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price per ADS would increase (decrease) our as adjusted net tangible book value after giving effect to the offering by US$             million, the as adjusted net tangible book value per ordinary share and per ADS after giving effect to this offering by US$             per ordinary share and US$             per ADS and the dilution in as adjusted net tangible book value per ordinary share and per ADS to new investors in this offering by US$             per ordinary share and US$             per ADS, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Dilution to New Investors if the Maximum Offering Amount is Sold

Our net tangible book value as of September 30, 2014 was approximately US$74.91 million, or US$0.21 per ordinary share and US$             per ADS if the maximum offering amount is sold. Net tangible book value represents the amount of our total consolidated tangible assets, less the amount of our total consolidated liabilities. Dilution is determined by subtracting the as adjusted net tangible book value per ordinary share from the assumed initial public offering price per ordinary share, which is based on the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

54


Table of Contents

Without taking into account any other changes in net tangible book value after September 30, 2014, other than to give effect to our sale of ADSs offered in this offering based on the assumed initial public offering price of US$             per ADS after deduction of the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our as adjusted net tangible book value as of September 30, 2014 would have been US$             million, or US$             per outstanding ordinary share and US$             per ADS. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of US$             per ordinary share and US$             per ADS to the existing shareholders, and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of US$             per ordinary share and US$             per ADS to investors purchasing ADSs in this offering. The as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only. Our net tangible book value following the completion of this offering is subject to adjustment based on the actual initial public offering price of our ADSs and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. The following table illustrates such dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per ADS

  US$                

Net tangible book value per ordinary share as of September 30, 2014

  US$ 0.21   

As adjusted net tangible book value per ordinary share after giving effect to this offering

  US$     

As adjusted net tangible book value per ADS after giving effect to this offering

  US$     

Amount of dilution in net tangible book value per ordinary share to new investors in the offering

  US$     

Amount of dilution in net tangible book value per ADS to new investors in the offering

  US$     

A US$1.00 change in the assumed initial public offering price of US$             per ADS would, in the case of an increase, increase and, in the case of a decrease, decrease our as adjusted net tangible book value as described above by US$             million, the as adjusted net tangible book value per ordinary share and per ADS by US$             per ordinary share and by US$             per ADS, and the dilution per ordinary share and per ADS to new investors in this offering by US$             per ordinary share and US$             per ADS, respectively, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

The following table summarizes, on an as adjusted basis as of September 30, 2014, the differences between existing shareholders and the new investors with respect to the maximum number of ordinary shares (in the form of ADSs or shares) purchased from us, the total consideration paid and the average price per ordinary share and ADS paid before deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

 

     Ordinary shares
purchased
    Total consideration               
     Number    Percent     Amount      Percent     Average
price per
ordinary
share
     Average
price per
ADS
 

Existing shareholders

                   US$                                 US$                    US$                

New investors

                   US$                                 US$                    US$                
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

      

Total

        100.0   US$           100.0     
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

      

A US$1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price per ADS would increase (decrease) our as adjusted net tangible book value after giving effect to the offering by US$             million, the as adjusted net tangible book value per ordinary share and per ADS after giving effect to this offering by US$             per ordinary share and US$             per ADS and the dilution in as adjusted net tangible book value per ordinary share and per ADS to new investors in this offering by US$             per ordinary share and US$             per ADS, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

55


Table of Contents

Exchange Rate Information

We conduct substantially all of our operations in China. All of our revenue, costs and expenses are denominated in Renminbi. This prospectus contains translations of certain Renminbi amounts into U.S. dollars at specified rates. Unless otherwise stated, the translation of Renminbi into U.S. dollars has been made at the rate of RMB6.1380 to US$1.00, the noon buying rate in effect on September 30, 2014 as set forth in the H.10 Statistical Release of the Federal Reserve Board. We make no representation that any Renminbi or U.S. dollar amounts could have been, or could be, converted into U.S. dollars or Renminbi, as the case may be, at any particular rate, the rates stated below, or at all. The PRC government imposes controls over its foreign currency reserves in part through direct regulation of the conversion of Renminbi into foreign exchange and through restrictions on foreign trade. On December 19, 2014, the noon buying rate was RMB6.2196 to US$1.00.

The following table sets forth information concerning the rates of exchange of US$1.00 into RMB for the periods indicated. These rates are provided solely for your convenience and are not necessarily the exchange rates that we used in this prospectus or will use in the preparation of our periodic reports or any other information to be provided to you.

 

     Noon buying rate  

Year ended

   Period end      Average (1)      Low      High  

June 30, 2010

     6.7815         6.8235         6.7815         6.8358   

June 30, 2011

     6.4635         6.6135         6.4628         6.8102   

June 30, 2012

     6.3530         6.3430         6.2790         6.4720   

June 30, 2013

     6.1374         6.2312         6.1213         6.3879   

June 30, 2014

     6.2036         6.1448         6.0402         6.2591   

Month

                           

June 2014

     6.2036         6.2306         6.2036         6.2548   

July 2014

     6.1737         6.1984         6.1712         6.2115   

August 2014

     6.1430         6.1541         6.1395         6.1793   

September 2014

     6.1380         6.1382         6.1266         6.1495   

October 2014

     6.1124         6.1251         6.1107         6.1385   

November 2014

     6.1429         6.1249         6.1117         6.1429   

December 2014 (through December 19, 2014)

     6.2196         6.1781         6.2196         6.1490   

 

(1) Annual averages were calculated by using the average of the exchange rates on the last day of each month during the relevant year. Monthly averages are calculated by using the average of the daily rates during the relevant month.

 

56


Table of Contents

Enforceability of Civil Liabilities

We are incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands as an exempted company with limited liability. We are incorporated in the Cayman Islands because of certain benefits associated with being a Cayman Islands corporation, such as political and economic stability, an effective judicial system, a favorable tax system, the absence of foreign exchange control or currency restrictions and the availability of professional and support services. However, the Cayman Islands have a less developed body of securities laws as compared to the United States and provide protections for investors to a significantly lesser extent. In addition, Cayman Islands companies do not have standing to sue before the federal courts of the United States.

Substantially all of our assets are located outside the United States. In addition, a majority of our directors and officers are nationals or residents of jurisdictions other than the United States and all or a substantial portion of their assets are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon us or these persons, or to enforce against us or them judgments obtained in United States courts, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States. It may also be difficult for you to enforce in U.S. courts judgments obtained in U.S. courts based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws against us, our officers and directors.

We have appointed Corporation Service Company, as our agent to receive service of process with respect to any action brought against us in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York under the federal securities laws of the United States or of any state in the United States or any action brought against us in the Supreme Court of the State of New York in the County of New York under the securities laws of the State of New York.

Conyers Dill & Pearman (Cayman) Limited, our counsel as to Cayman Islands law, and AllBright Law Offices, our counsel as to PRC law, have advised us that there is uncertainty as to whether the courts of the Cayman Islands or the PRC would, respectively, (1) recognize or enforce judgments of United States courts obtained against us or our directors or officers predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States, or (2) entertain original actions brought in the Cayman Islands or the PRC against us or our directors or officers predicated upon the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States.

Conyers Dill & Pearman (Cayman) Limited have informed us that the uncertainty with regard to Cayman Islands law relates to whether a judgment obtained from the U.S. courts under civil liability provisions of the securities law will be determined by the courts of the Cayman Islands as penal or punitive in nature. The courts of the Cayman Islands may not recognize or enforce such judgments against a Cayman company, and because such a determination has not yet been made by a court of the Cayman Islands, it is uncertain whether such civil liability judgments from U.S. courts would be enforceable in the Cayman Islands. Conyers Dill & Pearman (Cayman) Limited has further advised us that the courts of the Cayman Islands would recognize a final and conclusive judgment in the federal or state courts of the United States under which a sum of money is payable (other than a sum of money payable in respect of multiple damages, taxes or other charges of a like nature or in respect of a fine or other penalty) or, in certain circumstances, an in personam judgment for non-monetary relief, and would give a judgment based thereon provided that and would give a judgment based thereon provided that (a) such courts had proper jurisdiction over the parties subject to such judgment, (b) such courts did not contravene the rules of natural justice of the Cayman Islands, (c) such judgment was not obtained by fraud, (d) the enforcement of the judgment would not be contrary to the public policy of the Cayman Islands, (e) no new admissible evidence relevant to the action is submitted prior to the rendering of the judgment by the courts of the Cayman Islands, and (f) there is due compliance with the correct procedures under the laws of the Cayman Islands.

We have been advised by AllBright Law Offices, our PRC counsel, that there is uncertainty as to whether the courts of the PRC would enforce judgments of United States courts or Cayman courts obtained against us or

 

57


Table of Contents

these persons predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the United States federal and state securities laws. AllBright Law Offices has further advised us that PRC courts may recognize and enforce foreign judgments in accordance with the requirements of the PRC Civil Procedures Law based either on treaties between the PRC and the jurisdiction where the judgment is made or on reciprocity arrangements between jurisdictions. If there are no treaties or reciprocity arrangements between the PRC and a foreign jurisdiction where a judgment is rendered, according to the PRC Civil Procedures Law, matters relating to the recognition and enforcement of the foreign judgment in the PRC may be resolved through diplomatic channels. The PRC does not have any treaties or other arrangements with the United States or the Cayman Islands that provide for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of foreign civil judgments. In addition, under the PRC Civil Procedures Law, courts in the PRC will not enforce a foreign judgment against us or our directors and officers if they decide that the judgment violates the basic principles of PRC law or national sovereignty, security or public interest. As a result, it is generally difficult to enforce in the PRC a judgment rendered by a U.S. or Cayman Islands court.

As Hong Kong has no arrangement for the reciprocal enforcement of judgments with the United States, there is doubt as to the enforceability in Hong Kong, in original actions or in actions for the enforcement of judgments of United States courts, of civil liabilities predicated solely upon the laws of the United States (including its federal securities laws or the securities laws of any state or territory within the United States).

 

58


Table of Contents

Our Corporate History and Structure

Our Corporate History

We are an exempted company with limited liability incorporated in the Cayman Islands. We conduct our business through our subsidiary and affiliated entities in China. We currently operate three private schools offering K-12 educational services in Zhuji, Zhejiang province of China.

We started our operations in 1995 when Zhuji Hailiang Foreign Language School, our first private school, was founded by Mr. Feng. Our second private school, namely Zhuji Private High School, was founded by Mr. Feng and Mr. Meng in 2001. At the time of its founding, Mr. Feng owned 60% of the equity interest in the school and Mr. Meng held the remaining equity interest in the school. In November 2011, Mr. Feng purchased the remaining 40% equity interest in Zhuji Private High School from Mr. Meng and became the sole sponsor of Zhuji Private High School. Our third private school, namely Tianma Experimental School, was jointly acquired by Mr. Feng and Mr. Meng in July 2009. At the same time of the acquisition, Mr. Feng and Mr. Meng beneficially owned 80% and 20% of the equity interest in the school, respectively. In November 2011, Mr. Feng acquired the 20% equity interest in the school from Mr. Meng and became the sole sponsor of Tianma Experimental School. Mr. Meng disposed of his equity interest in Zhuji Private High School and Tianma Experimental School in order to raise capital for and pursue other business opportunities. As a result, Mr. Feng owned 100% of the equity interest in each of our three schools.

Between 2011 and 2013, we underwent a corporate restructuring in contemplation of this offering. In particular:

 

    Incorporation of the listing entity and Hong Kong subsidiary . In April 2011, Mr. Feng incorporated Hailiang Inc. as our proposed listing entity in the Cayman Islands and Hailiang HK in Hong Kong. In January 2012, he transferred all shares of Hailiang HK to Hailiang Inc.

 

    Change in holding structure by Mr. Feng . In December 2011, Mr. Feng transferred all the shares in Hailiang Inc. to four BVI holding companies.

 

    Incorporation of PRC subsidiary . In December 2011, Hailiang HK incorporated Hailiang Consulting as our wholly-owned subsidiary in the PRC.

 

    Equity investment in our company . In March 2012, Maxida International Company Limited, an independent third party, purchased 5,000,000 newly issued ordinary shares, or 1.4% of Hailiang Inc.’s total outstanding shares after the purchase, for US$3.0 million.

 

    Consolidation of our schools under a single entity . In April 2012, Mr. Feng incorporated Hailiang Investment which is wholly-owned by Mr. Feng, as the holding company to hold equity interests in our schools in China and transferred his equity interests in our three schools to Hailiang Investment.

In October 2014, Mr. Feng transferred his 100% interest in Brilliant One Development Limited, to International Mineral Investment (HK), a company wholly owned by Hailiang Group. Hailiang Group is controlled by Mr. Feng.

Foreign ownership in educational services is subject to significant regulations in China. The PRC government regulates the provision of educational services through strict licensing requirements. In particular, PRC laws and regulations currently prohibit foreign ownership of companies and institutions providing compulsory educational services at primary and middle school levels, and restrict foreign investment in educational services businesses at the high school level. We are a company incorporated in the Cayman Islands. Our PRC subsidiary, Hailiang Consulting, is a foreign-owned enterprise and is currently ineligible to apply for and hold licenses to operate, or otherwise own equity interests in, our schools with K-12 educational programs.

 

59


Table of Contents

Due to these restrictions, we, through our PRC subsidiary, Hailiang Consulting, have entered into a series of contractual arrangements with (i) our affiliated entities, consisting of Hailiang Investment and the schools which Hailiang Investment owns and operates, and (ii) the shareholder of Hailiang Investment, Mr. Feng, who is also our founder, which enable us to:

 

    exercise the power over our affiliated entities;

 

    have the exposure or rights to variable returns from our involvement with our affiliated entities; and

 

    exercise the ability to affect those returns through use of its power over our affiliated entities.

We do not have any equity interest in our affiliated entities. However, as a result of these contractual arrangements, we control our affiliated entities through our PRC subsidiary, Hailiang Consulting. We have consolidated the results of our affiliated entities in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus in accordance with IFRS. For a more detailed discussion of the basis of presentation of our consolidated financial statements, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Basis of Presentation.” The contractual arrangements were executed and became effective on December 31, 2013. For a detailed description of the risks associated with our corporate structure, see “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Corporate Structure” and “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Doing Business in China.”

We have been advised by AllBright Law Offices, our PRC legal counsel that:

 

    The ownership structures of Hailiang Consulting and our affiliated entities comply with all current PRC laws and regulations; however, the contractual agreements may not be as effective in providing control as direct ownership;

 

    The contractual arrangements among Hailiang Consulting, our affiliated entities and Mr. Feng as the shareholder of Hailiang Investment are valid, binding and enforceable under PRC laws and regulations, and are not in violation of PRC laws or regulations currently in effect; and

 

    The business licenses of Hailiang Consulting and our affiliated entities are in full force and effect. Each of Hailiang Consulting and our affiliated entities have all necessary power to conduct its business as described in its business scope under its business license, and to enter into the contractual arrangements as described in this prospectus. To the best of our PRC legal counsel’s knowledge after due inquiry, none of Hailiang Consulting, any affiliated entities, or their respective assets are entitled to any sovereign immunity from any action, suit or other legal proceedings, or from enforcement, execution or attachment.

We have been advised by our PRC legal counsel, however, that there are substantial uncertainties regarding the interpretation and application of PRC laws and regulations. Accordingly, the PRC regulatory authorities may in the future take a view that is contrary to the opinion of our PRC legal counsel. We have been further advised by our PRC legal counsel that if the PRC government finds that the contractual arrangements and agreements that establish the structure for operating our educational services business in China do not comply with relevant PRC government restrictions on foreign investment in the educational services industry, we could be subject to severe penalties, including being prohibited from continuing operations. For a detailed description of the risks associated with our corporate structure, see “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Corporate Structure” and “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Doing Business in China.”

 

60


Table of Contents

Our Corporate Structure

The following diagram illustrates our corporate structure as of the date of this prospectus:

 

LOGO

 

Note:

 

(1)

According to PRC laws and regulations, entities and individuals who establish private schools are commonly referred to as “sponsors” instead of “owners” or “shareholders.” The economic substance of “sponsorship” with respect of private schools is substantially similar to that of ownership with regard to legal, regulatory and tax matters. However, the differences between sponsorship and equity ownership can be found in the specific provisions of the laws and regulations applicable to sponsors and owners, such as provisions regarding the right to receive returns on investment and the right to the distribution of residual properties upon termination and liquidation. Each of our schools has been registered as a school that requires “reasonable returns”. Under PRC laws and regulations, although private education is mainly treated as a public welfare undertaking, sponsors of schools may choose to require reasonable returns from the annual earnings of the school after deduction of certain costs, expenses, donations, subsidies and required contributions to development funds. Hailiang Investment is the sponsor of each of the three schools we currently operate as registered pursuant to applicable PRC laws and regulations. For more information regarding the nature of

 

61


Table of Contents
  schools requiring reasonable returns under relevant laws and regulations, school sponsorship and difference between sponsorship and ownership under relevant laws and regulations, see “Regulations—Regulations on Private Education—The Law for Promoting Private Education (2003) and the Implementation Rules for the Law for Promoting Private Education (2004).”

The registered principal as registered pursuant to the applicable PRC laws and regulations of each of Zhuji Hailiang Foreign Language School, Zhuji Private High School and Tianma Experimental School is Mr. Baiqing Yuan, Mr. Honggang Xu and Mr. Jianjun Jiang, respectively. These individuals are also executive officers of Hailiang Inc. For more information, see “Management—Directors and Executive Officers.”

The following diagram illustrates our corporate structure immediately following the offering:

 

LOGO

 

Note:

 

(i) The ownership percentage range is calculated based on the minimum and maximum offering amounts.

 

62


Table of Contents

The following is a summary of the material provisions of these contractual arrangements with our affiliated entities and the shareholder of Hailiang Investment. For more complete information you should read these agreements in their entirety. Directions on how to obtain copies of these agreements are provided in this prospectus under “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

Call Option Agreement . Pursuant to a call option agreement between Hailiang Consulting, Hailiang Investment and Mr. Feng entered into in December 2013, Mr. Feng unconditionally and irrevocably granted Hailiang Consulting or its designee an exclusive option to purchase, to the extent permitted under PRC laws and regulations, in certain cases, including but not limited to the cancellation of any of the other agreements under the contractual arrangements or liquidation or dissolution of Hailiang Investment, all or part of the equity interest in Hailiang Investment at the lowest consideration permitted by PRC laws and regulations. Hailiang Consulting has the sole discretion to decide when to exercise the option, and whether to exercise the option in part or in full. In the event that the exercise price is higher than the registered capital of Hailiang Investment, Mr. Feng agreed to return any consideration paid in excess of such registered capital to Hailiang Consulting or any third party it designates. Without Hailiang Consulting’s written consent, Hailiang Investment and Mr. Feng may not sell, transfer, pledge or otherwise dispose of or create any encumbrance on any of Hailiang Investment’s assets, businesses or equity interests or merge with or acquire other businesses. Without obtaining Hailiang Consulting’s written consent, Hailiang Investment may not enter into any material contracts, incur any indebtedness or provide any loan or guarantee to a third party, or alter the nature or scope of its business. This agreement may not be terminated by Hailiang Investment or Mr. Feng, nor can it be terminated by Hailiang Consulting without cause. Unless terminated, this agreement shall remain in full force and effect until Hailiang Investment’s term of operations expires in April 2042.

Power of Attorney . In December 2013, Mr. Feng executed an irrevocable power of attorney appointing Hailiang Consulting, or any person designated by Hailiang Consulting, as his attorney-in-fact to (i) exercise on his behalf all his rights as a shareholder of Hailiang Investment, including those rights under PRC laws and regulations and the articles of association of Hailiang Investment, such as appointing, replacing or removing directors, declaring dividends and making decisions on operational and financial matters, (ii) act as the representative of Hailiang Investment in its business operations, and (iii) unconditionally assign Mr. Feng’s shareholding rights to Hailiang Consulting, including dividends or other benefits associated with shareholding that Mr. Feng receives from Hailiang Investment.

Consulting Services Agreement . Pursuant to the consulting services agreement between Hailiang Consulting, our affiliated entities and Mr. Feng, as the shareholder of Hailiang Investment, entered into in December 2013, Hailiang Consulting has the exclusive right to provide comprehensive technical and business support services to our affiliated entities. In particular, such services include developing curriculum, conducting market research and offering strategic business advice, providing information technology services, providing public relations services, providing support for teacher hiring and training and providing other services that our affiliated entities may need from time to time. Without the prior consent of Hailiang Consulting, none of our affiliated entities may accept such services provided by any third party. Hailiang Consulting owns the exclusive intellectual property rights created as a result of the performance of this agreement. Our affiliated entities agree to pay annual service fees, calculated as a percentage of their total revenue, to Hailiang Consulting. At the sole discretion of Hailiang Consulting, the percentage ratio for calculating the service fees may be adjusted from time to time based on the complexity of the services provided, the time and resources committed by Hailiang Consulting and the commercial value of the services. The consulting services agreement enables Hailiang Consulting to charge an annual service fee, the maximum of which equals the net income of our affiliated entities after deducting the mandatory development reserve fund and other necessary costs prior to the payment of such service fees. As part of the consulting services agreement, Hailiang Investment and Mr. Feng agree that they will not take any actions, such as incurring indebtedness, disposing of material assets, materially changing the scope or nature of the business of our affiliated entities, disposing of their equity interests in our affiliated entities, or paying dividends to Mr. Feng without the written consent of Hailiang Consulting. This agreement may not be terminated by Hailiang Investment or Mr. Feng, nor can it be terminated by Hailiang Consulting without cause.

 

63


Table of Contents

Unless terminated, the agreement shall remain in full force and effect during the term of operations of our affiliated entities.

Equity Pledge Agreement . Pursuant to an equity pledge agreement between Hailiang Consulting, Mr. Feng and Hailiang Investment entered into in December 2013, Mr. Feng unconditionally and irrevocably pledged all of his equity interests in Hailiang Investment to Hailiang Consulting to guarantee performance of the obligations of our affiliated entities under the call option agreement, power of attorney and consulting services agreement, each as described above. Mr. Feng agreed that without prior written consent of Hailiang Consulting, he shall not transfer or dispose of the pledged equity interests, commence any bankruptcy or liquidation process of Hailiang Investment or create or allow any encumbrance on the pledged equity interests. This agreement may not be terminated by Hailiang Investment or Mr. Feng, nor can it be terminated by Hailiang Consulting without cause. Unless terminated, the equity pledge agreement remains in full force and effect until all of the obligations of our affiliated entities under the consulting services agreement have been duly performed and related payments are duly paid. The pledge of equity interests in Hailiang Investment has been duly registered with the local branch of SAIC and is effective upon such registration.

 

64


Table of Contents

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

You should read the following information concerning us in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

We present below selected consolidated financial data for the periods indicated. The following selected consolidated statements of comprehensive income data for the years ended June 30, 2012, 2013 and 2014, and the selected consolidated statements of financial position data as of June 30, 2013 and 2014, have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated statement of financial position data as of June 30, 2012 has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements that are not included in this prospectus. The consolidated financial statements are prepared and presented in accordance with IFRS. The selected consolidated statements of comprehensive loss data for the three months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014 and the selected consolidated statements of financial position data as of September 30, 2014 have been derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements include all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair statement of our financial position and operating results for the periods presented. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results for any future periods.

 

     Year Ended June 30,     Three Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2012     2013     2014     2013     2014  
     RMB     RMB     RMB     US$     RMB     RMB     US$  
     (In thousands, except per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) Data:

              

Revenue

     349,597        436,994        462,754        75,392        73,743        69,898        11,388   

Cost of revenue

     (239,066     (293,763     (299,683     (48,824     (66,039     (68,909     (11,227
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     110,531        143,231        163,071        26,568        7,704        989        161   

Other income (expense)

     4,051        4,094        1,792        292        860        (13     (2

Selling expenses

     (16,297     (17,630     (15,635     (2,547     (12,052     (11,916     (1,941

Administrative expenses

     (24,751     (23,080     (28,622     (4,663     (7,898     (5,349     (871
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Results from operating activities

     73,534        106,615        120,606        19,650        (11,386     (16,289     (2,653

Net finance income

     11,582        16,575        20,066        3,269        4,997        1,827        298   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit (loss) before tax

     85,116        123,190        140,672        22,919        (6,389     (14,462     (2,355

Tax expense

     —          —          —          —          —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit (loss) and comprehensive income (loss) for the year/period

     85,116        123,190        140,672        22,919        (6,389     (14,462     (2,355
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Attributable to:

              

Equity owner of Hailiang Investment

     83,026        123,190        140,672        22,919        (6,389     (14,462     (2,355

Non-controlling interests

     2,090        —          —          —          —          —          —     

Basic and dilutive earnings (loss) per share (1)

     0.23        0.34        0.39        0.06        (0.02     (0.04     (0.01

 

Note:

 

(1) After giving effect to a share split effected on December 23, 2014, following which each of our previously issued ordinary shares were subdivided into ten ordinary shares.

 

65


Table of Contents
     As of June 30,      As of September 30,  
     2012      2013      2014      2014  
     RMB      RMB      RMB      US$      RMB      US$  
     (In thousands)  

Consolidated Statements of Financial Position Data:

                 

Cash and cash equivalents

     29,152         26,403         42,003         6,843         38,005         6,192   

Total assets

     354,701         493,846         638,922         104,093         1,018,274         165,897   

Total equity

     292,930         416,120         556,792         90,712         542,330         88,356   

Current liabilities

     61,771         77,726         82,130         13,381         475,944         77,541   

Total liabilities

     61,771         77,726         82,130         13,381         475,944         77,541   

 

66


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

You should read the following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the notes to those statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The discussion in this prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties, such as statements of our plans, objectives, expectations and intentions. The cautionary statements made in this prospectus should be read as applying to all related forward-looking statements wherever they appear in this prospectus. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed here. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed in “Risk Factors,” as well as those discussed elsewhere. See “Risk Factors” and “Special Note Regarding Forward-looking Statements.”

Overview

We are the third largest provider of private K-12 educational services in China and the largest provider of private K-12 educational services in the Yangtze River Delta region (comprising Zhejiang province, Jiangsu province and Shanghai), as measured by the total number of students enrolled in 2012, according to the CCID Report. We currently operate three centrally managed schools through our PRC affiliated entities, namely Zhuji Hailiang Foreign Language School, Zhuji Private High School and Tianma Experimental School. These schools are all located in Zhuji city, Zhejiang province in China. For the 2013/2014 school year, 16,875 students were enrolled in our schools. As of September 30, 2014, 17,151 students were enrolled in our schools.

We have experienced significant growth in our business. Our revenue increased by 25.0% from RMB349.6 million in the 2012 fiscal year to RMB437.0 million in the 2013 fiscal year and further increased by 5.9% to RMB462.8 million (US$75.4 million) in the 2014 fiscal year, both driven primarily by an increase in the average tuition charged per student during the same periods. Our gross profit increased by 29.6% from RMB110.5 million in the 2012 fiscal year to RMB143.2 million in the 2013 fiscal year and further increased by 13.9% to RMB163.1 million (US$26.6 million) in the 2014 fiscal year. Our net profit and comprehensive income increased by 44.7% from RMB85.1 million in the 2012 fiscal year to RMB123.2 million in the 2013 fiscal year and further increased by 14.2% to RMB140.7 million (US$22.9 million) in the 2014 fiscal year. In particular, in line with our strategy to increase enrollment in our international program, we have increased the proportion of revenue derived from students enrolled in our international program from 4.1% of revenue in the 2012 fiscal year to 10.8% of revenue in the 2013 fiscal year and 15.1% of revenue in the 2014 fiscal year.

In the three months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, our revenue amounted to RMB73.7 million and RMB69.9 million (US$11.4 million), respectively, our gross profit amounted to RMB7.7 million and RMB1.0 million (US$0.2 million), respectively, and we recorded a net loss of RMB6.4 million and RMB14.5 million (US$2.4 million), respectively. We generally record a lower level of revenue in the first and third quarters compared to the other two quarters of a fiscal year, due to the two-month summer vacation in July and August and the one-month winter vacation in part of January and February. We, however, continue to incur fixed costs and operating expenses associated with our operations during such quarters. As a result, our profits are generally lower during these quarters. The decrease in revenue from the first quarter of the 2014 fiscal year to the first quarter of the 2015 fiscal year also reflected a higher summer camp revenue recorded in the summer of 2013 compared to the summer of 2014.

Basis of Presentation

Foreign ownership in educational services is subject to significant restrictions under current PRC laws and regulations. Our wholly-owned PRC subsidiary, Hailiang Consulting, is a foreign owned enterprise and is currently ineligible to apply for and hold licenses to operate, or otherwise own equity interests in, our schools with K-12 educational programs. Due to those restrictions, we conduct the majority of our business activities through our affiliated entities, or Hailiang Investment and its subsidiaries. We have, through Hailiang Consulting, entered into a series of contractual arrangements with the affiliated entities and Mr. Feng as the shareholder of

 

67


Table of Contents

Hailiang Investment. The contractual arrangements include a power of attorney agreement, a call option agreement, an equity pledge agreement and a consulting services agreement. For a detailed discussion of the material terms of such contractual arrangements, see “Our Corporate History and Structure—Our Corporate Structure.”

As a result, such contractual arrangements provide us, through Hailiang HK and Hailiang Consulting, (i) the power over the affiliated entities; (ii) the exposure or rights to variable returns from our involvement with the affiliated entities; and (iii) the ability to affect those returns through our power over the affiliated entities. In particular:

 

    We have the power over the affiliated entities by virtue of the power of attorney agreement, pursuant to which Hailiang Consulting has the right to direct the activities that significantly affect the returns of the affiliated entities. Hailiang Consulting has the right to appoint, replace or remove directors of Hailiang Investment, as well as to make decisions on all operational and financial matters of the affiliated entities.

 

    We have the exposure or rights to variable returns from our involvement with the affiliated entities by virtue of the power of attorney and consulting services agreements, Hailiang Consulting’s returns from its involvement with the affiliated entities have the potential to vary as a result of the performance of the affiliated entities. Pursuant to the power of attorney agreement, Hailiang Consulting is the only party that can share in the distributed and undistributed earnings of the affiliated entities. Pursuant to the consulting services agreement, Hailiang Consulting also has the exclusive right to provide consulting, support and services to the affiliated entities in return for a fee that could be up to 100% of the profits of the affiliated entities.

 

    We have all decision-making rights over the affiliated entities to affect the amounts of their returns. By virtue of the power of attorney agreement, Hailiang Consulting is the principal and is the only party that has the decision-making authority on all the relevant activities of the affiliated entities. There are no substantive rights held by other parties that may affect or restrict Hailiang Consulting’s ability to direct the relevant activities of the affiliated entities. The power of attorney agreement is irrevocable and no party can remove Hailiang Consulting without cause. Hailiang Consulting also has exposure to variability of returns of the affiliated entities from the call option agreement.

We, Hailiang HK and Hailiang Consulting are either investment holding companies or companies that have not carried out any business since their respective dates of incorporation, apart from acquiring control of the affiliated entities through the contractual arrangements. We and the affiliated entities are controlled by the same person before and after December 31, 2013, the effective date of the contractual arrangements. In substance, our corporate restructuring conducted between 2011 and 2013 and the effectiveness of the contractual arrangements (collectively, the reorganization) involves no business combination and is merely a reorganization of entities under common control. Accordingly, the assets and liabilities of the affiliated entities are measured and recognized at their historical carrying amounts. In addition, the accompanying consolidated financial statements present the results of our group as if our reorganization had been consummated as of the beginning of the earliest period presented. That is, our consolidated financial statements include the financial position and the results of operations of the affiliated entities as of the earliest periods presented.

All the contractual arrangements are governed by PRC law and provide for the resolution of disputes through arbitration in the PRC. Accordingly, these agreements would be interpreted in accordance with PRC law and any disputes would be resolved in accordance with PRC legal procedures. The legal system in the PRC is not as developed as some other jurisdictions, such as the United States. As a result, uncertainties in the PRC legal system could limit our ability to enforce these contractual arrangements. In addition, if the legal structure and the contractual arrangements were found to be in violation of any existing or future PRC laws and regulations, we may be subject to fines or other legal or administrative sanctions.

 

68


Table of Contents

In the opinion of management, based on the legal opinion obtained from the AllBright Law Offices, our PRC legal counsel, the above contractual arrangements are legally binding and enforceable and do not violate current PRC laws and regulations. However, there are uncertainties regarding the interpretation and application of existing and future PRC laws and regulations. Accordingly, we cannot be assured that PRC regulatory authorities will not ultimately take a contrary view to our opinion. If our current ownership structure and the contractual arrangements are found to be in violation of any existing or future PRC laws and regulations, the PRC government could require us to restructure our ownership structure and operations in the PRC to comply with the existing or future PRC laws and regulations; revoke the affiliated entities’ business and operating licenses; require the affiliated entities to discontinue or restrict operations; block the affiliated entities’ websites; impose additional conditions or requirements with which the affiliated entities may not be able to comply; or take other regulatory or enforcement actions against the affiliated entities that could be harmful to the affiliated entities’ business.

If the imposition of any of these government actions causes us to lose our right to direct the activities of the affiliated entities or to lose our right to the variable returns from our involvement with the affiliated entities and we are not able to restructure our ownership structure of the affiliated entities (such as acquiring controlling equity interests), we would not be able to consolidate the financial results of the affiliated entities in our consolidated financial statements. Substantially all assets, liabilities and results of operations reported in the accompanying consolidated financial statements comprise the assets, liabilities and results of operations of the affiliated entities. We and our wholly owned subsidiaries, Hailiang HK and Hailiang Consulting are investment holding companies with no substantial operations and hold a minimal amount of assets. In the opinion of management, the likelihood of loss in respect of our current ownership structure or contractual arrangements is remote based on current facts and circumstances.

For a more detailed discussion of these risks and uncertainties, see “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Corporate Structure” and “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Doing Business in China.”

Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations

We believe that our results of operations are affected by the demand for private K-12 education in China, as well as company-specific factors, including the level of student enrollment, the pricing of our educational programs and our ability to control costs and expenses.

Demand for Private K-12 Education in China

We have benefited from increasing demand for private K-12 education in China in the last decade. This increase was driven by the overall economic growth, the rise in household disposable income and household spending on education, as well as the improvement of education system and policies relating to K-12 education in China. According to the CCID Report, the total number of private K-12 schools increased from 89,383 in 2006 to 145,817 in 2013, and the proportion of students in private K-12 schools against the total number of students in K-12 schools also increased from 8.5% to 16.5% during the same period. We anticipate that the demand for private K-12 education in China will continue to grow which we expect will provide us with significant market opportunity to expand our business.

The private K-12 school industry in the Yangtze River Delta region where our schools are located has also been growing. According to the CCID report, the total number of students enrolled in private K-12 schools in the Yangtze River Delta region increased from 3.4 million in 2008 to 3.6 million in 2012. The percentage of students in private K-12 schools against the total number of K-12 students in the region increased from 17.7% to 18.6% during the same period.

Rising income levels have also provided greater opportunities for Chinese students to study abroad. As a result, the number of students enrolled in school programs with a focus on preparing students for studying

 

69


Table of Contents

abroad, or international programs, has grown significantly. According to the CCID Report, there were a total of approximately 144,400 students enrolled in international school programs in 2012 in China, a figure that is expected to rise in the coming years. The number of students enrolled in our international program has also increased rapidly, from 250 as of June 30, 2012 to 854 as of June 30, 2013, 1,180 students as of June 30, 2014 and 1,335 as of September 30, 2014. We intend to continue to grow our international program to take advantage of the growing demand.

Level of Student Enrollment

As of June 30, 2012, 2013 and 2014 and September 30, 2014, we had a total of 16,192, 16,816, 16,875 and 17,151 students, respectively. While we expect the number of students will be relatively stable in the next two fiscal years, we plan to increase the proportion of students enrolled in our international program because our international program charges a tuition fee that is significantly higher than that of our basic educational program. We have already begun making this transition. For example, the number of students enrolled in the international program increased from 250 students as of June 30, 2012 to 854 students as of June 30, 2013, 1,180 students as of June 30, 2014 and 1,335 as of September 30, 2014, with the proportion of our students enrolled in the international program increasing from 1.5% to 5.1%, 7.0% and 7.8% during the same period, respectively. We intend to continue to grow our international program to take advantage of the growing demand.

Pricing of Educational Programs

Our results of operations are affected by the pricing of our educational programs. We generally charge a student tuition based on his or her grade level and whether the student attends our basic educational program or international program. Tuition includes boarding, school services and books. The tuition we may charge for some of our education programs is subject to regulatory restrictions. For example, the most recent ceiling on the amount of tuition and boarding expenses we can charge was set out by the Zhuji branch of the MOE in November 2012, which sets forth the maximum amounts of tuition and boarding expenses for primary school, middle school and high school as RMB31,000 per student, RMB33,000 per student and RMB35,000 per student, respectively. There is currently no maximum amount set for our kindergarten or international program. Pursuant to the registration documents field with local authorities for the 2013/2014 school year, we are approved to charge RMB50,000 to RMB60,000 for our international program, as for the 2014/2015 school year, our international program is still within the scope of above charging standard. The tuition limitation is reviewed by the regulatory authority on a periodic basis. See “Regulations—The Law for Promoting Private Education (2003) and the Implementation Rules for the Law for Promoting Private Education (2004).” Subject to the applicable regulatory requirements, we generally determine tuition based on the demand for our educational programs, the cost of our educational services and the tuition and the fees charged by our competitors, and seek to increase tuition by approximately 5% to 15% each year. For example, in the 2012, 2013 and 2014 fiscal years, the average tuition for primary, middle and high school, including both our basic educational program and our international program, was RMB21,591, RMB25,987 and RMB27,422 (US$4,468), respectively. The increase was also due to a greater proportion of students enrolled in the international program which charges higher tuition. In the 2012, 2013 and 2014 fiscal years, tuition charged for students in our international program was approximately twice as high as tuition charged for students in our basic educational program.

Ability to Control Costs and Expenses

Our ability to maintain and increase profitability also depends on our ability to effectively control our costs and expenses. A significant component of our cost of revenue is labor costs which accounted for approximately 31.9%, 32.4% and 33.2% of our revenue for the 2012, 2013 and 2014 fiscal years, respectively. Labor costs primarily include compensation to our teachers and educational staff. Our labor costs increased from the 2012 fiscal year to the 2013 fiscal year, primarily reflecting our continued efforts to recruit additional teachers and educational staff, particularly experienced teachers. Another important component of our cost of revenue is

 

70


Table of Contents

student-related costs, which mainly consist of costs for textbooks, uniforms, dining services and living accommodations. Student-related costs accounted for approximately 16.5%, 16.8% and 14.7% of our revenue in the three most recent fiscal years. Our cost of revenue as a percentage of our total revenue was 68.4%, 67.2% and 64.8% for fiscal years 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively. In the near future, we expect our cost of revenue to increase as we will continue to hire additional teachers to support our growing international program.

Our operating expenses include two key components, selling expenses and administrative expenses. From fiscal year 2012 to fiscal year 2013 and 2014, our total operating expenses as a percentage of our total revenue decreased from 11.8% to 9.3% and 9.6%, respectively. We expect our expenses will also increase as we incur additional expenses associated with our overall growth as well as becoming a public company. We expect, however, that we will benefit from economies of scale as we continue to grow our business and increase our student base.

Key Components of Results of Operations

Revenue

We derive revenue from tuition charged to our students. Tuition includes charges for enrollment in our academic programs, which varies based on grade levels and whether the student attends our basic educational program or our international program, as well as charges in relation to boarding, school services and books.

Our revenue increased during the 2012, 2013 and 2014 fiscal years primarily due to increases in average tuition and, to a lesser extent, the level of student enrollment. We expect our revenue to continue to increase going forward, reflecting our plan to continue to increase tuition at an annual rate of 5% to 15%, and our efforts to increase our student enrollment.

Tuition fees are paid in two stages for newly enrolled students. We generally require a tuition deposit of approximately 8% to 10% of the full tuition fees in the last quarter of each fiscal year with the remainder received in July or August, both prior to the commencement of the school year. We generally do not refund the tuition deposit unless the student cannot be enrolled due to restrictions imposed by the regulatory authority pursuant to applicable laws and regulations.

The following tables compare revenue generated from our basic educational program and our international program and as a percentage of total revenue for the periods indicated, as well as the number of students and average tuition. Average tuition is calculated by the total revenue derived from a particular program or grade level divided by the total number of students enrolled in that program for a particular academic year. Our basic educational program offers curricula and coursework mandated by the PRC regulatory authorities. Our international program also offers curricula mandated by the PRC regulatory authorities and in addition provides curricula with a focus on preparing students to study abroad. Tuition for our international program covers tuition for basic education classes, language classes and special international classes. The higher tuition charged for our international program reflects the higher cost of certain course materials, the need to hire foreign teachers with higher salaries and a higher teacher to student ratio in our international program.

 

    Year Ended June 30,  
    2012     2013     2014  
    Revenue
(in RMB
thousands)
    % of
revenue
    Students     Average
tuition
(in RMB)
    Revenue
(in RMB
thousands)
    % of
revenue
    Students     Average
tuition
(in RMB)
    Revenue
(in RMB
thousands)
    Revenue
(in US$
thousands)
    % of
revenue
    Students     Average
tuition
(in RMB)
 

Basic educational program

    335,175        95.9     15,942        21,025        389,917        89.2     15,962        24,428        392,962        64,021        84.9     15,695        25,037   

International program

    14,422        4.1     250        57,688        47,077        10.8     854        55,125        69,792        11,370        15.1     1,180        59,146   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    349,597        100.0     16,192        21,591        436,994        100.0     16,816        25,987        462,754        75,391        100.0     16,875        27,422   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

71


Table of Contents
     Three months ended September 30,  
     2013     2014  
     Revenue
(in RMB
thousands)
     % of
revenue
    Students      Average
tuition
(in RMB)
    Revenue
(in RMB
thousands)
    

Revenue

(in US$

thousands)

     % of
revenue
    Students      Average
tuition
(in RMB)
 

Basic educational program

     64,546         87.5     15,695         N.A. (1)       60,045         9,783         85.9     15,816         N.A. (1)  

International program

     9,197         12.5     1,180         N.A. (1)       9,853         1,605         14.1     1,335         N.A. (1)  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     73,743         100 %       16,875         N.A. (1)       69,898         11,388         100 %       17,151         N.A. (1)  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Note:
(1) The average tuition of the first and third quarters of the fiscal year are not directly comparable to the average tuition of full fiscal years as we generally record a lower level of revenue in these two quarters compared to the other two quarters of a fiscal year due to the two-month summer vacation in July and August and the one-month winter vacation in part of January and February. Our revenue for the first quarter is also affected by certain revenue derived from summer camps.

Revenue from our basic educational program increased by RMB54.7 million, or 16.3%, from the 2012 to the 2013 fiscal year and slightly increased by RMB3.0 million (US$0.5 million), or 0.8%, from the 2013 fiscal year to 2014 fiscal year, driven primarily by an increase in the average tuition charged per student during the same periods. In addition, revenue derived from tuition of students enrolled in our international program compared to our total revenue increased from 4.1% in the 2012 fiscal year to 10.8% in the 2013 fiscal year and 15.1% in the 2014 fiscal year. This is due primarily to an increase in the number of students enrolled in our international program and, to a lesser extent, an increase in the average tuition charged in our international program.

The following tables set forth revenue generated at the kindergarten, primary, middle and high school levels as well as the number of students and average tuition. The tables include both our basic educational program as well as our international program.

 

    Year Ended June 30,  
    2012     2013     2014  
    Revenue
(in RMB
thousands)
    % of
revenue
    Students     Average
tuition
(in RMB)
    Revenue
(in RMB
thousands)
    % of
revenue
    Students     Average
tuition
(in RMB)
    Revenue
(in RMB
thousands)
    Revenue
(in US$
thousands)
    % of
revenue
    Students     Average
tuition
(in RMB)
 

Kindergarten

    6,687        1.9     619        10,803        8,952        2.0     611        14,651        9,444        1,539        2.0     628        15,038   

Primary school

    65,303        18.7     3,214        20,318        90,655        20.7     3,562        25,451        101,521        16,540        21.9     3,729        27,225   

Middle school

    61,788        17.7     2,940        21,016        71,966        16.5     3,090        23,290        83,625        13,624        18.2     3,373        24,792   

High school

    215,819        61.7     9,419        22,913        265,421        60.8     9,553        27,784        268,164        43,689        57.9     9,145        29,324   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    349,597        100.0     16,192        21,591        436,994        100.0     16,816        25,987        462,754        75,392        100.0     16,875        27,422   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Three months ended September 30,  
     2013     2014  
     Revenue
(in RMB
thousands)
     % of
revenue
    Students      Average
tuition
(in RMB)
    Revenue
(in RMB
thousands)
    

Revenue
(in US$

thousands)

     % of
revenue
    Students      Average
tuition
(in RMB)
 

Kindergarten

     1,977         2.7     628         N.A. (1)       1,335         217         1.9     489         N.A. (1)  

Primary school

     16,524         22.4     3,729         N.A. (1)       17,514         2,853         25.0     4,214         N.A. (1)  

Middle school

     13,930         18.9     3,373         N.A. (1)       14,995         2,443         21.5     3,892         N.A. (1)  

High school

     41,312         56.0     9,145         N.A. (1)       36,054         5,874         51.6     8,556         N.A. (1)  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     73,743         100.0 %       16,875         N.A. (1)       69,898         11,387         100 %       17,151         N.A. (1)  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Note:
(1) The average tuition of the first and third quarters of the fiscal year are not directly comparable to the average tuition of full fiscal years as we generally record a lower level of revenue in these two quarters compared to the other two quarters of a fiscal year due to the two-month summer vacation in July and August and the one-month winter vacation in part of January and February. Our revenue for the first quarter is also affected by certain revenue derived from summer camps.

Cost of Revenue

Our cost of revenue primarily consists of labor costs, which are compensation to our teachers and educational staff, student-related costs and, to a lesser extent, transportation costs, utility costs and leasing fees for our schools. Our cost of revenue increased from the 2012 fiscal year to the 2014 fiscal year and from the three

 

72


Table of Contents

months ended September 30, 2013 to the three months ended September 30, 2014 due primarily due to an increase in labor costs due to an increase in the total number of our teachers and educational staff, an increase in the total number of senior and experienced teachers and a general increase in our compensation levels. We expect our cost of revenue to increase in line with our increase in revenue, driven in large part by a planned increase in the number of teachers to support our growing international program. The following table sets forth the components of our cost of revenue by amount and as a percentage of total revenue for the periods indicated.

 

    Year Ended June 30,     Three Months Ended September 30,  
    2012     2013     2014     2013    

 

    2014  
    RMB (in
thousands)
    % of
revenue
    RMB (in
thousands)
    % of
revenue
   

RMB (in
thousands)

    US$ (in
thousands)
   

% of
revenue

    RMB (in
thousands)
    % of
revenue
    RMB (in
thousands)
    US$ (in
thousands)
    % of
revenue
 

Cost of Revenue:

                       

Labor costs

    111,557        31.9     141,797        32.4     153,602        25,025        33.2     35,527        48.1     38,896        6,337        55.7

Student-related costs

    57,483        16.5     73,437        16.8     68,111        11,097        14.7     13,903        18.9     12,835        2,091        18.4

Transportation

    18,248        5.2     23,390        5.4     23,145        3,771        5.0     4,876        6.6     5,225        851        7.5

Depreciation

    17,251        4.9     20,686        4.7     22,532        3,671        4.9     5,351        7.3     5,456        889        7.8

Utilities

    9,413        2.7     11,752        2.7     11,407        1,858        2.5     2,445        3.3     2,475        403        3.5

Leasing fee

    4,600        1.3     9,600        2.2     9,600        1,564        2.1     2,400        3.3     2,400        391        3.4

Other costs

    20,514        5.9     13,101        3.0     11,286        1,839        2.4     1,537        2.1     1,622        264        2.3
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    239,066        68.4     293,763        67.2     299,683        48,825        64.8     66,039        89.6     68,909        11,226        98.6
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Expenses

Our operating expenses consist of selling expenses and administrative expenses. The following table sets forth the components of our operating expenses in absolute amount and as a percentage of revenue for the periods indicated.

 

    Year Ended June 30,     Three Months Ended September 30,
    2012     2013     2014     2013  

 

  2014
    RMB (in
thousands)
    % of
revenue
    RMB (in
thousands)
    % of
revenue
    RMB (in
thousands)
    US$ (in
thousands)
    % of
revenue
    RMB (in
thousands)
  % of
revenue
  RMB (in
thousands)
  US$ (in
thousands)
  % of
revenue

Operating Expenses:

                       

Selling expenses

    16,297        4.7     17,630        4.0     15,635        2,547        3.4   12,052   16.3%   11,916   1,941   17.0%

Administrative expenses

    24.751        7.1     23,080        5.3     28,622        4,663        6.2   7,898   10.7%   5,349   871   7.7%
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    41,048        11.8     40,710        9.3     44,257        7,210        9.6   19,950   27.0%   17,265   2,812   24.7%
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling expenses

Our selling expenses consist of advertisement expenses, recruiting expenses and amortization related to intangible assets. Our overall selling expenses decreased from the 2013 fiscal year to the 2014 fiscal year and from the three months ended September 30, 2013 to the three months ended September 30, 2014, primarily due to the decrease of amortization expense of intangible assets related to the acquisition of Tianma Experimental School in 2009. Our overall selling expenses increased from the 2012 fiscal year to the 2013 fiscal year, primarily due to an increase in the amount spent on advertisement and recruiting expenses in relation to increased marketing activities to attract more students. We expect that our overall selling expenses will increase in absolute amount in the near future due to our plan to increase enrollment in our international program and overall enrollment.

Administrative expenses

Our administrative expenses consist primarily of salary for our office and administrative staff and repairs of offices and facilities. Our administrative expenses also include, to a lesser extent, office expenses and other miscellaneous fees. Our overall administrative expenses increased from 2013 to 2014 primarily due to the

 

73


Table of Contents

expenses incurred in relation to this offering and decreased from 2012 to 2013 primarily due to less maintenance costs incurred in 2013 compared to 2012. Our overall administrative expenses were higher in the three months ended September 30, 2013 compared to the three months ended September 30, 2014 due primarily to a higher level of expenses relating to this offering incurred in the three months ended September 30, 2013. We expect that our overall administrative expenses will also remain relatively stable in the near future.

Other Income

Other income consists of government grants and other miscellaneous income. Government grants are amounts provided by the local government on an unconditional basis and are awarded at the discretion of the local government based on certain criteria in relation to our high school operations, such as the number of students participating in the Gaokao examination, test results and student performance. Other miscellaneous income primarily consists of forfeits of deposits for students who did not enroll in our schools. Prior to admission, new students are required to pay a deposit. Upon the students’ enrollment, the deposit is applied towards the tuition fee payment. The deposit is generally not refundable if the student does not subsequently enroll in the school. The following table sets forth the components of income derived from the aforementioned sources in absolute amount and as a percentage of revenue for the periods indicated.

 

    Year Ended June 30,     Three Months Ended September 30,  
    2012     2013     2014     2013    

 

    2014  
    RMB (in
thousands)
    % of
revenue
    RMB (in
thousands)
    % of
revenue
    RMB (in
thousands)
    US$ (in
thousands)
    % of
revenue
    RMB (in
thousands)
    % of
revenue
    RMB (in
thousands)
    US$ (in
thousands)
    % of
revenue
 

Other income

                       

Government grants

    1,806        0.5     1,550        0.3     1,157        188        0.3     —          0.0     —          —          0.0

Others

    2,245        0.7     2,544        0.6     635        103        0.1     860        1.2     (13)        (2)        0.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income

    4,051        1.2     4,094        0.9     1,792        291        0.4     860        1.2     (13)        (2)        0.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Finance Income

Our net finance income is related to interest income derived from advances and loans extended to a third party and certain related parties. See “Related Party Transactions—Transactions with Certain Related Parties.” Net finance income was 3.3%, 3.8%, 4.3%, 6.8% and 2.6% of our total revenue in the 2012, 2013 and 2014 fiscal year, and in the three months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

Taxation

We are incorporated in the Cayman Islands and conduct our primary business operations through our subsidiary and affiliated entities in the PRC. We also have a wholly-owned subsidiary in Hong Kong. Under the current laws of the Cayman Islands, we are not subject to tax on income or capital gains. Additionally, upon payments of dividends to our shareholders, no Cayman Islands withholding tax will be imposed.

Under the Hong Kong tax laws, the statutory income tax rate is 16.5%. Subsidiaries in Hong Kong are exempted from income tax on their foreign-derived income and there are no withholding taxes in Hong Kong on remittance of dividends.

Under the Enterprise Income Tax Law, or the EIT Law, domestic enterprises and foreign investment enterprises, or FIE, are subject to a unified 25% enterprise income tax rate, except for certain entities that are entitled to tax holidays or exemptions. According to the Implementation Rules for the Law for Promoting Private Education in 2004 , or the 2004 Implementing Rules, private schools, whether requiring reasonable returns or not, may enjoy preferential tax treatment. The 2004 Implementing Rules provide that the relevant authorities under the State Council may introduce preferential tax treatments and related policies applicable to private schools requiring reasonable returns. To date, however, no separate policies, regulations or rules have been introduced by

 

74


Table of Contents

the authorities in this regard. The schools we currently operate have historically enjoyed the corporate income exemption treatment since their establishment. Based on a confirmation from the local tax authorities, the local tax authorities have agreed to apply the corporate income tax exemption treatment to each of the schools we currently operate for the years ended June 30, 2012, 2013 and 2014. As a result, no income tax expense was recognized for the years ended June 30, 2012, 2013 and 2014.

Under the current EIT Law, dividends paid by an FIE to any of its foreign non-resident enterprise investors are subject to a 10% withholding tax. Thus, the dividends, if and when payable by our PRC subsidiary to its offshore parent entities, would be subject to a 10% withholding tax. A lower tax rate will be applied if such foreign non-resident enterprise investor’s jurisdiction of incorporation has signed a tax treaty or arrangement for the avoidance of double taxation and the prevention of fiscal evasion with respect to taxes on income with China. There is such a tax arrangement between the PRC and Hong Kong. Thus, the dividends, if and when payable by our PRC subsidiary to the offshore parent entity located in Hong Kong, would be subject to a 5% withholding tax rather than the statutory rate of 10%, provided that the offshore entities located in Hong Kong meet the requirements stipulated by relevant PRC tax regulations. Furthermore, pursuant to the applicable circular and interpretations of the current EIT Law, dividends from earnings created prior to 2008 but distributed after 2008 are not subject to withholding income tax. We have not provided for deferred income tax liabilities on the PRC entities’ undistributed earnings of RMB171.3 million and RMB312.0 million (US$50.8 million) as of June 30, 2013 and 2014, respectively because we control the timing of the undistributed earnings and it is probable that the earnings will not be distributed. We plan to reinvest those earnings in the PRC indefinitely in the foreseeable future.

Critical Accounting Policies, Estimates and Judgments

We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB, which requires us to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect: (i) the reported amounts of our assets and liabilities, (ii) the disclosure of our contingent assets and liabilities at the end of each reporting period, and (iii) the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during each reporting period. Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include the useful lives and the recoverability of the carrying amounts of property and equipment and intangible assets (including goodwill), the collectability of other receivables and term deposits placed with a related party finance entity, and the assessment of contingent liabilities. These estimates are often based on complex judgments and assumptions that management believes to be reasonable but are inherently uncertain and unpredictable. Actual results may differ from those estimates. Information about assumptions and estimation uncertainties that have a significant risk of resulting in a material adjustment within the next financial year are included in Note 2 to the financial statements included in this prospectus.

We continually evaluate these estimates based on our own historical experience, knowledge and assessment of current business and other conditions, our expectations regarding the future based on available information and reasonable assumptions, which together form our basis for making judgments about matters that are not readily apparent from other sources. Since the use of estimates is an integral component of the financial reporting process, our actual results could differ from those estimates.

We believe that any reasonable deviation from those judgments and estimates would not have a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations. To the extent that the estimates used differ from actual results, however, adjustments to the statement of comprehensive income and corresponding statement of financial condition accounts would be necessary. These adjustments would be made in future financial statements.

When reading our financial statements, you should consider (i) our critical accounting policies, (ii) the judgment and other uncertainties affecting the application of such policies, and (iii) the sensitivity of reported results to changes in conditions and assumptions. We believe the following accounting policies involve the most

 

75


Table of Contents

significant judgment and estimates used in the preparation of our financial statements. We have not made any material changes in the methodology used in these accounting policies during the past two years.

Consolidation

We have, through Hailiang Consulting, entered into a series of contractual arrangements with our affiliated entities. Although we do not have any equity interest in our affiliated entities, we control our affiliated entities as a result of these contractual arrangements. We have consolidated the results of our affiliated entities in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus in accordance with IFRS. For a detailed discussion of the basis for consolidation, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Basis of Presentation.”

Revenue Recognition

We derive revenue principally from the rendering of boarding school educational services to students. We offer our basic educational program and international program at the kindergarten, primary school, middle school and high school levels. Our basic educational program offers curricula and coursework mandated by the PRC regulatory authorities. Our international program prepares our students to earn their PRC school diplomas and for admissions tests for overseas educational institutions.

We receive tuition fees at the beginning of each school year. Each school year is comprised of two semesters. The first semester starts in September and ends in January. The second semester starts the following month in February and ends in June.

The arrangements with the student contain multiple components consisting of the delivery of education, accommodations, meals and transportation services, or educational services and the delivery of education books and related materials, or educational materials. We allocate the total tuition fees into educational services and educational materials based on their relative fair value. The components within educational services were not further separated since revenue recognition for the components occurs at the same time and the components belong to the same category of revenue, which is service revenue.

Revenue attributable to educational services is recognized on a straight-line basis over the school year since the services are performed by an indeterminate number of acts over a specified period of time and there is no evidence that some other method better represents the stage of completion. Revenue attributable to educational materials is recognized upon the delivery of the products to the students, which is when the risks and rewards have been transferred to the students. Tuition fees not yet earned are recorded as deferred revenue.

For the periods presented, revenue recognized for the delivery of educational materials was insignificant and occurred during the same year that revenue for the delivery of educational services was recognized.

We also provide kindergarten education services. Fees received for kindergarten education services are recognized as revenue on a straight-line basis over the period of rendering the service.

Impairment of non-financial assets, including goodwill and trade name with indefinite useful lives

The carrying amounts of our non-financial assets are reviewed at each reporting date to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, then the asset’s recoverable amount is estimated. Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are tested annually for impairment.

The recoverable amount of an asset is the greater of its value in use and fair value less costs to sell. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax

 

76


Table of Contents

discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset or the cash generating unit, or CGU. For impairment testing, assets are grouped together into the smallest group of assets that generates cash inflows from continuing use that are largely independent of the cash inflows of other assets or CGUs. Goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated to groups of CGUs that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination. An impairment loss is recognized if the carrying amount of an asset or its CGU exceeds its estimated recoverable amount. Impairment losses are recognized in profit or loss.

An impairment loss in respect of goodwill is not reversed. In respect of other assets, impairment losses recognized in prior periods are assessed at each reporting date for any indications that the loss has decreased or no longer exists. An impairment loss is reversed if there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the recoverable amount. An impairment loss is reversed only to the extent that the asset’s carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation or amortization, if no impairment loss had been recognized.

Our intangible assets and goodwill arose from the acquisition of Tianma Experimental School on July 1, 2009. Mr. Feng and Mr. Meng acquired 80% and 20% of the registered capital equity interest in Tianma Experimental School for a total cash consideration of RMB114.0 million. The goodwill recognized on the acquisition is mainly attributable to the synergies expected to be achieved from integrating Tianma Experimental School into our existing business.

For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill and trade name are allocated to a group of cash-generating units which represents the lowest level within our group at which the goodwill and trade name are monitored for internal management purpose. The recoverable amount of goodwill is estimated based on estimated discounted cash flows forecast. In forming this assumption we have used a combination of long term trends, industry forecasts and in house estimates.

For the purpose of impairment testing, the carrying amounts of goodwill and trade name are allocated to Zhuji Tianma Experimental School, which is the lowest level for which the assets are monitored for internal management purpose. The aggregated carrying amounts of goodwill and trade name are as follows:

 

     Year Ended June 30,      Three Months
Ended
September 30,
 
     2012      2013      2014      2014  
     RMB      RMB      RMB      US$      RMB      US$  
     (In thousands)  

Goodwill

     62,046         62,046         62,046         10,109         62,046         10,109   

Trade name

     16,540         16,540         16,540         2,695         16,540         2,695   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     78,586         78,586         78,586         12,804         78,586         12,804   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The recoverable amount of this CGU was based on fair value less costs of disposal, which was estimated using discounted cash flow projections. The fair value measurement was categorized as a Level 3 fair value based on the inputs in the valuation technique used.

The key assumptions used in the estimation of the recoverable amount are set out below. The values assigned to the key assumptions represented management’s assessment of future trend in the relevant industry and were based on historical data from both external and internal sources.

 

     Year Ended June 30,  
     2012     2013     2014  

Discount rate

     24     24     24

Terminal value growth rate

     3     3     3

 

77


Table of Contents

The discount rate was a post tax measure estimated based on the historical industry average weighted-average cost of capital, with a possible debt leveraging of 0%.

The cash flow projections included specific estimates for five years and a terminal growth rate thereafter. The terminal growth rate was determined based on management’s estimate of the long-term compound annual EBITDA growth rate, consistent with the assumption that a market participant would make.

Budgeted EBITDA was estimated taking into account past experience, adjusted as follows.

 

    Revenue growth was projected taking into account the average growth levels experienced over the past five years and the estimated student headcount and tuition growth for the next five years. It was assumed that tuition would increase in line with forecast inflation over the next five years.

 

    Growth of cost of sales, selling expenses and administrative expenses were projected taking into account of inflation and estimated student headcount for the next five years.

The estimated recoverable amount of the CGU exceeded its carrying amount as of June 30, 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

The recoverable amount of trade name is determined using the relief from royalty method. These calculations use post-tax cash flow projections for five years based on financial budgets approved by management, including royalty rate of 3%, terminal growth rate of 3% and the applicable discount rate of 24%. Management determined expected growth rates and operating results based on past performance and its expectations in relation to market developments. The discount rate used is post-tax and reflects specific risks relating to us.

Based on management’s assessment results, there was no impairment of goodwill and trade name as at June 30, 2012, 2013 and 2014, and no reasonable change to the assumptions would lead to an impairment charge. Goodwill and trade name were not tested for impairment during the three months ended September 30, 2014 because there were no impairment indicators.

Results of Operations

 

    Year Ended June 30,     Three Months Ended September 30,  
    2012     2013     2014     2013    

 

    2014  
    RMB (in
thousands)
    % of
revenue
    RMB (in
thousands)
    % of
revenue
    RMB (in
thousands)
    US$ (in
thousands)
    % of
revenue
   

RMB (in
thousands)

    % of
revenue
   

RMB (in
thousands)

   

US$ (in
thousands)

   

% of
revenue

 

Revenue

    349,597        100.0     436,994        100.0     462,754        75,392        100     73,743        100.0     69,898        11,388        100.0

Cost of revenue

    (239,066     (68.4 )%      (293,763     (67.2 )%      (299,683     (48,824     (64.8 )%      (66,039     (89.6 )%      (68,909     (11,227     (98.6 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    110,531        31.6     143,231        32.8     163,071        26,568        35.2     7,704        10.4     989        161        1.4

Other income (expense)

    4,051        1.2     4,094        0.9     1,792        292        0.4     860        1.2     (13     (2     0.0

Selling expenses

    (16,297     (4.7 )%      (17,630     (4.0 )%      (15,635     (2,547     (3.4 )%      (12,052     (16.3 )%      (11,916     (1,941     (17.0 )% 

Administrative expenses

    (24,751     (7.1 )%      (23,080     (5.3 )%      (28,622     (4,663     (6.2 )%      (7,898     (10.7 )%      (5,349     (871     (7.7 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Results from operating activities

    73,534        21.0     106,615        24.4     120,606        19,650        26.0     (11,386     (15.4 )%      (16,289     (2,653     (23.3 )% 

Net finance income

    11,582        3.3     16,575        3.8     20,066        3,269        4.3     4,997        6.8     1,827        298        2.6
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit (loss) before tax

    85,116        24.3     123,190        28.2     140,672        22,919        30.3     (6,389     (8.6 )%      (14,462     (2,355     (20.7 )% 

Tax expense

    —          0.0     —          0.0     —          —          0.0     —          0.0     —          —          0.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit (loss) and comprehensive income (loss) for the year/period

    85,116        24.3     123,190        28.2     140,672        22,919        30.3     (6,389  

 

(8.6)

    (14,462     (2,355     (20.7 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

78


Table of Contents

Three Months Ended September 30, 2013 Compared to Three Months Ended September 30, 2014

We generally record a lower level of revenue from basic educational programs and international programs in the first and third quarters compared to the other two quarters of a fiscal year, due to the two-month summer vacation in July and August and the one-month winter vacation in part of January and February. During such periods we, however, continue to incur fixed costs and operating expenses associated with our operations. As a result, our revenue, gross and net profits are generally lower during these quarters and our results of operations during such periods are not directly comparable to other periods and are not indicative of future periods.

Revenue . Our revenue decreased by 5.2% from RMB73.7 million in the three months ended September 30, 2013 to RMB69.9 million (US$11.4 million) in the three months ended September 30, 2014. The decrease during the first quarter in the 2015 fiscal year was primarily due to a decrease in revenue from summer camp programs from the first quarter in the 2015 fiscal year compared to the 2014 fiscal year. In particular, such revenue from summer camp programs decreased by 35.5% from RMB17.0 million in the three months ended September 30, 2013 to RMB11.0 million (US$1.8 million) in the three months ended September 30, 2014. Our revenue from basic educational programs and international programs increased by 3.8%, from RMB56.7 million in the three months ended September 30, 2013 to RMB58.9 million (US$9.6 million) in the three months ended September 30, 2014. This increase primarily reflected a 2.2% increase in average tuition and, to a lesser extent, a 1.6% increase in the total number of students during the same period. Our revenue increase was also attributable to having a greater proportion of our students enrolled in our international program which charges higher tuition than our basic educational program. During the same period, the percentage of students enrolled in our international program increased from 7.0% to 7.8%.

Cost of revenue . Our cost of revenue increased by 4.3% from RMB66.0 million in the three months ended September 30, 2013 to RMB68.9 million (US$11.2 million) in the three months ended September 30, 2014. This increase was generally in line with the increase in our revenue from basic educational programs and international programs during the same period. In particular, the increase in cost of revenue was primarily due to a 9.5% increase in labor costs as a result of (i) an increase in the number of senior and experienced teachers to enhance education quality, and (ii) a general increase in our employees’ compensation levels. The increase in cost of revenue was partially offset by a 7.7% decrease in student related costs, primarily relating a decrease of cost associated with student uniforms.

Gross profit . As a result of the foregoing, our gross profit decreased by 87.2% from RMB7.7 million in the three months ended September 30, 2013 to RMB1.0 million (US$0.2 million) in the three months ended September 30, 2014. Our gross margin was 10.4% in the three months ended September 30, 2013, compared to 1.4% in the three months ended September 30, 2014.

Other income (expenses) . We recorded other income, mainly consisting of forfeits of deposits for students who did not enroll in our schools, of RMB0.9 million in the three months ended September 30, 2013, compared to other expenses of RMB13 thousand (US$2.1 thousand) in the three months ended September 30, 2014.

Operating expenses . Our operating expenses decreased by 13.5% from RMB20.0 million in the three months ended September 30, 2013 to RMB17.3 million (US$2.8 million) in the three months ended September 30, 2014. The decrease was primarily due to decreases in both selling expenses and administrative expenses during the same period.

 

    Selling Expenses . Our selling expenses decreased by 1.1% from RMB12.1 million in the three months ended September 30, 2013 to RMB11.9 million (US$1.9 million) in the three months ended September 30, 2014. The decrease was primarily due to the decrease of amortization expenses of intangible assets related to the acquisition of Tianma Experimental School in 2009.

 

   

Administrative expenses . Our administrative expenses decreased by 32.3% from RMB7.9 million in the three months ended September 30, 2013 to RMB5.3 million (US$0.9 million) in the three months

 

79


Table of Contents
 

ended September 30, 2014, primarily due to a higher level of expenses relating to this offering incurred in the first quarter of the 2014 fiscal year.

Net finance income . Our net finance income decreased by 63.4% from RMB5.0 million in the three months ended September 30, 2013 to RMB1.8 million (US$0.3 million) in the three months ended September 30, 2014. This decrease was primarily due to a decrease in the interest income, which reflected a decrease in the amount of money we loaned to certain related parties in the first quarter of the 2015 fiscal year compared to 2014.

Tax expense . We had no tax expenses for the first quarters of the 2014 and 2015 fiscal years. See “Taxation—People’s Republic of China Taxation.”

Net loss . As a result of the foregoing, we recorded a net loss of RMB6.4 million and RMB14.5 million (US$2.4 million) in the three months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

Year ended June 30, 2013 compared to year ended June 30, 2014

Revenue . Our revenue increased by 5.9% from RMB437.0 million in the 2013 fiscal year to RMB462.8 million (US$75.4 million) in the 2014 fiscal year. This increase was primarily due to a 5.5% increase in average tuition from RMB25,987 to RMB27,422 (US$4,468) and to a lesser extent, a 0.4% increase in the total number of students from 16,816 to 16,875 during the same period. Our revenue increase was also attributable to having a greater proportion of our students enrolled in our international program which charges higher tuition than our basic educational program. Between the 2013 and 2014 fiscal years, the percentage of students enrolled in our international program increased from 5.1% to 7.0%.

Cost of revenue . Our cost of revenue increased by 2.0% from RMB293.8 million in the 2013 fiscal year to RMB299.7 million (US$48.8 million) in the 2014 fiscal year. This increase was generally in line with the increase in our revenue during the same period. In particular, the increase in cost of revenue was primarily due to an 8.3% increase in labor costs due to (i) an increase in the number of senior and experienced teachers to enhance education quality, and (ii) a general increase in our employees’ compensation levels. The increase in cost of revenue was partially offset by a 7.3% decrease in student-related costs, primarily relating to student uniforms.

Gross profit . As a result of the foregoing, our gross profit increased by 13.9% from RMB143.2 million in the 2013 fiscal year to RMB163.1 million (US$26.6 million) in the 2014 fiscal year. Our gross margin was 32.8% in the 2013 fiscal year, compared to 35.2% in the 2014 fiscal year.

Other income . We recorded government grants of RMB1.6 million in the 2013 fiscal year and RMB1.2 million (US$0.2 million) in the 2014 fiscal year. We recorded other miscellaneous income of RMB2.5 million in the 2013 fiscal year, compared to RMB0.6 million (US$0.1 million) in the 2014 fiscal year. Our other miscellaneous income primarily relates to forfeits of deposits for students who did not enroll in our schools.

Operating expenses . Our operating expenses increased by 8.8% from RMB40.7 million in the 2013 fiscal year and RMB44.3 million (US$7.2 million) in the 2014 fiscal year. The increase was primarily due to an increase in administrative expenses which was partially offset by a decrease in selling expenses.

 

    Selling expenses . Our selling expenses decreased by 11.3% from RMB17.6 million in the 2013 fiscal year to RMB15.6 million (US$2.5 million) in the 2014 fiscal year. The decrease was primarily due to the decrease of amortization expenses of intangible assets related to the acquisition of Tianma Experimental School in 2009.

 

    Administrative expenses . Our administrative expenses increased by 24.0% from RMB23.1 million in the 2013 fiscal year to RMB28.6 million (US$4.7 million) in the 2014 fiscal year. The increase was primarily due to expenses relating to this offering.

Net finance income . Our net finance income increased by 21.1% from RMB16.6 million in the 2013 fiscal year to RMB20.1 million (US$3.3 million) in the 2014 fiscal year. This increase was primarily due to an increase

 

80


Table of Contents

in the amount of money we loaned to or deposited with certain related parties in the 2014 fiscal year compared to the 2013 fiscal year.

Tax expense . We had no tax expenses for the 2013 and 2014 fiscal years. See “Taxation—People’s Republic of China Taxation.”

Net profit . As a result of the foregoing, our net profit increased by 14.2% from RMB123.2 million in the 2013 fiscal year to RMB140.7 million (US$22.9 million) in the 2014 fiscal year.

Year ended June 30, 2012 compared to year ended June 30, 2013

Revenue. Our revenue increased by 25.0% from RMB349.6 million in the 2012 fiscal year to RMB437.0 million in the 2013 fiscal year. This increase was primarily due to a 20.4% increase in average tuition from RMB21,591 to RMB25,987 and to a lesser extent, a 3.9% increase in the total number of students from 16,192 to 16,816 during the same period. Our revenue increase was also attributable to having a greater proportion of our students enrolled in our international program which charges higher tuition than our basic educational program. Between the 2012 and 2013 fiscal years, the percentage of students enrolled in our international program increased from 1.5% to 5.1%.

Cost of revenue. Our cost of revenue increased by 22.9% from RMB239.1 million in the 2012 fiscal year to RMB293.8 million in the 2013 fiscal year. This increase was in line with the increase in our revenue during the same period. In particular, the increase in cost of revenue was primarily due to a 27.1% increase in labor costs due to (i) an increase in the number of teachers and educational staff from 1,084 to 1,163, (ii) an increase in the number of senior and experienced teachers to enhance the education quality, and (iii) a general increase in our employees’ compensation levels. The increase was also due to a 27.8% increase in student-related costs, primarily relating to expenditures incurred in connection with our implementation of new student uniform requirement as part of our efforts to promote our Hailiang education brand.

Gross profit. As a result of the foregoing, our gross profit increased by 29.6% from RMB110.5 million in the 2012 fiscal year to RMB143.2 million in the 2013 fiscal year. Our gross margin was 31.6% in the 2012 fiscal year, compared to 32.8% in the 2013 fiscal year.

Other income. We recorded government grants of RMB1.8 million in the 2012 fiscal year and RMB1.6 million in the 2013 fiscal year. We recorded other miscellaneous income of RMB2.2 million in the 2012 fiscal year, compared to RMB2.5 million in the 2013 fiscal year. Our other miscellaneous income primarily relates to forfeits of deposits for students who did not enroll in our schools.

Operating expenses. Our operating expenses remained relatively stable at RMB41.0 million in the 2012 fiscal year and RMB40.7 million in the 2013 fiscal year. The decrease was due to a decrease in administrative expenses which was partially offset by an increase in selling expenses.

 

    Selling expenses . Our selling expenses increased by 8.2% from RMB16.3 million in the 2012 fiscal year to RMB17.6 million in the 2013 fiscal year. This increase was primarily due to an increase in the amount spent on advertisement and recruiting expenditures in relation to increased marketing activities to attract more students.

 

    Administrative expenses . Our administrative expenses decreased by 6.8% from RMB24.8 million in the 2012 fiscal year to RMB23.1 million in the 2013 fiscal year. This decrease was primarily due to less maintenance costs incurred in 2013, which was partially offset by an increase in salaries for our office and administrative staff as we continue to grow our business.

Net finance income. Our net finance income increased by 43.1% from RMB11.6 million in the 2012 fiscal year to RMB16.6 million in the 2013 fiscal year. This increase was primarily due to an increase in the amount of money we lent to certain related parties in the 2013 fiscal year compared to the 2012 fiscal year.

 

81


Table of Contents

Tax expense . We had no tax expenses for the 2012 and 2013 fiscal years. See “Taxation—People’s Republic of China Taxation.”

Net profit . As a result of the foregoing, our net profit increased by 44.7% from RMB85.1 million in the 2012 fiscal year to RMB123.2 million in the 2013 fiscal year.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Historically, we have financed our operations through internally generated cash. As of June 30, 2012, 2013 and 2014 and September 30, 2014, we had approximately RMB29.2 million, RMB26.4 million, RMB42.0 million (US$6.8 million) and RMB38.0 million (US$6.2 million), respectively, in cash. Our cash primarily consists of cash on hand and bank deposits, which are unrestricted as to withdrawal and use and are deposited with banks in China. We intend to finance our future working capital requirements and capital expenditures from cash generated from operating activities and from the net proceeds we will receive from this offering.

Although we consolidate the results of our affiliated entities and their respective subsidiaries, we do not have direct access to the cash and cash equivalents or future earnings of our affiliated entities or their respective subsidiaries. However, a portion of the cash balances of our affiliated entities and their respective subsidiaries will be paid to us pursuant to our contractual arrangements with our affiliated entities and their respective subsidiaries. See “Related Party Transactions—Contractual Arrangements with our Affiliated Entities and their Shareholder.”

We historically had recorded significant related party transactions involving advances and loans made to, and repayments received from, such related parties as well as term deposits placed with a finance company owned by Hailiang Group. As part of our cash management policy, we expect to continue to deposit certain amount of cash generated from our education business with a related party finance company owned by Hailiang Group. In particular, based on our current policy, effective September 2014, such cash cannot exceed RMB152.0 million unless otherwise approved by our audit committee, or prior to the establishment of our audit committee, our board of directors and such threshold may be amended from time to time. As of October 31, 2014, we had demand deposits of RMB56.5 million and term deposits with maturities ranging from three months to less than one year of RMB87.0 million at Hailiang Finance. Such term deposits can be withdrawn prior to their maturity without incurring significant penalties. Hailiang Finance is a non-bank financial institution licensed by the China Bank Regulatory Commission. It was incorporated in February 2013. It currently has a registered capital of RMB1.0 billion and has been approved by the relevant authorities to conduct business with other entities within Hailiang Group, including, among other things, receiving deposits, borrowing, lending and providing guarantees, providing accounting and financing consultancy, and providing trade settlement and insurance brokerage services. We believe that Hailiang Finance provides interest at market rates with flexible withdrawal terms on our cash deposits. Based on our review of relevant documents provided by Hailiang Finance, we believe that Hailiang Finance has satisfactory asset quality, liquidity position and internal control environment. In addition, in September 2014, Hailiang Group and Mr. Feng entered into a guarantee agreement with us to irrevocably and jointly guarantee the timely return of such deposits on behalf of the finance company in the event that the finance company defaults on the return of such deposits or payment of the interest. After considering the terms provided by Hailiang Finance, coupled with its financial condition as well as the guarantee provided by Hailiang Group and Mr. Feng, our board approved the arrangement in September 2014 and we expect that our audit committee will continue to review our related parties transactions, including the deposit arrangement, after the completion of this offering. We, however, recognize that there are risks involved in the cash deposit arrangement. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry—We deposit a certain amount of cash with related parties and are subject to credit risks of such related parties.”

We have not encountered any difficulties in meeting our cash obligations to date. When considering our liquidity position and our future capital resources and needs, we take into account price controls set by local governments that may affect the tuition fees we are able to charge to students in our K-12 schools, annual

 

82


Table of Contents

enrollment numbers approved for our schools, the economic benefits we have received from our affiliated entities attributable to the provision of services to these entities and the economic benefits we may receive from our affiliated entities directly through payments under our consulting services agreement. We believe that our current cash and cash equivalents, anticipated cash flow from operations, as well as the net proceeds we expect to receive from this offering, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs, including targeted acquisitions, for more than the next twelve months.

The following table sets forth a condensed summary of our cash flows for the periods indicated.

 

     As at June 30,     As of September 30,  
     2012     2013     2014     2013     2014  
     RMB     RMB     RMB     US$     RMB     RMB     US$  
     (In thousands)  

Net cash from operating activities

     121,759        150,511        149,392        24,339        348,047        386,792        63,016   

Net cash used in investing activities

     (22,727     (152,837     (133,716     (21,785     (339,084     (390,790     (63,667

Net cash used in financing activities

     (77,953     —          —          —          —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase/(decrease) in cash

     21,079        (2,326     15,676        2,554        8,963        (3,998     (651

Cash at beginning of the year

     7,967        29,152        26,403        4,302        26,403        42,003        6,843   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of movements in exchange rates on cash held

     106        (423     (76     (12     (16     —          —     

Cash at end of the year/period

     29,152        26,403        42,003        6,844        35,350        38,005        6,192   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities in the three months ended September 30, 2014 was primarily attributable to an increase of deferred revenue of RMB378.8 million (US$61.7 million), reflecting the tuition payment made by our students in August and September for the 2014/2015 school year.

Net cash provided by operating activities in the 2014 fiscal year was primarily attributable to profit of RMB140.7 million (US$22.9 million), adjusted for (i) depreciation of RMB22.5 million (US$3.7 million), primarily relating to our leasehold improvements and (ii) interest income of RMB20.2 million (US$3.3 million), primarily from related parties.

Net cash provided by operating activities in the 2013 fiscal year was primarily attributable to profit of RMB123.2 million, adjusted for (i) depreciation of RMB20.7 million, primarily relating to our leasehold improvements and (ii) interest income of RMB17.2 million, primarily from related parties. Adjustments for changes in working capital primarily included an increase in trade and other payables due to third parties of RMB8.9 million, primarily reflecting an increase in student-related costs.

Net cash provided by operating activities in the 2012 fiscal year was primarily attributable to profit of RMB85.1 million, adjusted for (i) depreciation of RMB17.3 million, primarily relating to our leasehold improvements and (ii) interest income of RMB11.8 million, primarily from related parties. Adjustments for changes in working capital primarily included (i) an increase in trade and other payables due to third parties of RMB17.8 million, primarily reflecting an increase in student-related costs, and (ii) an increase in deferred revenue of RMB9.1 million, reflecting an increase in tuition fees collected prior to the commencement of the school year.

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities in the three months ended September 30, 2014 was primarily attributable to the term deposits placed with Hailiang Finance, a related party financial institution, of RMB645.4

 

83


Table of Contents

million (US$105.1 million), partially offset by the withdrawal upon maturity of term deposits placed with Hailiang Finance of RMB270.0 million (US$44.0 million).

Net cash used in investing activities in the 2014 fiscal year was primarily attributable to term deposits of RMB640.0 million (US$104.3 million) placed with Hailiang Finance, as well as loans of RMB600.0 million (US$97.8 million) to a related party for which we generated interest income, partially offset by repayments of RMB861.5 million (US$140.4 million) of loans from related parties and cash withdrawn upon the maturity of term deposits placed with Hailiang Finance of RMB220.0 million (US$35.8 million).

Net cash used in investing activities in the 2013 fiscal year was primarily attributable to loans, in the amount of RMB380.0 million which were lent to a related party for which we generated interest income, partially offset by repayments of RMB118.5 million of such loans. In addition, we made advances to, and received repayment of advances from, Zhejiang Hailiang Education Group Ltd., a related party. The net cash used in investing activities in the 2013 fiscal year was partially offset by a cash inflow as a result of a third party’s repayment of loans made previously in the amount of RMB65.0 million.

Net cash used in investing activities in the 2012 fiscal year was primarily attributable to loans of RMB125.0 million made to third parties, partially offset by repayments of such loans in the amount of RMB60.0 million. In addition, we made advances to, and received repayment of advances from, Zhejiang Hailiang Education Group Ltd., a related party. Cash outflow during the same period also included purchase of property and equipment of RMB39.4 million, relating to improvements made to our school facilities.

Financing Activities

We did not have any cash flow used in or provided by financing activities in the 2013 and 2014 fiscal years and the three months ended September 30, 2014. In the 2012 fiscal year, net cash used in financing activities amounted to RMB78.0 million, which primarily consisted of a dividend of RMB67.0 million and RMB30.0 million in repayment of short-term bank loans. In addition, during the same period, we experienced cash inflow and outflow in connection with our reorganization conducted in preparation for this offering. In particular, in connection with our reorganization, we received a cash inflow of RMB140.0 million in the form of capital contribution from Mr. Feng and paid RMB139.8 million to acquire our three schools from Mr. Feng.

Capital Expenditures

We incurred capital expenditures of RMB39.4 million, RMB15.7 million, RMB8.8 million (US$1.4 million) and RMB14.3 million (US$2.3 million) in the 2012, 2013 and 2014 fiscal years and the three months ended September 30, 2014, respectively. The capital expenditures in the three months ended September 30, 2014, primarily relate to the purchase of new school buses. The capital expenditures in the 2014 fiscal year primarily relate to the purchases of furniture and equipment for our schools and renovation of school buildings and classrooms. The capital expenditures in the 2013 fiscal year primarily related to the improvements made on our school facilities. The capital expenditures in the 2012 fiscal year primarily related to expenditures made in connection with improvements made to our school facilities and purchases of furniture and equipment for our schools.

 

84


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations

The following table sets forth our contractual obligations as of September 30, 2014.

 

     Payments Due by Period  
     Total      Less than 1 year      1-5 Years      More than 5 Years  
     (In thousands of RMB)  

Operating lease commitments

     119,315         9,759         39,035         70,521   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     119,315         9,759         39,035         70,521   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Zhuji Private High School has entered into a Property Lease Cooperation Agreement with Zhejiang Hailiang Education Group Ltd., Hailiang Group and Mr. Feng on November 13, 2014. Under this agreement, Zhuji Private High School and Zhejiang Hailiang Education Group Ltd. have agreed to enter into a lease agreement regarding the new school campus when Zhejiang Hailiang Education Group Ltd. obtains the necessary approvals for the new school campus and the construction and the outfitting and improvement work on the new school campus have been substantially completed. If Zhejiang Hailiang Education Group Ltd. and Zhuji Private High School fail to enter into such lease agreement by November 12, 2015, Zhejiang Hailiang Education Group Ltd. will reimburse the outfitting and improvement expenses made by Zhuji Private High School. The agreement also provides for undertakings from Hailiang Group and Mr. Feng that, upon such failure to reach a lease agreement, Hailiang Group and Mr. Feng will indemnify Zhuji Private High School for the amount it has not been reimbursed from Zhejiang Hailiang Education Group Ltd.

On November 13, 2014, Zhuji Private High School entered into three leasehold improvement contracts with Heng Zhong Da, a company affiliated with Hailiang Group. Under the contracts, Heng Zhong Da will provide work and services on the outfitting and improvements of the student dormitories, classroom buildings, dining halls, administrative building, sports stadiums, welcoming center and school hospital on the new school campus to be built by Zhejiang Hailiang Education Group Ltd., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Hailiang Group. Zhuji Private High School will pay a total contract consideration of approximately RMB291.8 million (or RMB223.7 million, RMB12.3 million and RMB55.8 million under each of the contracts, respectively) to Heng Zhong Da. Under the contracts, the outfitting and improvements have started on November 13, 2014 and is expected to be completed by June 30, 2015. In November 2014, Zhuji Private High School made prepayments to Heng Zhong Da under the contracts in the aggregate of RMB240 million (US$39.1 million).

Off-Balance Sheet Commitments and Obligations

We have not entered into any financial guarantees or other commitments to guarantee the payment obligations of any third parties. In addition, we have not entered into any derivative contracts that are indexed to our shares and classified as shareholders’ equity or that are not reflected in our consolidated financial statements. Furthermore, we do not have any retained or contingent interest in assets transferred to an unconsolidated entity that serves as credit, liquidity or market risk support to such entity. Moreover, we do not have any variable interest in any unconsolidated entity that provides financing, liquidity, market risk or credit support to us or engages in leasing, hedging or research and development services with us.

Holding Company Structure

Hailiang Inc. is a holding company with no substantive operations. On December 31, 2013, we through our PRC subsidiary, Hailiang Consulting, entered into a series of contractual arrangements with Hailiang Investment which enable us to:

 

    exercise the power over our affiliated entities;

 

    have the exposure or rights to variable returns from our involvement with our affiliated entities; and

 

    exercise the ability to affect those returns through use of its power over our affiliated entities.

 

85


Table of Contents

Our ability to pay dividends and to finance any debt we may incur depends upon dividends and service fees paid by Hailiang Consulting and our affiliated entities. If Hailiang Consulting or our affiliated entities incur debt on their own behalf in the future, the instruments governing their debt may restrict their ability to pay dividends to us. In addition, Hailiang Consulting is permitted to pay dividends to us only out of its retained earnings, if any, as determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. Under PRC law, Hailiang Consulting and Hailiang Investment are required to set aside at least 10% of their after-tax profits each year, if any, to fund a statutory reserve until such reserve reaches 50% of their registered capital, and to further set aside a portion of their after-tax profits to fund the employee welfare fund at the discretion of their respectives boards. The registered capital of Hailiang Consulting is US$3 million, and the registered capital of Hailiang Investment is RMB139,980,000. Although the statutory reserves can be used, among other ways, to increase the registered capital and eliminate future losses in excess of retained earnings of the respective companies, the reserve funds are not distributable as cash dividends except in the event of liquidation of the companies. Moreover, at the end of each fiscal year, every private school is also required to allocate a certain amount to its development fund for the construction or maintenance of the school or procurement or upgrading of educational equipment. In the case of a private school that requires reasonable returns, this amount shall be no less than 25% of the annual net income of the school. Each of our schools are schools requiring reasonable returns.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Financial Risks

Credit Risk

Our credit risk is primarily attributable to other receivables and cash. Substantially all of our cash is denominated in RMB, which is held by financial institutions located within the PRC. Financial institutions in the PRC do not have insurance similar to that provided by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation in the United States of America. Other receivables mainly are comprised of loans due from related parties, which were collected in full in September 2013. Our directors are of the view that there is no credit risk relating to other receivables.

As of September 30, 2014, we had cash demand deposits of RMB21.1 million (US$3.4 million) and cash term deposits with maturities ranging from three months to less than one year amounting to RMB795.4 million (US$129.6 million) at Hailiang Finance. Hailiang Finance, a subsidiary of Hailiang Group, is a finance company that is licensed to provide intra-group financing arrangements within Hailiang Group subsidiaries and other related party companies. The establishment of Hailiang Finance was approved by the China Banking Regulatory Commission, or CBRC, as a non-banking financial institution to solely facilitate Hailiang Group’s internal financing transactions including issuing loans to and accepting cash deposits from its subsidiaries and other related party entities. Pursuant to the license issued by CBRC, Hailiang Finance is not permitted to make any loans or accept any deposits from any parties that are unrelated to Hailiang Group, except for inter-bank transactions with other unrelated commercial banks.

Hailiang Group and Mr. Feng have provided a guarantee on our deposits with Hailiang Finance. Based on two recent PRC credit rating organizations, Hailiang Group has been rated AA which indicates strong ability to make payments on debts as they become due. Management believes that the credit risk on our cash deposit is low considering Hailiang Group’s guarantee and credit rating. To reduce our credit exposure with Hailiang Finance, we have limited the amount deposited with Hailiang Finance to an amount not exceeding RMB152.0 million. Accordingly, we withdrew the amount exceeding this threshold from Hailiang Finance and deposited such amount with third-party commercial banks in October 2014. As of October 31, 2014, the balance of deposits we had with Hailiang Finance amounted to RMB143.5 million.

Liquidity Risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that we will encounter difficulty in meeting the obligations associated with our financial liabilities that are settled by delivering cash or another financial assets. Our approach to managing

 

86


Table of Contents

liquidity is to ensure, as far as possible, that we will always have sufficient liquidity to meet our liabilities when due, under both normal and stressed conditions, without incurring unacceptable losses or risking damage to our reputation.

The following are the contractual maturities of financial liabilities, including estimated interest payments:

 

     June 30, 2014  
Non-derivative financial instruments    Carrying amount      Contractual cash flows      1 year or less  
     (In thousands of RMB)  

Trade and other payables

     51,802         51,802         51,802   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     September 30, 2014  
Non-derivative financial instruments    Carrying amount      Contractual cash flows      1 year or less  
     RMB      RMB      RMB  

Trade and other payables

     66,865         66,865         66,865   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest Rate Risk

The interest rates of cash held in bank and deposits placed with Hailiang Finance ranged from 0.36% to 3% per annum for the years ended June 30, 2013 and 2014 and for the three months ended September 30, 2014. We do not account for any financial assets at fair value through profit or loss. We have not used derivative financial instruments to hedge interest risk. Interest-earning instruments carry a degree of interest rate risk. We have not been exposed, nor do we anticipate being exposed to material risks due to changes in market interest rates. However, our future interest income may fall short of expectations due to changes in market interest rates.

Internal Control over Financial Reporting

In the course of preparing our consolidated financial statements, we and our independent registered public accounting firm identified two material weaknesses as defined in the U.S. Public Company Accounting Oversight Board Standard AU Section 325, Communicating Internal Control Related Matters Identified in an Audit, or AU325, in our internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2014. As defined in AU325, a “material weakness” is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

The first material weakness identified related to lack of sufficient control as to the board or management approval on related party transactions. Following the identification of the material weakness, we implemented a set of internal control policies that include detailed procedures and guidance on related party transactions. Our policy on related party transactions will better enable us to trace and identify related party transactions in a more systematic way. Further, in December 2013, in order to improve our corporate governance, we have terminated our business practice of issuing advances and loans to entities controlled by Mr. Feng.

The second material weakness identified related to insufficient resource for financial information processing and reporting and lack of appropriate IFRS knowledge. Following the identification of the material weakness, we (i) are preparing to hire additional accounting personnel with experience in IFRS and SEC reporting requirements, (ii) began providing more regular training on an ongoing basis to our accounting personnel that cover a broad range of accounting and financial reporting topics, (iii) began developing a comprehensive manual with detailed guidance on accounting policies and procedures as well as procedures for maintenance and retention of accounting and financial records, and (iv) began developing a more advanced information technology system to monitor our financial transactions.

 

87


Table of Contents

We expect that we will incur significant costs in the implementation of such rectification measures. However, the implementation of these measures may not fully address the deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry—If we fail to implement and maintain an effective system of internal controls, we may be unable to accurately or timely report our results of operations or prevent fraud, and investor confidence and the market price of our ADSs may be materially and adversely affected.”

Neither we nor our independent registered public accounting firm undertook a comprehensive assessment of our internal control for purposes of identifying and reporting material weakness and other control deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting. It is possible that, had we performed a formal assessment of our internal control over financial reporting or had our independent registered public accounting firm performed an audit of our internal control over financial reporting, additional control deficiencies may have been identified.

As a company with less than US$1.0 billion in revenue for our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” pursuant to the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include exemption from the auditor attestation requirement under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, in the assessment of the emerging growth company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Up to the date of issue of our consolidated financial statements, the IASB has issued a number of amendments, new standards and interpretations which are not yet effective for the three months ended September 30, 2014 and which have not been adopted in our consolidated financial statements. These include the following which may be relevant to us.

 

    Effective for accounting periods
beginning on or after

Annual improvements to IFRSs 2012-2014 Cycle- various standards

  July 1, 2016

Amendments to IAS 16 and IAS 38, clarification of acceptable methods of depreciation and amortisation

  July 1, 2016

Amendments to IAS 27, Equity method in separate financial statements

  July 1, 2016

IFRS 14, Regulatory Deferral Accounts

  July 1, 2016

IFRS 9, Financial instruments (2014)

  July 1, 2018

IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers

  July 1, 2017

We are in the process of making an assessment of what the impact of these amendments, new standards and interpretations is expected to be in the period of initial application. So far we have concluded that the adoption of them is unlikely to have a significant impact on our results of operations and financial position.

 

88


Table of Contents

Industry

China’s private educational services market is large and growing as a result of strong economic growth, an increasingly large and affluent urban population, a cultural emphasis on the importance of education and strong government support.

Public and Private Schools for K-12 Education

China’s educational market for K-12 education is comprised of public and private schools. While public schools are funded solely by the government, private schools are independent and generally operate on a for-profit basis. PRC law guarantees school-age children the right to receive nine years of “compulsory education” consisting of six years of elementary school education and three years of middle school education. Public schools generally cover pre-school, compulsory (or elementary and middle school education) and high school education.

While private schools may also cover the core curriculum taught in public schools, private schools generally offer a more diversified curriculum with a focus on meeting the needs of their students. Teachers at private schools are generally compensated through a performance-based system with enhanced professional development opportunities. In contrast, while public school teachers may benefit from government pensions, their salaries are capped based on seniority, not performance. According to the CCID Report, these differences help the private school system attract quality teachers.

According to the data from the CCID Report, there has been a decrease in the scale of public education from 2006. From 2006 to 2013, the total number of public schools decreased from 459,454 to 332,483. The total number of students enrolled in public schools decreased at a negative CAGR of 2.2% during the same period, with the proportion of students enrolled in public schools decreasing from 91.5% to 83.5%. In contrast, there has been strong growth in private education. According to the CCID Report, from 2006 to 2013, the total number of private K-12 schools increased from 89,383 to 145,817. The total number of students enrolled in private K-12 schools also increased at a CAGR of 8.9% during the same period, with the proportion of students enrolled in private school increasing from 8.5% to 16.5%. In addition, there has been higher growth in the number of private schools teachers compared to their public school counterparts. Between 2006 and 2012, the CAGR of public school teachers was only 0.8% compared to 6.8% in the private school sector according to the CCID Report. The following tables show the growth in enrollment for both private and public kindergarten, primary, middle, and high schools, based on information from the CCID Report.

 

Kindergarten   Primary School
Student enrollment (in millions)   Student enrollment (in millions)
LOGO   LOGO

 

89


Table of Contents
Middle School   High School
Student enrollment (in millions)   Student enrollment (in millions)
LOGO   LOGO

Generally, private education provides students with more resources to meet their academic demands. Based on the information from the CCID Report, in the year of 2012, average class size in public schools is 41 students, whereas the average class size in private schools is 33 students. According to the CCID Report, the smaller average class size of private schools suggests that they are able to better concentrate their academic resources to their students. As a result, many parents perceive private schools as providing more individualized and versatile educational programs that can better address the needs of students.

Growth Drivers of Private School Education

The strong growth of private school education in China is attributable to the following factors:

 

    Rapid economic development and increased urbanization

China’s GDP grew at a CAGR of 14.8% from RMB21.6 trillion in 2006 to RMB56.9 trillion in 2013. This rapid growth has increased the disposable income of Chinese consumers and led to a change in spending habits. For example, according to the National Bureau of Statistics of China, the per capita disposable income of urban residents increased by a CAGR of 12.6% from RMB11,759 in 2006 to RMB26,955 in 2013. Furthermore, according to the CCID Report, the average household spending on educational and cultural entertainment services amounted to 12.7% of total annual per capita consumption in urban areas in 2013. The rise in disposable income has been particularly significant among the urban population, which has grown at a CAGR of 16.2% from RMB6.9 trillion in 2006 to RMB19.7 trillion in 2013 according to the CCID Report. This increase in size and affluence of the urban population in China has driven a significant growth in consumption.

The Yangtze River Delta Region where our schools are located and which comprises Zhejiang province, Jiangsu province and Shanghai, has one of the most robust economies of China. From 2008 to 2013, the regional GDP increased from RMB6.7 trillion to RMB11.8 trillion, representing a CAGR of 12.0% according to the CCID Report.

 

    Cultural emphasis on the importance of education

Chinese society has historically placed a strong emphasis on the importance of education. The average number of people in Chinese households with school-aged children is relatively small due to the “one-child” policy. Therefore, Chinese parents are increasingly willing to dedicate a larger portion of household disposable income to providing their only child with the best education they can afford. According to the CCID Report, in 2013, the average household spending on education and cultural entertainment services amounted to 12.7% of the total annual per capita consumption in urban areas, ranking as the third largest item of expenditure after food, and transportation/communication.

 

90


Table of Contents
    Government support for private education

The PRC government at various levels has implemented policies to promote private education. For example, Article 33 of the Law for Promoting Private Education provides that students in private schools receive the same treatment as students in public schools in certain key aspects, such as admissions, job recruitment, social benefits and participation in scholarship and awards. In addition, The Government Work Report delivered at the National People’s Congress in 2012, actively encouraged private sector investment in education. Certain provinces including Zhejiang, Chongqing, Yunnan, Inner Mongolia and Hunan have instituted a program whereby they guarantee loans to private schools which allows them to better access needed financing.

Reflecting people’s growing focus on education, the government at various levels has implemented policies to support private education. In January 2011, the Office of the State Council issued the “ Notice of National Education System Reform Pilot Program ” (2010-2020). The Notice included a reform pilot project in Zhejiang, where our schools are located, which focused on improving private education, strengthening fiscal support policies for private education and increasing autonomy for private schools.

Zhejiang province, being the only “Education Reform Experimental Province” of China, has been active in promoting innovative education reforms. Since 2010, Zhejiang province has been emphasizing its support of private schools through policies that protect school sponsor’s ownership rights and loosen the restrictions on transferring equity interests in private schools. The Zhejiang government has also established an education development fund for private schools and has granted tax exemptions and beneficial tax treatment.

 

    Better resources

Education needs in China have historically been met by the public education system. However, the public education system is perceived by many parents to be inadequate. The quality of schools and teachers in the public education system itself varies widely across regions and even within the same city. In addition, public school curricula are characterized by a “one size fits all” approach. Conversely, according to the CCID Report, private schools are able to offer more competitive salaries and enhanced professional development. Furthermore, private schools have more flexibility to address each student’s individual needs.

Challenges Faced by China’s Private Education Industry

China’s private education industry also faces several challenges, including the following:

 

    Entry of public schools into the private education market

Compared with the private education system, the public education system receives more government support with respect to funding, teacher resources and land resources. In 2004, public K-12 schools in China began to receive private funding and to establish “private departments” of their own. Many prestigious public schools, such as Beijing No.4 High School and The High School Affiliated to Renmin University of China, operate successful private departments which rely on their substantial education resources and highly recognized brands. These private departments of public high schools have intensified the competition in the private education market in the past decade.

 

    Uneven development of private education in different regions of China

Due to differences in local economies, cultures, educational traditions and policy focuses, the private education industry has developed differently in different regions in China. In particular, local governments have differing views on the purpose of the private education system. This leads to inconsistent regulatory measures and varying levels of local policy support. This inconsistency poses a particular challenge for private education institutions planning cross-region development.

 

91


Table of Contents
    Increasing regulatory compliance requirements

The Chinese education and training market has become more regulated and developed. Regulators of the education market have been promulgating more detailed laws and regulations governing private education institutions. Along with implementing policies preferential to private education institutions, various levels of government have also instituted additional compliance requirements for private education institutions. For example, in some areas a private high school may need to establish a certain type of corporate governance structure to qualify for preferential tax treatment. Private education institutions, therefore, are required to make more compliance efforts, establish more efficient corporate management measures and employ management teams with professional experience.

 

    Greater market competition and need to provide distinctive services

As the Chinese private education market has grown and matured, it has also become more segmented as Chinese education institutions begin to focus on developing specialties or distinctive features in their course offerings. These institutions have been vying to differentiate themselves by strategically designing curriculum that meets the needs of prospective students with different academic goals and from different geographic locations.

Private Schools in China, the Yangtze River Delta Region and Zhejiang Province

Private schools in China

According to the CCID Report, the total number of students enrolled in private K-12 schools in 2013 is 33.1 million. However, the market is extremely fragmented and the top-ten private K-12 schools in China only account for a small fraction of this total. The following table presents the number of students enrolled in China’s top-ten private K-12 schools, measured by the number of students enrolled in the schools in 2012, according to the CCID Report.

 

Ranking

  

Education Institutions

   Students Enrolled in
2012
     Market Share (%)  
1   

Henan Chunlai Education Group

( LOGO )

     29,300         0.093
2   

Xiangyu Education Group

( LOGO )

     17,400         0.055
3   

Hailiang Education Group

( LOGO )

     16,816         0.054
4   

Noah Education Holdings Ltd.

( LOGO )

     15,200         0.048
5   

Baishu Education Group

( LOGO )

     13,846         0.044
6   

New Epoch Education Group

( LOGO )

     13,476         0.043
7   

Zhuji Ronghuai School

( LOGO )

     12,880         0.041
8   

Maple Leaf Educational Systems

( LOGO )

     12,500         0.040
9   

Xishan Education Group

( LOGO )

     12,000         0.038
10   

Shilin Yucai Education Group

( LOGO )

     11,500         0.037
  

Others

     31,214,127         99.504
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
  

Total

     31,369,645         100.0
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Source: CCID Report

 

92


Table of Contents

Private schools in the Yangtze River Delta region

In the 2012, there were 10,728 private schools in Yangtze River Delta Region, with a combined enrollment of 3.6 million. According to the CCID report, Hailiang Education Group is the largest private K-12 educational service provider in the region. The following table presents the number of students enrolled in the region’s top-five private K-12 schools, measured by the number of students enrolled in the schools in 2012, according to the CCID Report.

 

Ranking

  

Education Institutions

   Kindergarten      Primary
School
     Middle
School
     High
School
     Students
Enrolled in
2012
 
1   

Hailiang Education Group

( LOGO )

   ü         ü         ü         ü           16,816   
2   

Zhuji Ronghuai School

( LOGO )

   ü         ü         ü         ü           12,880   
3   

Jiangsu Zhiyuan Education Group

( LOGO )

      ü            ü           11,200   
4   

Huamao Group

( LOGO )

      ü         ü         ü           10,800   
5   

Xiangyu Education Group

( LOGO )

      ü         ü              9,000   

 

Source: CCID Report

Key Overseas Destination for PRC High School Graduates

The number of students studying abroad has grown rapidly in recent years, driven primarily by China’s ongoing integration into the world economy, which has resulted in increasing career opportunities for native Chinese speakers who are able to communicate effectively in foreign languages. Many young Chinese students and their parents view studying abroad as an important way to improve English language skills and gain experience and credentials for future career opportunities, gain valuable cross-cultural experience and obtain academic achievements beyond what they may achieve within China’s extremely competitive and rote learning-based educational system. In addition, as income levels have risen in China, an increasing number of Chinese students have the opportunity to study abroad using their own finances rather than relying on government grants or scholarships.

According to the CCID Report, from 1978 to the end of 2013, the total number of Chinese students studying abroad increased at a CAGR of 19.3%. The four main destination countries for Chinese students studying abroad are the U.S., the U.K., Australia and Canada.

According to the CCID Report, the majority of Chinese students going abroad for undergraduate programs are graduates from high school-level international programs. Currently, private high schools and international departments of public high schools provide such international programs.

According to the CCID Report, international programs offered by private high schools differ from those offered by public schools in their educational philosophy, program focus and course design. A considerable number of private high schools were established to meet the increasing educational demand from Chinese students who plan to study abroad. Such private high schools’ curriculums emphasize students’ well-rounded development. The courses of such programs are designed to prepare students for the similar level of coursework and the culture of their destination country. Further, most private high schools position themselves as international education service providers. This awareness causes such schools to allocate a significant portion of their education resources into their international programs.

 

93


Table of Contents

On the other hand, international departments of public high schools customarily employ teachers from public education programs to teach traditional mandatory courses and outsource core courses to third-party commercial education service providers. Similar to public schools, the traditional mandatory courses in these international departments put greater value on students’ academic performance. According to the CCID Report, although international departments of public high schools have certain advantages in their education resources, private high schools maintain their strong competitive position in the market.

In 2014, 57.7% of the total students who graduated from Hailiang schools’ international program were admitted by colleges and universities outside China. Studying abroad has become an important channel for students to access higher education and greater career opportunities.

Types of International School Programs

The number of students enrolled in international school programs is growing rapidly. According to the CCID Report, there were a total of approximately 144,400 students enrolled in international school programs in 2012 in China, a figure that is expected to rise in the coming years. This increase has been a product of, among other things, an increase in the number of students studying abroad. For example, in 1978 before China’s “reform and opening up,” there were less than 1,000 students studying abroad, while in 2013 there were approximately 413,900 students studying abroad, according to the CCID Report. In China, there are three general types of international school programs:

 

    International schools . These schools are held by, or are branches of, foreign education institutions. According to PRC policies, these schools can only enroll students with foreign nationalities. The curriculum in these schools mirrors that of overseas K-12 schools. Once the student completes the program, they will be qualified to take the university entrance exams in the country affiliated with the school. These schools are only allowed to recruit students who are not Chinese citizens. According to the CCID Report, there are 116 such schools as of November 2012.

 

    PRC schools with comprehensive international curriculum . These schools are generally open to both PRC students and students with foreign nationalities. The curriculum and teaching philosophy in these schools, which generally have their own separate dedicated campuses, resemble overseas schools. Examples of these schools are schools affiliated with the international baccalaureate program.

 

    PRC schools with international courses: The courses in these PRC schools are targeted towards preparing students to pass university entrance exams in certain overseas jurisdictions and often include advanced placement and A-level courses. However, aside from certain international coursework, the student body and teaching philosophy resemble traditional PRC schools. Our Hailiang schools’ international program falls under this category.

Facing intense competition, international school programs have paid more attention to the quality of teaching, the diversification of curriculum, as well as brand-building. Many international educational institutions have also grown through private financing or consolidation in order to capture greater market share. A large number of international programs are set up by companies, schools or foundations while others are affiliated with foreign governments. According to the CCID Report, international programs are becoming highly popular in China, driven by demand to study abroad in foreign countries.

 

94


Table of Contents

Business

Overview

We are the third largest provider of private K-12 educational services in China and the largest provider of private K-12 educational services in the Yangtze River Delta region (comprising Zhejiang province, Jiangsu province and Shanghai), as measured by the total number of students enrolled in 2012, according the CCID Report. According to the same report, in 2013, there were 145,817 private K-12 schools with 33.1 million enrolled students in China and our national market share was 0.051% based on the number of students enrolled. In 2012, there were approximately 10,728 private K-12 schools with 3.6 million enrolled students in the Yangtze River Delta region, and our market share in the region was 0.467% based on the number of students enrolled. We currently operate three centrally managed schools through our PRC affiliated entities, namely Zhuji Hailiang Foreign Language School, Zhuji Private High School and Tianma Experimental School. These schools are all located in Zhuji city, Zhejiang province in China.

As of September 30, 2014, 17,151 students were enrolled in our schools and we employed a total of 1,224 teachers and educational staff. We are dedicated to hiring teachers and educational staff who hold the necessary academic credentials, are dedicated and active professionals in their field, and are committed to improving their students’ academic performance.

We offer our basic educational program and international program at the kindergarten, primary school, middle school and high school levels. Our basic educational program offers curricula with courses mandated by the PRC regulatory authorities, as well as those developed through our own research and development efforts. Our international program also offers curricula mandated by the PRC regulatory authorities and in addition, provides curricula with a focus on preparing students to study abroad. As most of the students in our international program plan to study abroad after they graduate from our middle school and high school programs, we have designed our international program to specifically address the needs of these students in terms of both language and academic. In addition, for students planning to apply to undergraduate programs in the U.S. and the U.K., we provide courses designed to help students become admitted to these programs, such as A-levels courses for U.K. universities and SAT courses for U.S. universities. We have steadily grown our international program from 250 students as of June 30, 2012 to 1,335 students as of September 30, 2014, and many of our students have been accepted to top universities abroad.

With over eighteen years of operation, we believe that we have become one of the most well-known and respected providers of private K-12 educational services in the Yangtze River Delta region. Both Hailiang high schools were recognized as “Key Schools” ( LOGO ) and all of Hailiang middle schools and primary schools were recognized as “Model Schools” ( LOGO ) by Zhejiang’s Department of Education in recognition of a number of factors, including the quality of education, course design, teacher qualifications and feedback from parents. In 2012, Hailiang Education Group was listed as one of the “Ten Best-Known Private Education Brands in China” ( LOGO ) by the China Private Educationalist Association and as one of the “Most Competitive Education Groups” ( LOGO ) by Sina.com Education Channel.

We have experienced significant growth in our business. Our revenue increased by 25.0% from RMB349.6 million in the 2012 fiscal year to RMB437.0 million in the 2013 fiscal year and further increased by 5.9% to RMB462.8 million (US$75.4 million) in the 2014 fiscal year, both driven primarily by an increase in the average tuition charged per student during the same periods. Our gross profit increased by 29.6% from RMB110.5 million in the 2012 fiscal year to RMB143.2 million in the 2013 fiscal year and further increased by 13.9% to RMB163.1 million (US$26.6 million) in the 2014 fiscal year. Our net profit and comprehensive income increased by 44.7% from RMB85.1 million in the 2012 fiscal year to RMB123.2 million in the 2013 fiscal year and further increased by 14.2% to RMB140.7 million (US$22.9 million) in the 2014 fiscal year. In particular, in line with our strategy to increase enrollment in our international program, we have increased the proportion of revenue derived from students enrolled in our international program from 4.1% of revenue in the 2012 fiscal year to 10.8% of revenue in the 2013 fiscal year and 15.1% of revenue in the 2014 fiscal year.

 

95


Table of Contents

In the three months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, our revenue amounted to RMB73.7 million and RMB69.9 million (US$11.4 million), respectively, our gross profit amounted to RMB7.7 million and RMB1.0 million (US$0.2 million), respectively, and we recorded a net loss of RMB6.4 million and RMB14.5 million (US$2.4 million), respectively. We generally record a lower level of revenue in the first and third quarters compared to the other two quarters of a fiscal year, due to the two-month summer vacation in July and August and the one-month winter vacation in part of January and February. We, however, continue to incur fixed costs and operating expenses associated with our operations during such quarters. As a result, our profits are generally lower during these quarters. The decrease in revenue from the first quarter of the 2014 fiscal year to the first quarter of the 2015 fiscal year also reflected a higher summer camp revenue recorded in the summer of 2013 compared to the summer of 2014.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe that the following competitive strengths contribute to our business growth and differentiate us from our competitors:

Leading provider of private K-12 educational services in China

We are the third largest provider of private K-12 educational services in China and the largest provider of private K-12 educational services in the Yangtze River Delta region (comprising Zhejiang province, Jiangsu province and Shanghai), as measured by the total number of students enrolled in 2012, according to the CCID Report. The number of students enrolled in our K-12 schools represented approximately 0.051% of total students enrolled in private K-12 schools in China and 0.852% of total students enrolled in private K-12 schools in Zhejiang province in 2013.

As national and local governments in China have adopted various policies to support the growth of private K-12 education, we have significantly grown our business by increasing enrollment and acquiring Tianma Experimental School in 2009. As of September 30, 2014, we employed a total of 1,224 teachers and educational staff and leased educational facilities with a total combined gross floor area and site area of approximately 270,000 square meters. In addition, our leading position in the private K-12 educational services market is reinforced by our rapidly growing international program, which is geared towards Chinese students wishing to study abroad.

We believe that our leadership position and scale of operations, coupled with our strong brand and reputation in the market, have effectively created a substantial barrier to entry to new competitors in Zhuji and surrounding cities. Leveraging our market leadership and track record to grow through strategic acquisitions, we believe that we are well-positioned to compete in the highly fragmented private K-12 educational services market in China.

Strong brand recognition in the private K-12 educational services market in China and especially the Yangtze River Delta Region

We believe that “Hailiang” is a leading brand in China’s private K-12 education industry. After eighteen years of operation, we also believe that we have become one of the most well-known and respected providers of private K-12 educational services in the Yangtze River Delta region. Both Hailiang high schools were recognized as “Key Schools” ( LOGO ) and all of Hailiang middle schools and primary schools were recognized as “Model Schools” ( LOGO ) by Zhejiang’s Department of Education in recognition of a number of factors, including the quality of education, course design, teacher qualifications and feedback from parents. In 2012, Hailiang Education Group was listed as one of the “Ten Best-Known Private Education Brands in China” ( LOGO ) by the China Private Educationalist Association and as one of the “Most Competitive Education Groups” ( LOGO LOGO ) by Sina.com Education Channel.

In 2010, Zhuji Hailiang Foreign Language School was honored as a “Leading Private Educational Institute in China” ( LOGO ) by the China Foundation for Teacher Development. In 2009, Zhuji Private

 

96


Table of Contents

High School was recognized as a “Leading National Private School” ( LOGO ) by the Chinese Association for Non-Government Education ( LOGO ), a leading PRC private school industry organization.

Our strong brand name is reinforced by the academic performance of our students. For example, over 95% of our students in the 2012 and 2013 graduate classes passed the Joint Graduation Exam, which is an annual provincial test administered to each high school graduating class. In addition, we have surpassed the Gaokao standards set by the Zhuji branch of the MOE. For the 2012/2013 school year, the Zhuji branch of the MOE required a minimum of 99 students to pass the admission cutoff of “first tier universities,” 453 students to pass the admission cutoff of “second tier universities” or above and 1,525 students to pass the general university admissions cutoff. We exceeded these standards, with 149, 586 and 2,008 students passing the respective admission cutoffs. In our 2014 graduate class, 112 students who graduated from our international program received admission offers from overseas universities, including the University of California, Los Angeles, the University of Toronto, and the University of Liverpool. Our strong brand and reputation are further enhanced by our students’ outstanding performance in various academic competitions at the national and provincial levels.

Our “Hailiang” brand is critical to the growth and success of our business, providing us with a competitive advantage in attracting students, highly qualified teachers and international program partners. We believe that we are able to attract quality students without significant sales and marketing expenditures as a significant portion of our student enrollment comes from word-of-mouth referrals. We also benefit from our affiliation with Hailiang Group, a large-scale conglomerate controlled by Mr. Feng, our founder. Hailiang Group is a leading private enterprise in China engaged in various industries, including copper-processing, real estate, organic agriculture and health food, metal trading, energy-saving and environmental protection, basic education, investment interests, among others. Hailiang Group currently has approximately 12,000 employees and two companies publicly listed in China. In 2013, Hailiang Group ranked 15th in China’s Top 500 Private Enterprises and 151st in China’s Top 500 Enterprises according to the All-China Federation of Industry and Commerce.

Consistent high-quality education with excellent teachers and specially-designed school programs

We are committed to providing high quality educational services in every stage of our students’ K-12 experience. We have an excellent and highly-committed team of professional teachers and educational staff. As of September 30, 2014, we employed 1,224 teachers and educational staff, including 29 teachers from overseas. Among these teachers and educational staff, 90.0% held bachelor’s degrees or higher. Our teachers and educational staff have an average of over nine years of educational experience. As of September 30, 2014, 20.2% of our teachers held Advanced Teaching Qualifications ( LOGO ), the highest K-12 teacher qualification available in China. In addition, for the 2012/2013 school year, 13, or approximately 1.1% of all our teachers and educational staff, were recognized as “Exceptional Teachers” ( LOGO ), a national award given by the MOE to teachers who have made significant contributions to their schools and profession. This is much higher than the average percentage of individual schools in Zhejiang of 0.3%, according to the CCID Report. We also show our commitment to teaching excellence by following a highly rigorous and selective recruiting policy, providing continuing training in teaching techniques and skills and offering opportunities for career advancement.

Leveraging our highly-qualified faculty team, we have developed strong research and development capabilities and have devoted significant resources in developing our school program and curricula and innovative teaching methods and materials. We have developed a combination of school programs that consist of our basic K-12 educational programs and rapidly growing international program. We started our international program in 2002 and had 854 students enrolled in the program as of June 30, 2013 which increased to 1,180 students as of June 30, 2014 and 1,335 students as of September 30, 2014. By providing students with the language and testing skills necessary to successfully navigate the overseas admissions process, our international program students have an array of options to pursue their next stages of education after studying at our schools. We believe that our international program appeals to students and parents who desire the best mix of Western and Chinese educational practices. International program students in both of our 2013 and 2014 graduate classes

 

97


Table of Contents

were accepted to colleges overseas in countries including the United States, Canada, Australia, the United Kingdom, Singapore and Japan.

High revenue visibility with proven track record of high profitability and efficient administrative system

We have a proven track record of maintaining high profit margins. In the year ended June 30, 2014, our gross profit margin and net profit margin were 35.2% and 30.3%, respectively. We believe our high profitability largely reflects our asset-light business model, in which we lease substantially all of the real properties used for our schools. Our asset-light business model results in substantially lower capital requirements to establish and acquire additional schools and higher flexibility in utilizing available cash and other financial resources. We also have an efficient administrative system. The daily operation of our Hailiang school system is managed by our principals committee, consisting of a principal general in charge of our overall school operations, three vice principals in charge of each of our three schools, and another three vice principals separately in charge of our international program, security and logistics, and human resources and student affairs. Centralized decision-making promotes optimized resource allocation and effective management. Furthermore, by capitalizing on our market leadership and reputation, we have been effective in maintaining relatively low sales and marketing expenditures, as a significant portion of our student enrollment comes from word-of-mouth referrals. Because of the stable nature of our business, we are able to estimate the number of our students and tuition which provides high revenue visibility. We have benefited from increasing economies of scale as a result of the significant growth of our business since our inception, as we continue to centralize our management and operating platform to effectively control our fixed costs.

Strong management team with rich education experience

Our founder, Mr. Feng, has more than eighteen years of educational experience since he established Zhuji Hailiang Foreign Language School, our first Hailiang school, in 1995. Mr. Feng possesses in-depth knowledge and extensive experience in the areas of private education as well as corporate management. Mr. Ming Wang, our chairman of the board of directors and chief executive officer, has extensive corporate management experience as a member of senior management of Hailiang Group and prior to joining Hailiang Group, as a supervising manager at one of the largest copper producers in China. He has been participating in the management of our schools since 2011 and has in-depth understanding of the schools’ operations. Under Mr. Feng’s and Mr. Wang’s leadership, we believe that we have become a leader in China’s private K-12 educational service industry. We have relied on the services and support of Mr. Feng, who also acted as our chairman and chief executive officer until November 2014. Although Mr. Feng is currently not a director or management member of our company, we expect that we will continue to benefit from his support as the controlling shareholder of our company.

We also have a high-quality management team with a proven track record in the education industry and an average of more than 25 years of experience in the education industry. In particular, Mr. Ying Xin, director and principal general of Hailiang Inc., has more than 30 years of experience in the education industry, including more than ten years working with private K-12 schools and is currently the vice president of the Zhejiang Association for Non-Governmental Education. Ms. Jihong Zheng, vice principal of Hailiang Inc. in charge of our international program, has more than 20 years of experience in the private K-12 education industry. A majority of our school administrators has been working together since 2001.

We believe our management team’s extensive experience in the education sector has provided us with valuable industry insight and management expertise, enabling us to manage our operations and growth and promote our brand as a leading provider of private educational services in China.

 

98


Table of Contents

Our Growth Strategies

Our goal is to strengthen our position as a leading provider of private K-12 educational services in China and the Yangtze River Delta Region by pursuing the following growth strategies:

Continue to build our brand and reputation

We plan to continue promoting “Hailiang” as a leading brand in China’s private K-12 educational services market. We believe that building our Hailiang brand and reputation for providing high-quality private K-12 educational services will allow us to reach a broader base of students and increase our market share in student enrollment. We intend to expand our advertising on major Internet portals, the national media and reputable educational publications. We expect to market any newly acquired school using the “Hailiang” brand in order to enhance our brand recognition in new geographic markets. In addition, we will hire additional school representatives to enhance our recruitment coverage in new regions that we plan to enter into from time to time.

Further streamline and standardize our operations

We expect to continue to streamline and standardize our management structure, which integrates our managerial resources and centralizes our decision-making process to our principals committee. In particular, we expect that the management function of any newly established or acquired schools will be integrated and supervised by our principals committee which we expect will enhance the integration process of these new schools and promote efficient allocation of managerial, financial and other resources among our school network. We also seek to continue standardizing our administrative and operational functions to achieve cost savings and efficiencies. For example, we plan to continue to improve our back-office management and record-keeping systems based on electronic platforms. We expect that we will benefit from economies of scale as we continue to grow our business and increase our student base.

Solidify our market leadership by focusing on education quality

We plan to continue our business growth and strengthen our market leadership by hiring the most qualified teachers, maintaining the most up-to-date facilities and offering a range of educational programs that give our educational experience its competitive edge. We expect to continue to introduce overseas instructors to teach at our schools and provide support for our foreign-language curricula. In addition, we plan to allocate more financial and managerial resources to research and development of educational methods and course materials to continue to enhance our teaching quality and student experience. We will proactively solicit comments and feedback from our students and parents to ensure the quality of our programs. In addition, with the additional funding to be received from this offering, as well as our cash from operations, we may also explore the opportunity to provide after-school tutoring programs. Although we have not decided the fee structure for such tutoring programs, we anticipate that the associated tuition charges may further diversify our revenue stream and the programs will attract more students to our schools.

Increase enrollment in our international program and introduce diversified international features at our schools

With more Chinese students going abroad for overseas education, we believe that we are well-positioned to capitalize on this market opportunity and leverage the market acceptance of our international program. The number of students enrolled in our international program has increased rapidly in the last three fiscal years. Tuition charged for our international program has historically been higher than the tuition charged for our basic educational program, reflecting demand and additional educational and operational resources provided. We intend to continue increasing our profitability by increasing enrollment in our international program and by introducing additional international features at our schools. In particular:

 

    Programs at primary/middle school levels . We intend to expand our international program in the primary and middle school levels in order to improve students’ language abilities so that they can thrive in our high school-level international program or explore overseas education at an early stage.

 

99


Table of Contents
    A-level program . We expect to enhance our Advanced Level General Certificate of Education program, or A-level program. A-level coursework and exams are used to assess the suitability of applicants for admission into universities in the U.K.

 

    Chinese language/culture programs . We expect to increase the enrollment of foreign students at our schools, including those interested in learning Chinese language and culture. We are planning to increase the size of our Chinese Language Proficiency Test preparation class.

 

    Cooperation with overseas institutes . We plan to enter into additional cooperative relationships with overseas institutions whereby our students will receive preferential admission if they comply with certain pre-determined conditions, such as completing mandatory courses at Hailiang schools and achieving minimal admission test scores. We are also evaluating the option of partnering with foreign colleges or universities to establish branch campuses in China utilizing Hailiang facilities and resources.

Expand and upgrade our school facilities

We are also seeking to and expand and upgrade our school facilities. We are in the process of negotiating the terms and conditions of a possible leasing arrangement with Zhejiang Hailiang Education Group Ltd. of a new school campus. When completed, the new school campus is expected to occupy a total site area of 800,000 square meters and have approximately seven classroom buildings, an administrative building, five dining halls, a multi-function sports center with basketball courts and an in-door swimming pool, five track fields, an astronomical observatory, a school hospital, 20 student dormitory buildings and ten dormitory buildings for teachers and staff. As such, this facility will be significantly larger than our current schools which have a total combined gross floor area and site area of approximately 270,000 square meters. The new school campus is designed to accommodate a maximum of approximately 11,850 students and 2,000 teachers. The school facility will contain a number of modern and distinctive buildings such as the main administration and classroom building, the astronomical observatory, and the new kindergarten department building with a distinctive spiral architectural design. While not having made a definite plan, we intend to relocate one or more of our schools and students to this new school campus in the future. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry—There are risks associated with our potential use of a new school campus in the 2015/2016 school year.”

Expand our school network by pursuing strategic acquisitions and maximize synergies through integration of acquired entities

Due to the rapid growth of private K-12 education in China, we intend to continue to selectively pursue acquisitions to expand geographically and to enhance student enrollment and market share. The Chinese private K-12 educational market is highly fragmented. Capitalizing on our strong brand recognition and leadership in the market, we believe that we are well-positioned to identify acquisition targets from time to time and complete such acquisitions. We intend to pursue acquisitions with prudence, and consider opportunities that can add long-term value to our shareholders. We have not identified any particular acquisition target,and we are also seeking other collaborative opportunities to expand our footprint. We look for schools that share a common purpose with us and that focus on creating an environment of strong teaching and academic excellence. We expect the target schools comparable in size to one of our current schools and with infrastructure to build or expand international programs. We also look for schools with sound financial health in areas with sufficient financial resources and economic foundation to support private education. Our expansive search recently led us in an active discussion with a leading university in Harbin, Heilongjiang, China to explore potential collaborations, including developing international education programs and establishing education programs at K-12 levels in other geographic areas of China, as well as making equity investments jointly in new schools.

Our Schools and Programs

We currently operate three centrally managed schools through our PRC affiliated entities, namely Zhuji Hailiang Foreign Language School, Zhuji Private High School and Tianma Experimental School. All of our schools are located in Zhuji city, Zhejiang province in China. Through our three schools, our group offers educational programs that cover kindergarten through twelfth grade.

 

100


Table of Contents

As of September 30, 2014, we had an aggregate of 17,151 students, including 489 students in kindergarten, 3,781 students in primary school, 3,621 students in middle school, 7,925 students in high school and 1,335 students in our international program. At the same time, our schools employed an aggregate of 1,224 teachers and educational staff. We have experienced significant growth since 1995, as the national and local governments in the PRC have adopted various policies to encourage and support the growth of private K-12 education in China. Since the commencement of operation of our first Hailiang school in 1995, an aggregate of approximately 21,900 students have graduated from our high schools.

The following table sets forth the basic information of our three schools as of September 30, 2014.

 

School

  Year
Opened /
Acquired
   

Educational
Programs

  Number of
Students
    Number of
Classes
    Number of
Teachers and
Educational
Staff
 

Zhuji Hailiang Foreign Language School

    1995      Kindergarten     184        7        15   
    Primary school     1,731        52        131   
    Middle school     709        15        46   
    International Program     255        14        35   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   

Sub-total

    2,879        88        227   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Zhuji Private High School

    2001      Middle school     1,420        27        79   
    High school     5,684        109        348   
    International program     668        37        82   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   

Sub-total

    7,772        173        509   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tianma Experimental School

    2009 (*)     Kindergarten     305        12        26   
    Primary school     2,050        60        163   
    Middle school     1,492        31        88   
    High school     2,241        45        154   
    International Program     412        21        57   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   

Sub-total

    6,500        169        488   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

        17,151        430        1,224   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(*) Tianma Experimental School commenced operation in 1995, and we acquired Tianma in 2009. See “Our Corporate History and Structure—Our Corporate History.”

The following table sets forth the numbers of students, classes and teachers and educational staff as of June 30, 2012, 2013, 2014 and September 30, 2014.

 

    Number of Students     Number of Classes     Number of Teachers and
Educational Staff
 
    June 30,
2012
    June 30,
2013
    June 30,
2014
    September 30,
2014
    June 30,
2012
    June 30,
2013
    June 30,
2014
    September 30,
2014
    June 30,
2012
    June 30,
2013
    June 30,
2014
    September 30,
2014
 

Kindergarten

    619        570        610        489        21        20        20        19        43        44        41        41   

Primary School

    3,214        3,346        3,373        3,781        105        104        105        112        282        277        279        294   

Middle School

    2,940        3,030        3,188        3,621        61        63        63        73        186        190        184        213   

High School

    9,169        9,016        8,524        7,925        165        168        164        154        516        532        491        502   

International Program

    250        854        1,180        1,335        26        40        65        72        57        120        137        174   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    16,192        16,816        16,875        17,151        378        395        417        430        1,084        1,163        1,132        1,224   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

101


Table of Contents

Each of our schools is located within Zhuji city and is situated on spacious campuses. As of September 30, 2014, our three schools in aggregate had over 400 multi-media classrooms, all with wifi-coverage, over 1,900 computers and tablet computers, 6 sports fields and approximately 2,550 student dormitory rooms.

We generally require all of our students to board at our schools, and substantially all of our students are housed in our boarding facilities. Each student dormitory building houses between 100 to 1,500 students per building. Students who wish to commute and not board at our schools are reviewed and admitted on a case-by-case basis and generally we only accept non-boarding applications from kindergarten students or students that can demonstrate a feasible commuting arrangement that would not affect their ability to attend our school programs in any material way. Boarding fees generally range from RMB3,000 to RMB4,000 per school year, depending on, among other factors, the grade of the students as well as the level of accommodation required. A majority of our boarding students are from areas outside of Zhuji. Our boarding facilities provide an attractive option to parents who want their children to experience living outside the home before attending college in China or overseas.

Under the supervision of our board of directors, our school system is managed by a seven-member principals committee. The committee consists of a principal general in charge of our overall school operations, three vice principals in charge of each of our three schools, and another three vice principals separately in charge of our international program, security and logistics, and human resources and student affairs. The committee meets on a monthly basis and the meeting agenda consists of regulatory updates, industry news, curriculum development and operation adjustments. We believe effective and timely exchange among the principals of our schools and executives of our group ensures consistent quality in educational services as well as efficient resource allocation and school management.

Our students can choose between enrolling in our basic educational program or our international program. The key differences between our basic education programs and our international program are as follows:

 

    

Basic educational program

  

International program

Post-graduation plans

  

•    Higher level education in the PRC

  

•    Higher level education overseas

Coursework

  

•    Government-mandated coursework

  

•    Government-mandated coursework

  

•    Elective courses developed by our school faculty.

  

•    Curricula with a focus on preparing students to study abroad, such as mandatory language courses and subjects addressed in A-levels courses and SAT courses

Student to teacher ratio

  

•    15 students to 1 teacher (in the 2014/2015 school year)

  

•    8 students to 1 teacher (in the 2014/2015 school year)

Examinations taken

  

•    Gaokao (China’s standardized college entrance examination)

  

•    In addition to Gaokao which is optional, examinations for purposes of entering into overseas universities and colleges, such as SAT, A-levels and related language tests

Tuition

  

•    RMB23,817 (US$3,880) (for the 2014/2015 school year)

  

•    RMB56,751 (US$9,246) (for the 2014/2015 school year)

Basic educational program

Our basic educational program consists of kindergarten, primary school, middle school and high school programs at our schools that teach curricula required by the PRC regulatory authorities. The curriculum of our basic educational program is designed based on these mandatory standards and also provides elective classes for

 

102


Table of Contents

students to develop their individual strengths and interests. Our curriculum is guided by detailed and demanding government standards that specify what students should know and be able to do at the end of each school year in various fields of study.

Students attending our basic educational program in our middle schools generally prepare for and take the Zhongkao, a standardized annual admission test administered by local authorities at a prefectural level for admission into high schools in the same geographic region. Our high school students generally prepare for and take the Gaokao, which is a standardized annual admission test administered by local authorities at a provincial level and the result of which is critical in determining student admission into undergraduate programs in universities in China.

As of September 30, 2014, we offered approximately 440 courses. These courses include approximately 150 courses that are mandated by the PRC national government, 9 courses mandated by the Zhejiang and Zhuji local governments and approximately 280 elective courses including Applied Physics, Economics, English Literature, Computer Programming, Interior Design, Photography and Choreography. We primarily use course materials designated by the governmental authorities for our basic educational program which we complement with materials that our teachers have designed and developed based on their research and experience. We also offer after-school courses based on our students’ special interests and needs, such as workshops for science competitions. The table below sets forth the core subjects taught at our schools for our basic educational program in the 2013/2014 school year.

 

School Program

  

Major Subjects Taught

Kindergarten

   Language, math, science, art, music and health/physical education

Primary school

   Chinese, math, English, science, physical education, music and ethics

Middle school

   Chinese, math, English, science, physical education, music, ethics, arts and social studies

High school

   Chinese, math, English, physics, chemistry, biology, politics, history, information technology, physical education, music and ethics

Currently, a majority of our students attend a special “Jihong English Innovation Class ( LOGO ),” which is designed based upon the teaching methodology developed by Ms. Jihong Zheng, one of our vice principals. Ms. Zheng’s English teaching methodology has been widely recognized in China and was given the “National Level First-Class Thesis Award” ( LOGO ) for its effectiveness.

International program

In addition to our basic educational program, students can also elect to be placed into our international program which is geared towards students who wish to study abroad. PRC students in our international program take courses required by the PRC regulatory authority and earn a Chinese school diploma. As most of the students in our international program plan to study abroad after they graduate from our middle school or high school programs, we have designed our international program to specifically address the needs of these students in terms of both language and academics. In particular, in addition to mandatory advanced English courses, our international program also includes intensive language courses designed to prepare students for examinations required by undergraduate programs in English-speaking countries such as TOEFL and IELTS. We also provide Korean language courses, given the rising popularity of South Korean undergraduate programs among Chinese students. In addition, for students planning to apply to undergraduate programs in the U.S. and the U.K., we provide courses designed to help students become admitted to these programs, such as A-levels courses for U.K. universities and SAT courses for U.S. universities. We also provide counselling services to help students choose and apply for the colleges and universities that best fit their strengths and goals. Although historically we have cooperated with other educational service providers in providing education in our international program, all the coursework in our international program is currently administered by our own faculty. Our international program also includes a number of non-PRC students who are studying Chinese as a second language.

The number of students enrolled in our international program has increased rapidly in the last four school years, from 250 as of June 30, 2012 to 854 as of June 30, 2013, 1,180 students as of June 30, 2014 and 1,335 students as of September 30, 2014. In addition, the 2012/2013 school year was the first year we expanded the

 

103


Table of Contents

international program beyond the high school level by creating international program classes in the primary and middle school levels. We intend to continue to enhance our international program, especially at the primary and middle school levels. See “—Our Growth Strategies.”

In our 2014 graduate class, 112 students were admitted by overseas institutions after taking our international program. International program students in both of our 2012 and 2013 graduate classes were accepted to colleges overseas in countries including the United States, Canada, Australia, the United Kingdom, South Korea, Singapore and Japan. Graduates from our international program have been admitted to the University of California, Los Angeles, the University of Toronto, and the University of Liverpool, among other top institutions.

In addition to preparing Chinese students to study abroad, we also have programs dedicated to foreign students to learn Chinese at our schools. In 1999, we were authorized by the Zhejiang provincial government to accept foreign students for Chinese language training. Foreign students may prepare and take the Chinese Proficiency Test administered by the Department of Education of the PRC and the Gaokao for admission to universities in China. We also offer subjects featuring Chinese culture, such as Chinese History, Chinese Geography, Martial Arts and Chinese Painting and Calligraphy. As of September 30, 2014, we had 38 foreign students coming from countries including South Korea, Germany, Russia, Japan, Brazil, the United States, Slovakia, Thailand, Italy and Spain.

As part of our international focus, we have organized summer camp programs in the United Kingdom, Canada, the United States, Australia, and South Korea in conjunction with other educational service providers. These summer camp programs are open to both our basic educational program students as well as our international program students. During the summer of 2014, more than 80 of our students participated in these summer programs.

New school campus

Zhejiang Hailiang Education Group Ltd, a company controlled by our controlling shareholder, Mr. Feng, is constructing a new school campus in the vicinity of our current schools. The preparation work to construct the new school campus, including obtaining land use permission and other governmental approvals, was initiated in 2011, and the new facility has been under construction since June 2013. Construction is expected to be completed by the beginning of the 2015/2016 school year.

When completed, the new school campus is expected to occupy a total site area of 800,000 square meters and have approximately seven classroom buildings, an administrative building, five dining halls, a multi-function sports center with basketball courts and an in-door swimming pool, five track fields, an astronomical observatory, a school hospital, 20 student dormitory buildings and ten dormitory buildings for teachers and staff. As such, this facility will be significantly larger than our current schools which have a total combined gross floor area and site area of approximately 270,000 square meters. The new school campus is designed to accommodate a maximum of approximately 11,850 students and 2,000 teachers. The school facility will contain a number of modern and distinctive buildings such as the main administration and classroom building, the astronomical observatory, and the new kindergarten department building with a distinctive trumpet shell-shaped architectural design.

While not having made a definite plan, we intend to relocate one or more of our schools and students to this new school campus in the future. Currently, we are in the process of negotiating the terms and conditions of a possible leasing arrangement with Zhejiang Hailiang Education Group Ltd. and there is no guarantee that we will be able to reach a final agreement. If we do not relocate to the new school campus, we will consider other options such as expanding or upgrading our current facilities or relocating to other facilities in the local area. If we successfully reach an agreement with Zhejiang Hailiang Education Group Ltd. to utilize the new school campus, we will likely continue using all of our current schools. We intend to use the new school campus for all grade levels, including kindergarten, primary school, middle school and high school and for both our international and basic educational programs.

 

104


Table of Contents

Leasehold improvement contracts

Zhuji Private High School has entered into a Property Lease Cooperation Agreement with Zhejiang Hailiang Education Group Ltd., Hailiang Group and Mr. Feng on November 13, 2014. Under this agreement, Zhuji Private High School and Zhejiang Hailiang Education Group Ltd. have agreed to enter into a lease agreement regarding the new school campus when Zhejiang Hailiang Education Group Ltd. obtains the necessary approvals for the new school campus and the construction and the outfitting and improvement work on the new school campus have been substantially complete. If Zhejiang Hailiang Education Group Ltd. and Zhuji Private High School fail to enter into such lease agreement by November 12, 2015, Zhejiang Hailiang Education Group Ltd. will reimburse the outfitting and improvement expenses made by Zhuji Private High School. The agreement also provides for undertakings from Hailiang Group and Mr. Feng that, upon such failure to reach a lease agreement, Hailiang Group and Mr. Feng will indemnify Zhuji Private High School for the amount it has not been reimbursed from Zhejiang Hailiang Education Group Ltd.

On November 13, 2014, Zhuji Private High School entered into three leasehold improvement contracts with Heng Zhong Da, a company affiliated with Hailiang Group. Under the contracts, Heng Zhong Da will provide work and services on the outfitting and improvements of the student dormitories, classroom buildings, dining halls, administrative building, sports stadiums, welcoming center and school hospital on the new school campus to be built by Zhejiang Hailiang Education Group Ltd., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Hailiang Group. Zhuji Private High School will pay a total contract consideration of approximately RMB291.8 million (or RMB223.7 million, RMB12.3 million and RMB55.8 million under each of the contracts, respectively) to Heng Zhong Da. Under the contracts, the outfitting and improvements began on November 13, 2014 and is expected to be completed by June 30, 2015. After a final inspection by Zhuji Private High School, parties will fix the final contract payment based on work requirements. In November 2014, Zhuji Private High School made prepayments to Heng Zhong Da under the contracts in the aggregate of RMB240 million (US$39.1 million). The purpose of the prepayments is that the outfitting and improvements of a campus of this size, including the academic, library and athletic facilities, will be time consuming and costly, and this new school campus will feature modern and well equipped facilities, which will take time and will be expensive to install.

There are certain risks associated with the utilization of this new school campus. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry—There are risks associated with our potential use of a new school campus in the 2015/2016 school year.”

Our Students

Student recruitment and admission

We have operated in Zhuji city for eighteen years. We believe that prospective students are attracted to our schools due to our brand name and the quality of our programs. Our target students are from families with medium-to high-levels of household income as well as students who want to study abroad after graduating from our schools.

In addition to attracting and recruiting students in Zhuji city, we also send out recruiters to over 40 cities and towns in Zhejiang, Shanghai and Jiangsu. We also encourage our teachers and educational staff to actively participate in the recruitment process and offer incentive-based payments to employees who make a significant contribution to student recruitment. We also rely on a combination of advertisements on local television channels and newspapers to recruit students. As of September 30, 2014, we had more than 14,700 students from Zhejiang, more than 1,800 students from Shanghai, and approximately 500 students from 25 other provinces in China. We also have foreign students coming from 13 foreign countries.

We generally require students to take an entry examination on subjects such as Chinese, mathematics and English before being admitted into our primary and middle schools. Our high schools require applicants to have certain minimum scores on the Zhongkao to ensure they have the necessary academic ability to succeed in our schools. In addition to academic requirements, the admissions and entrance standards of our schools are designed to identify those students who have a strong desire to learn, a passion for their areas of interest and an ability to contribute to a positive classroom dynamic. These characteristics are generally identified through personal interviews by admissions representatives.

 

105


Table of Contents

Academic performance

We routinely monitor our students’ progress against academic standards. We link our standards and instructional programs with national and local standards published by the regulatory authorities, and we believe our students are well-prepared for the Zhongkao and the Gaokao. We require our teachers to regularly evaluate their students against academic standards and to set specific goals with their students. Our students take all standardized tests required by state and local authorities, and we also administer our own annual tests calibrated to our academic standards. Student academic achievement in our schools has been substantial, as measured by these external assessments. For example, over 92% of our students in the 2012 and 2013 graduate classes passed the Joint Graduation Exam, which is an annual provincial test administered to each graduating class. In addition, we have surpassed the Gaokao standards set by the Zhuji branch of the MOE. In the 2012/2013 school year, the Zhuji branch of the MOE required a minimum of 99 students to pass the admission cutoff of “first tier universities,” 453 students to pass the admission cutoff of “second tier universities” or above and 1,525 students to pass the general university admissions cutoff. We exceeded these standards, with 149, 586 and 2,008 students passing the respective admission cutoffs. In the 2014 graduate class, 112 students who graduated from our international program received admission offers from overseas universities, including the University of California, Los Angeles, the University of Toronto, and the University of Liverpool. Hailiang students also achieved excellent results in various academic competitions at the national and provincial levels, including competitions in mathematics, physics, chemistry, biology and computer science.

Student retention

Upon graduating from kindergarten, primary or middle school, our students may choose to apply for admission into the next level of educational programs in our school system. Although some of our students may also choose to apply for admission into programs of other educational service providers, such as public schools, we have historically experienced a relatively high student retention rate, reflecting the wide recognition of our educational quality by students and parents. For our 2014 graduate classes, 74.7% of our primary school graduates were admitted into our middle schools and 79.2% of our middle school graduates were admitted into our high schools.

From time to time, students may experience declining academic performance. Our teachers counsel and assist students on academic and personal matters in order to maximize student retention. Remedial courses are available for students with lower grades, and additional practice materials and sessions are also available for students experiencing academic difficulties. Our average net annual student retention rate for all students, which measures the percentage of students enrolled at the beginning of the year who move on to the next grade level was approximately 85.4% for the 2011/2012 school year and 89.8% for the 2013/2014 school year.

Our Teachers

Our schools seek to hire teachers and educational staff who hold the necessary academic credentials, are dedicated and active professionals in their field, and are committed to improving their students’ academic performance. For our K-12 schools, we also require our teachers to possess the qualifications required by PRC regulatory authorities. As of September 30, 2014, approximately 4.3% of our teachers and educational staff hold master’s degrees or above, and the number of full-time foreign teachers increased to 29. Foreign teachers are staffed interchangeably in all three schools and mainly teach foreign languages including English and Korean.

Our teachers are critical in maintaining the quality of our programs and services and to maintaining our brand and reputation. Our teachers had an average of over nine years of educational experience as of September 30, 2014. We have built a team of veteran teachers with extensive teaching experience. These teachers have a passion for teaching, mastery of their subject areas, strong communication skills and the ability to use innovative and student-centric teaching methods. By drawing upon the experience and insights from our more experienced teachers, as well as the enthusiasm and adaptability of our younger teachers, we are able to deliver

 

106


Table of Contents

high-quality teaching services. Some of our teachers have gained national recognition in their respective educational areas. As of September 30, 2014, 20.2% of our teachers and educational staff have obtained Advanced Teaching Qualifications ( LOGO ), the highest K-12 teacher’s qualification available in China. In addition, for the 2012/2013 school year, 13, or approximately 1.1% of all our teachers and educational staff, were recognized as “Exceptional Teachers” ( LOGO ), a national award given by the MOE to teachers who have made significant contributions to their schools and profession. This is much higher than the average percentage of individual schools in Zhejiang of 0.3%, according to the CCID Report.

The following table lists information about our teachers and educational staff at each school and each educational program as of September 30, 2014.

 

School

   Number of
Teachers
and
Educational
Staff
     Number of Teachers
with “Advanced
Teaching
Qualifications”
     Number with
Master’s Degree
or Above
 

Zhuji Hailiang Foreign Language School

     227         66         3   

Zhuji Private High School

     509         76         43   

Tianma Experimental School

     488         105         7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     1,224         247         53   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Our schools are staffed with three levels of teachers and educational staff: senior teachers, mid-level teachers and junior teachers. Senior teachers are outstanding teachers chosen by our schools for their excellent teaching and their ability to improve student performance. All of our senior teachers have obtained “Advanced Teaching Qualifications”. Mid- level teachers are teachers with nationally-qualified first, second, or third degree teaching qualifications. Junior teachers are teachers who have not yet received their teaching certification. Senior teachers have managerial responsibilities in addition to their responsibilities as classroom instructors. We believe this three-tier seniority system provides an attractive career path and allows new teachers to be mentored by more experienced teachers. As of September 30, 2014, our team of teachers and educational staff consisted of 247 senior teachers, 790 mid-level teachers and 187 junior teachers.

We follow a specific process for faculty hiring which we have developed over the years. Teachers are hired based on classroom experience, educational background, expertise in their specific subject areas, leadership ability, communication skills with students and parents and a commitment to students and teaching. We expect teachers to have or develop excellent technical teaching skills, the ability to mentor other teachers and the ability to develop innovative curriculum. They are also required to meet PRC regulatory requirements. On our website as well as in national media and publications, we post descriptions of vacant positions, which include educational and experience requirements, faculty duties and the knowledge and skills required. We also recruit qualified graduates from reputable teaching universities and schools in China. We review official transcripts and resumes to evaluate a candidate’s academic achievement and work experience. Qualified candidates are interviewed, required to pass a written examination and are also required to teach a mock class in front of our assessment board who finally decides on whether to extend an offer.

Newly hired teachers undergo a training program on teaching skills and techniques as well as our Hailiang school culture and pedagogy. We also provide continuing training to our teachers so that they can stay abreast of changes in student demands, admissions tests and standards and other key trends necessary to teach effectively. We typically provide our teachers with at least 23 days of ongoing training each year in our school.

Our teachers are regularly evaluated both qualitatively, based upon their teaching skills, and quantitatively, based upon their students’ test scores. We perform periodic peer observations of our teachers to monitor their classroom performance and check their class preparation notes and their grading of students’ assignments. We also evaluate teachers based on feedback provided by students and parents.

 

107


Table of Contents

Our teachers’ compensation is to a large extent based upon the results of those evaluations. We provide outstanding teachers with bonuses and provide capable and experienced teachers with opportunities to be promoted to management roles. We offer our senior teachers additional incentives such as extra bonuses, opportunities to study abroad and housing allowances. In general, the compensation levels between teachers at our schools varies more widely than in local public schools. We believe that this structure encourages competition, and along with career advancement opportunities and continuing training, allows us to recruit and retain talented teachers. In addition to incentivizing qualified teachers to stay, we also take an aggressive approach to removing approximately 5% to 10% of teachers and educational staff who do not meet our teaching standards on a yearly basis. Our teacher retention rates as of June 30, 2012, 2013 and 2014 were 89.3%, 88.4% and 91.6%, respectively. “Retention rate” is calculated as 100% minus the quotient of the number of teachers who cease being employed during the period by the number of teachers at the beginning of that period (not including teachers hired during that period).

Research and Development

We have strong research and development capabilities and have devoted significant resources developing our courses and innovative teaching methods and materials. For each senior teacher, we have a senior teacher workshop, which consists of that teacher and five to ten mid-level or junior teachers who teach the same grade and subject. The workshop regularly organizes meetings to discuss and exchange ideas on instruction methods. Teachers in the senior teacher workshop are given opportunities to publish articles on pedagogical methods and teaching techniques with guidance from the senior teachers.

In addition, we encourage our teachers to develop, update and improve our curricula and course materials based upon the latest official government curricula for each of our subjects as well as on students’ needs and preferences. The development process for our curricula and course materials typically starts with a review of the latest examination requirements to analyze new educational needs and trends. As our students’ academic ability levels vary widely, our curricula are designed with the flexibility to address a particular class or a particular student’s strengths and weaknesses. Our senior teachers in charge of the curriculum for a particular subject also work with other teachers to prepare or update course curricula. Our teachers also implement and revise the curricula based on feedback from the classroom.

Leveraging our research and development capabilities, we have developed teaching methods and courses for certain subjects that are not generally offered by other similar private education providers. For example, one of our vice principals, Ms. Jihong Zheng, has designed the “Jihong English Innovation Class” based on a widely recognized English teaching method in China that she created. Her course supplements the standard English curriculum with various added features, such as field trips and community service. These allow students to practice speaking English in real-world situations while enjoying field trips or performing community service that provides a sense of social responsibility and teamwork. We have also supplemented various government-mandated coursework with our self-developed courses. For example, we expanded the traditional chemistry coursework with a supplementary course called “Chemistry in Our Lives,” which demonstrates how chemistry principles and theories are applied in people’s daily lives. We believe students’ exposure to such real-world examples helps them to learn. We have also developed a supplemental mathematics course called “History of Mathematics,” which exposes our students to the cross-disciplinary approach of learning about the history of how certain mathematical principles were discovered or formulated, which, we believe, generates greater interest in the subject matter. We also offer a local geography course called “Hometown Geography—Zhuji and Shaoxing ‘Tantou’” for purposes of getting students to apply the geographical approaches and principles they learn to local cities, towns and rural areas.

At the end of each semester, we evaluate, update and improve course materials based upon student performance and feedback from teachers, students and parents. We believe our strong research and development capabilities differentiate us from other competitors in the private K-12 education industry.

 

108


Table of Contents

Marketing

We selectively and systematically employ a variety of marketing methods to enhance the brand recognition of our school programs. By doing so, we intend to continue creating and implementing a standard corporate identity across all our schools. We take measures to increase word-of-mouth referrals which have been key to bringing in new students and building our brand. In addition, we also advertise in print and broadcast media and organize various promotional events from time to time.

Referrals. Word-of-mouth referrals by former and current students and their families have historically been a very significant source of student enrollment. In particular, recommendations made by our middle and high school graduates who have been successful in the Zhongkao or Gaokao or were admitted into overseas educational institutions are particularly persuasive for prospective students. We actively work with our alumni and current students to encourage them to recommend our programs to potential students. We believe that our student enrollment will continue to benefit from referrals by our extensive network of alumni and families, many of whom have enjoyed pleasant and satisfactory learning experiences and achieved their study goals at our schools.

Promotional events . From time to time, we organize promotional and recruiting events to provide real-time, on-site opportunities for our prospective students to learn more about our services and programs, as well as to meet our teachers and staff. For example, we hold open and regular seminars for our former, current and prospective students and for our teachers. At these seminars, our former graduates share experiences with our prospective students and our teachers provide tailored guidance on developing study skills and preparing for examinations. We also organize events specifically for our international program so that prospective students interested in studying abroad can meet with teachers and recruiting personnel from overseas institutions and learn more about our international program.

Media advertising. We occasionally place advertisements in provincial and local newspapers and television, such as Zhuji Television, Zhejiang Daily and Zhuji Daily.

Competition

The K-12 educational services market in China is rapidly evolving, highly fragmented and competitive. According to the CCID Report, the total number of private K-12 schools has increased steadily, from 89,383 in 2006 to 145,817 in 2013. The proportion of students in private K-12 schools against the total number of students in K-12 schools also increased from 8.5% to 16.5% during the same period. However, in 2012, the top six private schools in China, including our Company, only enrolled 0.3% of the total private school students in China, according to the CCID Report.

Because the market share of private K-12 schools is relatively small compared to that of public schools, our primary competitors are public K-12 schools in areas where we recruit our students. With respect to our basic educational program, currently our major competitor in Zhuji is Zhuji No. 1 Middle School. With respect to our international program, currently our major competitors are Hangzhou No. 14 Middle School’s AP Center, The Affiliated High School of Hangzhou Normal University International Department, and Hangzhou Foreign Language School. We also face competition from Zhuji Ronghuai School, which is the second-largest private school in Zhuji, where our three schools are located. As we continue to grow our business through expansion and acquisitions, we also expect to face competition from K-12 schools, both private and public, located in other geographic regions where we will establish or acquire additional K-12 schools.

We believe that the competition in the K-12 educational services market is generally based on school brand, student academic performance, parent satisfaction, quality of teachers, campus size, and tuition fees. We expect competition to persist and intensify. We believe that we are able to compete effectively because of our strong brand recognition and established international program. However, some of our existing and potential

 

109


Table of Contents

competitors, especially public schools, may have access to resources that we do not have. Some of these competitors, particularly public schools, have governmental support in forms of government subsidies and other payments or fee reductions. These competitors may devote greater resources, financial or otherwise, than we can to student recruitment, campus development and brand promotion and respond more quickly than we can to changes in student demands and market needs. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry—We face significant competition and we may fail to compete effectively.”

Properties and Facilities

We currently lease properties with a total combined gross floor area and site area of approximately 270,000 square meters in Zhuji city, Zhejiang province, China, from entities affiliated with Mr. Feng, our controlling shareholder. By leasing such properties from Mr. Feng, we avoid significant capital expenditures in connection with land use right purchases and facilities construction. See “Related Party Transactions—Transactions with Certain Related Parties.” We have obtained assurance letters from the local regulatory authorities confirming that the land use of our three schools has been in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations as of December 31, 2013.

The terms of our leases are for twenty years. All of our current leases contain priority renewal provisions which provide that we have the right of first refusal to renew the lease upon the expiration of the lease. Under the leasing agreements, we can terminate the lease at any time without cause, provided we notify the lessor in writing three months in advance. The lessor may only terminate the agreements upon a written notice to us one year in advance for any unapproved sublease by the lessee, unapproved modification to the premises, failure to pay rent for more than 60 days or use of the properties for illegal activities. To terminate the leases for other causes, the lessor would have to give us written notice one year in advance and obtain our consent to such termination.

Hailiang Group, a related party, is constructing a new school facility in the vicinity of our current schools. The preparation work to construct the new campus, including obtaining land use permission and other governmental approvals, was initiated in 2011, and the new campus has been under construction since June 2013. Upon completion, the new campus is expected to have a total site area of approximately 800,000 square meters. We believe that the campus is designed and constructed with features useful to most of the schools in the local area. Hailiang Group had preliminary discussions with us prior to the commencement of construction of the campus and we are currently discussing with Hailiang Group regarding the plan of relocating one of our schools to this new campus, including negotiating the terms and conditions of possible leasing arrangements. We are also evaluating other options, including continuing using our current campus or relocating to other facilities in the local area. We are not exposed to any risks and have not under taken any obligations during the construction phase. There are certain risks associated with the option to utilize this new campus. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry—There are risks associated with our potential use of a new campus in the 2015/2016 school year,” “—Our Schools and Programs—New school campus.”

 

110


Table of Contents

Employees

We had 2,023, 2,121, 2,138 and 2,252 employees as of June 30, 2012, 2013, 2014 and September 30, 2014, respectively. The majority of our employees are full-time and have signed employment agreements for one to three years, which will be renewed with substantially same terms upon the employee passing the end-of-contract evaluation. In addition to teachers and educational staff, we also have employees in sales and marketing, information technology and general administration. The following table sets forth the numbers of our employees, categorized by function as of September 30, 2014.

 

     As of September 30, 2014  

Teachers and educational staff

     1,224   

Cafeteria and dining hall staff

     348   

Student living staff

     373   

Security and safety staff

     38   

Administrative staff

     102   

Other staff

     167   
  

 

 

 

Total

     2,252   
  

 

 

 

As required by PRC laws and regulations, we participate in various employee social security plans for our employees that are administered by local governments, including housing, pension, medical insurance and unemployment insurance. We compensate our employees with basic salaries as well as performance-based bonuses. None of our employees are represented by any collective bargaining arrangements, and we consider our relations with our employees to be good.

Intellectual Property

We are currently applying for a trademark for our Zhuji Hailiang Foreign Language School with the Trademark Office of SAIC in China.

Our schools hold copyrights to various course materials that have been developed internally and provide a basis for improving the quality of our educational services. Our strategic plan calls for continued and extensive investment in maintaining and expanding these assets. We have also registered two domain names with the China Internet Network Information Center, including www.hailiangschool.com and www.tmschool.com . To protect our intellectual properties, we rely on a combination of trademark, copyright and trade secret laws. From time to time, we are required to obtain licenses with respect to course materials owned by third parties for our educational services, in particular for our international program which requires foreign-language educational materials.

Insurance

We maintain various insurance policies to safeguard against risks and unexpected events. We maintain insurance to cover students and teachers’ medical expenses for injuries they might sustain at our school. We also maintain insurance to cover our liability should any injuries occur at our schools. In addition, we maintain property insurance for our school facilities and vehicles. We do not maintain business interruption insurance, product liability insurance or key-man life insurance. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry—We have limited insurance coverage with respect to our business and operations.” We consider our insurance coverage to be in line with that of other private K-12 education providers of a similar scale in China.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we are subject to legal proceedings, investigations and claims incidental to the conduct of our business. We are not currently a party to any legal proceeding or investigation which, in the opinion of our management, is likely to have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

111


Table of Contents

Regulations

We operate our business in China under a legal regime consisting of the National People’s Congress, which is the country’s highest legislative body, the State Council, which is the highest authority of the executive branch of the PRC central government, and several ministries and agencies under its authority, including the MOE, the Ministry of Information Industry, SAIC, the Ministry of Civil Affairs and their respective local offices. This section summarizes the principal PRC regulations related to our business.

Regulations on Private Education

The principal laws and regulations governing private education in China consist of the Education Law of the PRC , the Law for Promoting Private Education (2003)  and the Implementation Rules for the Law for Promoting Private Education (2004) , and the Regulations on Chinese-Foreign Cooperation in Operating Schools . Below is a summary of the relevant provisions of these regulations.

Education Law of the PRC

On March 18, 1995, the National People’s Congress enacted the Education Law of the PRC . The Education Law sets forth provisions relating to the fundamental education system of the PRC, including a system of preschool, primary, secondary (including middle and high schools) and higher education and a system of awarding certificates or diplomas. The Education Law stipulates that the government formulates plans for the development of education, and establishes and operates schools and other institutions of education. Under the Education Law , enterprises, social organizations and individuals are encouraged to operate schools and other types of educational organizations in accordance with PRC laws and regulations. Meanwhile, no organization or individual may establish or operate a school or any other institution of education for profit-making purposes. However, private schools may be operated for “reasonable returns,” as described in more detail below.

The Law for Promoting Private Education (2003) and the Implementation Rules for the Law for Promoting Private Education (2004)

The Law for Promoting Private Education (2003)  became effective on September 1, 2003. The Implementation Rules for the Law for Promoting Private Education (2004)  became effective on April 1, 2004. Under these regulations, “private schools” are defined as schools established by non-governmental organizations or individuals using non-government funds.

According to PRC laws and regulations, entities and individuals who establish private schools are commonly referred to as “sponsors” instead of “owners” or “shareholders.” The economic substance of “sponsorship” with respect of private schools is substantially similar to that of ownership with regard to legal, regulatory and tax matters. The main differences between sponsorship and equity ownership can be found in the specific provisions of the laws and regulations applicable to sponsors and owners, as follows:

 

    Right to receive a return on investment. Either sponsors or owners shall have the right to receive a return on investment. However, the portion of after-tax profits that can be distributed by a company to its owner is different from that distributed by a school to its sponsor. Under the PRC Company Law , a company is required to allocate 10% of its after-tax profits to statutory reserve funds, while under the Law for Promoting Private Education and the Implementation Rules for the Law for Promoting Private Education , a school that requires reasonable returns is required to allocate no less than 25% of its annual net profit or annual increased net assets to its development fund as well as make allocation for mandatory expenses as required by applicable laws and regulations.

 

   

Right to the distribution of residual properties upon termination and liquidation. Under the PRC Company Law , properties that remain upon termination and liquidation of a company after payment of relevant fees and compensations are to be distributed to its owners. With respect to a school, the Law

 

112


Table of Contents
 

for Promoting Private Education provides that such distribution be made in accordance with other relevant laws and regulations. However, since there have been no other relevant laws and regulations addressing the distribution of residual properties upon termination and liquidation of a private school, such distribution shall be made to the sponsors after payment of relevant fees and compensations since the sponsors bear the investment benefits and risks.

Despite the above differences between sponsorship and ownership, the sponsor of a private school has effective control over such private school under the Law for Promoting Private Education through controlling the executive council or board of directors of such school, which is the decision-making body of the school. Through the school’s decision-making body, the sponsor exercises a broad range of powers, including (i) the appointment and dismissal of the school principal, (ii) the amendment of articles of association of the school and formulation of rules and regulations of the school, (iii) the adoption of development plans and approval of annual work plans, (iv) raising funds for school operations and adoption of budgets and final accounts, (v) making decisions on the size and compensation of the staff, (vi) making decisions on the division, merger or termination of the school, and (vii) making decisions on other important matters of the school. In addition, through controlling the decision-making body, the sponsor also has the power to use and manage the properties of the school in accordance with relevant laws and regulations.

In addition, under the Law for Promoting Private Education (2003) , private schools providing certifications or diplomas, pre-school education, other culture education (including K-12 education) and self-study aids are subject to approval by the education authorities, while private schools engaging in occupational training are subject to approval by the authorities in charge of labor and social welfare.

A duly approved private school will be granted a private school operating permit, and shall be registered with the Ministry of Civil Affairs or its local bureaus as a privately run non-enterprise institution. In addition, schools and their learning centers must make filings with the MOE and the Ministry of Civil Affairs or their local bureaus. Our three schools have obtained and maintained the private school operating permits.

Under the above regulations, private schools have the same status as public schools, though private schools are prohibited from providing military, police, political and other kinds of education that are of a special nature. Government-run schools that provide compulsory education are not permitted to be converted into private schools. In addition, operation of a private school is highly regulated. For example, the items and amounts of fees charged by a private school providing certifications or diplomas shall be approved by the governmental pricing authority and be publicly disclosed.

In addition, on July 8, 2011, the Zhuji Municipal Development and Reform Bureau, the Zhuji Finance Bureau, the Zhuji Education Department and the Zhuji Human Resources and Social Security Bureau jointly promulgated the Notice of Regulating the Fees Management of Private Primary and Secondary Schools (ZFGJ [2011] No. 96), or the Notice, under the Notice, private primary schools and secondary schools of Zhuji city are approved to charge tuition, accommodation fees and the escrow fees from their students. In addition, the charging standards of the tuition fee and the accommodation fee should consider the compensation of the education costs and the accommodation costs, and properly consider the requiring of reasonable returns of the private schools. The charging standard of the escrow fee should be in accordance with the principle of “voluntary payment, accurate calculation of expenses, timely settlement and regular disclosure.” Specifically, the textbook fee cannot exceed RMB365 for grade 10 and grade 11 and cannot exceed RMB265 for grade 12. In addition, in November 2012, the Zhuji branch of the MOE issued a notice which clarified the maximum amount of tuition we can charge our students. Specifically, the maximum amount we can charge for primary school, middle school and high school is RMB31,000 per student, RMB33,000 per student and RMB35,000 per student, respectively. The Zhuji branch of the MOE did not place any limit on the amount we can charge for our kindergarten and our international program, but did require us to report the amounts we charge for those programs. In the 2011/2012, 2012/2013, 2013/2014 and 2014/2015 school years, our tuition has been below the aforementioned ceilings imposed by the local government. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations— Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations—Pricing of Educational Programs.”

 

113


Table of Contents

Private schools are divided into three categories: private schools established with donated funds; private schools that require reasonable returns and private schools that do not require reasonable returns. While private education is treated as a public welfare undertaking under the regulations, in the case of private schools choosing to require “reasonable returns,” sponsors of these schools may choose to require “reasonable returns” from the annual net balance of the school after deduction of costs, donations received, government subsidies, if any, the reserved development fund and other expenses required by the regulations.

The election to establish a private school requiring reasonable returns shall be provided in the articles of association of the school. The percentage of the school’s annual net balance that can be distributed as a reasonable return shall be determined by the school’s board of directors, taking into consideration the following factors: (i) items and criteria for the school’s fees, (ii) the ratio of the school’s expenses used for educational activities and improving the educational conditions to the total fees collected; and (iii) the admission standards and educational quality. Such information and the decision to distribute reasonable returns is also required to be filed with the approval authorities within 15 days from the decision made by the board. However, none of the current PRC laws and regulations provides a formula or guidelines for determining “reasonable returns.” In addition, none of the current PRC laws and regulations sets forth different requirements or restrictions on a private school’s ability to operate its education business based on such school’s status as a school that requires reasonable returns or a school that does not require reasonable returns.

At the end of each fiscal year, every private school is required to allocate a certain amount to its development fund for the construction or maintenance of the schools or procurement or upgrade of educational equipment. In the case of a private school that requires reasonable returns, this amount shall be no less than 25% of the annual net income of the school, while in the case of a private school that does not require reasonable returns, this amount shall be not less than 25% of the annual increase in the net assets of the school, if any. Under the Implementation Rules for the Law for Promoting Private Education in 2004, or the 2004 Implementing Rules, private schools, whether requiring reasonable returns or not, may enjoy preferential tax treatment. The 2004 Implementing Rules provide that the relevant authorities under the State Council may introduce preferential tax treatments and related policies applicable to private schools requiring reasonable returns. To date, however, no separate policies, regulations or rules have been introduced by the authorities in this regard.

As of September 30, 2014, our three schools were registered as private schools requiring reasonable returns.

Regulations on Chinese-foreign cooperation in operating schools

Chinese-foreign cooperation in operating schools or training programs is specifically governed by the Regulations on Operating Chinese-foreign Schools, promulgated by the State Council in 2003 and the Implementing Rules for the Regulations on Operating Chinese-foreign Schools, or the Implementing Rules, which were issued by the MOE in 2004.

The regulations on Operating Chinese-foreign Schools and its Implementing Rules encourage substantive cooperation between overseas educational organizations with relevant qualifications and experience in providing high-quality education and Chinese educational organizations to jointly operate various types of schools in the PRC, with such cooperation in the areas of higher education and occupational education being encouraged. Chinese-foreign cooperative schools are not permitted, however, to engage in compulsory education and military, police, political and other kinds of education that are of a special nature in the PRC.

Permits for Chinese-foreign Cooperation in Operating Schools can be obtained from education authorities or from the authorities that regulate labor and social welfare in the PRC.

To date, none of our schools is conducting by means of a Chinese-foreign cooperation project and are therefore not governed by the Regulations on Operating Chinese-foreign Schools.

 

114


Table of Contents

Foreign investment in educational service industry

Under the Foreign Investment Industries Guidance Catalog (2011) , or Foreign Investment Catalog, which was amended and promulgated by the National Development and Reform Commission, or NDRC, and the MOFCOM on 2011 and became effective on January 30, 2012, foreign investment is encouraged in higher education. Senior high school education in grades 10-12 is a restricted industry, meaning foreign educational organizations with relevant qualifications and experience and Chinese educational organizations are only allow to operate senior high schools in cooperative ways in the PRC. Any foreign investment in higher education and senior high school education has to take the form of a Sino-foreign equity or cooperative joint venture. Foreign investment is banned from compulsory education, which means grades 1-9. Foreign investment is allowed in after-school tutoring services and training services which do not grant certificates or diplomas.

We conduct our private education business in China primarily through contractual arrangements among our operating subsidiary in China and Hailiang Investment and our schools owned and operated by Hailiang Investment and the shareholder of Hailiang Investment. We hold the required licenses and permits necessary to conduct our private education business in China through the schools owned and operated by Hailiang Investment. The sponsor of our three schools is in compliance with the requirements of the Foreign Investment Industries Guidance Catalog (2011) , and we own and operate our schools through contractual arrangements that do not violate the Foreign Investment Industries Guidance Catalog (2011) .

Regulation of Domain Names and Website Names

PRC law requires owners of Internet domain names to register their domain names with qualified domain name registration agencies approved by The Ministry of Industry and Information Technology and obtain registration certificates from such registration agencies. A registered domain name owner has an exclusive use right over its domain name. Unregistered domain names may not receive proper legal protections and may be misappropriated by unauthorized third parties.

As of September 30, 2014, we registered three domain names relating to our websites, with the Internet Corporation for Assigned Names and Numbers and the China Internet Network Information Center.

Regulation of Copyright and Trademark Protection

China has adopted legislation governing intellectual property rights, including copyrights and trademarks. China is a signatory to the main international conventions on intellectual property rights and became a member of the Agreement on Trade Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights upon its accession to the World Trade Organization in December 2001.

Copyright. The National People’s Congress amended the Copyright Law in 2001 to widen the scope of works and rights that are eligible for copyright protection. The amended Copyright Law extends copyright protection to Internet activities, products disseminated over the Internet and software products. In addition, there is a voluntary registration system administered by the China Copyright Protection Center. To address the problem of copyright infringement related to the content posted or transmitted over the Internet, the National Copyright Administration and the Ministry of Information Industry jointly promulgated the Administrative Measures for Copyright Protection Related to the Internet on April 30, 2005. These measures became effective on May 30, 2005.

Trademark. The PRC Trademark Law, adopted in 1982 and revised in 2001, protects the proprietary rights to registered trademarks. The Trademark Office under the SAIC handles trademark registrations and grants a term of ten years to registered trademarks and another ten years to trademarks as requested upon expiry of the prior term. Trademark license agreements must be filed with the Trademark Office for record.

 

115


Table of Contents

We are currently applying for a trademark for our Zhuji Hailiang Foreign Language School with the Trademark Office of SAIC in China.

Regulations on Foreign Exchange

The PRC government imposes restrictions on the convertibility of the RMB and on the collection and use of foreign currency by PRC entities. Under current regulations, the RMB is convertible for current account transactions, which include dividend distributions, and the import and export of goods and services. Conversion of RMB into foreign currency and foreign currency into RMB for capital account transactions, such as direct investment, portfolio investment and loans, however, is still generally subject to the prior approval of or registration with SAFE.

Under current PRC regulations, foreign-invested enterprises such as our PRC subsidiary are required to apply to SAFE for a Foreign Exchange Registration Certificate for Foreign-Invested Enterprise. With such a certificate (which is subject to review and renewal by SAFE on an annual basis), a foreign-invested enterprise may open foreign exchange bank accounts at banks authorized to conduct foreign exchange business by SAFE and may buy, sell and remit foreign exchange through such banks, subject to documentation and approval requirements. Foreign-invested enterprises are required to open and maintain separate foreign exchange accounts for capital account transactions and current account transactions. In addition, there are restrictions on the amount of foreign currency that foreign-invested enterprises may retain in such accounts.

Regulations on Foreign Exchange in Certain Onshore and Offshore Transactions

The Circular on Relevant Issues concerning Foreign Exchange Administration of Overseas Investment and Financing and Return Investments Conducted by Domestic Residents through offshore Special Purpose Company ( LOGO ) (the “Notice” or “Circular No. 37”), which was promulgated by SAFE and became effective on July 14, 2014, requires a PRC individual resident to file a “Registration Form of Offshore Investments Contributed by Domestic Individual Residents” and register with the local SAFE branch before he or she contributes assets or equity interests in an offshore special purpose company, that is directly established or controlled by the PRC resident for the purpose of conducting investment or financing. Following the initial registration, the PRC resident is also required to register with the local SAFE branch for any major change includes, among other things, any major change of the offshore special purpose company’s PRC resident shareholder, name of the offshore special purpose company, term of operation, or any increase or reduction of the offshore special purpose company’s registered capital, share transfer or swap, and merger or division. Failure to comply with the registration procedures of Circular No. 37 may result in penalties, including the imposition of restrictions on the ability of the offshore special purpose company’s PRC subsidiary to distribute dividends to the offshore entity. As Circular No. 37 was recently promulgated, it remains unclear how this regulation and any future related legislation will be interpreted, amended and implemented by the relevant PRC government authorities.

As of the date of this prospectus, to the best of our knowledge, our PRC resident shareholders with offshore investments in our group had registered with SAFE as to their offshore investments in accordance with the predecessor regulation of SAFE Circular No. 37, namely the Notice of the State Administration of Foreign Exchange on the Administration of Foreign Exchange Involved in Financing and Return Investments Conducted by Domestic Residents via Special Purpose Vehicles ( LOGO LOGO ) (“Circular No. 75”), which was replaced by SAFE Circular No. 37 on July 14, 2014 but still effective when the relevant PRC shareholder made his investments. Therefore, as advised by AllBright Law Offices, our PRC legal counsel, as of the date of this prospectus, our PRC resident shareholders have duly made such applications, filings and amendments as required.

 

116


Table of Contents

Regulations on Dividend Distribution

Under applicable PRC laws and regulations, foreign-invested enterprises in China may pay dividends only out of their accumulated profits, if any, determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. In addition, foreign-invested enterprises in China are required to allocate at least 10% of their accumulated profits each year, if any, to fund statutory reserves of up to 50% of the registered capital of the enterprise. Statutory reserves are not distributable as cash dividends. Each wholly-owned subsidiary in China must comply with the foregoing regulations.

Under PRC law, our subsidiary, Hailiang Consulting, is required to set aside at least 10% of its after-tax profits each year, if any, to fund a statutory reserve until such reserve reaches 50% of its registered capital. Although the statutory reserves can be used, among other ways, to increase the registered capital and eliminate future losses in excess of retained earnings of the respective companies, the reserve funds are not distributable as cash dividends except in the event of liquidation.

In addition, at the end of each fiscal year, each of our schools is required to allocate a certain amount to its development fund for the construction or maintenance of the school properties or for the purchase or upgrade of school facilities. In particular, our schools, each of which is a private school that requires reasonable returns, are required to allocate no less than 25% of their annual net income for such purposes. Such development fund is also a statutory reserve that cannot be distributed as cash dividends.

As of September 30, 2014, Hailiang Consulting had not paid any dividends to our offshore entities from its accumulated profits. In the 2012 fiscal year, our schools paid dividends of RMB52.6 million and RMB14.4 million to Mr. Feng and Mr. Meng, respectively. No dividends were declared and paid during the 2013 and 2014 fiscal years nor during the three months ended September 30, 2014.

M&A Rules and Overseas Listings

On August 8, 2006, six PRC regulatory agencies, namely, the MOFCOM, the State Assets Supervision and Administration Commission, the State Administration of Taxation, SAIC, CSRC and SAFE, jointly adopted the M&A Rule which became effective on September 8, 2006. This M&A Rule purports to require, among other things, offshore special purpose vehicles, or SPVs, formed for the purpose of acquiring PRC domestic companies and controlled by PRC companies or individuals, to obtain the approval of the CSRC prior to publicly listing their securities on an overseas stock exchange. While the application of the M&A Rule remains unclear, we believe, based on the advice of our PRC counsel, that CSRC approval is not required in the context of this offering as we are not a special purpose vehicle formed for the purpose of acquiring domestic companies that are controlled by our PRC individual shareholders, as we acquired contractual control rather than equity interests in our domestic affiliated entities. However, we cannot assure you that the relevant PRC government agency, including the CSRC, would reach the same conclusion as our PRC counsel. If the CSRC or other PRC regulatory agency subsequently determines that we need to obtain the CSRC’s approval for this offering or if CSRC or any other PRC government authorities promulgate any interpretation or implementing rules before our listing that would require CSRC or other governmental approvals for this offering, we may face sanctions by the CSRC or other PRC regulatory agencies. In such event, these regulatory agencies may impose fines and penalties on our operations in the PRC, limit our operating privileges in the PRC, delay or restrict the repatriation of the proceeds from this offering into the PRC, or take other actions that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects, as well as the trading price of our ADSs. The CSRC or other PRC regulatory agencies may also take actions requiring us to halt this offering before settlement and delivery of the ADSs offered by this prospectus.

Regulations on Loans to and Direct Investment in the PRC Entities by Offshore Holding Companies

Under the Implementation Rules for the Provisional Regulations on Statistics and Supervision of Foreign Debt promulgated by SAFE on September 24, 1997 and the Interim Provisions on the Management of Foreign

 

117


Table of Contents

Debts , or the Provisions, promulgated by SAFE, the National Development and Reform Commission and the Ministry of Finance, which was effective from March 1, 2003, loans by foreign companies to their subsidiaries in China, which are foreign-invested enterprises, are considered foreign debt, and such loans must be registered with the local bureaus of SAFE. Under the Provisions, these foreign-invested enterprises must submit registration applications to the local bureaus of SAFE within 15 days following execution of foreign loan agreements. In addition, the total amount of accumulated medium-term and long-term foreign debt and the balance of short-term debt borrowed by a foreign-invested enterprise is limited to the difference between the total investment and the registered capital of the foreign-invested enterprise. Total investment of a foreign-invested enterprise is the total amount of capital that can be used for the operation of the foreign-invested enterprise, as approved by the MOFCOM or its local bureau, and may be increased or decreased upon approval by the MOFCOM or its local bureau. Registered capital of a foreign-invested enterprise is the total amount of capital contributions to the foreign-invested enterprise by its foreign holding company or owners, as approved by the MOFCOM or its local bureau and registered at SAIC or its local bureau.

Under applicable PRC regulations on foreign-invested enterprises, capital contributions from a foreign holding company to its PRC subsidiaries, which are considered foreign-invested enterprises, may only be made when approval by the MOFCOM or its local bureau has been obtained. In approving such capital contributions, the MOFCOM or its local bureau examines the business scope of each foreign invested enterprise under review to ensure it complies with the Foreign-Investment Industrial Guidance Catalog (2011) , which classifies industries in China into three categories, namely “encouraged foreign investment industries,” “restricted foreign investment industries” and “prohibited foreign investment industries.”

Our PRC subsidiary is a foreign-invested enterprise, is not engaged in any prohibited or restricted businesses listed in the Foreign-Investment Industrial Guidance Catalog (2011) and has not incurred any foreign debt.

 

118


Table of Contents

Management

Directors and Executive Officers

The following table sets forth information regarding our directors and executive officers as of the date of this prospectus.

 

Name

   Age     

Position/title

Ming Wang

     53      

Chairman and chief executive officer

Ying Xin

     52       Director and principal general

Jin Xie

     48       Director and vice principal (human resources and student affairs)

Yejun Yu

     28       Director and financial manager

Lei Chen

     34       Chief financial officer

Bo Lyu

     36       Board secretary

Jihong Zheng

     54       Vice principal (international program)

Lunguo Lyu

     57       Vice principal (logistics)

Baiqing Yuan

     47       Vice principal (Zhuji Hailiang Foreign Language School)

Honggang Xu

     56       Vice principal (Zhuji Private High School)

Jianjun Jiang

     47       Vice principal (Tianma Experimental School)

Mr. Ming Wang has served as the chairman of the board of directors and chief executive officer of Hailiang Inc. since 2014. He has also served as a director of Hailiang Consulting, our wholly-owned subsidiary in China, since 2011. He has also served as vice president of Hailiang Group, a related party, since 2004. He served as the assistant to the president of Hailiang Group from 2001 to 2004. Prior to joining our group, Mr. Wang was employed from 1982 to 2001 by Jiangxi Copper Co., Ltd. and a supervising manager in the Office of Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Wang received an MBA degree from the University of Management and Technology and an EMBA degree from Zhongnan University of Economics and Law. Mr. Wang is also a Senior Economist certified by Zhejiang provincial government. Mr. Wang is the spouse of Ms. Jihong Zheng.

Mr. Ying Xin has served as a director and principal general of Hailiang Inc. since 2014. He has also served as a director and the general manager of Hailiang Consulting since 2011. He has also served as a vice principal of Zhuji Private High School since 1999. Prior to joining our group, Mr. Xin taught at the Technical Secondary School of Zhuji city from 1985 to 1999 and in Zhaolin Secondary School of Harbin city, Heilongjiang province, from 1983 to 1985. He was awarded the “Distinguished Teacher of Shaoxing city” in 1998 and the “Advanced Education Professional of Zhuji City” in 1999. He was also awarded the “Silkworm Award” by the Zhejiang Province MOE, in recognition of his dedicate service and contribution to the local education over decades. Mr. Xin studied at Heilongjiang Hulan Nominal School (now Harbin Nominal University Hulan Campus) in Heilongjiang province from 1980 to 1983 and at Zhejiang Education College in Zhejiang province from 1993 to 1995 and completed graduate courses in Education Management in Hangzhou University in 1998.

Mr. Jin Xie has served as a director and the vice principal (human resources and student affairs) of Hailiang Inc. since 2014 and has been responsible for human resources and student affairs of our three schools since 2000. Mr. Xie currently teaches in the Private High School and he has served as dean of academic and student affairs, office manager of administration, the principal of the Private High School since he joined us in August 1998. Previously, Mr. Xie taught at No.1 Middle School of Baihe Town, Shaanxi province, from 1985 to 1997 and in Zhongen Experimental School of Fuqing City, Fujian province from 1997 to 1998. He was awarded the Advanced Teaching Qualification for secondary education in 2000. Mr. Xie received his bachelor’s degree in Biology Education from Shaanxi University of Technology in 1985.

Mr. Yejun Yu has served as a director and the financial manager of Hailiang Inc. since 2014 and as a director of our subsidiary, Hailiang Consulting, since December 2011. Prior to joining us, Mr. Yu was an

 

119


Table of Contents

assistant manager and senior auditor of Marcum Bernstein & Pinchuk from 2010 to 2011 and an assistant manager at KPMG from 2008 to 2010. Mr. Yu received his bachelor’s degree in English Literature from Beijing Language and Culture University in 2008.

Mr. Lei Chen has served as the chief financial officer of Hailiang Inc. since 2014 and has served as the financial consultant of Hailiang Inc. from 2011 to 2013. Prior to joining our group, Mr. Chen served as Senior Vice President for Cornerstone Advisors LLP. Prior to that, he worked as an auditing manager at KPMG and a senior auditor at Pricewatercoopers from 2006 to 2009 and from 2003 to 2006, respectively. Mr. Chen received his bachelor’s degrees in International Business and Accounting from Guangdong University of Foreign Studies in 1999. Mr. Chen is a member of the Chinese Institute of Certified Public Accountants.

Mr. Bo Lyu has served as the board secretary of Hailiang Inc. since 2014. Mr. Lyu worked as an investment manager in Hailiang Group from 2009 to 2013. Mr. Lyu received his bachelor’s degree in International Investment from Wuhan University in 2001 and his master degree in Finance from the National Economics Department of Albert-Ludwigs-Universität Freiburg in 2009.

Ms. Jihong Zheng has served as the vice principal (international program) of Hailiang Inc. since 2014 and has been responsible for the international program of our three schools since 2008. She has been the vice principal of Zhuji Hailiang Foreign Language School since April 2001. Prior to joining our schools, Ms. Zheng taught at Guiye Middle School from 1982 to 2001. Ms. Zheng graduated from the Foreign Language Department of Shangrao Normal University in 1982. In 2007, she received her master’s degree in Education from University of Northampton, England. Ms. Zheng received numerous awards, including “Excellent Principal of Foreign Language Experimental School Award for 2007” and the “National Primary and Middle-School Foreign Language Teachers’ Gardener Prize.” Ms. Zheng is the spouse of Mr. Ming Wang.

Mr. Lunguo Lyu has served as the vice principal (logistics) of Hailiang Inc. since 2014 and has been responsible for logistics of our three schools since 2001. He has been the vice principal of Zhuji Private High School since April 2001. He also teaches at Zhuji Private High School. He also became dean of the middle school division of Zhuji Private High School after he joined us in August 2001. Mr. Lyu has over 20 years of experience in primary and secondary education. He started his teaching career in 1980 and served as dean of academics and student affairs and the principal of various schools in Zhuji city for many years. He was awarded the “Top Ten Distinguished Teachers of Zhuji City” and the “Distinguished Young Teacher and Distinguished Professionals of Shaoxing City.” Mr. Lyu received his bachelor’s degree in Education Management from Zhejiang University in 2000.

Mr. Baiqing Yuan has served as the vice principal (Zhuji Hailiang Foreign Language School) of Hailiang Inc. since 2014 and is responsible for Zhuji Hailiang Foreign Language School. Mr. Yuan has also served as the principal of Zhuji Hailiang Foreign Language School since 2006. He has been teaching in our schools since March 2006. From 1998 to 2006, he worked for Meichi Middle School of Zhuji City as head of the examination and research group, office manager, dean of academic and student affairs and vice principal. Mr. Yuan received his bachelor’s degree in Geology from Zhejiang Education Institution in 1997.

Mr. Honggang Xu has served as the vice principal (Zhuji Private High School) of Hailiang Inc. since 2014 and is responsible for Zhuji Private High School. Mr. Xu has also served as the principal of Zhuji Private High School since 2011 and as the vice principal from 2006 to 2011. Mr. Xu has almost 30 years of experience in primary and secondary education. From 1980 to 2001, he served in a number of positions, including principal, vice principal, assistant to the principal, and group leader responsible for teaching and research, in various schools in Zhuji city.

Mr. Jianjun Jiang has served as the vice principal (Tianma Experimental School) of Hailiang Inc. since 2014 and is responsible for Tianma Experimental School. Mr. Jiang has also served as the principal of Tianma Experimental School since 2009, prior to which, he served as vice principal of Zhuji Private High School since

 

120


Table of Contents

2008. Prior to joining us, Mr. Jiang served as principal of Zhuji Paitou Middle School from 2004 to 2007 and vice president of Caota Middle School from 1999 to 2004. Before that, he worked in Zhuji Second High School from 1996 to 1999 and in Zhuji Chengguan Middle School from 1987 to 1996. Mr. Jiang has been awarded the “Distinguished Education Professional,” “Distinguished Class Teacher,” and “Top Ten Distinguished Teachers of Zhuji City.” by Zhuji branch of the MOE. He received his bachelor’s degree in Biology from Zhejiang Normal University in 1982.

Board of Directors

Our board of directors will consist of five directors upon the SEC’s declaration of effectiveness of our registration statement on Form F-1 to which this prospectus forms a part. A director is not required to hold any shares in our company to qualify to serve as a director. A director may vote with respect to any contract, transaction or arrangement in which he or she is materially interested provided the nature of the interest is disclosed prior to its consideration and as long as he has not been disqualified by the chairman of the relevant board meeting. Our board of directors may exercise all of the powers of our company to borrow money, to mortgage or charge its undertaking, property and uncalled capital, or any part thereof, and to issue debentures, debenture stock or other securities whether outright or as security for any debt, liability or obligation of our company or of any third-party. None of our directors has a service contract with us that provides for benefits upon termination of service.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Upon the SEC’s declaration of effectiveness of our registration statement on Form F-1 to which this prospectus forms a part, we will establish three committees under the board of directors, namely the audit committee, the compensation committee and the nominating and corporate governance committee. We have adopted a charter for each of the three committees. Each committee’s members and functions are described below.

Audit committee

Our audit committee currently consists of Messrs.                     ,                      and                      and is chaired by                     . Upon the appointment of additional directors, a majority of our audit committee members will satisfy the “independence” requirements of Nasdaq Listing Rule 5605(c)(2) as well as the independence requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. Our audit committee will consist solely of independent directors that satisfy the Nasdaq Global Market and SEC requirements within one year of the completion of this offering. Our board also has determined that                      qualifies as an audit committee financial expert within the meaning of the SEC rules. The audit committee oversees our accounting and financial reporting processes and the audits of the financial statements of our group. The audit committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

    selecting our independent registered public accounting firm and pre-approving all auditing and non-auditing services permitted to be performed by our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

    reviewing with our independent registered public accounting firm any audit problems or difficulties and management’s response;

 

    reviewing and approving all proposed related party transactions, as defined in Item 404 of Regulation S-K. In particular, our audit committee will review and approve our cash management policy in regard to depositing cash generated from our school operations with related parties, including the maximum amount of such deposits based on our financial condition from time to time;

 

    discussing the annual audited financial statements with management and our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

    annually reviewing and reassessing the adequacy of our audit committee charter;

 

121


Table of Contents
    meeting separately and periodically with the management and our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

    reporting regularly to the full board of directors; and

 

    such other matters that are specifically delegated to our audit committee by our board of directors from time to time.

Compensation committee

Our compensation committee currently consists of Messrs.                     ,                      and                      and is chaired by                     . Upon the appointment of additional directors, a majority of our compensation committee members will satisfy the “independence” requirements of Nasdaq Listing Rule 5605(d). Our compensation committee assists the board in reviewing and approving the compensation structure of our directors and executive officers, including all forms of compensation to be provided to our directors and executive officers. Members of the compensation committee are not prohibited from direct involvement in determining their own compensation. Our chief executive officer may not be present at any committee meeting during which his compensation is deliberated. The compensation committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

    reviewing and approving to the board with respect to the total compensation package for our most senior executive officers;

 

    approving and overseeing the total compensation package for our executives other than the most senior executive officers;

 

    reviewing and recommending to the board with respect to the compensation of our directors;

 

    reviewing periodically and approving any long-term incentive compensation or equity plans;

 

    selecting compensation consultants, legal counsel or other advisors after taking into consideration all factors relevant to that person’s independence from management; and

 

    programs or similar arrangements, annual bonuses, employee pension and welfare benefit plans.

Corporate governance and nominating committee

Our corporate governance and nominating committee currently consists of Messrs.                     ,                      and                      and is chaired by                     . Upon the appointment of additional directors, a majority of our corporate governance and nominating committee members will satisfy the “independence” requirements of Nasdaq Listing Rule 5605(e). The corporate governance and nominating committee assists our board of directors in identifying individuals qualified to become our directors and in determining the composition of the board and its committees. The corporate governance and nominating committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

    identifying and recommending nominees for election or re-election to our board of directors or for appointment to fill any vacancy;

 

    reviewing annually with our board of directors its current composition in light of the characteristics of independence, age, skills, experience and availability of service to us;

 

    identifying and recommending to our board the directors to serve as members of committees;

 

    advising the board periodically with respect to significant developments in the law and practice of corporate governance as well as our compliance with applicable laws and regulations, and making recommendations to our board of directors on all matters of corporate governance and on any corrective action to be taken; and

 

    monitoring compliance with our code of business conduct and ethics, including reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our procedures to ensure proper compliance.

 

122


Table of Contents

Duties of Directors

Under Cayman Islands law, our directors have a duty of loyalty to act honestly, in good faith and with a view to our best interests. Our directors also have a duty to exercise skills they actually possess and such care and diligence that a reasonably prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances. In fulfilling their duty of care to us, our directors must ensure compliance with our memorandum and articles of association, as amended and re-stated from time to time. Our company has the right to seek damages if a duty owed by our directors is breached.

Terms of Directors and Officers

Our directors hold office until such time as they are removed from office by ordinary resolution or the unanimous written resolution of all shareholders. A director will be removed from office automatically if, among other things, the director (i) becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors; or (ii) dies or is found by our company to be or becomes of unsound mind. Officers are selected by and serve at the discretion of the board of directors. The compensation of our directors is determined by the board of directors. There is no mandatory retirement age for directors. Our officers are elected by and serve at the discretion of the board of directors.

Employment Agreements

We have entered into employment agreements with our executive officers. Each of our executive officers is employed for a specified time period, which will be renewed upon both parties’ agreement thirty days before the end of the current employment term. We may terminate the employment for cause, at any time, without notice or remuneration, for certain acts of the executive officer, including but not limited to the commitments of any serious or persistent breach or non-observance of the terms and conditions of the employment, conviction of a criminal offense, willful disobedience of a lawful and reasonable order, fraud or dishonesty, receipt of bribery, or severe neglect of his or her duties. An executive officer may terminate his or her employment at any time with a one-month prior written notice.

Each executive officer has agreed to hold, both during and after the employment agreement expires, in strict confidence and not to use or disclose to any person, corporation or other entity without written consent, any confidential information. Each executive officer has also agreed to assign to our group all his or her all inventions, improvements, designs, original works of authorship, formulas, processes, compositions of matter, computer software programs, databases, mask works, concepts and trade secrets.

Compensation of Directors and Executive Officers

For the year ended June 30, 2014 and the three months ended September 30, 2014, we paid an aggregate of RMB4.3 million (US$0.7 million) and RMB1.0 million (US$0.2 million), respectively, in cash compensation to our executive officers, and we did not have any non-executive directors.

Our PRC subsidiary is required by PRC laws and regulations to make contributions equal to certain percentages of each employee’s salary for his or her retirement benefit, medical insurance benefits, housing funds, unemployment and other statutory benefit. Our PRC subsidiary paid retirement and similar benefits for our officers and directors in the year ended June 30, 2014 and the three months ended September 30, 2014.

 

123


Table of Contents

Principal Shareholders

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares as of the date of this prospectus by:

 

    each of our directors and executive officers; and

 

    each person known to us to beneficially own more than 5% of our ordinary shares.

The calculations in the table below assume there are              ordinary shares outstanding as of the date of this prospectus, and (i)              ordinary shares outstanding immediately after the completion of this offering, assuming that the ADSs are offered and sold at the minimum offering amount, and (ii)              ordinary shares outstanding immediately after the completion of this offering, assuming that the ADSs are offered and sold at the maximum offering amount.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, we have included shares that the person has the right to acquire within 60 days, including through the exercise of any option, warrant or other right or the conversion of any other security. These shares, however, are not included in the computation of the percentage ownership of any other person.

 

    Ordinary shares
beneficially owned
prior to this offering
    Shares beneficially
owned after this
offering
(Minimum
offering amount)
   Shares beneficially
owned after this
offering
(Maximum
offering amount)
Name   Number      %     Number    %    Number    %

Directors and Executive Officers:

               

Ming Wang

    —           —                

Ying Xin

    —           —                

Jin Xie

    —           —                

Yejun Yu

    —           —                

Lei Chen

    —           —                

Bo Lyu

    —           —                

Jihong Zheng

    —           —                

Lunguo Lyu

    —           —                

Baiqing Yuan

    —           —                

Honggang Xu

    —           —                

Jianjun Jiang

    —           —                

Principal Shareholders:

               

Hailiang Feng (1)

    360,000,000         98.6           

Jet Victory International Limited (2)

    223,200,000         61.2           

Brilliant One Development Limited (3)

    100,800,000         27.6           

 

* Less than 1% of the outstanding ordinary shares.
(1) Includes 223,200,000 shares held by Jet Victory International Limited, 100,800,000 shares held by Brilliant One Development Limited, 18,000,000 shares held by Fame Best International Limited and 18,000,000 shares held by Gain Success Group Limited. Jet Victory International Limited, Fame Best International Limited and Gain Success Group Limited are British Virgin Islands companies wholly-owned by Mr. Feng.
(2) A British Virgin Islands company wholly-owned by Mr. Feng.
(3)

A British Virgin Islands company wholly owned by Hailiang Group. As of the date of this prospectus, Hailiang Group is controlled by Mr. Feng and is held as to 43.6% by Mr. Feng and 40.3% by Shanghai Weize Investment Company. Shanghai Weize Investment Company is controlled by Mr. Feng and is held as

 

124


Table of Contents
  to 58.8% by Mr. Feng and 31.6% by Zhejiang Zhongyida Investment Company. Zhejiang Zhongyida Investment Company is controlled by Mr. Feng and is held as to 90% by Mr. Feng and 10% by his spouse. All the remaining minority equity interests in such shareholding entities are held by Mr. Feng’s relatives and/or independent third parties.

As of the date of this prospectus, none of our outstanding ordinary shares is held by record holders in the United States. None of our existing shareholders will have different voting rights from other shareholders after the completion of this offering. We are not aware of any arrangement that may, at a subsequent date, result in a change of control of our company.

 

125


Table of Contents

Related Party Transactions

Contractual Arrangements with our Affiliated Entities and their Shareholder

We have entered into a series of contractual arrangements with Hailiang Investment which owns and operates our schools and Mr. Feng, its shareholder. Such contractual arrangements provide us (i) the power over Hailiang Investment, (ii) the exposure or rights to variable returns from our involvement with Hailiang Investment, and (iii) the ability to affect those returns through use of our power over Hailiang Investment to affect the amount of our returns. Therefore, we control Hailiang Investment and its subsidiaries. For a description of these contractual arrangements, see “Our Corporate History and Structure—Our Corporate Structure.”

Transactions with Certain Related Parties

Advances and loans to related parties

Our controlling shareholder, Mr. Feng, owns or controls other non-educational service businesses that from time to time require short-term financing to support their business operations and working capital needs. After considering the cash on hand and forecasted cash flows to fund our operations, we provided financing to these companies during the periods presented.

The financing was provided in the form of interest-free advances or interest-earning loans. The advances do not have a fixed term and are repayable upon demand. The loans have terms less than one year and allow for early repayment. We extended the loans as part of our cash management arrangement in order to earn interest that is comparable to ordinary deposits in banks. The related party companies have historically repaid advances upon demand and have paid the full principal amount plus the related interest income at maturity.

Advances

During the 2012 and 2013 fiscal years, we provided interest-free advances of RMB195.2 million and RMB234.2 million, respectively, to Zhejiang Hailiang Education Group Ltd., a company controlled by Mr. Feng, to support its business operation. These advances did not have a fixed term of repayment and were repayable upon demand. We received RMB235.0 million and RMB290.3 million in repayment from Zhejiang Hailiang Education Group Ltd. during the 2012 and 2013 fiscal years, respectively. The remaining balance of RMB2.7 million netted off an equivalent rental payable amount arising from properties and facilities leased from Zhejiang Hailiang Education Group Ltd.

Loans

During the 2011 fiscal year, we loaned RMB30.0 million to Zhejiang Hailiang Education Group Ltd. at an interest rate of 5.6% to 6.1% per annum which was repaid in the 2012 fiscal year. We recognized interest income in the amount of RMB0.3 million from the loans during the 2012 fiscal year.

During the 2013 fiscal year, we loaned RMB380.0 million to Zhejiang Ming Xuan Construction Engineering Co., Ltd., a construction company controlled by our controlling shareholder, Mr. Feng, at an interest rate of 6% per annum. Pursuant to the loan agreements, the loans bear interest at 6% per annum and were to be repaid before October 2013. Zhejiang Ming Xuan Construction Engineering Co., Ltd. repaid RMB118.5 million of the loan in the 2013 fiscal year and the remainder plus accrued interest in September 2013. The interest income from the loans during the 2013 fiscal year amounted to RMB14.0 million.

In September 2013, subsequent to the collection of the loan from Zhejiang Ming Xuan Construction Engineering Co., Ltd., we provided loans of RMB600.0 million to Suzhou Wujiang Hailiang Real Estate Development Co., Ltd., an entity controlled by Mr. Feng. Pursuant to the loan agreements, the loans bear interest

 

126


Table of Contents

rate at 6% per annum, and shall be repaid before June 30, 2014. As of June 30, 2014, the loan and the related interest were collected in full.

Term deposits

Starting from the 2014 fiscal year, we deposited certain amount of cash generated from our education business with a related party finance company owned by Hailiang Group. The finance company may provide funds and financing to entities within Hailiang Group. During the 2014 fiscal year, we made aggregate deposits of RMB640.0 million and received RMB220.0 million upon the maturity of the deposits. During the three months ended September 30, 2014, we deposited RMB645.4 million to, and collected RMB270.0 million of deposits upon maturity from, Hailiang Finance. Our balance of demand deposits and term deposits with related parties amounted to RMB21.1 million (US$3.4 million) and RMB795.4 million (US$129.6 million), respectively, as of September 30, 2014.

As part of our cash management policy, we expect to continue to deposit certain amount of cash generated from our education business with this related party finance company. In particular, based on our current policy, effective September 2014, such cash cannot exceed RMB152.0 million unless otherwise approved by our audit committee, or prior to the establishment of our audit committee, our board of directors and such threshold may be amended from time to time. In October 2014, we withdrew term deposits of RMB660.0 million from Hailiang Finance and subsequently deposited the cash proceeds with a commercial bank in China. As of October 31, 2014, the balance of deposits we had with Hailiang Finance amounted to RMB143.5 million. Our cash deposits with the finance company are made in the form of demand deposits or term deposits with terms ranging from three months to one year. Such term deposits can be withdrawn prior to their maturity without incurring significant penalties. In September 2014, Hailiang Group and Mr. Feng entered into a guarantee agreement with us to irrevocably and jointly guarantee timely return of such deposits on behalf of the finance company in the event that the finance company defaults on the return of such deposits or payment of the interest.

We are subject to credit risks associated with the term deposit arrangement. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry—We deposit a certain amount of cash with related parties and are subject to credit risks of such related parties.”

Lease agreements with a related party

We lease the school buildings and the related properties and facilities for our three schools from Zhejiang Hailiang Education Group Ltd., a company controlled by our controlling shareholder, Mr. Feng. For the 2012 fiscal year, our total rental expenses was RMB4.6 million. On June 30, 2012, Zhuji Private High School entered into a revised lease agreement with Zhejiang Hailiang Education Group Ltd. for additional properties and facilities. As a result, our total rental expenses increased from RMB4.6 million in the 2012 fiscal year to RMB9.6 million in the 2013 fiscal year. In the 2014 fiscal year and the three months ended September 30, 2014, our total rental expenses remained at RMB9.6 million (US$1.6 million) and RMB2.4 million (US$0.4 million), respectively.

The terms of our leases are for twenty years. All of our current leases contain priority renewal provisions which provide that we have the right of first refusal to renew the lease upon the expiration of the lease. Under the leasing agreements, we can terminate the lease at any time without cause, provided we notify the lessor in writing three months in advance. The lessor may only terminate the agreements upon a written notice to us one year in advance for any unapproved sublease by the lessee, unapproved modification to the premises, failure to pay rent for more than 60 days or use of the properties for illegal activities. To terminate the leases for other causes, the lessor would have to give us written notice one year in advance and obtain our consent to such termination. However, there is no assurance that the lessor will observe its obligations under these leasing agreements. As a result, at the end of each year or the term of the lease, we may fail to reach an agreement for a rental price or otherwise fail to continue to lease the properties. We may be forced to relocate the affected operations to a new location, which could involve substantial rent increases and material business interruption.

 

127


Table of Contents

Leasehold improvement contracts

Zhuji Private High School has entered into a Property Lease Cooperation Agreement with Zhejiang Hailiang Education Group Ltd., Hailiang Group and Mr. Feng on November 13, 2014. Under this agreement, Zhuji Private High School and Zhejiang Hailiang Education Group Ltd. have agreed to enter into a lease agreement regarding the new school campus when Zhejiang Hailiang Education Group Ltd. obtains the necessary approvals for the new school campus and the construction and the outfitting and improvement work on the new school campus have been substantially complete. If Zhejiang Hailiang Education Group Ltd. and Zhuji Private High School fail to enter into such lease agreement by November 12, 2015, Zhejiang Hailiang Education Group Ltd. will reimburse the outfitting and improvement expenses made by Zhuji Private High School. The agreement also provides for undertakings from Hailiang Group and Mr. Feng that, upon such failure to reach a lease agreement, Hailiang Group and Mr. Feng will indemnify Zhuji Private High School for the amount it has not been reimbursed from Zhejiang Hailiang Education Group Ltd.

On November 13, 2014, Zhuji Private High School entered into three leasehold improvement contracts with Heng Zhong Da, a company affiliated with Hailiang Group. Under the contracts, Heng Zhong Da will provide work and services on the outfitting and improvements of the student dormitories, classroom buildings, dining halls, administrative building, sports stadiums, welcoming center and school hospital on the new school campus to be built by Zhejiang Hailiang Education Group Ltd., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Hailiang Group. Zhuji Private High School will pay a total contract consideration of approximately RMB291.8 million (or RMB223.7 million, RMB12.3 million and RMB55.8 million under each of the contracts, respectively) to Heng Zhong Da. Under the contracts, the outfitting and improvements began on November 13, 2014 and is expected to be completed by June 30, 2015. After a final inspection by Zhuji Private High School, parties will fix the final contract payment based on work requirements. In November 2014, Zhuji Private High School made prepayments to Heng Zhong Da under the contracts in the aggregate of RMB240 million (US$39.1 million). The purpose of the prepayments is that the outfitting and improvements of a campus of this size, including the academic, library and athletic facilities, will be time consuming and costly, and this new school campus will feature modern and well equipped facilities, which will take time and will be expensive to install.

Private Placements

See “Description of Share Capital—History of Securities Issuances.”

Employment Agreements

We have entered into employment agreements with our executive officers. See “Management—Employment Agreements.”

 

128


Table of Contents

Description of Share Capital

We were incorporated as an exempted company in April 2011. Our affairs are currently governed by our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and the Companies Law, Cap 22 (Law 3 of 1961, as consolidated and revised) of the Cayman Islands, which we refer to as the Companies Law below.

As of the date hereof, our authorized share capital is US$100,000, divided into 1,000,000,000 ordinary shares with a par value of US$0.0001 each. As of the date of this prospectus, there are 365,000,000 ordinary shares issued and outstanding. Immediately upon the completion of this offering, our authorized share capital will be US$100,000, divided into 1,000,000,000 ordinary shares with a par value of US$0.0001 each and              ordinary shares will be issued and outstanding.

We have adopted an amended and restated memorandum of association with immediate effect, and has passed the relevant resolutions to adopt an amended and restated articles of association, or the post-offering amended and restated articles of association, which will become effective and replace our current amended and restated articles of association in its entirety immediately upon the completion of this offering.

The following are summaries of material provisions of our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and the Companies Law insofar as they relate to the material terms of our ordinary shares. You should read our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Ordinary Shares

The following discussion primarily concerns our ordinary shares and the rights of holders of ordinary shares. The holders of ADSs will not be treated as our shareholders and will be required to surrender their ADSs for cancellation and withdrawal from the depositary facility in which the ordinary shares are held in accordance with the provisions of the deposit agreement in order to exercise shareholders’ rights in respect of the ordinary shares. The depositary will agree, so far as it is practical, to vote or cause to be voted the amount of ordinary shares represented by ADSs in accordance with the non-discretionary written instructions of the holders of such ADSs. See “Description of American Depositary Shares—Voting Rights.”

All of our outstanding ordinary shares are fully paid and non-assessable and issued in registered form. Our shareholders who are non-residents of the Cayman Islands may freely hold and vote their ordinary shares.

Meetings

Only the chairman of our board of directors or a majority of our board of directors may call extraordinary general meetings, which may not be called by any other person. Advance notice of at least ten calendar days is required for the convening of our annual general meeting and any other general meeting of our shareholders. A quorum required for a meeting of shareholders consists of at least two (2) shareholders present or by proxy, representing not less than one-third in nominal value of the total issued voting shares in our company.

Notwithstanding that a meeting is called by shorter notice than that mentioned above, but, subject to the Companies Law, it will be deemed to have been duly called, if it is so agreed (a) in the case of a meeting called as an annual general meeting by all of our shareholders entitled to attend and vote at the meeting; and (b) in the case of any other meeting, by a majority in number of the shareholders having the right to attend and vote at the meeting holding not less than 95% in nominal value of the issued shares giving that right.

No business other than the appointment of a chairman may be transacted at any general meeting unless a quorum is present at the commencement of business. However, the absence of a quorum will not preclude the

 

129


Table of Contents

appointment of a chairman. If present, the chairman of our board of directors shall be the chairman presiding at any shareholders’ meetings.

A corporation being a shareholder shall be deemed for the purpose of our post-offering amended and restated articles of association to be present in person if represented by its duly authorized representative being the person appointed by resolution of the directors or other governing body of such corporation to act as its representative at the relevant general meeting or at any relevant general meeting of any class of our shareholders. Such duly authorized representative shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the corporation that he represents as that corporation could exercise if it were our individual shareholder.

The quorum for a separate general meeting of the holders of a separate class of shares is described in “—Variation of Rights” below.

Our post-offering amended and restated articles of association do not allow our shareholders to approve matters to be determined at shareholders’ meetings by way of written resolutions without a meeting.

Voting Rights

Subject to any special rights or restrictions as to voting for the time being attached to any shares by or in accordance with the articles of our company, at any general meeting on a show of hands every shareholder present in person (or being a corporation, is present by a duly authorized representative), or by proxy shall have one vote and on a poll every shareholder present in person or by proxy or, in the case of a shareholder being a corporation, by its duly authorized representative shall have one vote for every fully paid share of which he is the holder but so that no amount paid up or credited as paid up on a share in advance of calls or installments is treated for the foregoing purposes as paid up on the share. Notwithstanding anything contained in our second amended and restated article, where more than one proxy is appointed by a shareholder which is a clearing house or a central depository house (or its nominee(s)), each such proxy shall have one vote on a show of hands.

No shareholder shall, unless the board otherwise determines, be entitled to attend and vote or be reckoned in a quorum, in respect of any share, unless such shareholder is duly registered as our shareholder and all calls or installments due by such shareholder to us have been paid.

If a clearing house (or its nominee(s)) or a central depositary entity, being a corporation, is our shareholder, it may authorize such person or persons as it thinks fit to act as its representative(s) at any meeting or at any meeting of any class of shareholders provided that, if more than one person is so authorized, the authorization shall specify the number and class of shares in respect of which each such person is so authorized. A person authorized pursuant to this provision is entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the clearing house or central depositary entity (or its nominee(s)) as if such person was the registered holder of our shares held by that clearing house or central depositary entity (or its nominee(s)) including the right to vote individually in a show of hands.

While there is nothing under the laws of the Cayman Islands which specifically prohibits or restricts the creation of cumulative voting rights for the election of directors of our company, it is not a concept that is accepted as an ordinary practice in the Cayman Islands, and our company has made no provisions in our post-offering amended and restated articles of association to allow cumulative voting for such elections.

Calls on Shares and Forfeiture of Shares

Subject to our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association which will become effective upon the completion of this offering, our directors may from time to time make such calls upon the members in respect of any amounts unpaid on the shares held by them. The shares that have been called upon and remain unpaid on the specified time are subject to forfeiture.

 

130


Table of Contents

Protection of Minority Shareholders

The Cayman Islands courts ordinarily would be expected to follow English case law precedents which permit a minority shareholder to commence a representative action against or derivative actions in the name of the company to challenge (a) an act which is ultra vires the company or illegal, (b) an act which constitutes a fraud against the minority and regarding which the wrongdoers are themselves in control of the company, and (c) an irregularity in the passing of a resolution which requires a qualified (or special) majority.

In the case of a company (not being a bank) having its share capital divided into shares, the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands may, on the application of members holding not less than one fifth of the shares of the company in issue, appoint an inspector to examine the affairs of the company and to report thereon in such manner as the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands shall direct.

Any of our shareholders may petition the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands which may make a winding up order if the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands is of the opinion that it is just and equitable that we should be wound up or, as an alternative to a winding up order, (a) an order regulating the conduct of our affairs in the future, (b) an order requiring us to refrain from doing or continuing an act complained of by the shareholder petitioner or to do an act which the shareholder petitioner has complained we have omitted to do, (c) an order authorizing civil proceedings to be brought in our name and on our behalf by the shareholder petitioner on such terms as the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands may direct, or (d) an order providing for the purchase of the shares of any of our shareholders by other shareholders or us and, in the case of a purchase by us, a reduction of our capital accordingly.

Generally, claims against us must be based on the general laws of contract or tort applicable in the Cayman Islands or individual rights as shareholders as established by our post-offering amended and restated articles of association.

Pre-Emption Rights

There are no pre-emption rights applicable to the issue of new shares under either Cayman Islands law or our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association.

Liquidation Rights

Subject to any future shares which are issued with specific rights, (a) if we are wound up and the assets available for distribution amongst our shareholders are more than sufficient to repay the whole of the capital paid up at the commencement of the winding up, the excess shall be distributed pari passu among those shareholders in proportion to the amount paid up at the commencement of the winding up on the shares held by them, respectively, and (b) if we are wound up and the assets available for distribution among the shareholders as such are insufficient to repay the whole of the paid-up capital, those assets shall be distributed so that, as nearly as may be, the losses shall be borne by the shareholders in proportion to the capital paid up at the commencement of the winding up on the shares held by them, respectively.

If we are wound up (whether the liquidation is voluntary or by the court), the liquidator may with the sanction of our special resolution and any other sanction required by the Companies Law, divide among our shareholders in specie or kind the whole or any part of our assets (whether or not they shall consist of property of the same kind) and may, for such purpose, set such value as the liquidator deems fair upon any property to be divided and may determine how such division shall be carried out as between the shareholders or different classes of shareholders. The liquidator may also vest the whole or any part of these assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the shareholders as the liquidator shall think fit, but so that no shareholder will be compelled to accept any assets, shares or other securities upon which there is a liability.

 

131


Table of Contents

Variation of Rights

Alterations to our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association may only be made by special resolution, meaning a resolution passed by a majority of not less than two-thirds of votes cast by such shareholders as, being entitled so to do, vote in person or, in the case of such shareholders as are corporations, by their respective duly authorized representative or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at a general meeting of which not less than ten (10) clear days’ notice, specifying (without prejudice to the power contained in the amended and restated articles to amend the same) the intention to propose the resolution as a special resolution, has been duly given.

If at any time, our share capital is divided into different classes of shares, all or any of the special rights attached to any class of shares may be varied with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a general meeting of the holders of the shares of that class. Consequently, the rights of any class of shares cannot be detrimentally altered without a majority of two-thirds of the vote of all of the shares in that class. The provisions of our post-offering amended and restated articles of association relating to general meetings shall apply similarly to every such separate general meeting, but so that the quorum for the purposes of any such separate general meeting or at the adjourned meeting shall be a person or persons together holding (or represented by proxy) on the date of the relevant meeting not less than one-third in nominal value of the issued shares of that class, that every holder of shares of the class shall be entitled on a poll to one vote for every such share held by such holder and that any holder of shares of that class present in person or by proxy may demand a poll.

The rights conferred upon the holders of the shares of any class issued with preferred or other rights shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class, be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further shares ranking pari passu with such existing class of shares.

Alteration of Capital

We may from time to time by ordinary resolution in accordance with the Companies Law alter the conditions of our post-offering amended and restated memorandum of association to:

 

    increase our capital by such sum, to be divided into shares of such amounts, as the resolution shall prescribe;

 

    consolidate and divide all or any of our share capital into shares of larger amounts than our existing shares;

 

    cancel any shares which at the date of the passing of the resolution have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any person, and diminish the amount of its share capital by the amount of the shares so cancelled subject to the provisions of the Companies Law;

 

    sub-divide our shares or any of them into shares of smaller amount than is fixed by our post-offering amended and restated memorandum of association, subject nevertheless to the Companies Law, so that the resolution whereby any share is sub-divided may determine that, as between the holders of the shares resulting from such subdivision, one or more of the shares may have any such preferred or other special rights over, or may have such deferred rights or be subject to any such restrictions as compared with the others, as we have power to attach to unissued or new shares; and

 

    divide shares into several classes and without prejudice to any special rights previously conferred on the holders of existing shares, attach to the shares respectively any preferential, deferred, qualified or special rights, privileges, conditions or such restrictions that in the absence of any such determination in a general meeting may be determined by our directors.

We may, by special resolution, provided we obtain any confirmation or consent required by the Companies Law, reduce our share capital or any capital redemption reserve in any manner authorized by law.

 

132


Table of Contents

Transfer of Shares

Provided such transfer complies with any applicable restrictions set forth in our post-offering amended and restated articles of association, including, for example, the board of directors’ discretion to refuse to register a transfer of any share (not being a fully paid up share) to a person of whom it does not approve, or any share issued under share incentive plans for employees upon which a restriction on transfer imposed thereby still subsists, or a transfer of any share to more than four joint holders, any of our shareholders may transfer all or any of his or her shares by an instrument of transfer in the usual or common form or in a form prescribed by the Nasdaq Global Market or in another form that our directors may approve.

Our directors may decline to register any transfer of any share which is not paid up or on which we have a lien. Our directors may also decline to register any transfer of any share unless:

 

    the instrument of transfer is lodged with us and is accompanied by the certificate for the shares to which it relates and such other evidence as our directors may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer;

 

    the instrument of transfer is in respect of only one class of share;

 

    the instrument of transfer is properly stamped (in circumstances where stamping is required); and

 

    fee of such maximum sum as the Nasdaq Global Market may determine to be payable or such lesser sum as our directors may from time to time require is paid to us in respect thereof.

If our directors refuse to register a transfer, they shall, within three months after the date on which the instrument of transfer was lodged, send to each of the transferor and the transferee notice of such refusal.

The registration of transfers may, after compliance with any notice requirement of the Nasdaq Global Market, be suspended and the register closed at such times and for such periods as our directors may from time to time determine; provided, however, that the registration of transfers shall not be suspended nor the register closed for more than 30 days in any year as our directors may determine.

Register of Members

In accordance with Section 48 of the Companies Law, the register of members is prima facie evidence of the registered holder or member of shares of a company. Therefore, a person becomes a registered holder or member of shares of the company only upon entry being made in the register of members. Our directors will maintain one register of members, at the office of Codan Trust Company (Cayman) Limited, Cricket Square, Hutchins Drive, PO Box 2681, Grand Cayman, KY1-1111, Cayman Islands.

The depositary will be included in our register of members as the only holder of the ordinary shares underlying the ADSs in this offering. The shares underlying the ADSs are not shares in bearer form, but are in registered form and are “non-negotiable” or “registered” shares in which case the shares underlying the ADSs can only be transferred on the books of the company in accordance with Section 166 of the Companies Law.

In the event that we fail to update our register of members, the recourse of investors is directly to the depositary under the terms of the deposit agreement, which is governed by New York law. The depositary will have recourse against us under the terms of the deposit agreement, and also will hold a share certificate evidencing the depositary as the registered holder of shares underlying the ADSs. Further, Section 46 of the Companies Law provides for recourse to be available to our investors in case we fail to update our register of members. In the event we fail to update our register of member, the depositary, as the aggrieved party, may apply for an order with the courts of the Cayman Islands for the rectification of the register.

 

133


Table of Contents

Share Repurchases

We are empowered by the Companies Law and our post-offering amended and restated articles of association to purchase our own shares, subject to certain restrictions. Our directors may only exercise this power on our behalf, subject to the Companies Law, our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and to any applicable requirements imposed from time to time by the Nasdaq Global Market, the SEC, or by any other recognized stock exchange on which our securities are listed.

Dividends

Subject to the Companies Law, our company in a general meeting or our directors may declare dividends in any currency to be paid to our shareholders but no dividend shall be declared in excess of the amount recommended by the board. Dividends may be declared and paid out of our profits, realized or unrealized, or from any reserve set aside from profits which our directors determine is no longer needed. Our board of directors may also declare and pay dividends out of the share premium account or any other fund or account that can be authorized for this purpose in accordance with the Companies Law.

Except in so far as the rights attaching to, or the terms of issue of, any share otherwise provides, (a) all dividends shall be declared and paid according to the amounts paid up on the shares in respect of which the dividend is paid, but no amount paid up on a share in advance of calls shall be treated for this purpose as paid up on that share and (b) all dividends shall be apportioned and paid pro rata according to the amounts paid up on the shares during any portion or portions of the period in respect of which the dividend is paid.

Our directors may also pay interim dividends, whenever our financial position, in the opinion of our directors, justifies such payment.

Our directors may deduct from any dividend or bonus payable to any shareholder all sums of money (if any) presently payable by such shareholder to us on account of calls or otherwise.

No dividend or other money payable by us on or in respect of any share shall bear interest against us.

Whenever our directors have resolved that a dividend be paid or declared, our directors may further resolve that such dividend be satisfied wholly or in part by the distribution of specific assets of any kind, and in particular of paid up shares, debentures or warrants to subscribe for our securities or securities of any other company. Where any difficulty arises with regard to such distribution, our directors may settle it as they think expedient. In particular, our directors may issue fractional certificates, ignore fractions altogether or round the same up or down, fix the value for distribution purposes of any such specific assets, determine that cash payments shall be made to any of our shareholders upon the footing of the value so fixed in order to adjust the rights of the parties, vest any such specific assets in trustees as may seem expedient to our directors, and appoint any person to sign any requisite instruments of transfer and other documents on behalf of the persons entitled to the dividend, which appointment shall be effective and binding on our shareholders.

In respect of any dividend proposed to be paid or declared on our share capital, our directors may resolve and direct that (a) such dividend be satisfied wholly or in part in the form of an allotment of shares credited as fully paid up, provided that our shareholders entitled thereto will be entitled to elect to receive such dividend (or part thereof if our directors so determine) in cash in lieu of such allotment or (b) the shareholders entitled to such dividend will be entitled to elect to receive an allotment of shares credited as fully paid up in lieu of the whole or such part of the dividend as our directors may think fit. Our shareholders may, upon the recommendation of our directors, by ordinary resolution resolve in respect of any particular dividend that, notwithstanding the foregoing, a dividend may be satisfied wholly in the form of an allotment of shares credited as fully paid up without offering any right to shareholders to elect to receive such dividend in cash in lieu of such allotment.

Any dividend, interest, or other sum payable in cash to the holder of shares may be paid by check or warrant sent by mail addressed to the holder at his registered address, or addressed to such person and at such addresses

 

134


Table of Contents

as the holder may direct. Every check or warrant shall, unless the holder or joint holders otherwise direct, be made payable to the order of the holder or, in the case of joint holders, to the order of the holder whose name stands first on the register in respect of such shares, and shall be sent at his or their risk and payment of the check or warrant by the bank on which it is drawn shall constitute a good discharge to us.

All dividends unclaimed for one year after having been declared may be invested or otherwise made use of by our board of directors for the benefit of our company until claimed. Any dividend unclaimed after a period of six years from the date of declaration of such dividend shall be forfeited and reverted to us.

Untraceable Shareholders

We are entitled to sell any shares of a shareholder who is untraceable, provided that:

 

    all checks or warrants in respect of dividends of such shares, not being less than three in number, for any sums payable in cash to the holder of such shares have remained un-cashed for a period of 12 years prior to the publication of the advertisement and during the three months referred to in the third bullet point below;

 

    we have not during that time received any indication of the whereabouts or existence of the shareholder or person entitled to such shares by death, bankruptcy or operation of law; and

 

    we, if so required by the rules of the Nasdaq Global Market, have caused an advertisement to be published in newspapers in accordance with such applicable rules giving notice of our intention to sell these shares, and a period of three months (or such shorter period as permitted under the applicable rules) has elapsed since such advertisement.

The net proceeds of any such sale shall belong to us, and when we receive these net proceeds we shall become indebted to the former shareholder for an amount equal to such net proceeds.

Inspection of Books and Records

Holders of our ordinary shares will have no general right under Cayman Islands law to inspect or obtain copies of our list of shareholders or our corporate records. However, we will provide our shareholders with annual audited financial statements. See “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

History of Securities Issuances

The following is a summary of our securities issuances and repurchases since our incorporation on July 13, 2011 (the figures shown below have been given effect to a 1-to-10 share split effected on December 23, 2014).

In connection with our incorporation in April 2011, we issued 360,000,000 ordinary shares at a par value of US$0.0001 per share to Mr. Feng, our founder.

In December 2011, Mr. Feng transferred his shares in Hailiang Inc. to four holding companies then owned by Mr. Feng, namely Jet Victory International Limited, Brilliant One Development Limited, Fame Best International Limited and Gain Success Group Limited, in the British Virgin Islands. Mr. Feng transferred 62%, 28%, 5% and 5% of shares in Hailiang Inc. to Jet Victory International Limited, Brilliant One Development Limited, Fame Best International Limited and Gain Success Group Limited for considerations of US$22,300, US$10,080, US$1,800 and US$1,800, respectively.

In March 2012, Maxida International Company Limited, an independent third party, purchased 5,000,000 newly issued ordinary shares for US$3.0 million.

In October 2014, Mr. Feng transferred his 100% interest in Brilliant One Development Limited, to International Mineral Investment (HK), a company wholly owned by Hailiang Group. Hailiang Group is controlled by Mr. Feng.

 

135


Table of Contents

On December 23, 2014, we effected a 1-to-10 share split, following which each share of par value US$0.001 in our share capital was subdivided into ten shares, each of par value US$0.0001.

Differences in Corporate Law

The Companies Law of the Cayman Islands is modeled after that of the United Kingdom but does not follow recent United Kingdom statutory enactments. In addition, the Companies Law differs from laws applicable to United States corporations and their shareholders. Set forth below is a summary of the significant differences between the provisions of the Companies Law applicable to us and the laws applicable to companies incorporated in the United States and their shareholders.

Mergers and Similar Arrangements

The Companies Law permits mergers and consolidations between Cayman Islands companies and between Cayman Islands companies and non-Cayman Islands companies. For these purposes, (a) “merger” means the merging of two or more constituent companies and the vesting of their undertaking, property and liabilities in one of such companies as the surviving company; and (b) a “consolidation” means the combination of two or more constituent companies into a consolidated company and the vesting of the undertaking, property and liabilities of such companies in the consolidated company. A merger of two or more constituent companies under Cayman Islands law requires a plan of merger or consolidation to be approved by the directors of each constituent company and (a) authorization by a special resolution of the members of each constituent company and (b) such other authorization, if any, as may be specified in such constituent company’s articles of association.

A merger between a Cayman parent company and its Cayman subsidiary or subsidiaries does not require authorization by a resolution of shareholders. For this purpose a subsidiary is a company of which at least 90% of the votes cast at its general meeting are held by the parent company.

The consent of each holder of a fixed or floating security interest over a constituent company is required unless this requirement is waived by a court in the Cayman Islands.

Save in certain circumstances, a dissentient shareholder of a Cayman constituent company is entitled to payment of the fair value of his shares upon dissenting to a merger or consolidation. The exercise of appraisal rights will preclude the exercise of any other rights save for the right to seek relief on the grounds that the merger or consolidation is void or unlawful.

In addition, there are statutory provisions that facilitate the reconstruction and amalgamation of companies, provided that the arrangement is approved by a majority in number of each class of shareholders and creditors (representing 75% by value) with whom the arrangement is to be made, and who must, in addition, represent three-fourths in value of each such class of shareholders or creditors, as the case may be, that are present and voting either in person or by proxy at a meeting, or meetings, convened for that purpose. The convening of the meetings and subsequently the arrangement must be sanctioned by the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands. While a dissenting shareholder has the right to express to the court the view that the transaction ought not to be approved, the court can be expected to approve the arrangement if it determines that:

 

    the statutory provisions as to the required majority vote have been met;

 

    the shareholders have been fairly represented at the meeting in question and the statutory majority are acting bona fide without coercion of the minority to promote interests adverse to those of the class;

 

    the arrangement is such that it may be reasonably approved by an intelligent and honest man of that class acting in respect of his interest; and

 

    the arrangement is not one that would more properly be sanctioned under some other provision of the Companies Law.

When a takeover offer is made and accepted by holders of 90% of the shares within four months, the offeror may, within a two-month period commencing on the expiration of such four-month period, require the holders of the remaining shares to transfer such shares on the terms of the offer. An objection can be made to the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands but this is unlikely to succeed in the case of an offer which has been so approved unless there is evidence of fraud, bad faith or collusion.

 

136


Table of Contents

If an arrangement and reconstruction is thus approved, the dissenting shareholder would have no rights comparable to appraisal rights, which would otherwise ordinarily be available to dissenting shareholders of Delaware corporations, providing rights to receive payment in cash for the judicially determined value of the shares.

Shareholder Proposals

Cayman Islands laws do not provide shareholders with an express right to put any proposal before the annual meeting of shareholders. By contrast, in keeping with common law, Delaware corporations generally afford shareholders an opportunity to make proposals and nominations provided that they comply with the notice provisions in the certificate of incorporation or bylaws. A special meeting may be called by the board of directors or any other person authorized to do so in the certificate of incorporation or bylaws, but shareholders may be precluded from calling special meetings. With respect to shareholder proposals, Cayman Islands law is essentially the same as Delaware law. The Cayman Islands Companies Law does not provide shareholders with an express right to put forth any proposal before the annual meeting of the shareholders. However, depending on what is stipulated in a company’s articles of association, shareholders in an exempted Cayman Islands company may make proposals in accordance with the relevant notice provisions. For shares that are represented by ADSs, the depositary in many cases may be the only shareholder. In such cases, only the depositary has the direct right to requisition a shareholders’ meeting. However, unless otherwise provided in the deposit agreement, the holders of the ADSs generally do not have the right to petition the depositary to requisition a shareholders’ meeting or to put forth shareholder proposals through the depositary.

Shareholders’ Suits

In principle, we will normally be the proper plaintiff and a derivative action may not be brought by a minority shareholder. However, based on English authorities, which would in all likelihood be of persuasive authority in the Cayman Islands, exceptions to the foregoing principle apply in circumstances in which:

 

    a company is acting or proposing to act illegally or beyond the scope of its authority;

 

    the act complained of, although not beyond the scope of the company’s authority, could be effected duly if authorized by more than a simple majority vote which has not been obtained; or

 

    those who control the company are perpetrating a “fraud on the minority.

Corporate Governance

Cayman Islands laws do not restrict transactions with directors but a director of a Cayman Islands company is in the position of a fiduciary with respect to the company and a director is required to exercise a duty of care, a duty to act bona fide in the best interests of the company, a duty not to make a profit based on his or her position as director (unless the company permits him to do so) and a duty not to put himself in a position where the interests of the company conflict with his or her personal interest or his or her duty to a third party. A director of a Cayman Islands company also owes to the company a duty to act with skill and care. Under our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, subject to any separate requirement for audit committee approval under the applicable rules of the Nasdaq Global Market or unless disqualified by the chairman of the relevant board meeting, so long as a director discloses the nature of his interest in any contract or arrangement which he is interested in, such a director may vote in respect of any contract or proposed contract or arrangement in which such director is interested and may be counted in the quorum at such a meeting.

Indemnification

Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the Cayman

 

137


Table of Contents

Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime.

Under our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, we may indemnify our directors, officers or any trustee acting in relation to the affairs of our company against all actions, proceedings, costs, charges, losses, damages and expenses which they may incur or sustain by reason of their acting as our directors, officers or trustee, except for any matters in respect of any fraud or dishonesty which may attach to any of the said persons.

We entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers to indemnify them to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law and our post-offering amended and restated articles of association, from and against all costs, charges, expenses, liabilities and losses incurred in connection with any litigation, suit or proceeding to which such director is or is threatened to be made a party, witness or other participant.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us under the foregoing provisions, we have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and therefore is unenforceable.

 

138


Table of Contents

Description of American Depositary Shares

American Depositary Shares

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as depositary, will register and deliver the ADSs. Each ADS will represent ownership of             ordinary shares, deposited with Deutsche Bank AG, Hong Kong Branch, as custodian for the depositary. Each ADS will also represent ownership of any other securities, cash or other property which may be held by the depositary. The depositary’s corporate trust office at which the ADSs will be administered is located at 60 Wall Street, New York, NY 10005, USA. The principal executive office of the depositary is located at 60 Wall Street, New York, NY 10005, USA.

The Direct Registration System, or DRS, is a system administered by The Depository Trust Company, or DTC, pursuant to which the depositary may register the ownership of uncertificated ADSs, which ownership shall be evidenced by periodic statements issued by the depositary to the ADS holders entitled thereto.

We will not treat ADS holders as our shareholders and accordingly, you, as an ADS holder, will not have shareholder rights. Cayman Islands law governs shareholder rights. The depositary will be the holder of the ordinary shares underlying your ADSs. As a holder of ADSs, you will have ADS holder rights. A deposit agreement among us, the depositary and you, as an ADS holder, and the beneficial owners of ADSs sets out ADS holder rights as well as the rights and obligations of the depositary. The laws of the State of New York govern the deposit agreement and the ADSs.

The following is a summary of the material provisions of the deposit agreement. For more complete information, you should read the entire deposit agreement and the form of American Depositary Receipt. For directions on how to obtain copies of those documents, see “ Where You Can Find Additional Information .”

Holding the ADSs

How will you hold your ADSs?

You may hold ADSs either (1) directly (a) by having an American Depositary Receipt, or ADR, which is a certificate evidencing a specific number of ADSs, registered in your name, or (b) by holding ADSs in DRS, or (2) indirectly through your broker or other financial institution. If you hold ADSs directly, you are an ADS holder. This description assumes you hold your ADSs directly. If you hold the ADSs indirectly, you must rely on the procedures of your broker or other financial institution to assert the rights of ADS holders described in this section. You should consult with your broker or financial institution to find out what those procedures are.

Dividends and Other Distributions

How will you receive dividends and other distributions on the shares?

The depositary has agreed to pay to you the cash dividends or other distributions it or the custodian receives on ordinary shares or other deposited securities, after deducting its fees and expenses. You will receive these distributions in proportion to the number of ordinary shares your ADSs represent as of the record date (which will be as close as practicable to the record date for our ordinary shares) set by the depositary with respect to the ADSs.

 

   

Cash. The depositary will convert or cause to be converted any cash dividend or other cash distribution we pay on the ordinary shares or any net proceeds from the sale of any ordinary shares, rights, securities or other entitlements under the terms of the deposit agreement into U.S. dollars if it can do so on a practicable basis, and can transfer the U.S. dollars to the United States and will distribute promptly the amount thus received. If the depositary shall determine in its judgment that such conversions or transfers are not possible or lawful or if any government approval or license is needed and cannot be obtained at a reasonable cost within a reasonable period or otherwise sought, the deposit agreement

 

139


Table of Contents
 

allows the depositary to distribute the foreign currency only to those ADS holders to whom it is possible to do so. It will hold or cause the custodian to hold the foreign currency it cannot convert for the account of the ADS holders who have not been paid and such funds will be held or the respective accounts of the ADS holders. It will not invest the foreign currency and it will not be liable for any interest for the respective accounts of the ADS holders.

 

    Before making a distribution, any taxes or other governmental charges, together with fees and expenses of the depositary, that must be paid, will be deducted. See “Taxation.” It will distribute only whole U.S. dollars and cents and will round fractional cents to the nearest whole cent. If the exchange rates fluctuate during a time when the depositary cannot convert the foreign currency, you may lose some or all of the value of the distribution.

 

    Shares. For any ordinary shares we distribute as a dividend or free distribution, either (1) the depositary will distribute additional ADSs representing such ordinary shares or (2) existing ADSs as of the applicable record date will represent rights and interests in the additional ordinary shares distributed, to the extent reasonably practicable and permissible under law, in either case, net of applicable fees, charges and expenses incurred by the depositary and taxes and/or other governmental charges. The depositary will only distribute whole ADSs. It will try to sell ordinary shares which would require it to deliver a fractional ADS and distribute the net proceeds in the same way as it does with cash. The depositary may sell a portion of the distributed ordinary shares sufficient to pay its fees and expenses in connection with that distribution.

 

    Elective Distributions in Cash or Shares. If we offer holders of our ordinary shares the option to receive dividends in either cash or shares, the depositary, after consultation with us and having received timely notice as described in the deposit agreement of such elective distribution by us, has discretion to determine to what extent such elective distribution will be made available to you as a holder of the ADSs. We must timely first instruct the depositary to make such elective distribution available to you and furnish it with satisfactory evidence that it is legal to do so. The depositary could decide it is not legal or reasonably practicable to make such elective distribution available to you. In such case, the depositary shall, on the basis of the same determination as is made in respect of the ordinary shares for which no election is made, distribute either cash in the same way as it does in a cash distribution, or additional ADSs representing ordinary shares in the same way as it does in a share distribution. The depositary is not obligated to make available to you a method to receive the elective dividend in shares rather than in ADSs. There can be no assurance that you will be given the opportunity to receive elective distributions on the same terms and conditions as the holders of ordinary shares.

 

    Rights to Purchase Additional Shares. If we offer holders of our ordinary shares any rights to subscribe for additional shares, the depositary shall having received timely notice as described in the deposit agreement of such distribution by us, consult with us, and we must determine whether it is lawful and reasonably practicable to make these rights available to you. We must first instruct the depositary to make such rights available to you and furnish the depositary with satisfactory evidence that it is legal to do so. If the depositary decides it is not legal or reasonably practicable to make the rights available but that it is lawful and reasonably practicable to sell the rights, the depositary will endeavor to sell the rights and in a riskless principal capacity or otherwise, at such place and upon such terms (including public or private sale) as it may deem proper distribute the net proceeds in the same way as it does with cash. The depositary will allow rights that are not distributed or sold to lapse. In that case, you will receive no value for them.

If the depositary makes rights available to you, it will establish procedures to distribute such rights and enable you to exercise the rights upon your payment of applicable fees, charges and expenses incurred by the depositary and taxes and/or other governmental charges. The Depositary shall not be obliged to make available to you a method to exercise such rights to subscribe for ordinary shares (rather than ADSs).

 

140


Table of Contents

U.S. securities laws may restrict transfers and cancellation of the ADSs represented by shares purchased upon exercise of rights. For example, you may not be able to trade these ADSs freely in the United States. In this case, the depositary may deliver restricted depositary shares that have the same terms as the ADSs described in this section except for changes needed to put the necessary restrictions in place.

There can be no assurance that you will be given the opportunity to exercise rights on the same terms and conditions as the holders of ordinary shares or be able to exercise such rights.

 

    Other Distributions. Subject to receipt of timely notice, as described in the deposit agreement, from us with the request to make any such distribution available to you, and provided the depositary has determined such distribution is lawful and reasonably practicable and feasible and in accordance with the terms of the deposit agreement, the depositary will distribute to you anything else we distribute on deposited securities by any means it may deem practicable, upon your payment of applicable fees, charges and expenses incurred by the depositary and taxes and/or other governmental charges. If any of the conditions above are not met, the depositary will endeavor to sell, or cause to be sold, what we distributed and distribute the net proceeds in the same way as it does with cash; or, if it is unable to sell such property, the depositary may dispose of such property in any way it deems reasonably practicable under the circumstances for nominal or no consideration, such that you may have no rights to or arising from such property.

The depositary is not responsible if it decides that it is unlawful or impractical to make a distribution available to any ADS holders. We have no obligation to register ADSs, shares, rights or other securities under the Securities Act. We also have no obligation to take any other action to permit the distribution of ADSs, shares, rights or anything else to ADS holders. This means that you may not receive the distributions we make on our shares or any value for them if we and/or the depositary determines that it is illegal or not practicable for us or the depositary to make them available to you.

Deposit, Withdrawal and Cancellation

How are ADSs issued?

The depositary will deliver ADSs if you or your broker deposit ordinary shares or evidence of rights to receive ordinary shares with the custodian. Upon payment of its fees and expenses and of any taxes or charges, such as stamp taxes or stock transfer taxes or fees, the depositary will register the appropriate number of ADSs in the names you request and will deliver the ADSs to or upon the order of the person or persons entitled thereto.

Except for ordinary shares deposited by us in connection with this offering, no shares will be accepted for deposit during a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. The 180 day lock up period is subject to adjustment under certain circumstances as described in the section entitled “Shares Eligible for Future Sales—Lock-up Agreements.”

How do ADS holders cancel an American Depositary Share?

You may turn in your ADSs at the depositary’s corporate trust office or by providing appropriate instructions to your broker. Upon payment of its fees and expenses and of any taxes or charges, such as stamp taxes or stock transfer taxes or fees, the depositary will deliver the ordinary shares and any other deposited securities underlying the ADSs to you or a person you designate at the office of the custodian. Or, at your request, risk and expense, the depositary will deliver the deposited securities at its corporate trust office to the extent permitted by law.

How do ADS holders interchange between Certificated ADSs and Uncertificated ADSs?

You may surrender your ADR to the depositary for the purpose of exchanging your ADR for uncertificated ADSs. The depositary will cancel that ADR and will send you a statement confirming that you are the owner of

 

141


Table of Contents

uncertificated ADSs. Alternatively, upon receipt by the depositary of a proper instruction from a holder of uncertificated ADSs requesting the exchange of uncertificated ADSs for certificated ADSs, the depositary will execute and deliver to you an ADR evidencing those ADSs.

Voting Rights

How do you vote?

You may instruct the depositary to vote the ordinary shares or other deposited securities underlying your ADSs at any meeting at which you are entitled to vote pursuant to any applicable law, the provisions of our memorandum and articles of association, and the provisions of or governing the deposited securities. Otherwise, you could exercise your right to vote directly if you withdraw the ordinary shares. However, you may not know about the meeting sufficiently enough in advance to withdraw the ordinary shares .

If we ask for your instructions and upon timely notice from us by regular, ordinary mail delivery, or by electronic transmission, as described in the deposit agreement, the depositary will notify you of the upcoming meeting at which you are entitled to vote pursuant to any applicable law, the provisions of our memorandum and articles of association, and the provisions of or governing the deposited securities, and arrange to deliver our voting materials to you. The materials will include or reproduce (a) such notice of meeting or solicitation of consents or proxies; (b) a statement that the ADS holders at the close of business on the ADS record date will be entitled, subject to any applicable law, the provisions of our memorandum and articles of association, and the provisions of or governing the deposited securities, to instruct the depositary as to the exercise of the voting rights, if any, pertaining to the ordinary shares or other deposited securities represented by such holder’s ADSs; and (c) a brief statement as to the manner in which such instructions may be given or deemed given in accordance with the second to last sentence of this paragraph if no instruction is received, to the depositary to give a discretionary proxy to a person designated by us. Voting instructions may be given only in respect of a number of ADSs representing an integral number of ordinary shares or other deposited securities. For instructions to be valid, the depositary must receive them in writing on or before the date specified. The depositary will try, as far as practical, subject to the laws of the Cayman Islands and the provisions of our memorandum and articles of association, to vote or to have its agents vote the ordinary shares or other deposited securities (in person or by proxy) as you instruct. If we timely requested the depositary to solicit your instructions but no instructions are received by the depositary from an owner with respect to any of the deposited securities represented by the ADSs of that owner on or before the date established by the depositary for such purpose, the depositary shall deem that owner to have instructed the depositary to give a discretionary proxy to a person designated by us with respect to such deposited securities, and the depositary shall give a discretionary proxy to a person designated by us to vote such deposited securities. However, no such instruction shall be deemed given and no such discretionary proxy shall be given with respect to any matter if we inform the depositary we do not wish such proxy given, substantial opposition exists or the matter materially and adversely affects the rights of holders of the ordinary shares.

We cannot assure you that you will receive the voting materials in time to ensure that you can instruct the depositary to vote the ordinary shares underlying your ADSs. In addition, there can be no assurance that ADS holders and beneficial owners generally, or any holder or beneficial owner in particular, will be given the opportunity to vote or cause the custodian to vote on the same terms and conditions as the holders of our ordinary shares.

The depositary and its agents are not responsible for failing to carry out voting instructions or for the manner of carrying out voting instructions. This means that you may not be able to exercise your right to vote and you may have no recourse if the ordinary shares underlying your ADSs are not voted as you requested.

In order to give you a reasonable opportunity to instruct the depositary as to the exercise of voting rights relating to deposited securities, if we request the depositary to act, we will give the depositary notice of any such meeting and details concerning the matters to be voted at least 30 business days in advance of the meeting date.

 

142


Table of Contents

Compliance with Regulations

Information Requests

Each ADS holder and beneficial owner shall (a) provide such information as we or the depositary may request pursuant to law, including, without limitation, relevant Cayman Islands law, any applicable law of the United States of America, our memorandum and articles of association, any resolutions of our Board of Directors adopted pursuant to such memorandum and articles of association, the requirements of any markets or exchanges upon which the ordinary shares, ADSs or ADRs are listed or traded, or to any requirements of any electronic book-entry system by which the ADSs or ADRs may be transferred, regarding the capacity in which they own or owned ADRs, the identity of any other persons then or previously interested in such ADRs and the nature of such interest, and any other applicable matters, and (b) be bound by and subject to applicable provisions of the laws of the Cayman Islands, our memorandum and articles of association, and the requirements of any markets or exchanges upon which the ADSs, ADRs or ordinary shares are listed or traded, or pursuant to any requirements of any electronic book-entry system by which the ADSs, ADRs or ordinary shares may be transferred, to the same extent as if such ADS holder or beneficial owner held ordinary shares directly, in each case irrespective of whether or not they are ADS holders or beneficial owners at the time such request is made.

Disclosure of Interests

Each ADS holder and beneficial owner shall comply with our requests pursuant to Cayman Islands law, the rules and requirements of the Nasdaq Global Market and any other stock exchange on which the ordinary shares are, or will be, registered, traded or listed or our memorandum and articles of association, which requests are made to provide information, inter alia , as to the capacity in which such ADS holder or beneficial owner owns ADSs and regarding the identity of any other person interested in such ADSs and the nature of such interest and various other matters, whether or not they are ADS holders or beneficial owners at the time of such requests.

Fees and Expenses

As an ADS holder, you will be required to pay the following service fees to the depositary bank and certain taxes and governmental charges (in addition to any applicable fees, expenses, taxes and other governmental charges payable on the deposited securities represented by any of your ADSs):

 

Service

  

Fees

•    To any person to which ADSs are issued or to any person to which a distribution is made in respect of ADS distributions pursuant to stock dividends or other free distributions of stock, bonus distributions, stock splits or other distributions (expect where converted to cash)

   Up to US$0.05 per ADS issued

•    Cancellation of ADSs, including the case of termination of the deposit agreement

   Up to US$0.05 per ADS cancelled

•    Distribution of cash dividends

   Up to US$0.05 per ADS held

•    Distribution of cash entitlements (other than cash dividends) and/or cash proceeds from the sale of rights, securities and other entitlements

   Up to US$0.05 per ADS held

•    Distribution of ADSs pursuant to exercise of rights

  

Up to US$0.05 per ADS held

•    Depositary services

   Up to US$0.05 per ADS held on the applicable record date(s) established by the depositary bank

 

143


Table of Contents

As an ADS holder, you will also be responsible to pay certain fees and expenses incurred by the depositary bank and certain taxes and governmental charges (in addition to any applicable fees, expenses, taxes and other governmental charges payable on the deposited securities represented by any of your ADSs) such as:

 

    Fees for the transfer and registration of ordinary shares charged by the registrar and transfer agent for the ordinary shares in the Cayman Islands (i.e., upon deposit and withdrawal of ordinary shares).

 

    Expenses incurred for converting foreign currency into U.S. dollars.

 

    Expenses for cable, telex and fax transmissions and for delivery of securities.

 

    Taxes and duties upon the transfer of securities, including any applicable stamp duties, any stock transfer charges or withholding taxes (i.e., when ordinary shares are deposited or withdrawn from deposit).

 

    Fees and expenses incurred in connection with the delivery or servicing of ordinary shares on deposit.

 

    Fees and expenses incurred in connection with complying with exchange control regulations and other regulatory requirements applicable to ordinary shares, deposited securities, ADSs and ADRs.

 

    Any applicable fees and penalties thereon.

The depositary fees payable upon the issuance and cancellation of ADSs are typically paid to the depositary bank by the brokers (on behalf of their clients) receiving the newly issued ADSs from the depositary bank and by the brokers (on behalf of their clients) delivering the ADSs to the depositary bank for cancellation. The brokers in turn charge these fees to their clients. Depositary fees payable in connection with distributions of cash or securities to ADS holders and the depositary services fee are charged by the depositary bank to the holders of record of ADSs as of the applicable ADS record date.

The depositary fees payable for cash distributions are generally deducted from the cash being distributed or by selling a portion of distributable property to pay the fees. In the case of distributions other than cash (i.e., share dividends, rights), the depositary bank charges the applicable fee to the ADS record date holders concurrent with the distribution. In the case of ADSs registered in the name of the investor (whether certificated or uncertificated in direct registration), the depositary bank sends invoices to the applicable record date ADS holders. In the case of ADSs held in brokerage and custodian accounts (via DTC), the depositary bank generally collects its fees through the systems provided by DTC (whose nominee is the registered holder of the ADSs held in DTC) from the brokers and custodians holding ADSs in their DTC accounts. The brokers and custodians who hold their clients’ ADSs in DTC accounts in turn charge their clients’ accounts the amount of the fees paid to the depositary banks.

In the event of refusal to pay the depositary fees, the depositary bank may, under the terms of the deposit agreement, refuse the requested service until payment is received or may set off the amount of the depositary fees from any distribution to be made to the ADS holder.

The depositary has agreed to reimburse us for a portion of certain expenses we incur that are related to establishment and maintenance of the ADR program, including investor relations expenses. There are limits on the amount of expenses for which the depositary will reimburse us, but the amount of reimbursement available to us is not related to the amounts of fees the depositary collects from investors. Further, the depositary has agreed to reimburse us certain fees payable to the depositary by holders of ADSs. Neither the depositary nor we can determine the exact amount to be made available to us because (i) the number of ADSs that will be issued and outstanding, (ii) the level of service fees to be charged to holders of ADSs and (iii) our reimbursable expenses related to the program are not known at this time.

Payment of Taxes

You will be responsible for any taxes or other governmental charges payable, or which become payable, on your ADSs or on the deposited securities represented by any of your ADSs. The depositary may refuse to register

 

144


Table of Contents

or transfer your ADSs or allow you to withdraw the deposited securities represented by your ADSs until such taxes or other charges are paid. It may apply payments owed to you or sell deposited securities represented by your ADSs to pay any taxes owed and you will remain liable for any deficiency. If the depositary sells deposited securities, it will, if appropriate, reduce the number of ADSs to reflect the sale and pay to you any net proceeds, or send to you any property, remaining after it has paid the taxes. You agree to indemnify us, the depositary, the custodian and each of our and their respective agents, directors, employees and affiliates for, and hold each of them harmless from, any claims with respect to taxes (including applicable interest and penalties thereon) arising from any tax benefit obtained for you. Your obligations under this paragraph shall survive any transfer of ADRs, any surrender of ADRs and withdrawal of deposited securities or the termination of the deposit agreement.

Reclassifications, Recapitalizations and Mergers

 

If we:

  

Then:

Change the nominal or par value of our ordinary shares

   The cash, shares or other securities received by the depositary will become deposited securities.
Reclassify, split up or consolidate any of the deposited securities    Each ADS will automatically represent its equal share of the new deposited securities.

Distribute securities on the ordinary shares that are not distributed to you, or

Recapitalize, reorganize, merge, liquidate, sell all or substantially all of our assets, or take any similar action

   The depositary may distribute some or all of the cash, shares or other securities it received. It may also deliver new ADSs or ask you to surrender your outstanding ADRs in exchange for new ADRs identifying the new deposited securities.

Amendment and Termination

How may the deposit agreement be amended?

We may agree with the depositary to amend the deposit agreement and the form of ADR without your consent for any reason. If an amendment adds or increases fees or charges, except for taxes and other governmental charges or expenses of the depositary for registration fees, facsimile costs, delivery charges or similar items, including expenses incurred in connection with foreign exchange control regulations and other charges specifically payable by ADS holders under the deposit agreement, or materially prejudices a substantial existing right of ADS holders, it will not become effective for outstanding ADSs until 30 days after the depositary notifies ADS holders of the amendment. At the time an amendment becomes effective, you are considered, by continuing to hold your ADSs, to agree to the amendment and to be bound by the ADRs and the deposit agreement as amended . If any new laws are adopted which would require the deposit agreement to be amended in order to comply therewith, we and the depositary may amend the deposit agreement in accordance with such laws and such amendment may become effective before notice thereof is given to ADS holders.

How may the deposit agreement be terminated?

The depositary will terminate the deposit agreement if we ask it to do so, in which case the depositary will give notice to you at least 60 days prior to termination. The depositary may also terminate the deposit agreement if the depositary has told us that it would like to resign, or if we have removed the depositary, and in either case we have not appointed a new depositary within 90 days. In either such case, the depositary must notify you at least 30 days before termination.

After termination, the depositary and its agents will do the following under the deposit agreement but nothing else: collect distributions on the deposited securities, sell rights and other property and deliver ordinary shares and other deposited securities upon cancellation of ADSs after payment of any fees, charges, taxes or other governmental charges. Six months or more after the date of termination, the depositary may sell any remaining deposited securities by public or private sale. After that, the depositary will hold the money it received on the sale, as well as any other cash it is holding under the deposit agreement, for the pro rata benefit of the ADS holders that have not surrendered their ADSs. It will not invest the money and has no liability for interest.

 

145


Table of Contents

After such sale, the depositary’s only obligations will be to account for the money and other cash. After termination, we shall be discharged from all obligations under the deposit agreement except for our obligations to the depositary thereunder.

Books of Depositary

The depositary will maintain ADS holder records at its depositary office. You may inspect such records at such office during regular business hours but solely for the purpose of communicating with other holders in the interest of business matters relating to the Company, the ADRs and the deposit agreement.

The depositary will maintain facilities in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York to record and process the issuance, cancellation, combination, split-up and transfer of ADRs.

These facilities may be closed at any time or from time to time when such action is deemed necessary or advisable by the depositary in connection with the performance of its duties under the deposit agreement or at our reasonable written request.

Limitations on Obligations and Liability

Limits on our Obligations and the Obligations of the Depositary and the Custodian; Limits on Liability to Holders of ADSs

The deposit agreement expressly limits our obligations and the obligations of the depositary and the custodian. It also limits our liability and the liability of the depositary. The depositary and the custodian:

 

    are only obligated to take the actions specifically set forth in the deposit agreement without gross negligence or willful misconduct;

 

    are not liable if any of us or our respective controlling persons or agents are prevented or forbidden from, or subjected to any civil or criminal penalty or restraint on account of, or delayed in, doing or performing any act or thing required by the terms of the deposit agreement and any ADR, by reason of any provision of any present or future law or regulation of the United States or any state thereof, the Cayman Islands or any other country, or of any other governmental authority or regulatory authority or stock exchange, or on account of the possible criminal or civil penalties or restraint, or by reason of any provision, present or future, of our memorandum and articles of association or any provision of or governing any deposited securities, or by reason of any act of God or war or other circumstances beyond its control (including, without limitation, nationalization, expropriation, currency restrictions, work stoppage, strikes, civil unrest, revolutions, rebellions, explosions and computer failure);

 

    are not liable by reason of any exercise of, or failure to exercise, any discretion provided for in the deposit agreement or in our memorandum and articles of association or provisions of or governing deposited securities;

 

    are not liable for any action or inaction of the depositary, the custodian or us or their or our respective controlling persons or agents in reliance upon the advice of or information from legal counsel, any person presenting ordinary shares for deposit or any other person believed by it in good faith to be competent to give such advice or information;

 

    are not liable for the inability of any holder of ADSs to benefit from any distribution on deposited securities that is not made available to holders of ADSs under the terms of the deposit agreement;

 

    are not liable for any indirect, special, consequential or punitive damages for any breach of the terms of the deposit agreement, or otherwise;

 

    may rely upon any documents we believe in good faith to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party;

 

146


Table of Contents
    disclaim any liability for any action or inaction or inaction of any of us or our respective controlling persons or agents in reliance upon the advice of or information from legal counsel, accountants, any person presenting ordinary shares for deposit, holders and beneficial owners (or authorized representatives) of ADSs, or any person believed in good faith to be competent to give such advice or information; and

 

    disclaim any liability for inability of any holder to benefit from any distribution, offering, right or other benefit made available to holders of deposited securities but not made available to holders of ADS.

The depositary and any of its agents also disclaim any liability (i) for any failure to carry out any instructions to vote, the manner in which any vote is cast or the effect of any vote or failure to determine that any distribution or action may be lawful or reasonably practicable or for allowing any rights to lapse in accordance with the provisions of the deposit agreement, (ii) the failure or timeliness of any notice from us, the content of any information submitted to it by us for distribution to you or for any inaccuracy of any translation thereof, (iii) any investment risk associated with the acquisition of an interest in the deposited securities, the validity or worth of the deposited securities, the credit-worthiness of any third party, (iv) for any tax consequences that may result from ownership of ADSs, ordinary shares or deposited securities, or (vi) for any acts or omissions made by a successor depositary whether in connection with a previous act or omission of the depositary or in connection with any matter arising wholly after the removal or resignation of the depositary, provided that in connection with the issue out of which such potential liability arises the depositary performed its obligations without gross negligence or willful misconduct while it acted as depositary.

In addition, the deposit agreement provides that each party to the deposit agreement (including each holder, beneficial owner and holder of interests in the ADRs) irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any right it may have to a trial by jury in any lawsuit or proceeding against the depositary or our company related to our shares, the ADSs or the deposit agreement.

In the deposit agreement, we and the depositary agree to indemnify each other under certain circumstances.

Requirements for Depositary Actions

Before the depositary will issue, deliver or register a transfer of an ADS, split-up, subdivide or combine ADSs, make a distribution on an ADS, or permit withdrawal of ordinary shares, the depositary may require:

 

    payment of stock transfer or other taxes or other governmental charges and transfer or registration fees charged by third parties for the transfer of any ordinary shares or other deposited securities and payment of the applicable fees, expenses and charges of the depositary;

 

    satisfactory proof of the identity and genuineness of any signature or any other matters contemplated in the deposit agreement; and

 

    compliance with (A) any laws or governmental regulations relating to the execution and delivery of ADRs or ADSs or to the withdrawal or delivery of deposited securities and (B) such reasonable regulations and procedures as the depositary may establish, from time to time, consistent with the deposit agreement and applicable laws, including presentation of transfer documents.

The depositary may refuse to issue and deliver ADSs or register transfers of ADSs generally when the register of the depositary or our transfer books are closed or at any time if the depositary or we determine that it is necessary or advisable to do so.

 

147


Table of Contents

Your Right to Receive the Shares Underlying Your ADSs

You have the right to cancel your ADSs and withdraw the underlying ordinary shares at any time except:

 

    when temporary delays arise because: (1) the depositary has closed its transfer books or we have closed our transfer books; (2) the transfer of ordinary shares is blocked to permit voting at a shareholders’ meeting; or (3) we are paying a dividend on our ordinary shares;

 

    when you owe money to pay fees, taxes and similar charges;

 

    when it is necessary to prohibit withdrawals in order to comply with any laws or governmental regulations that apply to ADSs or to the withdrawal of ordinary shares or other deposited securities, or

 

    other circumstances specifically contemplated by Section I.A.(l) of the General Instructions to Form F-6 (as such General Instructions may be amended from time to time); or

 

    for any other reason if the depositary or we determine, in good faith, that it is necessary or advisable to prohibit withdrawals.

The depositary shall not knowingly accept for deposit under the deposit agreement any ordinary shares or other deposited securities required to be registered under the provisions of the Securities Act, unless a registration statement is in effect as to such ordinary shares.

This right of withdrawal may not be limited by any other provision of the deposit agreement.

Pre-release of ADSs

The deposit agreement permits the depositary to deliver ADSs before deposit of the underlying ordinary shares. This is called a pre-release of the ADSs. The depositary may also deliver ordinary shares upon cancellation of pre-released ADSs (even if the ADSs are cancelled before the pre-release transaction has been closed out). A pre-release is closed out as soon as the underlying ordinary shares are delivered to the depositary. The depositary may receive ADSs instead of ordinary shares to close out a pre-release. The depositary may pre-release ADSs only under the following conditions: (1) before or at the time of the pre-release, the person to whom the pre-release is being made represents to the depositary in writing that it or its customer (a) owns the ordinary shares or ADSs to be deposited, (b) agrees to indicate the depositary as owner of such ordinary shares or ADSs in its records and to hold such ordinary shares or ADSs in trust for the depositary until such ordinary shares or ADSs are delivered to the depositary or the custodian, (c) unconditionally guarantees to deliver such ordinary shares or ADSs to the depositary or the custodian, as the case may be, and (d) agrees to any additional restrictions or requirements that the depositary deems appropriate; (2) the pre-release is fully collateralized with cash, United States government securities or other collateral that the depositary considers appropriate; and (3) the depositary must be able to close out the pre-release on not more than five business days’ notice. Each pre-release is subject to further indemnities and credit regulations as the depositary considers appropriate. In addition, the depositary will normally limit the number of ADSs that may be outstanding at any time as a result of pre-release to 30% of the aggregate number of ADSs then outstanding, although the depositary may disregard the limit from time to time, if it thinks it is appropriate to do so.

Direct Registration System

In the deposit agreement, all parties to the deposit agreement acknowledge that the DRS and Profile Modification System, or Profile, will apply to uncertificated ADSs upon acceptance thereof to DRS by DTC. DRS is the system administered by DTC pursuant to which the depositary may register the ownership of uncertificated ADSs, which ownership shall be evidenced by periodic statements issued by the depositary to the ADS holders entitled thereto. Profile is a required feature of DRS which allows a DTC participant, claiming to act on behalf of an ADS holder, to direct the depositary to register a transfer of those ADSs to DTC or its nominee and to deliver those ADSs to the DTC account of that DTC participant without receipt by the depositary of prior authorization from the ADS holder to register such transfer.

 

148


Table of Contents

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

Upon completion of this offering, we will have outstanding ADSs representing approximately         % of our ordinary shares in issue if the ADSs are offered and sold at the minimum offering amount, and approximately         % of our ordinary shares in issue if the ADSs are offered and sold at the maximum offering amount. All of the ADSs sold in this offering and the ordinary shares they represent will be freely transferable by persons other than our “affiliates” without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act. Sales or perceived sales of substantial amounts of our ADSs in the public market could adversely affect prevailing market prices of our ADSs. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our ordinary shares or the ADSs, and while application has been made for the ADSs to be listed on the Nasdaq Global Market, a regular trading market for our ADSs may not develop. Our ordinary shares will not be listed on any exchange or quoted for trading on any over-the-counter trading system. We do not expect that a trading market will develop for our ordinary shares not represented by the ADSs.

Lock-up Agreements

We have agreed that we will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, lend, make any short sale or otherwise transfer or dispose of (including entering into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequence of ownership interests), directly or indirectly, any of our ADSs or ordinary shares or any securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, our ADSs or ordinary shares or any substantially similar securities, without the prior written consent of the underwriter for a period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except issuances pursuant to the exercise of employee share options outstanding on the date hereof and certain other exceptions.

Each of our directors, executive officers and existing shareholders has agreed, subject to some exceptions, not to transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any of our ordinary shares, in the form of ADSs or otherwise, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for our ordinary shares, in the form of ADSs or otherwise, for a period of 180 days after the date this prospectus becomes effective. After the expiration of the 180-day period, the ordinary shares or ADSs held by our directors, executive officers or our existing shareholders may be sold subject to the restrictions under Rule 144 under the Securities Act or by means of registered public offerings.

The 180-day restricted period is subject to adjustment under certain circumstances. If (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us occurs; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period, the restrictions will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event, unless, with respect to the restricted period applicable to us, our directors and executive officers and existing shareholders, such extension is waived by the underwriter.

Rule 144

All of our ordinary shares outstanding prior to this offering are “restricted securities” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act and may be sold publicly in the United States only if they are subject to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirement such as those provided by Rule 144 and Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act.

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who is not deemed to have been our affiliate at any time during the three months preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for more than six months would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of those shares, subject only to the availability of current public information

 

149


Table of Contents

about us. A non-affiliate who has beneficially owned restricted securities for at least one year from the later of the date these shares were acquired from us or from our affiliate would be entitled to freely sell those shares.

A person who is deemed to be an affiliate of ours and who has beneficially owned “restricted securities” for at least six months would be entitled to sell, within any three-month period, a number of shares that is not more than the greater of:

 

    1% of the number of ordinary shares then outstanding, in the form of ADSs or otherwise, which will equal approximately shares immediately after this offering; or

 

    the average weekly trading volume of the ADSs representing our ordinary shares on the Nasdaq Global Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. In addition, in each case, these shares would remain subject to lock-up arrangements and would only become eligible for sale when the lock-up period expires.

 

150


Table of Contents

Taxation

The following discussion of the material Cayman Islands, PRC and United States federal income tax consequences of an investment in our ADSs or ordinary shares is based upon laws and relevant interpretations thereof in effect as of the date of this prospectus, all of which are subject to change. This discussion does not deal with all possible tax consequences relating to an investment in our ADSs or ordinary shares, such as the tax consequences under state, local and other tax laws, or tax laws of jurisdictions other than the Cayman Islands, the People’s Republic of China and the United States. To the extent that the discussion relates to matters of Cayman Islands tax law, it represents the opinion of Conyers Dill & Pearman (Cayman) Limited, our Cayman Islands counsel. To the extent that the discussion relates to matters of PRC tax laws, it represents the opinion of AllBright Law Offices, our PRC counsel. Based on the facts and subject to the limitations set forth herein, the statements of law or legal conclusions under the caption “—United States Federal Income Taxation” constitute the opinion of Kirkland & Ellis LLP, our United States counsel, as to the material United States federal income tax consequences to United States Holders (as defined below) of an investment in the ADSs or the ordinary shares to which such ADSs relate.

Cayman Islands Taxation

The Cayman Islands currently levies no taxes on individuals or corporations based upon profits, income, gains or appreciation and there is no taxation in the nature of inheritance tax or estate duty. There are no other taxes likely to be material to us levied by the Government of the Cayman Islands except for stamp duties which may be applicable on instruments executed in, or brought within the jurisdiction of the Cayman Islands. The Cayman Islands is not a party to any double tax treaties that are applicable to any payments made to or by our group. There are no exchange control regulations or currency restrictions in the Cayman Islands.

People’s Republic of China Taxation

Hailiang Inc. is a holding company incorporated in the Cayman Islands and its income depends primarily on dividends from our PRC subsidiary. The EIT Law and its implementation rules provide that an income tax rate of 10% will be applicable to dividends payable by Chinese companies to non-PRC-resident enterprise shareholders unless otherwise exempted or reduced according to treaties or arrangements between the PRC central government and governments of other countries or regions. Under the Double Tax Avoidance Arrangement, dividends paid by a foreign-invested enterprise in the PRC to its direct holding company, which is considered a Hong Kong tax resident and is determined by the PRC tax authority to have satisfied relevant requirements under the Double Tax Avoidance Arrangement between China and Hong Kong and other applicable PRC laws, will be subject to withholding tax at the rate of 5%. Entitlement to a lower tax rate on dividends according to tax treaties or arrangements between the PRC central government and governments of other countries or regions is subject to approval of the relevant tax authority. Furthermore, the State Administration of Taxation promulgated Circular 601 in October 2009, which provides guidance for determining whether a resident of a contracting state is the “beneficial owner” of an item of income under China’s tax treaties and tax arrangements. Under Circular 601, a beneficial owner generally must be engaged in substantive business activities. An agent or conduit company will not be regarded as a beneficial owner and, therefore, will not qualify for tax benefits under the treaties or arrangements. The conduit company normally refers to a company that is set up for the purpose of avoiding or reducing taxes or transferring or accumulating profits. See “Risk Factors—Risk Relating to Doing Business in China—Our subsidiaries and affiliated entities in China are subject to restrictions on making dividends and other payments to us.”

Under the New EIT Law, enterprises established under the laws of jurisdictions outside China with their “de facto management body” located within China may be considered to be PRC tax resident enterprises for tax purposes and therefore subject to PRC enterprise income tax at the rate of 25% on their worldwide income. The New EIT Law Implementation Regulations define the term “de facto management body” as a management body that exercises full or substantial control and management authority over the production, operation, personnel, accounts and properties of an enterprise. The State Administration of Taxation issued the Notice Regarding the

 

151


Table of Contents

Determination of Chinese-Controlled Offshore Incorporated Enterprises as PRC Tax Resident Enterprises on the Basis of De Facto Management Bodies, or Circular 82, on April 22, 2009. Circular 82 provides certain specific criteria for determining whether the “de facto management body” of a Chinese-controlled offshore incorporated enterprise is located in China, which include all of the following conditions: (i) the senior management and core management departments in charge of daily operations are located mainly within the PRC, (ii) financial and human resources decision are subject to determination or approval by persons or bodies in the PRC, (iii) major assets, accounting books, company seals and minutes and files of board and shareholders’ meeting are located or kept within the PRC, and (iv) at least half of the enterprise’s directors with voting rights or senior management reside within the PRC. Although Circular 82 explicitly provides that the above standards apply to enterprises which are registered outside the PRC and funded by PRC enterprises or PRC enterprise groups as controlling investors, the determining criteria set forth in Circular 82 may reflect the general position of the State Administration of Taxation on how the “de facto management body” test should be applied in determining the tax resident status of offshore enterprises, regardless of whether they are controlled by PRC enterprises or PRC enterprise groups or by PRC or foreign individuals. We currently do not believe that we or our Hong Kong subsidiary meet all of the conditions above thus we do not believe that we are, or our Hong Kong subsidiary is, a PRC resident enterprise but there can be no assurance in this regard. If we and/or our Hong Kong subsidiary were considered to be a PRC tax resident enterprise, we and/or our Hong Kong subsidiary would be subject to a PRC enterprise income tax on our and/or its worldwide income at a tax rate of 25% and to certain reporting obligations. See “Risk Factors—Risk Relating to Doing Business in China—Under the New EIT Law, we may be classified as a “resident enterprise” of China. Such classification could result in unfavorable tax consequences to us and our non-PRC shareholders.

The implementation rules of the New EIT Law provide that, (i) if the enterprise that distributes dividends is domiciled in the PRC, or (ii) if gains are realized from transferring equity interests of enterprises domiciled in the PRC, then such dividends or capital gains are treated as China-sourced income. It is not clear how “domicile” may be interpreted under the New EIT Law, and it may be interpreted as the jurisdiction where the enterprise is a tax resident. Any dividends we pay to our overseas shareholders or ADS holders as well as gains realized by such shareholders or ADS holders from the transfer of our shares or ADSs may be regarded as China-sourced income, if we are considered a PRC tax resident enterprise for tax purposes, and as a result, such dividends and capital gains paid to overseas shareholders or ADS holders that are non-PRC resident enterprises may become subject to PRC income tax at a rate of up to 10.0%, unless otherwise exempted or reduced under relevant tax treaties or arrangements between the PRC and relevant foreign jurisdictions. Under the PRC Individual Income Tax Law promulgated on September 10, 1980, as amended in 1993, 1999, 2005, 2007 and 2011 and its implementation rules, dividends from sources within the PRC paid to foreign individual investors who are not residents of the PRC are ordinarily subject to a PRC withholding tax at a rate of 20% and PRC source gains realized by such investors on the transfer of ADSs or shares would be subject to 20% PRC income tax, in each case, subject to any reduction or exemption set forth in applicable tax treaties and PRC laws. See “Risk Factors—Risk Relating to Doing Business in China—Under the New EIT Law, we may be classified as a “resident enterprise” of China. Such classification could result in unfavorable tax consequences to us and our non-PRC shareholders.

Under PRC laws, payers of the PRC sourced income to non-PRC-resident enterprises are generally obligated to withhold PRC income taxes from the payment. In the event of failure to withhold, the non-PRC-resident enterprises are required to pay such taxes on their own. Failure to comply with the tax payment obligations by the non-PRC-resident enterprises will result in penalties, including full payment of taxes owed, fines, and default interest on those taxes.

United States Federal Income Taxation

The following discussion describes the material United States federal income tax consequences to a United States Holder (as defined below), under current law, of an investment in our ADSs or ordinary shares. This discussion is based on the federal income tax laws of the United States as of the date of this prospectus, including the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, existing and proposed Treasury

 

152


Table of Contents

regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial authority, published administrative positions of the IRS and other applicable authorities, all as of the date of this prospectus. All of the foregoing authorities are subject to change, which change could apply retroactively and could significantly affect the tax consequences described below. We have not sought any ruling from the IRS with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following discussion and there can be no assurance that the IRS or a court will agree with our statements and conclusions. This summary does not discuss the so-called Medicare tax on net investment income, any federal non-income tax laws, including the federal estate or gift tax laws, or the laws of any state, local or non-United States taxing jurisdiction.

This discussion applies only to a United States Holder that holds ADSs or ordinary shares as capital assets for United States federal income tax purposes (generally, property held for investment). The discussion neither addresses the tax consequences to any particular investor nor describes all of the tax consequences applicable to persons in special tax situations, such as:

 

    banks;

 

    certain financial institutions;

 

    insurance companies;

 

    regulated investment companies;

 

    real estate investment trusts;

 

    brokers or dealers in stocks and securities, or currencies;

 

    persons who are required to use a mark-to-market method of accounting;

 

    certain former citizens or residents of the United States subject to Section 877 of the Code;

 

    entities subject to the United States anti-inversion rules;

 

    tax-exempt organizations and entities;

 

    persons subject to the alternative minimum tax provisions of the Code;

 

    persons whose functional currency is other than the United States dollar;

 

    persons holding ADSs or ordinary shares as part of a straddle, hedging, conversion or integrated transaction;

 

    persons holding ADSs or ordinary shares through a bank, financial institution or other entity, or a branch thereof, located, organized or resident outside the United States;

 

    persons that actually or constructively own 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of our voting stock;

 

    persons who acquired ADSs or ordinary shares pursuant to the exercise of an employee stock option or otherwise as compensation; or

 

    partnerships or other pass-through entities, or persons holding ADSs or ordinary shares through such entities.

If a partnership (including an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes) holds our ADSs or ordinary shares, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. A partner in a partnership holding our ADSs or ordinary shares should consult its own tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of holding our ADSs or ordinary shares.

 

153


Table of Contents

The following discussion is for informational purposes only and is not a substitute for careful tax planning and advice. Investors considering the purchase of ADSs or ordinary shares should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the application of the United States federal income tax laws to their particular situations, as well as any tax consequences arising under the Medicare tax on net investment income, any federal non-income tax laws, including the federal estate or gift tax laws, or the laws of any state, local or non-United States taxing jurisdiction and under any applicable tax treaty.

For purposes of the discussion below, a “United States Holder” is a beneficial owner of our ADSs or ordinary shares that is, for United States federal income tax purposes:

 

    an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

    a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

    an estate, the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

    a trust, if (i) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary jurisdiction over its administration and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all of its substantial decisions or (ii) in the case of a trust that was treated as a domestic trust under the law in effect before 1997, a valid election is in place under applicable Treasury regulations to treat such trust as a domestic trust.

The discussion below assumes that the representations contained in the deposit agreement and any related agreement are true and that the obligations in such agreements will be complied with in accordance with their terms.

ADSs

If you own our ADSs, then you should be treated as the owner of the underlying ordinary shares represented by those ADSs for United States federal income tax purposes. Accordingly, deposits or withdrawals of ordinary shares for ADSs should not be subject to United States federal income tax.

The United States Treasury Department and the IRS have expressed concerns that intermediaries in the chain of ownership between the holder of an ADS and the issuer of the security underlying the ADS may be taking actions that are inconsistent with the beneficial ownership of the underlying security (for example, a pre-release of ADSs to persons that do not have beneficial ownership of the securities underlying the ADSs). Such actions may be inconsistent with the claiming of the reduced rate of tax applicable to certain dividends received by non-corporate United States Holders of ADSs, including individual United States Holders, and the claiming of foreign tax credits by United States Holders of ADSs. Accordingly, among other things, the availability of foreign tax credits or the reduced tax rate for dividends received by non-corporate United States Holders, each discussed below, could be affected by actions taken by intermediaries in the chain of ownership between the holder of an ADS and our company, if as a result of such actions, the holders of ADSs are not properly treated as beneficial owners of ordinary shares.

Passive Foreign Investment Company

At this point in time, we are unable to determine whether the Company will be a passive investment foreign investment company for U.S. federal income tax purposes, or a PFIC, for our taxable year ending on June 30, 2015. The determination of PFIC status is based on an annual determination that cannot be made until the close of a taxable year, involves extensive factual investigation, including ascertaining the fair market value of all of our assets on a quarterly basis and the character of each item of income that we earn, and is subject to uncertainty in several respects. Currently, the Company has a significant amount of cash, which is a passive asset, and consequently the determination of the Company’s PFIC status for its current taxable year ending on June 30,

 

154


Table of Contents

2015 will depend primarily on the rate at which the Company uses its cash (including cash raised in this offering) and other liquid assets to acquire non-passive assets during the remainder of the current taxable year. Accordingly, we cannot confirm that we will be treated as a PFIC for our current taxable year or for any future taxable year or that the IRS will not take a contrary position. Kirkland & Ellis LLP, our United States tax counsel, therefore expresses no opinion with respect to our PFIC status for any taxable year or our beliefs or expectations relating to such status set forth in this discussion.

A non-United States corporation such as ourselves will be treated as a PFIC for United States federal income tax purposes for any taxable year if, applying applicable look-through rules, either:

 

    at least 75% of its gross income for such year is passive income; or

 

    at least 50% of the value of its assets (determined based on a quarterly average) during such year is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income.

For this purpose, passive income generally includes dividends, interest, royalties and rents (other than certain royalties and rents derived in the active conduct of a trade or business and not derived from a related person).

We will be treated as owning a proportionate share of the assets and earning a proportionate share of the income of any other corporation in which we own, directly or indirectly, more than 25% by value of the stock. Although the law in this regard is unclear, we are treating Hailiang Investment and its subsidiaries as being owned by us for United States federal income tax purposes, not only because we control their management decisions, but also because we are entitled to substantially all of the economic benefits associated with these entities, and as a result, we will consolidate these entities’ operating results in our consolidated IFRS financial statements.

The determination of whether we are or will become a PFIC for any taxable year may depend in part upon the value of our goodwill and other unbooked intangibles not reflected on our balance sheet (which may be determined based upon the market value of our ADSs or ordinary shares from time to time).

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year (which we are currently unable to determine) during which you hold ADSs or ordinary shares, we will continue to be treated as a PFIC with respect to you for all succeeding years during which you hold ADSs or ordinary shares, unless we were to cease to be a PFIC and you make a “deemed sale” election with respect to the ADSs or ordinary shares, as applicable. If such election is made, you will be deemed to have sold the ADSs or ordinary shares you hold at their fair market value determined on the last day of the last taxable year during which we were a PFIC and any gain from such deemed sale would be subject to the rules described in the following two paragraphs. After the deemed sale election, so long as we do not become a PFIC in a subsequent taxable year, your ADSs or ordinary shares with respect to which such election was made will not be treated as shares in a PFIC and, as a result, you will not be subject to the rules described below with respect to any “excess distribution” you receive from us or any gain from an actual sale or other disposition of the ADSs or ordinary shares. You are strongly urged to consult your tax advisors as to the possibility and consequences of making a deemed sale election if we are and then cease to be a PFIC and such an election becomes available to you.

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year (which we are currently unable to determine) during which you hold ADSs or ordinary shares, then, unless you make a “mark-to-market’’ election (as discussed below), you generally will be subject to special and adverse tax rules with respect to any ‘‘excess distribution’’ that you receive from us and any gain that you recognize from a sale or other disposition, including a pledge, of the ADSs or ordinary shares. For this purpose, distributions that you receive in a taxable year that are greater than 125% of the average annual distributions that you received during the shorter of the three preceding taxable years or your holding period for the ADSs or ordinary shares will be treated as an excess distribution. Under these rules:

 

    the excess distribution or recognized gain will be allocated ratably over your holding period for the ADSs or ordinary shares, as applicable;

 

155


Table of Contents
    the amount of the excess distribution or recognized gain allocated to the current taxable year, and to any taxable years in your holding period prior to the first taxable year in which we were treated as a PFIC, will be treated as ordinary income; and

 

    the amount of the excess distribution or recognized gain allocated to each other taxable year will be subject to the highest tax rate in effect for individuals or corporations, as applicable, for each such year and the resulting tax will be subject to the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax.

The tax liability for amounts allocated to years prior to the year of disposition or excess distribution cannot be offset by any net operating losses for such years, and gains (but not losses) from a sale or other disposition of the ADSs or ordinary shares cannot be treated as capital, even if you hold the ADSs or ordinary shares as capital assets.

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year (which we are currently unable to determine) during which a United States Holder holds our ADSs or ordinary shares and any of our non-United States subsidiaries (including any entities treated as being owned by us for United States federal income tax purposes, such as Hailiang Investment and its subsidiaries) is also a PFIC, such United States Holder would be treated as owning a proportionate amount (by value) of the shares of each such non-United States subsidiary classified as a PFIC (each such subsidiary, a lower tier PFIC) for purposes of the application of these rules. At this point in time, we are also unable to determine whether the Company’s subsidiaries will be PFICs for our taxable year ending on June 30, 2015. United States Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the PFIC rules to any of our subsidiaries.

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year (which we are currently unable to determine) during which you hold ADSs or ordinary shares, then in lieu of being subject to the tax and interest-charge rules discussed above, you may make an election to include gain on our ADSs or ordinary shares as ordinary income under a mark-to-market method, provided that our ADSs or ordinary shares constitute “marketable stock.” Marketable stock is stock that is regularly traded on a qualified exchange or other market, as defined in applicable Treasury regulations. We expect that our ADSs, but not our ordinary shares, will be listed on the Nasdaq Global Market, which is a qualified exchange or other market for these purposes. Consequently, if the ADSs are listed on the Nasdaq Global Market and are regularly traded, and you are a holder of ADSs, we expect that the mark-to-market election would be available to you, but no assurances are given in this regard.

Because a mark-to-market election cannot be made for any lower-tier PFICs, a United States Holder may continue to be subject to the PFIC rules with respect to such United States Holder’s indirect interest in any investments held by us that are treated as an equity interest in a PFIC for United States federal income tax purposes.

In certain circumstances, a United States Holder of shares in a PFIC may avoid the adverse tax and interest charge regime described above by making a “qualified electing fund” election to include in income its share of the corporation’s income on a current basis. However, you may make a qualified electing fund election with respect to your ADSs or ordinary shares only if we agree to furnish you annually with a PFIC annual information statement as specified in the applicable Treasury regulations. We currently do not intend to prepare or provide the information that would enable you to make a qualified electing fund election.

A United States Holder that holds our ADSs or ordinary shares in any year in which we are classified as a PFIC (which we are currently unable to determine) will be required to file an annual report containing such information as the United States Treasury Department may require.

You should consult your own tax advisor regarding the application of the PFIC rules to your investment in our ADSs or ordinary shares and the availability, application and consequences of the elections discussed above.

 

156


Table of Contents

Dividends and Other Distributions on the ADSs or Ordinary Shares if we are not a PFIC

Subject to the passive foreign investment company rules discussed above, the gross amount of any distribution that we make to you with respect to our ADSs or ordinary shares (including any amounts withheld to reflect PRC or other foreign withholding taxes, if any) will be taxable as a dividend, to the extent paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under United States federal income tax principles.

Such income (including any withheld taxes) will be includable in your gross income on the day actually or constructively received by you, if you own the ordinary shares, or by the depositary, if you own ADSs. Because we do not intend to determine our earnings and profits on the basis of United States federal income tax principles, any distribution paid will generally be reported as a “dividend” for United States federal income tax purposes. Such dividends will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction allowed to qualifying corporations under the Code.

If we are not a PFIC, dividends we distribute to a non-corporate United States Holder may qualify for the lower rates of tax applicable to “qualified dividend income,” if we are paid by a “qualified foreign corporation” and other conditions discussed below are met. A non-United States corporation is treated as a qualified foreign corporation (i) with respect to dividends paid by that corporation on shares (or American depositary shares backed by such shares) that are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States or (ii) if such non-United States corporation is eligible for the benefits of a qualifying income tax treaty with the United States that includes an exchange of information program. However, a non-United States corporation will not be treated as a qualified foreign corporation if it is a PFIC in the taxable year in which the dividend is paid or the preceding taxable year.

Under a published IRS Notice, common or ordinary shares, or ADSs representing such shares, are considered to be readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States if they are listed on the Nasdaq Global Market, as our ADSs (but not our ordinary shares) are expected to be. Based on existing guidance, it is unclear whether the ordinary shares will be considered to be readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States, because only the ADSs, and not the underlying ordinary shares, will be listed on a securities market in the United States. We believe, but we cannot assure you, that dividends we pay on the ordinary shares that are represented by ADSs, but not on the ordinary shares that are not so represented, will, subject to applicable limitations, be eligible for the reduced rates of taxation if we are not a PFIC. In addition, if we are treated as a PRC resident enterprise under the PRC tax law (see “Taxation—People’s Republic of China Taxation”), then we may be eligible for the benefits of the income tax treaty between the United States and the PRC. If we are eligible for such benefits, then dividends that we pay on our ordinary shares, regardless of whether such shares are represented by ADSs, would, subject to applicable limitations, be eligible for the reduced rates of taxation, if we are not a PFIC.

Even if dividends would be treated as paid by a qualified foreign corporation and we are not a PFIC, non-corporate United States Holders will not be eligible for reduced rates of taxation if they do not hold our ADSs or ordinary shares for more than 60 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date or if such United States Holders elect to treat the dividend income as “investment income” pursuant to Section 163(d)(4) of the Code. In addition, the rate reduction will not apply to dividends of a qualified foreign corporation if the non-corporate United States Holder receiving the dividend is obligated to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property.

You should consult your own tax advisors regarding the availability of the lower tax rates applicable to qualified dividend income for any dividends that we pay with respect to the ADSs or ordinary shares, as well as the effect of any change in applicable law after the date of this prospectus.

PRC or other foreign withholding taxes, if any, imposed on dividends paid to you with respect to ADSs or ordinary shares generally will be treated as foreign taxes eligible for credit against your United States federal

 

157


Table of Contents

income tax liability, subject to the various limitations and disallowance rules that apply to foreign tax credits generally. For purposes of calculating the foreign tax credit, dividends paid to you with respect to the ADSs or ordinary shares will be treated as income from sources outside the United States and generally will constitute passive category income. The rules relating to the determination of the foreign tax credit are complex, and you should consult your tax advisors regarding the availability of a foreign tax credit in your particular circumstances.

Disposition of the ADSs or Ordinary Shares if we are not a PFIC

You will recognize gain or loss on a sale or exchange of ADSs or ordinary shares in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized on the sale or exchange and your tax basis in the ADSs or ordinary shares. Subject to the discussion under “—Passive Foreign Investment Company” above, such gain or loss generally will be capital gain or loss if we are not a PFIC. Capital gains of a non-corporate United States Holder, including an individual, that has held the ADS or ordinary share for more than one year currently are eligible for reduced tax rates. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.

Any gain or loss that you recognize on a disposition of our ADSs or ordinary shares generally will be treated as United States-source income or loss for foreign tax credit limitation purposes. However, if we are treated as a PRC resident enterprise for PRC tax purposes subject to PRC taxation as a resident for treaty purposes and PRC tax is imposed on gain from the disposition of ADSs or ordinary shares (see “Taxation—People’s Republic of China Taxation”), then a United States Holder that is eligible for the benefits of the income tax treaty between the United States and the PRC may elect to treat the gain as PRC-source income for foreign tax credit purposes.

If such an election is made, the gain so treated will be treated as a separate class or “basket” of income for purposes of the foreign tax credit under Section 865(h) of the Code. You should consult your tax advisors regarding the proper treatment of gain or loss, as well as the availability of a foreign tax credit, in your particular circumstances.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Information reporting to the IRS and backup withholding (currently at a rate of 28%) generally will apply to dividends in respect of our ADSs or ordinary shares and the proceeds from the sale or exchange of our ADSs or ordinary shares that are paid to you within the United States (and in certain cases, outside the United States), unless you furnish a correct taxpayer identification number and make any other required certification, generally on IRS Form W-9 or you otherwise establish an exemption from information reporting and backup withholding.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Amounts withheld as backup withholding generally are allowed as a credit against your United States federal income tax liability, and you may be entitled to obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules if you file an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS and furnish any required information in a timely manner. United States Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the information reporting and backup withholding rules.

Information on Foreign Financial Assets

Under legislation enacted in 2010, United States Holders who are individuals generally will be required to report our name, address and such information relating to an interest in the ADSs or ordinary shares as is necessary to identify the class or issue of which your ADSs or ordinary shares are a part. These requirements are subject to exceptions, including an exception for ADSs or ordinary shares held in accounts maintained by certain financial institutions and an exception applicable if the aggregate value of all ‘‘specified foreign financial assets’’ (as defined in the Code) does not exceed certain specified thresholds. United States Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the application of these information reporting rules.

 

158


Table of Contents

Underwriting

We are offering the ADSs described in this prospectus through Network 1 Financial Securities, Inc. Network 1 Financial Securities, Inc. is acting as the bookrunner and the underwriter for the offering. Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, The underwriter has agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to it, a minimum offering amount of              ADSs and a maximum offering amount of              ADSs.

We do not intend to close this offering unless we sell at least a minimum number of ADS, at the price per ADS set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, to result in sufficient proceeds to list our ADSs on the Nasdaq Global Market. We have applied to list our ADSs on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “HLG.” Because this is a best efforts offering, the underwriter does not have an obligation to purchase any securities, and, as a result, we may not be able to sell the minimum number of ADSs. The offering may terminate on the earlier of (i) any time after the minimum offering amount of our ADSs is raised, or (ii) 90 days from the effective date of this prospectus, or the expiration date. If we can successfully raise the minimum offering amount within the offering period, the proceeds from the offering will be released to us after deducting certain escrow fees.

We expect that delivery of the ADSs will be made to investors through the book-entry facilities of The Depository Trust Company.

The underwriting agreement provides that the obligation of the underwriter to offer and sell the ADSs, on a “best efforts” basis, is subject to certain conditions precedent, including but not limited to (1) listing on the Nasdaq Global Market, (2) delivery of legal opinions and (3) delivery of auditor comfort letters. The underwriter is under no obligation to purchase any ADSs for its own account. To list on the Nasdaq Global Market, we are required to satisfy the financial and liquidity requirements of Nasdaq Global Market under the Nasdaq Listing Rules. As a best efforts offering, there can be no assurance that the offering contemplated hereby will ultimately be consummated. The underwriter may, but is not obligated to, retain other selected dealers that are qualified to offer and sell the shares and that are members of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.

Discounts, Commissions and Expenses

In connection with the offer and sale of the ADSs by the underwriter, we will pay the underwriter a collective amount equal to             % of the gross proceeds received by us in connection with the sale of the ADSs, which will be deemed underwriting commissions. There is no arrangement for funds to be received in escrow, trust or similar arrangement.

We have agreed to pay the underwriter’s reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including fees and expense of the underwriter’s counsel) incurred by the underwriter in connection with this offering up to US$            . We have also agreed to grant to the underwriter warrants covering a number of ADSs equal to 5% of the total number of the ADSs sold in this offering. The underwriter warrants will be non-exercisable for six months after this offering and will expire three years after this offering. The underwriter warrants will be exercisable at a price equal to 125% of the offering price and shall not be redeemable. We will register the shares underlying the underwriter warrants and will file all necessary undertakings in connection therewith. The underwriter warrants may not be transferred, assigned or hypothecated for a period of six months following this offering, except that they may be assigned, in whole or in part, to any successor, officer, manager, member, or partner of the underwriter, and to members of the underwriting syndicate or selling group and their respective officers, managers, members or partners. The underwriter warrants may be exercised as to all or a lesser number of shares, will provide for cashless exercise and will contain provisions for one demand registration of the sale of underlying shares at our expense, an additional demand registration at the underwriter warrants’ holders’ expenses, and unlimited “piggyback” registration rights at our expense for a period of three years after this offering. The underwriter warrants shall further provide for adjustment in the number and price of such warrants

 

159


Table of Contents

in the event of recapitalization, merger or other structural transaction to prevent dilution. We estimate that our share of the total expenses of this offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions and payment of the underwriter’ expenses referred to above, will be approximately US$    .

On the date of effectiveness of this registration statement, we will grant the underwriter the right of first refusal to co-manage any public underwriting or private placement of debt or equity securities, excluding (i) shares issued under any compensation or stock option plan approved by our shareholders, (ii) shares issued in payment of the consideration for an acquisition or as part of strategic partnerships or transaction, and (iii) conventional banking arrangements and commercial debt financing of us or any of our subsidiary or successor, receiving the right to underwrite or place a minimum of 50% of the securities to be sold therein, until twelve months after the effectiveness of this registration statement. If the underwriter fails to accept in writing any proposal for such public or private sale within fifteen days after receipt of a written notice from us containing such proposal, the underwriter will have no claim or right with respect to such sale contained in any such notice. If such proposal is modified in any material respect, we will adopt the same procedures as with respect to the originally proposed public or private sale, and the underwriter shall have the right of first negotiation with respect to such revised proposal.

Except as disclosed in this prospectus, the underwriter has not received and will not receive from us any other item of compensation or expense in connection with this offering considered by FINRA to be underwriting compensation under FINRA Rule 5110.

The table below shows the per ADS and total underwriting discounts and commissions that we will pay to the underwriter.

 

Underwriting Discounts and Commissions

      

Per ADS

   US$                

Total by us (Minimum offering amount)

   US$     

Total by us (Maximum offering amount)

   US$     

We have agreed that, subject to certain restrictions, we will not without the prior written consent of the representatives, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus (the “restricted period”):

 

    offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any ordinary shares or ADSs or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for ordinary shares or ADSs;

 

    enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the ordinary shares or ADSs; or

 

    file any registration statement with the SEC relating to the offering of any ordinary shares, ADSs or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for ordinary shares or ADSs (other than a registration statement on Form S-8);

whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of ordinary shares, ADSs or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.

Each of our directors, executive officers and existing shareholders has agreed that, subject to certain exceptions, such director, executive officer or shareholder will not, without the prior written consent of the underwriter, during the restricted period:

 

    offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any ordinary shares or ADSs or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for ordinary shares or ADSs;

 

160


Table of Contents
    enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the ordinary shares or ADSs; or

 

    make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any ordinary shares, ADSs or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for ordinary shares or ADSs;

whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of ordinary shares, ADSs or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the ADSs. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the underwriter. In determining the initial public offering price, we and the underwriter expects to consider a number of factors, including:

 

    the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representatives;

 

    our prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;

 

    an assessment of our management;

 

    our prospects for future earnings;

 

    the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering;

 

    the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded securities of generally comparable companies; and

 

    other factors deemed relevant by the underwriter and us.

The estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this preliminary prospectus is subject to change as a result of market conditions and other factors. Neither we nor the underwriter can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our ordinary shares, or that the shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriter against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. If we are unable to provide this indemnification, we will contribute to payments that the underwriter may be required to make for these liabilities.

The address of Network 1 Financial Securities, Inc. is The Gallaria, 2 Bridge Avenue, Suite 241, Red Bank, New Jersey, United States.

Terms of the Offering

We are offering, on a best efforts basis, a minimum of              ADSs and a maximum of              ADSs at a price of US$             per ADSs. The ADSs are being offered for a period not to exceed 90 days. If the minimum offering amount is not raised within 90 days from the effective date of this prospectus, all subscription funds from the escrow account will be returned to investors promptly within five days without interest (since the funds are being held in a non-interest bearing account) or deduction of fees. The offering may terminate on the earlier of (i) any time after the minimum offering amount of our ADSs is raised, or (ii) 90 days from the effective date of this prospectus. If we can successfully raise the minimum offering amount within the offering period, the proceeds from the offering will be released to us after deducting certain escrow fees.

Deposit of Offering Proceeds

The proceeds from the sale of the ADSs in this offering will be payable to “              ” and will be deposited in a separate (limited to funds received on behalf of us) non-interest bearing trust bank account until the minimum offering amount is raised. No interest will be available for payment to either us or the investors (since

 

161


Table of Contents

the funds are being held in a non-interest bearing account). All subscription funds will be held in trust pending the raising of the minimum offering amount and no funds will be released to us until such a time as the minimum offering amount is raised. Any additional proceeds received after the minimum offering amount is raised will be immediately released to us by the Escrow Agent. Release of the funds to us is based upon the Escrow Agent reviewing the records of the depository institution holding the escrow to verify that the checks have cleared prior to releasing the funds to us. Written notice will be mailed to each investor that the minimum offering amount has been achieved and the offering proceeds have been distributed to us. All subscription agreements and checks should be delivered to the Escrow Agent. Failure to do so will result in checks being returned to the investor who submitted the check. The Escrow Agent is an independent third party.

Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution of ADSs

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by the underwriter. In addition, ADSs may be sold by the underwriter to securities dealers who resell ADSs to online brokerage account holders. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on the underwriter’s website and any information contained in any other website maintained by the underwriter is not part of the prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or the underwriter in its capacity as underwriter and should not be relied upon by investors.

Selling Restrictions

No action has been taken in any jurisdiction (except in the United States) that would permit a public offering of the ADSs, or the possession, circulation or distribution of this prospectus or any other material relating to us or the ADSs, where action for that purpose is required. Accordingly, the ADSs may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, and neither this prospectus nor any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the ADSs may be distributed or published, in or from any country or jurisdiction except in compliance with any applicable rules and regulations of any such country or jurisdiction.

Australia. This prospectus is not a product disclosure statement, prospectus or other type of disclosure document for the purposes of Corporations Act 2001 (Commonwealth of Australia) (the “Act”) and does not purport to include the information required of a product disclosure statement, prospectus or other disclosure document under Chapter 6D.2 of the Act. No product disclosure statement, prospectus, disclosure document, offering material or advertisement in relation to the offer of the ADSs has been or will be lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission or the Australian Securities Exchange.

Accordingly, (1) the offer of the ADSs under this prospectus may only be made to persons: (i) to whom it is lawful to offer the ADSs without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D.2 of the Act under one or more exemptions set out in Section 708 of the Act, and (ii) who are “wholesale clients” as that term is defined in section 761G of the Act, (2) this prospectus may only be made available in Australia to persons as set forth in clause (1) above, and (3) by accepting this offer, the offeree represents that the offeree is such a person as set forth in clause (1) above, and the offeree agrees not to sell or offer for sale any of the ADSs sold to the offeree within 12 months after their issue except as otherwise permitted under the Act.

Canada. The ADSs may not be offered, sold or distributed, directly or indirectly, in any province or territory of Canada other than the provinces of Ontario and Quebec or to or for the benefit of any resident of any province or territory of Canada other than the provinces of Ontario and Quebec, and only on a basis that is pursuant to an exemption from the requirement to file a prospectus in such province, and only through a dealer duly registered under the applicable securities laws of such province or in accordance with an exemption from the applicable registered dealer requirements.

Cayman Islands. This prospectus does not constitute a public offer of the ADSs or ordinary shares, whether by way of sale or subscription, in the Cayman Islands. Each underwriter has represented and agreed that it has

 

162


Table of Contents

not offered or sold, and will not offer or sell, directly or indirectly, any ADSs or ordinary shares to any member of the public in the Cayman Islands.

European Economic Area. In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area that has implemented the Prospectus Directive, or a Relevant Member State, from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State, or the Relevant Implementation Date, an offer of the ADSs to the public may not be made in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the ADSs that has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and the competent authority in that Relevant Member State has been notified, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of the ADS to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time,

 

    to legal entities that are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

 

    to any legal entity that has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year, (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000, and (3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;

 

    to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive; or

 

    in any other circumstances that do not require the publication by the company of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive;

provided that no such offer of ADSs shall result in a requirement for the publication by the company of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For purposes of the above provision, the expression “an offer of ADSs to the public” in relation to any ADSs in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the ADSs to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the ADSs, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

Hong Kong. The ADSs may not be offered or sold by means of this document or any other document other than (i) in circumstances that do not constitute an offer or invitation to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong) or the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances that do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the ADSs may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), that is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to ADSs which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Israel. In the State of Israel, the ADSs offered hereby may not be offered to any person or entity other than the following:

 

    a fund for joint investments in trust (i.e., mutual fund), as such term is defined in the Law for Joint Investments in Trust, 5754-1994, or a management company of such a fund;

 

    a provident fund as defined in Section 47(a)(2) of the Income Tax Ordinance of the State of Israel, or a management company of such a fund;

 

163


Table of Contents
    an insurer, as defined in the Law for Oversight of Insurance Transactions, 5741-1981, a banking entity or satellite entity, as such terms are defined in the Banking Law (Licensing), 5741-1981, other than a joint services company, acting for their own account or for the account of investors of the type listed in Section 15A(b) of the Securities Law 1968;

 

    a company that is licensed as a portfolio manager, as such term is defined in Section 8(b) of the Law for the Regulation of Investment Advisors and Portfolio Managers, 5755-1995, acting on its own account or for the account of investors of the type listed in Section 15A(b) of the Securities Law 1968;

 

    a company that is licensed as an investment advisor, as such term is defined in Section 7(c) of the Law for the Regulation of Investment Advisors and Portfolio Managers, 5755-1995, acting on its own account;

 

    a company that is a member of the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange, acting on its own account or for the account of investors of the type listed in Section 15A(b) of the Securities Law 1968;

 

    an underwriter fulfilling the conditions of Section 56(c) of the Securities Law, 5728-1968;

 

    a venture capital fund (defined as an entity primarily involved in investments in companies which, at the time of investment, (i) are primarily engaged in research and development or manufacture of new technological products or processes and (ii) involve above-average risk);

 

    an entity primarily engaged in capital markets activities in which all of the equity owners meet one or more of the above criteria; and

 

    an entity, other than an entity formed for the purpose of purchasing the ADSs in this offering, in which the shareholders equity (including pursuant to foreign accounting rules, international accounting regulations and U.S. generally accepted accounting rules, as defined in the Securities Law Regulations (Preparation of Annual Financial Statements), 1993) is in excess of NIS 250 million.

Japan. The underwriter will not offer or sell any of the ADSs directly or indirectly in Japan or to, or for the benefit of any Japanese person or to others, for re-offering or re-sale directly or indirectly in Japan or to any Japanese person, except, in each case, pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Securities and Exchange Law of Japan and any other applicable laws and regulations of Japan. For purposes of this paragraph, “Japanese person” means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan.

People’s Republic of China. This prospectus may not be circulated or distributed in the PRC and the ADSs may not be offered or sold, and will not offer or sell to any person for re-offering or resale directly or indirectly to any resident of the PRC except pursuant to applicable laws and regulations of the PRC. For the purpose of this paragraph, PRC does not include Taiwan and the special administrative regions of Hong Kong and Macau.

Singapore. This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the ADSs may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the ADSs be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the ADSs are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person that is:

 

  (a) a corporation (that is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

 

164


Table of Contents
  (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor,

shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the ADSs under Section 275 except:

 

  (1) to an institutional investor (for corporations, under 274 of the SFA) or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person pursuant to an offer that is made on terms that such shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or such rights and interest in that trust are acquired at a consideration of not less than S$200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction, whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets, and further for corporations, in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA;

 

  (2) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer; or

 

  (3) where the transfer is by operation of law.

Taiwan. The ADSs have not been and will not be registered or filed with, or approved by, the Financial Supervisory Commission of Taiwan pursuant to relevant securities laws and regulations and may not be offered or sold in Taiwan through a public offering or in circumstances which constitute an offer within the meaning of the Securities and Exchange Act of Taiwan or relevant laws and regulations that require a registration, filing or approval of the Financial Supervisory Commission of Taiwan. No person or entity in Taiwan has been authorized to offer or sell the ADSs in Taiwan.

Switzerland. The ADSs will not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This prospectus has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland.

Neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to our company or the ADSs have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this prospectus will not be filed with, and the offer of the ADSs will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority, and the offer of the ADSs has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes, or the CISA. The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of the ADSs.

United Arab Emirates and Dubai International Financial Centre. This offering of the ADSs has not been approved or licensed by the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates, or the UAE, the Emirates Securities and Commodities Authority or any other relevant licensing authority in the UAE, including any licensing authority incorporated under the laws and regulations of any of the free zones established and operating in the territory of the UAE, in particular the Dubai Financial Services Authority, or the DFSA, a regulatory authority of the Dubai International Financial Centre, or the DIFC. This offering does not constitute a public offer of securities in the UAE, DIFC and/or any other free zone in accordance with the Commercial Companies Law, Federal Law No. 8 of 1984 (as amended), DFSA Offered Securities Rules and the Dubai International Financial Exchange Listing Rules, respectively, or otherwise.

The ADSs may not be offered to the public in the UAE and/or any of the free zones. The ADSs may be offered and this prospectus may be issued, only to a limited number of investors in the UAE or any of its free zones who qualify as sophisticated investors under the relevant laws and regulations of the UAE or the free zone concerned. The ADSs will not be offered, sold, transferred or delivered to the public in the UAE or any of its free zones.

United Kingdom. An offer of the ADSs may not be made to the public in the United Kingdom within the meaning of Section 102B of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, as amended, or the FSMA, except to

 

165


Table of Contents

legal entities that are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities or otherwise in circumstances that do not require the publication by the company of a prospectus pursuant to the Prospectus Rules of the Financial Services Authority, or the FSA.

An invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of FSMA) may only be communicated to persons who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 or in circumstances in which Section 21 of FSMA does not apply to the company.

All applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by the underwriter in relation to the ADSs must be complied with in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

 

166


Table of Contents

Expenses Related to This Offering

Set forth below is an itemization of the total expenses, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, that are expected to be incurred in connection with the offer and sale of the ADSs by us. With the exception of the SEC registration fee, the Nasdaq Global Market listing fee and the FINRA filing fee, all amounts are estimates.

 

     US$  

SEC registration fee

     2,324   

FINRA filing fee

  

Nasdaq Global Market listing fee

  

Printing expenses

  

Accounting fees and expenses

  

Legal fees and expenses

  

Miscellaneous

  
  

 

 

 

Total

  
  

 

 

 

 

167


Table of Contents

Legal Matters

We are being represented by Kirkland & Ellis with respect to certain legal matters as to United States federal securities and New York State laws. The underwriter is being represented by Loeb & Loeb LLP with respect to certain legal matters as to United States federal securities and New York State laws. The validity of the ordinary shares represented by the ADSs offered in this offering and certain other legal matters as to Cayman Islands law will be passed upon for us by Conyers Dill & Pearman (Cayman) Limited. Certain legal matters as to PRC law will be passed upon for us by AllBright Law Offices. Kirkland & Ellis may rely upon Conyers Dill & Pearman (Cayman) Limited with respect to matters governed by Cayman Islands law and AllBright Law Offices with respect to matters governed by PRC law. Loeb & Loeb LLP may rely upon King & Wood Mallesons LLP with respect to matters governed by PRC law.

Experts

The consolidated financial statements of Hailiang Inc. as of June 30, 2013 and 2014, and for each of the years in the three-year period ended June 30, 2014, have been included herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the report of KPMG Huazhen (SGP), independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing. The audit report covering the consolidated financial statements as of June 30, 2013 and 2014, and for each of the years in the three-year period ended June 30, 2014, contains an explanatory paragraph that states that Hailiang Inc. and its subsidiaries entered into significant transactions with related parties during each of the years in the three-year period ended June 30, 2014.

The offices of KPMG Huazhen (SGP) are located at 50th Floor, Plaza 66, 1266 Nanjing West Road, Shanghai, China, 200040.

 

168


Table of Contents

Where You Can Find Additional Information

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form F-1, including relevant exhibits and schedules under the Securities Act with respect to underlying ordinary shares represented by the ADSs, to be sold in this offering. A related registration statement on F-6 will be filed with the SEC to register the ADSs. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information contained in the registration statement. You should read the registration statement and its exhibits and schedules for further information with respect to us and our ADSs.

Immediately upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to periodic reporting and other informational requirements of the Exchange Act as applicable to foreign private issuers. Accordingly, we will be required to file reports, including annual reports on Form 20-F, and other information with the SEC. As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from the rules of the Exchange Act prescribing, among other things, the furnishing and content of proxy statements to shareholders, and our executive officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we will not be required under the Exchange Act to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act.

All information filed with the SEC can be obtained over the internet at the SEC’s website at  www.sec.gov  or inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You can request copies of these documents, upon payment of a duplicating fee, by writing to the SEC. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 or visit the SEC website for further information on the operation of the public reference rooms.

 

169


Table of Contents

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

     Page  

HAILIANG EDUCATION GROUP INC.

  

Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years Ended June 30, 2012, 2013 and 2014

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Financial Position

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-7   

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-9   

Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements for the Three Months Ended September 30, 2013 and 2014 (Unaudited)

  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss (Unaudited)

     F-41   

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Financial Position (Unaudited)

     F-42   

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity (Unaudited)

     F-43   

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited)

     F-45   

Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-46   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

Hailiang Education Group Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of Hailiang Education Group Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of June 30, 2013 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended June 30, 2014. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Hailiang Education Group Inc. and subsidiaries as of June 30, 2013 and 2014, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended June 30, 2014, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

As described in Note 18, the Company entered into significant transactions with related parties during each of the years in the three-year period ended June 30, 2014.

/s/ KPMG Huazhen (SGP)

Shanghai, China

October 9, 2014, except as to Note 10, which is as of December 24, 2014

 

F-2


Table of Contents

HAILIANG EDUCATION GROUP INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

FOR THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2012, 2013 AND 2014

(Amounts in thousands)

 

     Note    2012
RMB
    2013
RMB
    2014
RMB
 

Revenue

   5      349,597        436,994        462,754   

Cost of revenue

   8(ii)      (239,066     (293,763     (299,683
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

        110,531        143,231        163,071   

Other income

   6      4,051        4,094        1,792   

Selling expenses

   8(ii)      (16,297     (17,630     (15,635

Administrative expenses

   8(ii)      (24,751     (23,080     (28,622
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Results from operating activities

        73,534        106,615        120,606   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net finance income

   8(i)      11,582        16,575        20,066   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit before tax

        85,116        123,190        140,672   

Tax expense

   9      —          —          —     
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit for the year

        85,116        123,190        140,672   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Attributable to:

         

Shareholders of the Company

        83,026        123,190        140,672   

Non-controlling interests

        2,090        —          —     

Other comprehensive income for the year

        18        —          —     
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

        85,134        123,190        140,672   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share

         

Basic and diluted earnings per share

   10      0.23        0.34        0.39   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

HAILIANG EDUCATION GROUP INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION

AS OF JUNE 30, 2013 AND 2014

(Amounts in thousands)

 

     Note    2013
RMB
     2014
RMB
 

Assets

        

Property and equipment

   11      105,094         91,348   

Intangible assets and goodwill

   12      85,451         82,934   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current assets

        190,545         174,282   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other receivables due from related parties

   13      275,504         1,257   

Other receivables due from third parties

   13      1,394         1,380   

Term deposits held at a related party finance entity

   18(a)(iii)      —           420,000   

Cash and cash equivalents

   14/18(a)(iii)      26,403         42,003   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current assets

        303,301         464,640   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

        493,846         638,922   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Equity

        

Share capital

   15(a)      239         239   

Share premium

   15(a)      18,628         18,628   

Contributed capital

   15(a)      225,895         225,895   

Translation reserve

   15(b)      18         18   

Retained earnings

        171,340         312,012   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equity

        416,120         556,792   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

        

Trade and other payables due to third parties

   16      44,508         46,690   

Other payables due to a related party

   16      2,342         5,112   

Deferred revenue

        30,876         30,328   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current liabilities

        77,726         82,130   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

        77,726         82,130   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equity and liabilities

        493,846         638,922   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

HAILIANG EDUCATION GROUP INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

FOR THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2012, 2013 AND 2014

(Amounts in thousands)

 

    Attributable to shareholders of the Company    

Non-
controlling
interests

       
    Share
capital
    Share
premium
   

Contributed

capital

    Translation
reserve
    Retained
earnings
    Total       Total
equity
 
    RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB  
    Note 15(a)     Note 15(a)     Note 15(a)     Note 15(b)                          

Balance at June 30, 2011

    236        (236     192,809        —          17,724        210,533        45,216        255,749   

Total comprehensive income

               

Profit for the year

    —          —          —          —          83,026        83,026        2,090        85,116   

Other comprehensive income

    —          —          —          18        —          18        —          18   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

    —          —          —          18        83,026        83,044        2,090        85,134   

Transactions with shareholders of the Company

               

Issue of ordinary shares

    3        18,864        —          —          —          18,867        —          18,867   

Dividends distributed (Note 15(c))

    —          —          —          —          (52,600     (52,600     (14,400     (67,000

Contribution from Mr. Feng for acquisition of non-controlling interests (Note 4)

    —          —          41,000        —          —          41,000        —          41,000   

Acquisition of non-controlling Interests by Mr. Feng (Note 4)

    —          —          (8,094     —          —          (8,094     (32,906     (41,000

Capital injection from Mr. Feng upon incorporation of Hailiang Investment (Note 2(b))

    —          —          139,980          —          139,980        —          139,980   

Distribution to Mr. Feng for the transfer of the Three Schools (Note 2(b))

    —          —          (139,800     —          —          (139,800     —          (139,800
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total transactions with shareholders of the Company

    3        18,864        33,086        —          (52,600     (647     (47,306     (47,953
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2012

    239        18,628        225,895        18        48,150        292,930        —          292,930   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

HAILIANG EDUCATION GROUP INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

FOR THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2012, 2013 AND 2014 (CONTINUED)

(Amounts in thousands)

 

    Attributable to shareholders of the Company    

Non-
controlling
interests

       
    Share
capital
    Share
premium
   

Contributed

capital

    Translation
reserve
    Retained
earnings
    Total       Total
equity
 
    RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB  
    Note 15(a)     Note 15(a)     Note 15(a)     Note 15(b)                          

Balance at June 30, 2012

    239        18,628        225,895        18        48,150        292,930        —          292,930   

Total comprehensive income

               

Profit for the year

    —          —          —          —          123,190        123,190        —          123,190   

Other comprehensive income

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

    —          —          —          —          123,190        123,190        —          123,190   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2013

    239        18,628        225,895        18        171,340        416,120        —          416,120   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

               

Profit for the year

    —          —          —          —          140,672        140,672        —          140,672   

Other comprehensive income

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

    —          —          —          —          140,672        140,672          140,672   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2014

    239        18,628        225,895        18        312,012        556,792        —          556,792   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

HAILIANG EDUCATION GROUP INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2012, 2013 AND 2014

(Amounts in thousands)

 

          2012     2013     2014  
     Note    RMB     RMB     RMB  

Cash flows from operating activities

         

Profit for the year

        85,116        123,190        140,672   

Adjustments for:

         

Depreciation

   8(ii)      17,251        20,686        22,532   

Gain on sale of property and equipment

        (26     —          (14

Amortization of intangible assets

   8(ii)      5,522        4,194        2,517   

Net foreign exchange (gain)/loss

   8(i)      (86     435        86   

Interest income

   8(i)      (11,785     (17,190     (20,152
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
        95,992        131,315        145,641   

Change in other receivables due from third parties

        (1,214     582        14   

Change in trade and other payables due to third parties

        17,911        8,905        2,182   

Change in other payables due to a related party

        —          5,001        2,103   

Change in deferred revenue

        9,070        4,708        (548
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash from operating activities

        121,759        150,511        149,392   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

         

Interest received

        11,783        3,174        32,899   

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

        41        —          19   

Purchase of property and equipment

        (39,360     (15,658     (8,801

Advances made to Zhejiang Hailiang Education Group Ltd. (“ZHEG”)

   18(a)(i)      (195,166     (234,153     (3,769

Repayment of advances made to ZHEG

   18(a)(i)      234,975        290,300        4,436   

Term deposits placed with a related party finance entity

   18(a)(iii)      —          —          (640,000

Maturity of term deposits placed with a related party finance entity

   18(a)(iii)      —          —          220,000   

Loans made to third parties

        (125,000     —          —     

Repayment of loans made to third parties

        60,000        65,000        —     

Loans made to a related party

   18(a)(ii)      —          (380,000     (600,000

Repayment of loans made to a related party

   18(a)(ii)      30,000        118,500        861,500   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

        (22,727     (152,837     (133,716
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

HAILIANG EDUCATION GROUP INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2012, 2013 AND 2014 (CONTINUED)

(Amounts in thousands)

 

          2012     2013     2014  
     Note    RMB     RMB     RMB  

Cash flows from financing activities

         

Capital injection from a shareholder

   2(b)      139,980        —          —     

Cash consideration paid to a shareholder for the transfer of the Three Schools

   2(b)      (139,800     —          —     

Proceeds from issue of ordinary shares

        18,867       

Repayment of short-term bank loans

        (30,000     —          —     

Dividends paid

   15(c)      (67,000     —          —     
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

        (77,953     —          —     
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalent

        21,079        (2,326     15,676   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year

        7,967        29,152        26,403   

Effect of movements in exchange rates on cash held

        106        (423     (76
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year

        29,152        26,403        42,003   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)

 

1 Reporting entity and organization

Hailiang Education Group Inc. (the “Company”) is a holding company and is majority-owned by Mr. Hailiang Feng (“Mr. Feng”). As of June 30, 2014, Mr. Feng owned 98.6% equity interest in the Company. The Company, through its wholly-owned subsidiaries Hailiang Education (HK) Limited (“Hailiang HK”) and Zhejiang Hailiang Education Consulting and Services Co., Ltd. (“Hailiang Consulting”), and consolidated affiliated entities, Zhejiang Hailiang Education Investment Co., Ltd. (“Hailiang Investment”), Zhuji Hailiang Foreign Language School (“Foreign Language”), Zhuji Private High School (“Private High”) and Zhuji Tianma Experimental School (“Tianma Experimental”), is principally engaged in provision of private K-12 educational services. Hereinafter, Foreign Language, Private High and Tianma Experimental are collectively referred as the Three Schools. The Three Schools are located in Zhuji City, Zhejiang province in the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC”).

The tuition fee charged by the Three Schools and student enrolment at the Three Schools are subject to regulations by the Chinese government. Each of the Three Schools requires a license from the Zhuji Municipal Education Bureau to conduct its operations. The license for each of the Three School expires in November 2016. The Company expects that it will be able to renew the licenses without significant costs.

The consolidated financial statements of the Company as of June 30, 2013 and 2014 and for each of the years in the three-year period ended June 30, 2014 comprise the Company, its subsidiaries and consolidated affiliated entities (together referred to as the “Group”). As of June 30, 2014, the Company’s subsidiaries and consolidated affiliated entities are as follows:

 

Subsidiary

   Place and year of
establishment
   Principle activities
Hailiang Education (HK) Limited (“Hailiang HK”)    Hong Kong, China, 2011    Investment holding
Zhejiang Hailiang Education Consulting and Services Co., Ltd. (“Hailiang Consulting”)    Zhejiang, China, 2011    Investment holding and school
management

 

Consolidated affiliated entities

  

Place and year of

establishment

   Principle activities
Zhejiang Hailiang Education Investment Co., Ltd. (“Hailiang Investment”)    Zhejiang, China, 2012    Investment holding
Zhuji Hailiang Foreign Language School (“Foreign Language”)    Zhejiang, China, 1995    K-12 educational services
Zhuji Private High School (“Private High”)    Zhejiang, China, 2002    K-12 educational services
Zhuji Tianma Experimental School (“Tianma Experimental”)    Zhejiang, China, 1995    K-12 educational services

 

2 Basis of preparation

 

  (a) Statement of compliance

The consolidated financial statements of the Company as of June 30, 2013 and 2014 and for each of the years in the three-year period ended June 30, 2014 comprise the accounts of the Company, its

 

F-9


Table of Contents
2 Basis of preparation (continued)

 

  (a) Statement of compliance (continued)

 

subsidiaries and consolidated affiliated entities. The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRSs”) as issued by International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”).

The consolidated financial statements were authorized for issue by the Company’s board of directors on October 9, 2014.

 

  (b) Basis of presentation

Foreign Language was established in 1995 by way of a 100% registered capital contribution from Mr. Feng. Private High was established in 2001 by Mr. Feng and Mr. Zhanghuan Meng (“Mr. Meng”), each contributing 60% and 40% of the registered capital, respectively. In July 2009, Mr. Feng and Mr. Meng purchased 80% and 20% registered capital equity interests in Tianma Experimental, respectively from Zhejiang Tianma Education Enterprise Co., Ltd., a third party. In November 2011, Mr. Feng purchased all the registered capital equity interests in Private High and Tianma Experimental held by Mr. Meng (see Note 4) and became the sole sponsor. As the sole sponsor, Mr. Feng owned 100% registered capital equity interest in each of the Three Schools as of that date.

To facilitate an initial public offering (“IPO”) in an overseas market, a series of reorganization activities and transactions (the “Reorganization”) were entered among related and affiliated entities of the Group as follows:

 

    On April 7, 2011, the Company was incorporated by Mr. Feng in the Cayman Islands with an authorized share capital, of 360,000,000 ordinary shares of $0.0001 each. The Company issued 360,000,000 ordinary shares to Mr. Feng for nil consideration on the date of incorporation.

 

    In April 2011, Hailiang HK was incorporated by Mr. Feng with capital contribution of Hong Kong dollar (“HKD”) 10 (Renminbi yuan (“RMB”) equivalent 9). On January 3, 2012, Mr. Feng transferred his equity interests in Hailiang HK to the Company for nil consideration.

 

    On December 7, 2011, Hailiang Consulting was incorporated in the PRC as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Hailiang HK.

 

    In December 2011, Mr. Feng transferred all his shares in the Company into four holding companies, each wholly owned by Mr. Feng, namely Jet Victory International Limited (“Jet Victory”), Brilliant One Development Limited (“Brilliant One”), Gain Success Group Limited (“Gain Success”) and Fame Best International Limited (“Fame Best”).

 

    On April 10, 2012, Hailiang Investment was incorporated by Mr. Feng with a capital contribution of RMB 139,980.

 

    On April 12, 2012, Mr. Feng transferred 100% registered capital equity interest in each of the Three Schools to Hailiang Investment for cash consideration of RMB 139,800. As of June 30, 2013 and 2014, Hailiang Investment holds 100% equity interests in each of the Three Schools.

 

    On December 31, 2013, Hailiang Consulting entered into a series of contractual arrangements (“Contractual Agreements”) with Hailiang Investment and the Three Schools (collectively, the “Affiliated Entities”) and Mr. Feng. The contractual arrangements include Power of Attorney, Call Option Agreement, Equity Pledge Agreement, and Consulting Services Agreement. The key terms of the Contractual Agreements are as follows:

Call Option Agreement: Pursuant to the Call Option Agreement, Mr. Feng unconditionally and irrevocably granted Hailiang Consulting or its designee an exclusive option to purchase, to the extent permitted under PRC laws and regulations, in certain cases, including but not limited to the

 

F-10


Table of Contents
2 Basis of preparation (continued)

 

  (b) Basis of presentation (continued)

 

cancellation of any of the other agreements under the contractual arrangements or liquidation or dissolution of Hailiang Investment, all or part of the equity interest in Hailiang Investment at the lowest consideration permitted by PRC laws and regulations. This agreement may not be terminated by Hailiang Investment or Mr. Feng, nor can it be terminated by Hailiang Consulting without cause. This agreement shall remain in full force and effect until Hailiang Investment’s term of operations expires in April 2042.

Power of Attorney: In December 2013, Mr. Feng executed an irrevocable power of attorney appointing Hailiang Consulting, or any person designated by Hailiang Consulting, as his attorney-in-fact to (i) exercise on his behalf all his rights as a shareholder of Hailiang Investment, including those rights under PRC laws and regulations and the articles of association of Hailiang Investment, such as appointing, replacing or removing directors, declaring dividends and making decisions on operational and financial matters, (ii) act as the representative of Hailiang Investment in its business operations, and (iii) unconditionally assign Mr. Feng’s shareholding rights to Hailiang Consulting, including dividends or other benefits that Mr. Feng receives from Hailiang Investment as a shareholder.

Consulting Services Agreement: Hailiang Consulting has the exclusive right to provide comprehensive technical and business support services to the Affiliated Entities. The Affiliated Entities agree to pay annual service fees, calculated as a percentage of their total revenue, to Hailiang Consulting. The service fees could be up to 100% of the profits of the Affiliated Entities. This agreement may not be terminated by Hailiang Investment or Mr. Feng, nor can it be terminated by Hailiang Consulting without cause. The Consulting Services Agreement shall remain in full force and effect during the term of operations of the Affiliated Entities.

Equity Pledge Agreement: Pursuant to the Equity Pledge Agreement, Mr. Feng unconditionally and irrevocably pledged all of his equity interests in Hailiang Investment to Hailiang Consulting to guarantee performance of the obligations of the Affiliated Entities under the Call Option Agreement, Power of Attorney and Consulting Services Agreement. Mr. Feng agreed that without prior written consent of Hailiang Consulting, he shall not transfer or dispose of the pledged equity interests, commence any bankruptcy or liquidation process of Hailiang Investment or create or allow any encumbrance on the pledged equity interests. This agreement may not be terminated by Hailiang Investment or Mr. Feng, nor can it be terminated by Hailiang Consulting without cause. The Equity Pledge Agreement shall remain in full force and effect until all of the obligations of the Affiliated Entities under the Consulting Services Agreement have been duly performed and related payments are duly paid.

The Contractual Agreements provide the Company, through Hailiang HK and Hailiang Consulting, the following, (i) the power over the Affiliate Entities; (ii) the exposure or rights to variable returns from its involvement with the Affiliated Entities; and (iii) the ability to affect those returns through its power over the Affiliated Entities.

The Company has the power over the Affiliated Entities by virtue of the Power of Attorney, pursuant to which Hailiang Consulting has rights that give it the current ability to direct the activities that significantly affect the returns of the Affiliated Entities. Hailiang Consulting has the rights to appoint, replace or remove directors of Hailiang Investment, as well as to make decisions on all operational and financial matters of the Affiliated Entities.

The Company has the exposure or rights to variable returns from its involvement with the Affiliated Entities by virtue of the Power of Attorney and Consulting Services Agreement. Hailiang Consulting’s returns from its involvement with the Affiliated Entities have the potential to vary as a result of the performance of the Affiliated Entities. Pursuant to the Power of Attorney, Hailiang Consulting is the only party that can share in the distributed and undistributed earnings of the Affiliated Entities.

 

F-11


Table of Contents
2 Basis of preparation (continued)

 

  (b) Basis of presentation (continued)

 

Pursuant to the Consulting Services Agreement, Hailiang Consulting has the exclusive right to provide consulting, support and services to the Affiliated Entities in return for a fee that could be up to 100% of the profits of the Affiliated Entities.

The Company has all decision-making rights over the Affiliated Entities to affect the amounts of its returns. By virtue of the Power of Attorney, Hailiang Consulting is the principal and is the only party that has the decision-making authority on all relevant activities of the Affiliated Entities. There are no substantive rights held by other parties that may affect or restrict Hailiang Consulting’s ability to direct the relevant activities of the Affiliated Entities. The Power of Attorney is irrevocable and no party can remove Hailiang Consulting without cause. Hailiang Consulting also has exposure to variability of returns of the Affiliated Entities from the Call Option Agreement.

The Company, Hailiang HK and Hailiang Consulting are either investment holding companies or companies that have not carried out any business since their respective dates of incorporation, apart from acquiring control of the Affiliated Entities through the Contractual Agreements. The Company and the Affiliated Entities are controlled by the same person both before and after the Reorganization on December 31, 2013. In substance, the Reorganization involves no business combination and is merely a reorganization of entities under common control. Accordingly, the assets and liabilities of the Affiliated Entities are measured and recognized at their historical carrying amounts. In addition, the accompanying consolidated financial statements present the results of the Group as if the Reorganization had been consummated as of the beginning of the earliest period presented. That is, the Company’s consolidated financial statements include the financial position and the results of operations of the Affiliated Entities as of the earliest periods presented.

 

  (c) Risks and uncertainties

Risks and uncertainties of the Contractual Arrangements: The Company relies on the Contractual Agreements to control the Affiliated Entities. However, these contractual arrangements may not be as effective as direct equity ownership in providing the Company with control over the Affiliated Entities. Any failure by Hailiang Investment or Mr. Feng, the nominee shareholder of Hailiang Investment, to perform the obligations under the Contractual Agreements would have a material adverse effect on the financial position and financial performance of the Company. Therefore, the enforceability of the Contractual Agreements represents a significant judgment and assumption. All the Contractual Agreements are governed by PRC law and provide for the resolution of disputes through arbitration in the PRC. Accordingly, these agreements would be interpreted in accordance with PRC law and any disputes would be resolved in accordance with PRC legal procedures. The legal system in the PRC is not as developed as some other jurisdictions, such as the United States. As a result, uncertainties in the PRC legal system could limit the Company’s ability to enforce these contractual arrangements. In addition, if the legal structure and the Contractual Agreements were found to be in violation of any existing or future PRC laws and regulations, the Company may be subject to fines or other legal or administrative sanctions.

In the opinion of management, based on the legal opinion obtained from the Company’s PRC legal counsel, the above contractual arrangements are legally binding and enforceable and do not violate current PRC laws and regulations. However, there are uncertainties regarding the interpretation and application of existing and future PRC laws and regulations. Accordingly, the Company cannot be assured that PRC regulatory authorities will not ultimately take a contrary view to its opinion. If the current ownership structure of the Company and the contractual arrangements are found to be in violation of any existing or future PRC laws and regulations, the PRC government could:

 

    require the Company to restructure its ownership structure and operations in the PRC to comply with the existing or future PRC laws and regulations;

 

F-12


Table of Contents
2 Basis of preparation (continued)

 

  (c) Risks and uncertainties (continued)

 

    revoke the Affiliated Entities’ business and operating licenses;

 

    require the Affiliated Entities to discontinue or restrict operations;

 

    block the Affiliated Entities’ websites;

 

    impose additional conditions or requirements with which the Affiliated Entities may not be able to comply; or

 

    take other regulatory or enforcement actions against the Affiliated Entities that could be harmful to the Affiliated Entities’ business.

If the imposition of any of these government actions causes the Company to lose its right to direct the activities of the Affiliated Entities or to lose its right to the variable returns from its involvement with the Affiliated Entities and the Company is not able to restructure its ownership structure of the Affiliated Entities (such as acquiring controlling equity interests), the Company would not be able to consolidate the financial results of the Affiliated Entities in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Substantially all assets, liabilities and results of operations reported in the accompanying consolidated financial statements comprise the assets, liabilities and results of operations of the Affiliated Entities. The Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries, Hailiang HK and Hailiang Consulting are investment holding companies with no substantial operations and hold minimal amount of assets. In the opinion of management, the likelihood of loss in respect of the Company’s current ownership structure or contractual arrangements is remote based on current facts and circumstances.

The equity interests of Hailiang Investment are legally held by Mr. Feng on behalf of the Company. Mr. Feng is also a major shareholder of the Company. Mr. Feng held 98.6% of the Company’s total ordinary shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2014. The Company cannot assure that Mr. Feng will act in the best interests of the Company. The Company relies on Mr. Feng to comply with the terms and conditions of the Contractual Agreements. If Mr. Feng is in breach of his contractual obligations under the Contractual Agreements and the Company cannot resolve any dispute between the Company and Mr. Feng, the Company would have to rely on legal proceedings, which could result in disruption of the Company’s business and subject the Company to substantial uncertainty as to the outcome of any such legal proceedings.

 

  (d) Functional and presentation currency

The functional currency of each of the Group’s entities is the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates (the “functional currency”). The Company’s functional currency is the United States dollar (“USD”), whereas the functional currency of Hailiang HK and the PRC entities of the Group are the HKD and RMB, respectively.

The Group’s presentation currency is RMB. All financial information presented has been rounded to the nearest thousands, except when otherwise indicated.

 

  (e) Use of estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with IFRSs requires management to make a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the period. Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include the consolidation of the Affiliated Entities, the useful lives and the recoverability of the carrying amounts of property and equipment and intangible assets (including goodwill), the collectability of other receivables and term deposits placed with a

 

F-13


Table of Contents
2 Basis of preparation (continued)

 

  (e) Use of estimates (continued)

 

related party finance entity, and the assessment of contingent liabilities. These estimates are often based on complex judgments and assumptions that management believes to be reasonable but are inherently uncertain and unpredictable. Actual results may differ from those estimates.

Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimates are revised and in any future periods affected.

Assumptions and estimation uncertainties

Information about assumptions and estimation uncertainties that have a significant risk of resulting in a material adjustment within the next financial year are included in the following notes:

 

    Note 2(c), risks and uncertainties (the enforceability of the Contractual Agreements)

 

    Note 9, taxes

 

    Note 12, intangible assets and goodwill

Measurement of fair values

A number of the Group’s accounting policies and disclosures require the measurement of fair values, for both financial and non-financial assets and liabilities.

Management regularly reviews significant unobservable inputs and valuation adjustments. If third party information, such as broker quotes or pricing services, is used to measure fair values, then management assesses the evidence obtained from the third parties to support the conclusion that such valuations meet the requirements of IFRS, including the level in the fair value hierarchy in which such valuations should be classified.

When measuring the fair value of an asset or a liability, the Group uses market observable data as far as possible. Fair values are categorized into different levels in a fair value hierarchy based on the inputs used in the valuation techniques as follows.

Level 1: quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2: inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices).

Level 3: inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

If the inputs used to measure the fair value of an asset or a liability might be categorized in different levels of the fair value hierarchy, then the fair value measurement is categorized in its entirety in the same level of the fair value hierarchy as the lowest level input that is significant to the entire measurement.

The Group recognizes transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy at the end of the reporting period during which the change has occurred.

Further information about assumptions made in measuring fair values is included in the following notes:

 

    Note 12, intangible assets and goodwill

 

    Note 17(d), fair value

 

F-14


Table of Contents
3 Significant accounting policies

The accounting policies set out below have been applied consistently to all periods presented in the consolidated financial statements, and have been applied by each of the entities comprising the Group.

 

  (a) Basis of consolidation

 

  (i) Business combinations

Business combinations (except with entities acquired under common control) are accounted for using the acquisition method as at the acquisition date—i.e. when control is transferred to the Group. Control is the power to govern the financial and operating policies of an entity so as to obtain benefits from its activities. In assessing control, the Group takes into consideration potential voting rights that currently are exercisable.

The Group measures goodwill at the acquisition date as:

 

    the fair value of the consideration transferred; plus

 

    the recognized amount of any non-controlling interests in the acquiree; plus

 

    if the business combination is achieved in stages, the fair value of the pre-existing equity interest in the acquiree; less

 

    the net recognized amount (generally fair value) of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

When the excess is negative, a bargain purchase gain is recognized immediately in profit or loss. The consideration transferred does not include amounts related to the settlement of pre-existing relationships. Such amounts generally are recognized in profit or loss.

Transaction costs, other than those associated with the issue of debt or equity securities, that the Group incurs in connection with a business combination, are expensed as incurred.

Any contingent consideration payable is measured at fair value at the acquisition date. If the contingent consideration is classified as equity, then it is not remeasured and settlement is accounted for within equity. Otherwise, subsequent changes in the fair value of the contingent consideration are recognized in profit or loss.

 

  (ii) Subsidiaries and non-controlling interests

Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Group. The financial statements of subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date that control commences until the date that control ceases. The accounting policies of subsidiaries are changed when necessary to align them with the policies adopted by the Group. Intra-group balances and transactions and any unrealized profits arising from intra-group transactions are eliminated in full in preparing the consolidated financial statements. Unrealized losses resulting from intra-group transactions are eliminated in the same way as unrealized gains but only to the extent that there is no evidence of impairment.

Non-controlling interests represent the equity in a subsidiary not attributable directly or indirectly to the Company, and in respect of which the Group has not agreed any additional terms with the holders of those interests which would result in the Group as a whole having a contractual obligation in respect of those interests that meets the definition of a financial liability. For each business combination, the Group can elect to measure any non-controlling interests either at fair value or at their proportionate share of the subsidiary’s net identifiable assets. Non-controlling interests are presented in the consolidated statements of financial position within equity, separately from equity attributable to the equity shareholders of the Company. Non-controlling

 

F-15


Table of Contents
3 Significant accounting policies (continued)

 

  (a) Basis of consolidation (continued)

 

  (ii) Subsidiaries and non-controlling interests (continued)

 

interests in the results of the Group are presented on the face of the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income as an allocation of the total profit or loss and total comprehensive income for the year between non-controlling interests and the equity shareholders of the Company.

Changes in the Group’s interests in a subsidiary that do not result in a loss of control are accounted for as equity transactions, whereby adjustments are made to the amounts of controlling and non-controlling interests within consolidated equity to reflect the change in relative interests, but no adjustments are made to goodwill and no gain or loss is recognized.

 

  (iii) Entities acquired under common control

Entities acquired under common control or transactions accounted for in a manner similar to a pooling-of-interests (for example, a reorganization of entities under common control) are accounted under the “book value” accounting, where the Company recognizes the assets acquired and liabilities assumed using the book values of the transferor. When the consolidated financial statements are issued for a period that includes the date the common control transaction occurred, the Company’s consolidated financial statements of all prior periods are retrospectively revised to the earliest date presented.

 

  (b) Foreign currency transactions

Transactions in foreign currencies are translated to the respective functional currencies of Group entities at exchange rates ruling at the dates of the transactions.

Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated to the functional currency at the exchange rate at the reporting date. Non-monetary assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value in a foreign currency are translated to the functional currency at the exchange rate when the fair value was determined. Foreign currency differences are generally recognized in profit or loss. Non-monetary items that are measured based on historical cost in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rate at the date of the transaction.

 

  (c) Financial instruments

 

  (i) Non-derivative financial assets

The Group classifies non-derivative financial assets into the following categories: financial assets through profit or loss, held to maturity financial assets, loans and other receivables and available-for-sale financial assets.

A financial asset is classified as at fair value through profit or loss if it is held-for-trading or is designated as such on initial recognition. Directly attributable transaction costs are recognized in profit or loss as incurred. Financial assets carried at fair value through profit or loss are measured at fair value and changes therein, including any interest or dividend income, are recognized in profit or loss.

If the Group has the positive intent and ability to hold debt securities to maturity, then such financial assets are classified as held-to-maturity. Held-to-maturity financial assets are initially recognized at fair value plus any directly attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, held-to-maturity financial assets are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method, less any impairment losses (Note 3(f)).

 

F-16


Table of Contents
3 Significant accounting policies (continued)

 

  (c) Financial instruments (continued)

 

  (i) Non-derivative financial assets (continued)

 

Loans and other receivables are financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. The Group initially recognizes other receivables on the date that they are originated. Other receivables are initially recognized at fair value plus any directly attributable transaction costs and thereafter stated at amortized cost less allowance for impairment of doubtful debts (Note 3(f)), except where the receivables are interest-free loans made to related parties without any fixed repayment terms or the effect of discounting would be immaterial. In such cases, the receivables are stated at cost less allowance for doubtful debts (Note 3(f)).

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand, demand deposits, and short-term, highly liquid investments, which are readily convertible into known amounts of cash and are subject to an insignificant risk of change in value. Cash equivalents are held to meet short-term cash commitments rather than for investment or other purposes.

Available-for-sale financial assets are non-derivative financial assets that are designated as available-for-sale or are not classified in any of the above categories of financial assets. Available-for-sale financial assets are recognized initially at fair value plus any attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, they are measured at fair value and changes therein, other than impairment losses and foreign currency differences on available-for-sale debt instruments, are recognized in other comprehensive income and presented in the fair value reserve in equity.

The Group derecognizes a financial asset when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the asset expire, or it transfers the rights to receive the contractual cash flows on the financial asset in a transaction in which substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset are transferred. Any interest in transferred financial assets that is created or retained by the Group is recognized as a separate asset or liability.

 

  (ii) Non-derivative financial liabilities

The Group classifies non-derivative financial liabilities into the other financial liabilities category. All other financial liabilities are recognized initially on the trade date, which is the date that the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument. Such financial liabilities are recognized initially at fair value less any attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, these financial liabilities are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method. For the periods presented, other financial liabilities comprise trade and other payables.

The Group derecognizes a financial liability when its contractual obligations are discharged, cancelled or expired.

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount presented in the statements of consolidated financial position when, and only when, the Group has a legal right to offset the amounts and intends either to settle on a net basis or to realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

 

  (d) Property and equipment

 

  (i) Recognition and measurement

Items of property and equipment are measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses (Note 3(f)).

Cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the asset. The cost of self-constructed assets includes the cost of materials and any other costs directly attributable to bringing the asset to a working condition for its intended use.

 

F-17


Table of Contents
3 Significant accounting policies (continued)

 

  (d) Property and equipment (continued)

 

  (i) Recognition and measurement (continued)

 

Construction in progress represents property under construction and equipment pending installation, and is stated at cost less impairment losses (Note 3(f)). Capitalization of these costs ceases and the construction in progress is transferred to property and equipment when the asset is substantially ready for its intended use. No depreciation is provided in respect of construction in progress.

Gains or losses arising from the retirement or disposal of an item of property and equipment are determined as the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the item and are recognized in profit or loss on the date of retirement or disposal.

 

  (ii) Subsequent costs

The cost of replacing a component of an item of property and equipment is recognized in the carrying amount of the item if it is probable that the future economic benefits embodied within the component will flow to the Group, and its cost can be measured reliably. The carrying amount of the replaced component is derecognized. The costs of the day-to-day servicing of property, and equipment are recognized in profit or loss as incurred.

 

  (iii) Depreciation

Items of property and equipment are depreciated from the date that they are available for use or, in respect of self-constructed assets, from the date that the asset is completed and ready for use. Depreciation is calculated to write off the cost of items of property and equipment less their estimated residual values using the straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the lease term or their useful lives. The estimated useful lives for the current and comparative years of significant property and equipment are as follows:

 

Motor vehicles

   5~10 years

Furniture, fixtures and other equipment

   5~10 years

Leasehold improvements

   Shorter of the remaining lease terms
   or estimated useful lives

Depreciation methods, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at each reporting date and adjusted if appropriate.

 

  (e) Intangible assets

 

  (i) Goodwill

Goodwill that arose on the acquisition of subsidiaries is presented with intangible assets and is measured at cost less accumulated impairment losses (Note 3(f)).

 

  (ii) Trademark

Trademark that was acquired by the Group is not amortized while its useful life is assessed to be indefinite, which is reviewed annually to determine whether events and circumstances continue to support the indefinite useful life assessment. If not, the change in the useful life assessment from indefinite to finite is accounted for prospectively from the date of change and in accordance with the policy for amortization of intangible assets with finite lives as set out below.

 

F-18


Table of Contents
3 Significant accounting policies (continued)

 

  (e) Intangible assets (continued)

 

  (iii) Other intangible assets

Other intangible assets that were acquired by the Group and have finite useful lives are measured at cost less accumulated amortization and any accumulated impairment losses (Note 3(f)). Other intangible assets are student relationships that arose from the acquisition of Tianma Experimental.

 

  (iv) Amortization

Amortization of intangible assets with finite useful lives is recognized in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of intangible assets, other than goodwill, from the date that they are available for use. The estimated useful lives of student relationships are 1~15 years.

Amortization methods and useful lives are reviewed at each reporting date and adjusted if appropriate.

 

  (f) Impairment

 

  (i) Non-derivative financial assets

A financial asset not classified as at fair value through profit or loss, including an interest in an equity-accounted investee, is assessed at each reporting date to determine whether there is objective evidence that it is impaired. A financial asset is impaired if there is objective evidence of impairment as a result of one or more events that occurred after the initial recognition of the asset, and that loss event had an impact on the estimated future cash flows of that asset that can be estimated reliably. Objective evidence that financial assets are impaired includes default or delinquency by a debtor, indications that a debtor will enter bankruptcy, and adverse changes in the payment status of the borrower.

The Group considers evidence of impairment for financial assets measured at amortized cost (other receivables) at both a specific asset and collective level. All individually significant receivables are assessed for specific impairment. All individually significant receivables found not to be specifically impaired are then collectively assessed for any impairment that has been incurred but not yet identified. Receivables that are not individually significant are collectively assessed for impairment by grouping together receivables with similar risk characteristics.

In assessing collective impairment the Group uses historical trends of the probability of default, timing of recoveries and the amount of loss incurred, adjusted for management’s judgment as to whether current economic and credit conditions are such that the actual losses are likely to be greater or less than suggested by historical trends.

An impairment loss in respect of a financial asset measured at amortized cost is calculated as the difference between its carrying amount and the present value of the estimated future cash flows discounted at the asset’s original effective interest rate. Losses are recognized in profit or loss and reflected in an allowance account against receivables. When a subsequent event causes the amount of impairment loss to decrease, the decrease in impairment loss is reversed through profit or loss.

 

  (ii) Non-financial assets

The carrying amounts of the Group’s non-financial assets are reviewed at each reporting date to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, then the asset’s recoverable amount is estimated. Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are tested annually for impairment.

 

F-19


Table of Contents
3 Significant accounting policies (continued)

 

  (f) Impairment (continued)

 

  (ii) Non-financial assets (continued)

 

The recoverable amount of an asset is the greater of its value in use and fair value less costs to sell. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset or CGU. For impairment testing, assets are grouped together into the smallest group of assets that generates cash inflows from continuing use that are largely independent of the cash inflows of other assets or CGUs. Goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated to groups of CGUs that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination. An impairment loss is recognized if the carrying amount of an asset or its CGU exceeds its estimated recoverable amount. Impairment losses are recognized in profit or loss.

An impairment loss in respect of goodwill is not reversed. In respect of other assets, impairment losses recognized in prior periods are assessed at each reporting date for any indications that the loss has decreased or no longer exists. An impairment loss is reversed if there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the recoverable amount. An impairment loss is reversed only to the extent that the asset’s carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation or amortization, if no impairment loss had been recognized.

 

  (g) Employee benefits

 

  (i) Defined contribution plan

Obligations for contributions to defined contribution pension plans are recognized as an employee benefit expense in profit or loss in the period during which services are rendered by employees. Pursuant to the relevant labor rules and regulations in the PRC, the Group participates in defined contribution retirement schemes (the “Schemes”) organized by the relevant local government authorities for its eligible employees whereby the Group is required to make contributions to the Schemes at 34.4% to 41.4% of the deemed salary rate announced annually by the local government authorities.

The Group has no other material obligation for payment of pension benefits associated with those schemes beyond the annual contributions described above.

 

  (ii) Short-term employee benefits

Short-term employee benefit obligations are measured on an undiscounted basis and are expensed as the related service is provided.

A provision is recognized for the amount expected to be paid under short-term cash bonus or other short-term benefits if the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation to pay this amount as a result of past service provided by the employee, and the obligation can be estimated reliably.

 

  (h) Provisions and contingent liabilities

A provision is recognized if, as a result of a past event, the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation that can be estimated reliably, and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. Provisions are determined by discounting the expected future cash flows at a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability. The unwinding of the discount is recognized as finance cost.

Where it is not probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required, or the amount cannot be estimated reliably, the obligation is disclosed as a contingent liability, unless the probability of outflow

 

F-20


Table of Contents
3 Significant accounting policies (continued)

 

  (h) Provisions and contingent liabilities (continued)

 

of economic benefits is remote. Possible obligations, whose existence will only be confirmed by the occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more future events, are also disclosed as contingent liabilities unless the probability of outflow of economic benefits is remote.

 

  (i) Revenue

The Group’s revenue is principally derived from the rendering of boarding school education services to students. The Group offers basic educational and international programs at the primary school, middle school and high school grades. The basic educational program provides curricula and coursework mandated by the PRC government. The international program provides students to both earn their PRC school diplomas and prepare for admissions tests for overseas educational institutions.

Tuition fees are received at the beginning of each school year. Each school year is comprised of two semesters. The first semester starts in September and ends in January. The second semester starts the following month in February and ends in June.

The arrangements with the student contain multiple components consisting of the delivery of education, accommodations, meals, and transportation services, (collectively, “education services”) and the delivery of education books and related materials (“educational materials”). The Group allocates the total tuition fees into educational services and educational materials based on their relative fair value. The components within education services were not further separated since revenue recognition for the components occurs at the same time and the components belong to the same category of revenue, which is service revenue.

Revenue attributable to education services is recognized on a straight-line basis over the school year since the services are performed by an indeterminate number of acts over a specified period of time and there is no evidence that some other method better represents the stage of completion. Revenue attributable to educational materials is recognized upon the delivery of the products to the students, which is when the risks and rewards have been transferred to the students. Tuition fees not yet earned are recorded as deferred revenue.

For the periods presented, revenue recognized for the delivery of educational materials was insignificant and occurred during the same year that revenue for the delivery of education services was recognized.

The Group also provides kindergarten education service. Fees received for kindergarten education services are recognized as revenue on a straight-line basis over the period of rendering the service.

 

  (j) Government grants

Government grants are recognized in the statements of comprehensive income when the grants are unconditional and become receivable. Grants that compensate the Group for expenses incurred are recognized as income in profit or loss on a systematic basis in the same periods in which the expenses are incurred.

 

  (k) Lease payments

Payments made under operating lease are recognized in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. Lease incentives received are recognized as an integral part of the total lease expenses over the term of the lease.

 

F-21


Table of Contents
3 Significant accounting policies (continued)

 

  (l) Finance income and finance costs

Finance income comprises interest income. Interest income is recognized as it accrues in profit or loss, using the effective interest method.

Finance costs comprise interest expense on borrowings. Borrowing costs that are not directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of a qualifying asset are recognized in profit or loss using the effective interest method.

Foreign currency gains and losses are reported on a net basis as either finance income or finance expense depending on whether foreign currency changes are in a net gain or net loss position.

 

  (m) Income tax expense

Income tax expense comprises current tax and movements in deferred tax assets and liabilities. Current tax and movements in deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized in profit or loss except to the extent that they relate to a business combination, or items recognized directly in equity or in other comprehensive income.

Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date, and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities arise from deductible and taxable temporary differences respectively, being the differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and their tax bases. Deferred tax assets also arise from unused tax losses and unused tax credits.

Deferred tax is not recognized for the following temporary differences: taxable temporary differences arising on the initial recognition of goodwill; the initial recognition of assets or liabilities in a transaction that is not a business combination and that affects neither accounting nor taxable profit, and differences relating to investments in subsidiaries to the extent that, in the case of taxable differences, the Group controls the timing of the reversal and it is probable they will not reverse in the foreseeable future, or in the case of deductible differences, unless it is probable that they will reverse in the future.

The amount of deferred tax recognized is measured based on the expected manner of realization or settlement of the carrying amount of the assets and liabilities, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date.

Current tax balances and deferred tax balances, and movements therein, are presented separately from each other and are not offset. Current tax assets are offset against current tax liabilities, and deferred tax assets are offset against deferred tax liabilities, if there is a legal enforceable right to offset current tax assets and current tax liabilities, and in the case of current tax assets and liabilities, the Group intends either to settle on a net basis, or to realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously, or in the case of deferred tax assets and liabilities, if they relate to income taxes levied by the same tax authority on the same taxable entity.

Deferred tax assets are recognized for unused tax losses, unused tax credits and deductible temporary differences to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which they can be utilized. The carrying amount of a deferred tax asset is reviewed at each reporting date and is reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow the related tax benefit to be utilized. Any such reduction is reversed to the extent that it becomes probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available.

In determining the amount of current and deferred tax, the Group takes into account the impact of uncertain tax positions and whether additional taxes and interest may be due. This assessment relies on

 

F-22


Table of Contents
3 Significant accounting policies (continued)

 

  (m) Income tax expense (continued)

 

estimates and assumptions and may involve a series of judgements about future events. New information may become available that causes the Group to change its judgement regarding the adequacy of existing tax liabilities; such changes to tax liabilities will impact tax expense in the period that such determination is made.

 

  (n) Education development reserve

Each of the Three Schools is required to appropriate 25% of its after-tax profits to a non-distributable education development reserve for the construction or maintenance of the school or procurement or upgrading of educational equipment. In accordance with the Law of Promoting Private Education, this reserve can only be used for school construction, maintenance and upgrade of education equipment. The statutory reserves are restricted net assets of the Three Schools which are undistributable to the Company in the form of dividends or loans. The education development reserve as of June 30, 2013 and 2014 was RMB 119,044 and RMB 156,358 respectively.

 

  (o) Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit attributable to holders of ordinary equity of the Company by the weighted-average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period. The Company did not issue any dilutive potential ordinary shares during the periods presented.

 

  (p) Related parties

For the purposes of these consolidated financial statements, a person or entity is considered to be related to the Group if:

 

  (a) A person, or a close member of that person’s family, is related to the Group if that person:

 

  (i) has control or joint control over the Group.

 

  (ii) has significant influence over the Group; or of a parent of the Group.

 

  (iii) is a member of the key management personnel of the Group or of a parent of the Group.

 

  (b) An entity is related to the Group if any of the following conditions applies:

 

  (i) the entity and the Group are members of the same Group (which means that each parent, subsidiary and fellow subsidiary is related to the other).

 

  (ii) one entity is an associate or joint venture of the other entity (or an associate or joint venture of a member of the Group of which the other entity is a member).

 

  (iii) both entities are joint ventures of the same third party.

 

  (iv) one entity is a joint venture of a third entity and the other entity is an associate of the third entity.

 

  (v) the entity is a post-employment benefit plan for the benefit of employees of either the Group or an entity related to the Group.

 

  (vi) the entity is controlled or jointly controlled by a person identified in (a).

 

  (vii) a person identified in (a)(i) has significant influence over the entity or is a member of the key management personnel of the entity (or of a parent of the entity).

Close members of the family of a person are those family members who may be expected to influence, or be influenced by, that person in their dealings with the entity.

 

F-23


Table of Contents
3 Significant accounting policies (continued)

 

  (q) Segment reporting

An operating segment is a component of the Group that engages in business activities from which it may earn revenues and incur expenses, and is identified on the basis of the internal financial reports that are provided to and regularly reviewed by the Group’s chief operating decision maker in order to allocate resources and assess performance of the segment. For the years ended June 30, 2012, 2013 and 2014, the Group’s chief operating decision maker was Mr. Feng, the executive director and general manager of the Company, who reviewed the financial information of the private K-12 education business carried out by the Group on a consolidated basis. Therefore, the Group has one operating segment, which is the provision of private K-12 educational services. The Group’s operations are located in the PRC.

 

  (r) Possible impact of amendments, new standards and interpretations issued but not yet effective for the year ended June 30, 2014

Up to the date of issue of these consolidated financial statements, the IASB has issued a number of amendments, new standards and interpretations which are not yet effective for the year ended June 30, 2014 and which have not been adopted in these consolidated financial statements. These include the following which may be relevant to the Group.

 

    

Effective for

accounting periods

beginning on or after

Defined benefit plans: Employee Contributions (Amendments to ISAI9)

   July 1, 2014

Annual improvements to IFRSs 2010-2012 Cycle-various standards

   July 1, 2014

Annual improvements to IFRSs 2011-2013 Cycle-various standards

   July 1, 2014

Annual improvements to IFRSs 2012-2014 cycle-various standards

   July 1, 2016

Amendments to IAS 16 and IAS 38 , clarification of acceptable methods of depreciation and amortization

  

July 1, 2016

Amendments to IAS 27 , Equity method in separate financial statements

   July 1, 2016

IFRS 14 , Regulatory Deferral Accounts

   July 1, 2016

IFRS 9 , Financial instruments

   July 1, 2018

IFRS 15 , Revenue from Contracts with Customers

   July 1, 2017

The Group is in the process of making an assessment of what the impact of these amendments, new standards and interpretations is expected to be in the period of initial application. So far it has concluded that the adoption of them is unlikely to have a significant impact on the Group’s results of operations and financial position.

 

4 Acquisition of non-controlling interests

In November 2011, Mr. Feng acquired 40% registered capital equity interest in Private High and 20% registered capital equity interest in Tianma Experimental from Mr. Meng, the non-controlling shareholder of

 

F-24


Table of Contents
4 Acquisition of non-controlling interests (continued)

 

both schools for cash considerations of RMB 35,000 and RMB 6,000, respectively. Upon the acquisitions, Mr. Feng became the sole sponsor of Private High and Tianma Experimental and owned 100% registered capital equity interest in each of the two schools. The non-controlling interests’ proportionate shares of the net identifiable assets of Private High and Tianma Experimental on the date of the acquisitions were RMB 28,790 and RMB 4,116, respectively. The aggregate cash consideration of RMB 41,000 paid by Mr. Feng for the acquisitions was recorded in contributed capital. The difference between the cash consideration paid of RMB 41,000 and the total carrying amount of the non-controlling interests of RMB 32,906, which amounted to RMB 8,094, was recognized in contributed capital within equity.

 

5 Revenue

The Group provides private boarding K-12 educational services in the PRC. The Group’s revenue for the years ended June 30, 2012, 2013 and 2014 were all generated in the PRC.

 

6 Other income

 

     2012      2013      2014  
     RMB      RMB      RMB  

Government grants

     1,806         1,550         1,157   

Others

     2,245         2,544         635   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     4,051         4,094         1,792   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Group was awarded unconditional government grants of RMB1,806, RMB1,550 and RMB 1,157 for the years ended June 30, 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

Others mainly include forfeiture of deposits from students. Prior to admission, new students are required to pay a deposit. The deposit is not refundable unless the student cannot be enrolled due to restriction imposed by the regulatory authority pursuant to applicable laws and regulations. Upon the student’s enrolment, the deposit is applied towards the tuition fee payment.

 

7 Employee benefit expenses

 

     2012      2013      2014  
     RMB      RMB      RMB  

Wages and salaries

     112,536         141,372         151,659   

Contributions to defined contribution plans

     11,103         14,896         17,586   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     123,639         156,268         169,245   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Group participates in pension funds organized by the PRC government. According to the respective pension fund regulations for its employees, the Group is required to pay annual contributions for its employees. The Group remits all the pension fund contributions to the relevant local government authorities, which are responsible for the payments and liabilities relating to the pension funds. The Group has no obligation for payment of retirement and other post-retirement benefits of employees other than the contributions described above.

 

8 Profit before tax

 

  (i) Net finance income

 

     2012     2013     2014  
     RMB     RMB     RMB  

Interest income

     11,785        17,190        20,152   

Net foreign exchange gain/(loss)

     86        (435     (86

Other expenses

     (289     (180     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net finance income

     11,582        16,575        20,066   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-25


Table of Contents
8 Profit before tax (continued)

 

Interest income was mainly generated from loans made to related parties (Note 13) and deposits placed with a related party finance entity (Note 18).

 

  (ii) Expenses by nature

 

     2012      2013      2014  
     RMB      RMB      RMB  

Employee benefit expenses (Note 7)

     123,639         156,268         169,245   

Students related cost

     57,483         73,437         68,111   

Transportation

     18,248         23,390         23,145   

Marketing and promotion

     10,775         13,436         13,118   

Depreciation

     17,251         20,686         22,532   

Utilities

     9,413         11,752         11,407   

Amortization of intangible assets

     5,522         4,194         2,517   

Professional service fees

     3,600         770         5,974   

Operating lease charges

     4,769         9,762         9,760   

Students related costs are mainly comprised of costs for text books, uniforms, dining services and living accommodations.

 

9 Taxes

The Company is incorporated in the Cayman Islands and conducts its primary business operations through the subsidiaries and consolidated affiliated entities in the PRC. It also has a wholly-owned subsidiary in Hong Kong. Under the current laws of the Cayman Islands, the Company is not subject to tax on income or capital gains. Additionally, upon payments of dividends by the Company to its shareholders, no Cayman Islands withholding tax will be imposed.

 

  Hong Kong

Under the Hong Kong tax laws, the statutory income tax rate is 16.5%. Subsidiaries in Hong Kong are exempted from income tax on their foreign-derived income and there are no withholding taxes in Hong Kong on remittance of dividends.

China

Under the Enterprise Income Tax (“EIT”) Law, domestic enterprises and Foreign Investment Enterprises (the “FIE”) are subject to a unified 25% enterprise income tax rate, except for certain entities that are entitled to tax holidays or exemptions.

According to the Implementation Rules for the Law for Promoting Private Education in 2004, or the 2004 Implementing Rules, private schools, whether requiring reasonable returns or not, may enjoy preferential tax treatment. The 2004 Implementing Rules provide that the relevant authorities under the State Council may introduce preferential tax treatments and related policies applicable to private schools requiring reasonable returns. To date, however, no separate policies, regulations or rules have been introduced by the authorities in this regard. The Three Schools have historically enjoyed the corporate income exemption treatment since their establishment.

Based on a confirmation from the local tax authorities, the local tax authorities have agreed to apply the corporate income tax exemption treatment to each of the Three Schools for the years ended June 30, 2012, 2013 and 2014. As a result, no income tax expense was recognized for the years ended June 30, 2012, 2013 and 2014. The Company’s PRC counsel has confirmed that this tax exemption is not contrary to PRC tax laws.

The PRC tax system is subject to substantial uncertainties. There can be no assurance that changes in PRC tax laws or their interpretation or their application will not subject the Company’s PRC entities to substantial PRC taxes in the future.

 

F-26


Table of Contents
9 Taxes (continued)

China (continued)

 

Under the current EIT Law, dividends paid by an FIE to any of its foreign non-resident enterprise investors are subject to a 10% withholding tax. Thus, the dividends, if and when payable by the Company’s PRC subsidiaries to their offshore parent entities, would be subject to 10% withholding tax. A lower tax rate will be applied if such foreign non-resident enterprise investor’s jurisdiction of incorporation has signed a tax treaty or arrangement for the avoidance of double taxation and the prevention of fiscal evasion with respect to taxes on income with China. There is such a tax arrangement between PRC and Hong Kong. Thus, the dividends, if and when payable by the Company’s PRC subsidiaries to the offshore parent entities located in Hong Kong, would be subject to 5% withholding tax rather than statutory rate of 10% provided that the offshore entities located in Hong Kong meet the requirements stipulated by relevant PRC tax regulations. Furthermore, pursuant to the applicable circular and interpretations of the current EIT Law, dividends from earnings created prior to 2008 but distributed after 2008 are not subject to withholding income tax. The Company has not provided for deferred income tax liabilities on the PRC entities’ undistributed earnings of RMB 171,340 and RMB 312,012 as of June 30, 2013 and 2014, respectively, because the Company controls the timing of the undistributed earnings and it is probable that such earnings will not be distributed. The Company plans to reinvest those earnings in the PRC indefinitely in the foreseeable future.

Moreover, the current EIT Law treats enterprises established outside of China with “effective management and control” located in China as PRC resident enterprises for tax purposes. The term “effective management and control” is generally defined as exercising overall management and control over the business, personnel, accounting, properties, etc. of an enterprise. The Company, if considered a PRC resident enterprise for tax purposes, would be subject to the PRC Enterprise Income Tax at the rate of 25% on its worldwide income for the period after January 1, 2008. During the years ended June 30, 2012, 2013 and 2014, the Company did not carry out any substantial business operations and therefore was not subject to PRC taxes.

 

10 Earnings per share

The calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share has been based on the following profit attributable to ordinary shareholders and weighted-average number of ordinary shares outstanding.

 

  (i) Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders (basic and diluted)

 

     2012      2013      2014  

Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders

     83,026         123,190         140,672   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (ii) Weighted-average number of ordinary shares (basic and diluted)

On December 23, 2014, a share split was authorized by the board of director and became effective on the same day, following which each of the Company’s previously issued ordinary shares were subdivided into ten ordinary shares. All share and per share data have been restated to reflect this share split.

 

     Note    2012      2013      2014  

Issued ordinary shares at July 1

        360,000,000         365,000,000         365,000,000   

Effect of shares issued in March 2012

   15(a)      1,352,460         —           —     
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of ordinary shares during the fiscal year

        361,352,460         365,000,000         365,000,000   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-27


Table of Contents
11 Property and equipment

 

     Motor
vehicles
    Furniture,
fixtures
and other
equipment
    Leasehold
improvement
    Construction
in progress
    Total  
     RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB  

Cost

          

Balance at June 30, 2011

     10,928        17,762        133,467        2,304        164,461   

Additions

     2,500        2,644        31,153        3,063        39,360   

Transferred from construction in progress

     —          —          2,304        (2,304     —     

Disposals

     (1,625     —          —          —          (1,625
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2012

     11,803        20,406        166,924        3,063        202,196   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additions

     2,149        5,929        659        6,921        15,658   

Transferred from construction in progress

     —          —          9,979        (9,979     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2013

     13,952        26,335        177,562        5        217,854   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additions

     —          5,410        2,785        606        8,801   

Transferred from construction in progress

     —          —          377        (377     —     

Disposals

     —          (131     —          —          (131
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2014

     13,952        31,614        180,724        234        226,524   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation

          

Balance at June 30, 2011

     (9,441     (11,851     (55,141     —          (76,433

Depreciation for the year

     (713     (2,184     (14,354     —          (17,251

Written back on disposals

     1,610        —          —          —          1,610   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2012

     (8,544     (14,035     (69,495     —          (92,074
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation for the year

     (721     (2,853     (17,112     —          (20,686
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2013

     (9,265     (16,888     (86,607     —          (112,760
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation for the year

     (1,026     (3,259     (18,247     —          (22,532

Written back on disposals

     —          116        —          —          116   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2014

     (10,291     (20,031     (104,854     —          (135,176
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Carrying amounts

          

At June 30, 2012

     3,259        6,371        97,429        3,063        110,122   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At June 30, 2013

     4,687        9,447        90,955        5        105,094   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At June 30, 2014

     3,661        11,583        75,870        234        91,348   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-28


Table of Contents
12 Intangible assets and goodwill

 

     Goodwill      Student
relationship
    Trade name      Total  
     RMB      RMB     RMB      RMB  

Cost

          

Balance at June 30, 2011, 2012, 2013 and 2014

     62,046         45,037        16,540         123,623   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accumulated Amortization

          

Balance at June 30, 2011

     —           (28,456     —           (28,456

Amortization for the year

     —           (5,522     —           (5,522
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2012

     —           (33,978     —           (33,978
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amortization for the year

     —           (4,194     —           (4,194
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2013

     —           (38,172     —           (38,172
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amortization for the year

     —           (2,517     —           (2,517
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2014

     —           (40,689     —           (40,689
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Carrying amounts

          

At June 30, 2012

     62,046         11,059        16,540         89,645   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

At June 30, 2013

     62,046         6,865        16,540         85,451   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

At June 30, 2014

     62,046         4,348        16,540         82,934   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Intangible assets and goodwill arose from the acquisition of Tianma Experimental on July 1, 2009. Mr. Feng and Mr. Meng acquired 80% and 20% registered capital equity interest in Tianma Experimental for a total cash consideration of RMB114,000.

The goodwill recognized on the acquisition is mainly attributable to the synergies expected to be achieved from integrating Tianma Experimental into the Group’s existing business.

 

  Student relationship

The amortization of student relationship is included in ‘selling expenses’. No impairment loss of the student relationship intangible asset was recognized in the statements of comprehensive income for the years ended June 30, 2012, 2013 and 2014.

 

  Goodwill and trade name with indefinite useful lives

For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill and trade name are allocated to a group of cash-generating units which represents the lowest level within the Group at which the goodwill and trade name are monitored for internal management purpose. The recoverable amount of goodwill is estimated based on estimated discounted cash flows forecast. In forming this assumption the Group has used a combination of long term trends, industry forecasts and in house estimates.

For the purpose of impairment testing, the carrying amounts of goodwill and trade name are allocated to Tianma Experimental, which is the lowest level for which the assets are monitored for internal management purpose. The aggregated carrying amounts of goodwill and trade name are as follows:

 

     2013      2014  

Goodwill

     62,046         62,046   

Trade name

     16,540         16,540   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     78,586         78,586   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-29


Table of Contents
12 Intangible assets and goodwill (continued)

 

  Goodwill and trade name with indefinite useful lives (continued)

 

The recoverable amount of this CGU was based on fair value less costs of disposal, which was estimated using discounted cash flow projections. The fair value measurement was categorized as a Level 3 fair value based on the inputs in the valuation technique used (see Note 2(e)).

The key assumptions used in the estimation of the recoverable amount are set out below. The values assigned to the key assumptions represented management’s assessment of future trend in the relevant industry and were based on historical data from both external and internal sources.

 

In percent    2012     2013     2014  

Discount rate

     24     24     24

Terminal value growth rate

     3     3     3

The discount rate was a post-tax measure estimated based on the historical industry average weighted-average cost of capital, with a possible debt leveraging of 0%.

The cash flow projections included specific estimates for five years and a terminal growth rate thereafter. The terminal growth rate was determined based on management’s estimate, consistent with the assumption that a market participant would make.

Budgeted EBITDA was estimated taking into account past experience, adjusted as follows.

 

    Revenue growth was projected taking into account the average growth levels experienced over the past five years and the estimated student headcount and tuition growth for the next five years. It was assumed that tuition would increase in line with forecast inflation over the next five years.

 

    Growth of cost of sales, selling expenses and administrative expenses were projected taking into account of inflation and estimated student headcount for the next five years.

The estimated recoverable amount of the CGU exceeded its carrying amount as of June 30, 2012, 2013 and 2014 respectively.

The recoverable amount of trade name is determined using the relief from royalty method. These calculations use post-tax cash flow projections for 5 years based on financial budgets approved by management, including royalty rate of 3% (2013 and 2012: 3%), terminal growth rate of 3% (2013 and 2012: 3%) and the applicable discount rate of 24% (2013 and 2012: 24%). Management determined the expected growth rates and the operating results based on the past performance and its expectations in relation to market developments. The discount rate used is post-tax and reflects specific risks relating to the Company.

Based on management’s assessment results, there was no impairment of goodwill and trade name as at June 30, 2012, 2013 and 2014 and no reasonable change to the assumptions would lead to an impairment charge.

 

13 Other receivables

 

     2013      2014  
     RMB      RMB  

Amount due from a related party (Note 18(a)(i))

     —           1,257   

Loans due from a related party (Note 18(a)(ii))

     275,504         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other receivables due from related parties

     275,504         1,257   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other receivables due from third parties

     1,394         1,380   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     276,898         2,637   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-30


Table of Contents
13 Other receivables (continued)

 

The Group’s exposure to credit risks related to other receivables is disclosed in Note 17.

As of June 30, 2013, the Group has loans outstanding of RMB 275,504 due from a related party company (See Note 18). The loans were made through an entrusted loan arrangement with a third party bank. The loans bear interest rate at 6% per annum and were collected in full on September 5, 2013.

 

14 Cash and cash equivalents

 

     2013
RMB
     2014
RMB
 

Cash in hand

     71         14   

Cash at bank

     26,332         17,331   

Cash held at a related party finance entity

     —           24,658   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     26,403         42,003   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash at bank consists of demand deposit, and is held by third party financial institutions located within the PRC (including Hong Kong). Cash held at a related party finance entity represents demand deposits and 7-day call deposits held at Hailiang Finance Co., Ltd. (“Hailiang Finance”) (see Note 18(a)(iii)).

 

15 Capital and reserve

 

  (a) Share capital and share premium

 

     2012      2013      2014  

In issue at July 1

     360,000,000         365,000,000         365,000,000   

Issued for cash

     5,000,000         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

In issue at June 30 par value USD0.0001—authorized and issued

     365,000,000         365,000,000         365,000,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

All ordinary shares rank equally.

 

  (i) Ordinary shares

Holders of these shares are entitled to dividends as declared from time to time and are entitled to one vote per share at general meetings of the Company.

Issue of ordinary shares—private placement

In March 2012, in connection with a private placement by a third party investor, the Board increased the authorized ordinary shares from 360,000,000 shares to 365,000,000 shares. Concurrently, 5,000,000 newly authorized ordinary shares were issued to Maxida International Company Limited (“Maxida”). The Company received cash proceeds of USD 3,000 (RMB equivalent 18,867) from Maxida in exchange for 1.4% equity interest in the Company.

 

  (ii) Share premium

Share premium relates to the following issuances of the Company’s ordinary shares:

 

  (i) Share deficit of RMB 236 for ordinary shares issued by the Company to Mr. Feng for nil consideration upon the Company’s incorporation.

 

  (ii) The capital contributed by Maxida in excess of the par value of the ordinary shares issued in the private placement of RMB 18,864.

 

F-31


Table of Contents
15 Capital and reserve (continued)

 

  (a) Share capital and share premium (continued)

 

  (iii) Contributed capital

Contributed capital represented the following capital transactions with the Company’s shareholders:

 

  (i) The contributions of the registered capital of 100% of Foreign Language and 60% of Private High made by Mr. Feng totaling RMB 82,800.

 

  (ii) The consideration of RMB 110,000 made by Mr. Feng for the acquisition of 80% registered capital equity interest in Tianma Experimental.

 

  (iii) The share capital of HKD 10 (RMB equivalent 9) contributed by Mr. Feng upon incorporation of Hailiang HK.

 

  (iv) RMB 32,906 arising from acquisition of non-controlling interests (see Note 4).

 

  (v) The capital contributions of RMB 139,980 paid by Mr. Feng upon incorporation of Hailiang Investment.

 

  (vi) Cash consideration of RMB 139,800 paid to Mr. Feng for the transfer of 100% registered capital equity interest in each of the Three Schools.

 

  (b) Nature and purpose of reserves

 

  (i) Translation reserve

The translation reserve comprises foreign currency differences arising from the translation of the financial statements of the Company’s subsidiaries into the presentation currency.

 

  (ii) OCI accumulated in reserves

 

     2012
Translation
reserve
RMB
     2013
Translation
reserve
RMB
     2014
Translation
reserve
RMB
 

Foreign currency translation difference

     18         18         18   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     18         18         18   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (c) Dividend

Dividend distributions of RMB 67,000 were declared and paid during the year ended June 30, 2012. No dividends were declared and paid during the years ended June 30, 2013 and 2014.

 

16 Trade and other payables

 

     2013      2014  
     RMB      RMB  

Trade payable

     13,811         15,503   

Accrued payroll

     24,254         22,827   

Other payables due to third parties

     6,443         8,360   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Trade and other payable due to third parties

     44,508         46,690   

Other payables due to a related party (Note 18(a)(iv)/(v))

     2,342         5,112   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     46,850         51,802   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Group’s exposure to liquidity risk related to other payables is disclosed in Note 17.

 

F-32


Table of Contents
17 Financial risk management and fair values

The Group has exposure to the following risks from financial instruments:

 

    credit risk

 

    liquidity risk

 

    market risk

This note presents information about the Group’s exposure to each of the above risks, the Group’s objectives, policies and processes for measuring and managing risk, and the Group’s management of capital.

The Board of Directors has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of the Group’s risk management framework.

 

  (a) Credit risk

The Group’s credit risk is primarily attributable to other receivables, cash at bank, and cash and term deposits held at a related party finance entity. The carrying amount of financial assets represents the maximum credit exposure.

 

  Cash at bank

All of the Group’s cash at bank is held by third-party financial institutions located within the PRC (including Hong Kong). Financial institutions in the PRC do not have insurance similar to that provided by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation in the United States of America.

Other receivables

Other receivables mainly are comprised of loans due from a related party, which were collected in full on September 5, 2013.

Cash demand deposit and term deposits placed with a related party finance entity

As at June 30, 2014, the Group has cash demand deposits of RMB 24,658 and cash term deposits with maturities ranging from three months to less than one year amounting to RMB 420,000 at Hailiang Finance. The total amount of RMB 444,658 represented 96% of the Group’s consolidated current assets as of June 30, 2014.

Hailiang Finance is a finance company that is licensed to provide intra-group financing arrangements within Hailiang Group Inc. (“Hailiang Group”) subsidiaries and other related party companies. Hailiang Finance is a subsidiary of Hailiang Group, an entity controlled by Mr. Feng. The establishment of Hailiang Finance was approved by the China Banking Regulatory Commission (“CBRC”) as a non-banking financial institution to solely facilitate Hailiang Group’s internal financing transactions including issuing loans to and accepting cash deposits from its subsidiaries and other related party entities. Pursuant to the license issued by CBRC, Hailiang Finance is not permitted to make any loans or accept any deposits from any parties that are unrelated to Hailiang Group, except for inter-bank transactions with other unrelated commercial banks.

In September 2014, Hailiang Group and Mr. Feng provided a guarantee on the Group’s deposits with Hailiang Finance. Based on two recent PRC credit rating organizations, Hailiang Group has been rated AA which indicates strong ability to make payments on debts as they become due.

 

F-33


Table of Contents
17 Financial risk management and fair values (continued)

 

  (a) Credit risk (continued)

Cash demand deposit and term deposits placed with a related party finance entity (continued)

 

Management believes that the credit risk on the Group’s cash deposit of RMB 444,658 is low considering Hailiang Group’s guarantee and credit rating.

To reduce its credit exposure with Hailiang Finance, the Group will limit the amount deposited with Hailiang Finance to an amount not exceeding RMB 152 million based on current policy effective September 2014. Accordingly, the Group expects to withdraw the amount exceeding this threshold from Hailiang Finance and deposit such amount with third-party commercial banks by the end of October 2014.

 

  (b) Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will encounter difficulty in meeting the obligations associated with its financial liabilities that are settled by delivering cash or another financial asset. The Group’s approach to managing liquidity is to ensure, as far as possible, that it will always have sufficient liquidity to meet its liabilities when due, under both normal and stressed conditions, without incurring unacceptable losses or risking damage to the Group’s reputation.

The following are the contractual maturities of financial liabilities, including estimated interest payments:

 

     June 30, 2013  

Non-derivative financial instruments

   Carrying
amount
     Contractual
cash flows
     1 year or less  
     RMB      RMB      RMB  

Trade and other payables

     46,850         46,850         46,850   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     June 30, 2014  

Non-derivative financial instruments

   Carrying
amount
     Contractual
cash flows
     1 year or less  
     RMB      RMB      RMB  

Trade and other payables

     51,802         51,802         51,802   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (c) Market rate risk

 

  Interest rate risk

The interest rates of cash held in bank and deposits placed with Hailiang Finance ranged from 0.36% to 3% per annum for the years ended June 30, 2013 and 2014.

The Group does not account for any financial assets at fair value through profit or loss.

 

  (d) Fair value

The carrying amounts of financial assets and liabilities approximate their respective fair values as at June 30, 2013 and 2014, respectively, due to their short-term maturities.

The fair value of the term deposits placed with a related party finance entity (see Note 18(a)(iii)) was categorized in the fair value hierarchy as Level 3. The interest rates for the term deposits placed with a related party finance entity approximate the interest rates quoted by the People’s Bank of China.

 

F-34


Table of Contents
17 Financial risk management and fair values (continued)

 

  (e) Capital management

The Group actively and regularly reviews and manages its capital structure to maintain a balance between higher shareholders’ return that might be possible with higher levels of borrowings, and makes adjustments to the capital structure in light of changes in economic conditions.

The Group is not subject to externally imposed capital requirements.

 

18 Related parties

The Group entered into significant transactions with related parties during each of the years in the three-year period ended June 30, 2014.

 

  (a) The significant related party transactions are summarized as follows:

 

            2012      2013      2014  
     Note      RMB      RMB      RMB  

Advances made to a related party

     (i)         195,166         234,153         3,769   

Repayment of advances made to a related party

     (i)         234,975         290,300         4,436   

Loans made to a related party

     (ii)         —           380,000         600,000   

Repayment of loans made to a related party

     (ii)         30,000         118,500         861,500   

Interest income

     (ii)         289         14,004         15,678   

Deposits of cash at Hailiang Finance, net of withdrawals

     (iii)         —           —           24,658   

Term deposits placed with Hailiang Finance

     (iii)         —           —           640,000   

Maturity of term deposits placed with Hailiang Finance

     (iii)         —           —           220,000   

Rental expenses

     (iv)         4,600         9,600         9,600   

Expenses paid on behalf by a related party

     (v)         —           —           2,103   

The significant related party balances are summarized as follows:

 

            2013     2014  
     Note      RMB     RMB  

Amount due from a related party

     (i)         —          1,257   

Loans due from a related party

     (ii)         275,504        —     
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other receivables due from related parties

        275,504        1,257   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash held at a related party finance entity

     (iii)         —          24,658   

Term deposits placed with a related party finance entity

     (iii)         —          420,000   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amount due to a related party

     (iv)/(v)         (2,342     (5,112
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other payables due to a related party

        (2,342     (5,112
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company’s majority shareholder, Mr. Feng owns or controls other non-educational services businesses (“Related Party Companies) that from time to time require short-term financing to support their business operations and working capital needs. After considering the cash on hand and forecasted cash flows to fund its operations, the Group issued financing to these companies during the periods presented.

The financing was provided in the form of interest-free advances or interest earning loans. Advances do not have a fixed term and are repayable upon demand. The loans have terms less than one year and allow for early repayment. The Related Party Companies have both the intent and the ability to repay the advances upon demand and the loan principal amount at maturity. To the extent the Group requires

 

F-35


Table of Contents
18 Related parties (continued)

 

  (a) The significant related party transactions are summarized as follows: (continued)

 

cash to fund its operating or investing activities, Mr. Feng would request the Related Party Companies to repay the advance upon demand or early repay the loan principal amount to the Group. The Related Party Companies have historically repaid advances upon demand or paid the full principal amount plus the related interest income at maturity.

 

  (i) During the years ended June 30, 2012, 2013 and 2014, the Group provided interest-free advances of RMB 195,166, RMB 234,153 and RMB 3,769, respectively, to Zhejiang Hailiang Education Group (“ZHEG”), a property investment holding company controlled by Mr. Feng. ZHEG is the lessor of the properties and facilities leased to the Group (Note 18(a)(iv)). The advances did not have a fixed term of repayment and were repayable upon demand. The Group collected RMB 234,975, RMB 290,300 and RMB 4,436 of repayment from ZHEG during the years ended June 30, 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

RMB 2,659 and RMB 1,991 was net off against an equivalent rental payable amount arising from properties and facilities leased from ZHEG (Note 18(a)(iv)) for the years ended June 30, 2013 and 2014, respectively. As of June 30, 2014, the amount due from a related party of RMB 1,257 represented the interest receivable due from Hailiang Finance (Note 18(a)(iii)).

 

  (ii) During the year ended June, 30, 2011, the Group provided loans of RMB 30,000 to ZHEG, which was repayable within one year. The Group collected RMB 30,000 from ZHEG during the year ended June 30, 2012. The loans bore interest rate at 5.6%~6.1% per annum, and the related interest income from the loans during the year ended June 30, 2012 amounted to RMB 289.

During the year ended June 30, 2013, through an entrusted loan agreement with a third party bank, the Group provided loans of RMB 380,000 to Zhejiang Ming Xuan Construction Engineering Co., Ltd. (“MXCE”), a construction company controlled by Mr. Feng. MXCE is involved in developing residential real estate project in Zhuji City. Pursuant to the entrusted loans agreements, the loans bear interest rate at 6% per annum, and shall be repaid before September 27, 2013. The Group collected RMB 118,500 from MXCE during the year ended June 30, 2013. The remaining principal balance of RMB 261,500, together with related interest income, was collected in full on September 5, 2013. The interest income from the loans during the years ended June 30, 2013 and 2014 amounted to RMB 14,004 and RMB 2,744, respectively.

On September 9, 2013 (subsequent to the collection of the loan from MXCE), through an entrusted loan arrangement with Hailiang Finance, the Group provided loans of RMB 600,000 to Suzhou Wujiang Hailiang Real Estate Development Co., Ltd. (“Hailiang Real Estate”), an entity controlled by Mr. Feng. Hailiang Real Estate is involved in developing residential real estate project in Suzhou City. The loans bore interest rate at 6% per annum and was collected in full as of March 31, 2014.

In December 2013, in anticipation of an IPO in an overseas capital market and to improve the Group’s corporate governance, the Group terminated its business practice of issuing advances and loans to entities controlled by Mr. Feng.

 

  (iii)

As at June 30, 2014, the Group has cash demand deposits of RMB 24,658 and cash term deposits with maturities ranging from three months to less than one year amounting to RMB 420,000 that are placed at Hailiang Finance. The cash demand deposits are held for the purpose of meeting short-term cash commitments, such as to pay for the Group’s operating expenses at any time. The cash term deposits are held for investment purpose. During the year ended June 30, 2014, RMB 640,000 was deposited with Hailiang Finance for terms ranging from three months to one year, of which RMB 220,000 matured. The term deposits can be withdrawn prior to their maturity without

 

F-36


Table of Contents
18 Related parties (continued)

 

  (a) The significant related party transactions are summarized as follows: (continued)

 

  incurring significant penalties. Such amounts have been presented as investing activities in the statements of cash flows.

 

  (iv) Each of the Three Schools leases the school buildings and the related facilities from ZHEG. For the year ended June 30, 2012, the Three Schools entered into twenty years lease agreements with ZHEG for the lease of these assets at a total rental expense of RMB 4,600 per year. On July 1, 2012, Private High entered into a revised lease agreement with ZHEG for additional properties and facilities, which resulted in an increase of rent expense from RMB 2,000 to RMB 7,000 per year. The leasing term and rental amount of each of the Three Schools is as follows:

 

     Leasing Period      2012      2013      2014  
            RMB      RMB      RMB  

Foreign Language

     07/01/2009~06/30/2029         1,000         1,000         1,000   

Private High

     07/01/2005~06/30/2025         2,000         7,000         7,000   

Tianma Experimental

     07/01/2009~06/30/2029         1,600         1,600         1,600   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

        4,600         9,600         9,600   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The rental amount due to ZHEG was RMB 2,342 and 3,009 as of June 30, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

 

  (v) During the year ended June 30, 2014, Hailiang Group paid professional service fees of RMB 2,103 on behalf of the Company. Such amount is due and payable on demand.

 

  (b) Transactions with key management personnel

Remuneration of the directors and key management personnel of the Group for the years ended June 30, 2012, 2013 and 2014 is as follows:

 

     2012      2013      2014  
     RMB      RMB      RMB  

Short-term employee benefits

     1,023         1,223         1,418   

Discretionary bonuses

     2,200         2,900         2,900   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     3,223         4,123         4,318   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total remuneration is included in “employee benefit expenses” (Note 7).

 

19 Operating lease commitments

Operating lease commitments, which are primarily with a related party, are as follows:

 

     2013      2014  
     RMB      RMB  

Less than one year

     9,760         9,759   

More than one year but less than five years

     47,035         39,035   

More than five years

     73,119         72,961   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     129,914         121,755   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-37


Table of Contents
20 Parent company financial statement

The following presents Hailiang Education Group Inc. or parent only financial information.

HAILIANG EDUCATION GROUP INC.

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

FOR THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2012, 2013 AND 2014

(Amounts in thousands)

 

     2012     2013     2014  
     RMB     RMB     RMB  

Revenue

     —          —          —     

Cost of revenue

     —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     —          —          —     

Other income

     —          —          —     

Selling expenses

     —          —          —     

Administrative expenses

     (2     (2     (5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Results from operating activities

     (2     (2     (5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net finance income

     —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before tax

     (2     (2     (5

Tax expense

     —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss for the year

     (2     (2     (5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income-foreign currency translation differences

     107        (438     (77

Comprehensive income for the year

     105        (440     (82
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-38


Table of Contents
20 Parent company financial statement (continued)

 

HAILIANG EDUCATION GROUP INC.

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION

FOR THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2013 AND 2014

(Amounts in thousands)

 

     2013
RMB
    2014
RMB
 

Assets

    

Loan receivable from a subsidiary

     18,539        18,462   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current assets

     18,539        18,462   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash

     39        34   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current assets

     39        34   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

     18,578        18,496   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity

    

Share capital

     239        239   

Share premium

     18,628        18,628   

Translation reserve

     (331     (408

Retained earnings

     (5     (10
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

     18,531        18,449   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities

    

Other payables

     47        47   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current liabilities

     47        47   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     47        47   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity and liabilities

     18,578        18,496   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-39


Table of Contents
20 Parent company financial statement (continued)

 

HAILIANG EDUCATION GROUP INC.

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2012, 2013 AND 2014

(Amounts in thousands)

 

     2012     2013     2014  
     RMB     RMB     RMB  

Cash flows from operating activities

      

Loss for the year

     (2     (2     (5

Change in trade and other payables

     48        (2     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash from operating activities

     46        (4     (5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows used in investing activities

      

Loan made to a subsidiary

     (18,867     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (18,867     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

      

Proceeds from issue of ordinary shares

     18,867        —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided from financing activities

     18,867        —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net foreign exchange (gain)/loss

     (4     1        —     

Net increase/(decrease) in cash

     42        (3     (5

Cash at the beginning of the year

     —          42        39   

Cash at end of the year

     42        39        34   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-40


Table of Contents

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2013 AND 2014

(UNAUDITED)

(Amounts in thousands)

 

    Note    For the three months ended  
         September 30,
2013
    September 30,
2014
 
         RMB     RMB  

Revenue

 

4

     73,743        69,898   

Cost of revenue

 

6(ii)

     (66,039     (68,909
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

       7,704        989   

Other income/(expenses)

       860        (13

Selling expenses

 

6(ii)

     (12,052     (11,916

Administrative expenses

 

6(ii)

     (7,898     (5,349
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Results from operating activities

       (11,386     (16,289
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net finance income

 

6(i)

     4,997        1,827   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before tax

       (6,389     (14,462

Tax expense

 

7

     —          —     
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss for the period

       (6,389     (14,462
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income for the period

       —          —     
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss for the period

       (6,389     (14,462
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss per share

      

Basic and diluted loss per share (RMB)

 

8

     (0.02     (0.04

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated interim financial statements.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION

AS OF JUNE 30, 2014 AND SEPTEMBER 30, 2014 (UNAUDITED)

(Amounts in thousands)

 

    Note    June 30,      September 30,  
         2014      2014  
         RMB      RMB  

Assets

       

Property and equipment

 

9

     91,348         100,162   

Intangible assets and goodwill

 

10

     82,934         82,503   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current assets

       174,282         182,665   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other receivables due from related parties

 

11

     1,257         1,203   

Other receivables due from third parties

 

11

     1,380         1,011   

Term deposits held at a related party finance entity

 

15(a)(iii)

     420,000         795,390   

Cash and cash equivalents

 

12/15(a)(iii)

     42,003         38,005   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current assets

       464,640         835,609   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

       638,922         1,018,274   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Equity

       

Share capital

       239         239   

Share premium

       18,628         18,628   

Contributed capital

       225,895         225,895   

Translation reserve

       18         18   

Retained earnings

       312,012         297,550   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equity

       556,792         542,330   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

       

Trade and other payables due to third parties

 

13

     46,690         64,762   

Other payables due to a related party

 

13

     5,112         2,103   

Deferred revenue

 

4

     30,328         409,079   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current liabilities

       82,130         475,944   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

       82,130         475,944   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equity and liabilities

       638,922         1,018,274   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated interim financial statements.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2013 AND 2014 (UNAUDITED)

(Amounts in thousands)

 

     Share
capital
     Share
premium
    

Contributed

capital

     Translation
reserve
     Retained
earnings
   

Total

equity

 
     RMB      RMB      RMB      RMB      RMB     RMB  

Balance at June 30, 2013

     239         18,628         225,895         18         171,340        416,120   

Total comprehensive loss

                

Loss for the period

     —           —           —           —           (6,389     (6,389

Other comprehensive income

     —           —           —           —           —          —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss

     —           —           —           —           (6,389     (6,389
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2013

     239         18,628         225,895         18         164,951        409,731   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated interim financial statements.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2013 AND 2014 (CONTINUED) (UNAUDITED)

(Amounts in thousands)

 

     Share
capital
     Share
premium
    

Contributed

capital

     Translation
reserve
     Retained
earnings
   

Total

equity

 
     RMB      RMB      RMB      RMB      RMB     RMB  

Balance at June 30, 2014

     239         18,628         225,895         18         312,012        556,792   

Total comprehensive loss

                

Loss for the period

     —           —           —           —           (14,462     (14,462

Other comprehensive income

     —           —           —           —           —          —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss

     —           —           —           —           (14,462     (14,462
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2014

     239         18,628         225,895         18         297,550        542,330   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated interim financial statements.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2013 AND 2014 (UNAUDITED)

(Amounts in thousands )

 

          For the three months ended  
     Note   

September 30,

2013

   

September 30,

2014

 
          RMB     RMB  

Cash flows from operating activities

       

Loss for the period

        (6,389     (14,462

Adjustments for:

       

Depreciation

   6(ii)      5,351        5,456   

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

        —          2   

Amortization of intangible assets

   6(ii)      629        431   

Net foreign exchange loss

   6(i)      93        —     

Interest income

   6(i)      (5,090     (1,827
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
        (5,406     (10,400

Change in other receivables due from third parties

        277        369   

Change in trade and other payables due to third parties

        12,307        18,072   

Change in other payables due to a related party

        1        —     

Change in deferred revenue

        340,868        378,751   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash from operating activities

        348,047        386,792   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

       

Interest received

        1,108        2,560   

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

        —          17   

Purchase of property and equipment

        (1,254     (14,289

Advances made to Zhejiang Hailiang Education Group Ltd. (“ZHEG”)

   15(a)(i)      (5,650     (6,174

Repayment of advances made to ZHEG

   15(a)(i)      5,212        2,486   

Term deposits placed with Hailiang Finance

   15(a)(iii)      —          (645,390

Maturity of term deposits placed with Hailiang Finance

   15(a)(iii)      —          270,000   

Loans made to a related party

   15(a)(ii)      (600,000     —     

Repayment of loans made to a related party

   15(a)(ii)      261,500        —     
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

        (339,084     (390,790
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

        —          —     

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalent

        8,963        (3,998

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period

        26,403        42,003   

Effect of movements in exchange rates on cash held

        (16     —     
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period

        35,350        38,005   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated interim financial statements.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands)

 

1 Reporting entity and organisation

Hailiang Education Group Inc. (the “Company”) is a holding company and is majority-owned by Mr. Hailiang Feng (“Mr. Feng”). As of September 30, 2014, Mr. Feng owned 98.6% equity interest in the Company. The Company, through its wholly-owned subsidiaries Hailiang Education (HK) Limited (“Hailiang HK”) and Zhejiang Hailiang Education Consulting and Services Co., Ltd. (“Hailiang Consulting”), and consolidated affiliated entities, Zhejiang Hailiang Education Investment Co., Ltd. (“Hailiang Investment”), Zhuji Hailiang Foreign Language School (“Foreign Language”), Zhuji Private High School (“Private High”) and Zhuji Tianma Experimental School (“Tianma Experimental”), is principally engaged in provision of private K-12 educational services. Hereinafter, Foreign Language, Private High and Tianma Experimental are collectively referred to as the Three Schools. The Three Schools are located in Zhuji City, Zhejiang province in the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC”).

The tuition fee charged by the Three Schools and student enrolment at the Three Schools are subject to regulations by the Chinese government. Each of the Three Schools requires a license from the Zhuji Municipal Education Bureau to conduct its operations. The license for each of the Three School expires in November 2016. The Company expects that it will be able to renew the licenses without significant costs.

The consolidated financial statements of the Company as of June 30, 2014 and September 30, 2014 and for the three months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014 comprise the Company, its subsidiaries and consolidated affiliated entities (together referred to as the “Group”). As of September 30, 2014, the Company’s subsidiaries and consolidated affiliated entities are as follows:

 

Subsidiary

  

Place and year of

establishment

  

Principle activities

Hailiang Education (HK) Limited (“Hailiang HK”)    Hong Kong, China, 2011    Investment holding
Zhejiang Hailiang Education Consulting and Services Co., Ltd. (“Hailiang Consulting”)    Zhejiang, China, 2011    Investment holding and school management

 

Consolidated affiliated entities

  

Place and year of

establishment

  

Principle activities

Zhejiang Hailiang Education Investment Co., Ltd. (“Hailiang Investment”)    Zhejiang, China, 2012    Investment holding
Zhuji Hailiang Foreign Language School (“Foreign Language”)    Zhejiang, China, 1995    K-12 educational services
Zhuji Private High School (“Private High”)    Zhejiang, China, 2002    K-12 educational services
Zhuji Tianma Experimental School (“Tianma Experimental”)    Zhejiang, China, 1995    K-12 educational services

 

2 Basis of preparation

 

  (a) Statement of compliance

The accompanying condensed consolidated interim financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IAS 34 Interim Financial Reporting . Selected explanatory notes are included to explain events and transactions that are significant to an understanding of the changes in financial

 

F-46


Table of Contents
2 Basis of preparation (continued)

 

  (a) Statement of compliance (continued)

 

position and performance of the Group since the last annual consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended June 30, 2014. The accompanying condensed consolidated interim financial statements do not include all of the information required for full annual financial statements prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”), and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements of the Group for the years ended June 30, 2012, 2013 and 2014.

The condensed consolidated interim financial statements were authorized for issue by the Company’s board of directors on November 21, 2014.

 

  (b) Judgements and estimates

Preparing the interim financial statements requires management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, income and expense. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

In preparing these condensed consolidated interim financial statements, significant judgements made by management in applying the Group’s accounting policies were the same as those applied to the consolidated financial statements for the years ended June 30, 2012, 2013 and 2014.

 

3 Significant accounting policies

The International Accounting Standards Board has issued a number of amendments to IFRSs and interpretations and new standards that are first effective for the accounting period beginning on July 1, 2014. These developments have had no material impact on the contents of these condensed consolidated interim financial statements. Except for these developments, the accounting policies applied by the Group in these condensed consolidated interim financial statements are the same as those applied by the Group in its consolidated financial statements for the years ended June 30, 2012, 2013 and 2014. The Group has not applied any new standard or interpretation that is not yet effective for the current accounting period.

 

4 Revenue and deferred revenue

Tuition fees are received at the beginning of each school year. Each school year is comprised of two semesters. The first semester starts in September and ends in January. The second semester starts the following month in February and ends in June. The Group collects the majority of tuition fees in August and September.

The arrangements with the student contain multiple components consisting of the delivery of education, accommodations, meals, and transportation services, (collectively, “education services”) and the delivery of education books and related materials (“educational materials”). The Group allocates the total tuition fees into educational services and educational materials based on their relative fair value. The components within education services were not further separated since revenue recognition for the components occurs at the same time and the components belong to the same category of revenue, which is service revenue.

Revenue attributable to education services is recognized on a straight-line basis over the tuition period since the services are performed by an indeterminate number of acts over a specified period of time and there is no evidence that some other method better represents the stage of completion. Tuition fees not yet earned are recorded as deferred revenue.

Revenue attributable to educational materials is recognized upon the delivery of the products to the students, which is when the risks and rewards have been transferred to the students. For the periods presented, revenue recognized for the delivery of educational materials was insignificant.

 

F-47


Table of Contents
4 Revenue and deferred revenue (continued)

 

For the periods presented, the Group provided summer camp programs in July and August. Additional fees are charged for the programs in addition to tuition fees. Summer camp fees are recognized as revenue in July and August when the relevant services are rendered. The Group recognized revenue from summer camp programs of RMB 16,975 and RMB10,955 for the three months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

 

5 Employee benefit expenses

 

     For the three months ended  
    

September 30,

2013

    

September 30,

2014

 
     RMB      RMB  

Wages and salaries

     35,183         37,841   

Contributions to defined contribution plans

     4,353         4,943   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     39,536         42,784   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Group participates in pension funds organized by the PRC government. According to the respective pension fund regulations for its employees, the Group is required to pay annual contributions for its employees. The Group remits all the pension fund contributions to the relevant local government authorities, which are responsible for the payments and liabilities relating to the pension funds. The Group has no obligation for payment of retirement and other post-retirement benefits of employees other than the contributions described above.

 

6 Profit before tax

 

  (i) Net finance income

 

     For the three months ended  
    

September 30,

2013

   

September 30,

2014

 
     RMB     RMB  

Interest income

     5,090        1,827   

Net foreign exchange loss

     (93     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net finance income

     4,997        1,827   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest income was mainly generated from loans made to related parties (Note 15) and deposits placed with a related party finance entity (Note 15).

 

F-48


Table of Contents
6 Profit before tax (continued)

 

  (ii) Expenses by nature

 

     For the three months ended  
    

September 30,

2013

    

September 30,

2014

 
     RMB      RMB  

Employee benefit expenses (Note 5)

     39,536         42,784   

Students related cost

     13,903         12,835   

Transportation

     4,876         5,225   

Marketing and promotion

     12,052         11,916   

Depreciation

     5,351         5,456   

Utilities

     2,445         2,475   

Amortization of intangible assets

     629         431   

Professional service fees

     2,570         611   

Operating lease charges

     2,400         2,400   

Students related costs are mainly comprised of costs for text books, uniforms, dining services and living accommodations.

 

7 Taxes

The Company is incorporated in the Cayman Islands and conducts its primary business operations through its subsidiaries and consolidated affiliated entities in the PRC. It also has a wholly-owned subsidiary in Hong Kong. Under the current laws of the Cayman Islands, the Company is not subject to tax on income or capital gains. Additionally, upon payments of dividends by the Company to its shareholders, no Cayman Islands withholding tax will be imposed.

Hong Kong

Under the Hong Kong tax laws, the statutory income tax rate is 16.5%. Subsidiaries in Hong Kong are exempted from income tax on their foreign-derived income and there are no withholding taxes in Hong Kong on remittance of dividends.

China

Under the Enterprise Income Tax (“EIT”) Law, domestic enterprises and Foreign Investment Enterprises (the “FIE”) are subject to a unified 25% enterprise income tax rate, except for certain entities that are entitled to tax holidays or exemptions.

According to the Implementation Rules for the Law for Promoting Private Education in 2004, or the 2004 Implementing Rules, private schools, whether requiring reasonable returns or not, may enjoy preferential tax treatment. The 2004 Implementing Rules provide that the relevant authorities under the State Council may introduce preferential tax treatments and related policies applicable to private schools requiring reasonable returns. To date, however, no separate policies, regulations or rules have been introduced by the authorities in this regard. The Three Schools have historically enjoyed the corporate income exemption treatment since their establishment. As a result, no income tax expense was recognized for the three months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014.

The PRC tax system is subject to substantial uncertainties. There can be no assurance that changes in PRC tax laws or their interpretation or their application will not subject the Group’s PRC entities to substantial PRC taxes in the future.

 

F-49


Table of Contents
8 Loss per share

The calculation of basic and diluted loss per share has been based on the following loss attributable to ordinary shareholders and weighted-average number of ordinary shares outstanding.

 

  (i) Loss attributable to ordinary shareholders (basic and diluted)

 

     For the three months ended  
    

September 30,

2013

   

September 30,

2014

 
     RMB     RMB  

Loss attributable to ordinary shareholders

     (6,389     (14,462
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (ii) Weighted-average number of ordinary shares (basic and diluted)

On December 23, 2014, a share split was authorized by the board of director and became effective on the same day, following which each of the Company’s previously issued ordinary shares were subdivided into ten ordinary shares. All share and per share data have been restated to reflect this share split.

 

     For the three months ended  
    

September 30,

2013

    

September 30,

2014

 

Issued ordinary shares at July 1

     365,000,000         365,000,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted-average number of ordinary shares during the period

     365,000,000         365,000,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

9 Property and equipment

 

     Motor
vehicles
    Furniture,
fixtures
and other
equipment
    Leasehold
improvement
    Construction
in progress
     Total  
     RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB      RMB  

Cost

           

Balance at June 30, 2014

     13,952        31,614        180,724        234         226,524   

Additions

     13,280        878        131        —           14,289   

Disposals

     —          (22     —          —           (22
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2014

     27,232        32,470        180,855        234         240,791   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation

           

Balance at June 30, 2014

     (10,291     (20,031     (104,854     —           (135,176

Depreciation for the period

     (257     (762     (4,437     —           (5,456

Written back on disposals

     —          3        —          —           3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2014

     (10,548     (20,790     (109,291     —           (140,629
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Carrying amounts

           

At June 30, 2014

     3,661        11,583        75,870        234         91,348   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

At September 30, 2014

     16,684        11,680        71,564        234         100,162   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-50


Table of Contents
10 Intangible assets and goodwill

 

     Goodwill      Student
relationship
    Trade name      Total  
     RMB      RMB     RMB      RMB  

Cost

          

Balance at June 30, 2014

     62,046         45,037        16,540         123,623   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accumulated Amortization

          

Balance at June 30, 2014

     —           (40,689     —           (40,689

Amortization for the period

     —           (431     —           (431
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2014

     —           (41,120     —           (41,120
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Carrying amounts

          

At June 30, 2014

     62,046         4,348        16,540         82,934   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

At September 30, 2014

     62,046         3,917        16,540         82,503   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

There were no changes to the cost of the intangible assets during the three months ended September 30, 2014.

Student relationship

The amortization of student relationship is included in ‘selling expenses’. No impairment loss of the student relationship intangible asset was recognized in the statements of comprehensive loss for the three months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014.

Goodwill and trade name with indefinite useful lives

For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill and trade name are allocated to a group of cash-generating units which represents the lowest level within the Group for which the goodwill and trade name are monitored for internal management purpose. The recoverable amount of goodwill is estimated based on estimated discounted cash flows forecast.

For the purpose of impairment testing, the carrying amounts of goodwill and trade name are allocated to Tianma Experimental, which is the lowest level for which the assets are monitored for internal management purpose.

Goodwill and trade name were not tested for impairment during the three months ended September 30, 2014 because there were no impairment indicators.

 

11 Other receivables

 

    

June 30,

2014

    

September 30,

2014

 
     RMB      RMB  

Amount due from related parties (Note 15(a)(i)/(iii))

     1,257         1,203   

Other receivables due from third parties

     1,380         1,011   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     2,637         2,214   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-51


Table of Contents
12 Cash and cash equivalents

 

    

June 30,

2014

    

September 30,

2014

 
     RMB      RMB  

Cash on hand

     14         9   

Cash at bank

     17,331         16,921   

Cash held at a related party finance entity

     24,658         21,075   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     42,003         38,005   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash at bank consists of demand deposit, and is held by third party financial institutions located within the PRC (including Hong Kong). Cash held at a related party finance entity represents demand deposits and 7-day call deposits held at Hailiang Finance Co., Ltd. (“Hailiang Finance”) (see Note 15(a) (iii)).

 

13 Trade and other payables

 

    

June 30,

2014

    

September 30,

2014

 
     RMB      RMB  

Trade payable

     15,503         18,960   

Accrued payroll

     22,827         23,566   

Other payables due to third parties

     8,360         22,236   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Trade and other payable due to third parties

     46,690         64,762   

Other payables due to a related party (Note 15(a)(iv)/(v))

     5,112         2,103   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     51,802         66,865   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

14 Financial risk management and fair value

 

  (a) Financial risk management

The Group’s financial risk management objectives and policies are consistent with those disclosed in the consolidated financial statements for the years ended June 30, 2012, 2013 and 2014.

 

  (b) Fair value

The carrying amounts of financial assets and liabilities approximate their respective fair values as of September 30, 2014 due to their short-term maturities.

The fair value of the term deposits placed with a related party finance entity (see Note 15(a)(iii)) was categorized in the fair value hierarchy as Level 3.

The interest rates for the term deposits placed with a related party finance entity approximate the interest rates quoted by the People’s Bank of China.

 

  (c) Seasonality

The Group’s operations and business are affected by seasonality, primarily due to the period of the delivery of education services in each school year (See Note 4, Revenue and Deferred Revenue). Each school year is comprised of two semesters. The first semester starts in September and ends in January next year. The second semester starts the following month in February and ends in June. Students do not attend courses during the two months in July and August and one month covering part of January and February. As a result, no education service revenue is recognized during these periods.

 

F-52


Table of Contents
15 Related parties

The Group entered into significant transactions with related parties during the three months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014.

 

  (a) The significant related party transactions are summarized as follows:

 

           For the three months ended  
     Note    

September 30,
2013

RMB

    

September 30,
2014

RMB

 

Advances made to a related party

     (i     5,650         6,174   

Repayment of advances made to a related party

     (i     5,212         2,486   

Loans made to a related party

     (ii     600,000         —     

Repayment of loans made to a related party

     (ii     261,500         —     

Interest income from entrusted loans

     (ii     5,078         —     

Deposits of cash at Hailiang Finance, net of withdrawals

     (iii     16,395         21,075   

Term deposits placed with Hailiang Finance

     (iii     —           645,390   

Maturity of term deposits placed with Hailiang Finance

     (iii     —           270,000   

Interest income from Hailiang Finance

     (iii     12         1,827   

Rental expenses

     (iv     2,400         2,400   

The significant related party balances are summarized as follows:

 

     Note       

June 30,

2014
RMB

   

September 30,

2014

RMB

 

Amount due from related parties

     (i)           1,257        1,203   

Cash held at a related party finance entity

     (iii)           24,658        21,075   

Term deposits placed with a related party finance entity

     (iii)           420,000        795,390   

Amount due to a related party

     (iv)/(v)           (5,112     (2,103

The Group’s majority shareholder, Mr. Feng owns or controls other non-educational services businesses (“Related Party Companies”) that from time to time require short-term financing to support their business operations and working capital needs. After considering the cash on hand and forecasted cash flows to fund its operations, the Group provided financing to these companies during the periods presented.

The financing was provided in the form of interest-free advances or interest earning loans. Advances do not have a fixed term and are repayable upon demand. The loans have terms less than one year and allow for early repayment. The Related Party Companies have both the intent and the ability to repay the advances upon demand and the loan principal amount at maturity. To the extent the Group requires cash to fund its operating or investing activities, Mr. Feng would request the Related Party Companies to repay the advance upon demand or early repay the loan principal amount to the Group. The Related Party Companies have historically repaid advances upon demand or paid the full principal amount plus the related interest income at maturity.

 

  (i) During the three months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, the Group provided interest-free advances of RMB 5,650 and RMB 6,174, respectively, to Zhejiang Hailiang Education Group (“ZHEG”), a property investment holding Group controlled by Mr. Feng. ZHEG is the lessor of the properties and facilities leased to the Group (Note 15(a)(iv)). The advances did not have a fixed term of repayment and were repayable upon demand. The Group collected RMB 5,212 and RMB 2,486 of repayment from ZHEG during the three months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

 

F-53


Table of Contents
15 Related parties (continued)

 

  (a) The significant related party transactions are summarized as follows: (continued)

 

RMB 5,698 and RMB 7,400 was net off against an equivalent rental payable amount arising from properties and facilities leased from ZHEG (Note 15(a)(iv)) for the three months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, respectively. As of September 30, 2014, the amount due from ZHEG was RMB 679 and the remaining balance of amount due from a related party of RMB 524 represented the interest receivable due from Hailiang Finance (Note 15(a)(iii)).

 

  (ii) In October 2012, through an entrusted loan agreement with a third party bank, the Group provided loans of RMB 380,000 to Zhejiang Ming Xuan Construction Engineering Co., Ltd. (“MXCE”), a construction Group controlled by Mr. Feng. MXCE is involved in developing residential real estate project in Zhuji City. Pursuant to the entrusted loans agreements, the loans bear interest rate at 6% per annum, and shall be repaid before September 27, 2013. The Group collected RMB 118,500 from MXCE during the year ended June 30, 2013. The remaining principal balance of RMB 261,500, together with related interest income, was collected in full on September 5, 2013. The interest income from the loans during the three month period ended September 30, 2013 amounted to RMB 2,848.

On September 9, 2013 (subsequent to the collection of the loan from MXCE), through an entrusted loan arrangement with Hailiang Finance, the Group provided loans of RMB 600,000 to Suzhou Wujiang Hailiang Real Estate Development Co., Ltd. (“Hailiang Real Estate”), an entity controlled by Mr. Feng. Hailiang Real Estate is involved in developing residential real estate project in Suzhou City. The loans bore interest rate at 6% per annum and was collected in full as of March 31, 2014. The interest income from the loans during the three month period ended September 30, 2013 amounted to RMB 2,230.

In December 2013, in anticipation of an IPO in an overseas capital market and to improve the Group’s corporate governance, the Group issued an internal policy to terminate its business practice of issuing advances and loans to entities controlled by Mr. Feng.

 

  (iii) Hailiang Group Inc. (“Hailiang Group”), an entity controlled by Mr. Feng, established a finance Group, namely, Hailiang Finance, which is licensed to provide intra-Group financing arrangements within Hailiang Group’s subsidiaries and other related party companies. The establishment of Hailiang Finance was approved by the China Banking Regulatory Commission (“CBRC”) as a non-banking financial institution to solely facilitate Hailiang Group’s internal financing transactions including issuing loans to and accepting cash deposits from its subsidiaries and other related party entities. Pursuant to the license issued by CBRC, Hailiang Finance is not permitted to make any loans or accept any deposits from any parties that are unrelated to Hailiang Group, except for inter-bank transactions with other unrelated commercial banks.

As of September 30, 2014, the Group has cash demand deposits of RMB 21,075 and cash term deposits with maturities ranging from three months to less than one year amounting to RMB 795,390 at Hailiang Finance. The cash demand deposits are held for the purpose of meeting short-term cash commitments, such as to pay for the Group’s operating expenses at any time. The cash term deposits are held for investment purpose. During the three months ended September 30, 2014, RMB 645,390 was deposited with Hailiang Finance for terms ranging from three months to one year, of which RMB 270,000 matured. The term deposits can be withdrawn prior to their maturity without incurring significant penalties. Such amounts have been presented as investing activities in the statements of cash flows.

To reduce its credit exposure with Hailiang Finance, the Group limited the amount deposited with Hailiang Finance to an amount not exceeding RMB 152 million based on current policy effective September 2014. Accordingly, on October 31, 2014, the Group withdrew term deposits of RMB

 

F-54


Table of Contents
15 Related parties (continued)

 

  (a) The significant related party transactions are summarized as follows: (continued)

 

660,000 from Hailiang Finance and subsequently deposited the cash proceeds with a PRC based third-party commercial bank. After the withdrawal, the Group has cash deposits of RMB 143,489 at Hailiang Finance as of October 31, 2014.

 

  (iv) Each of the Three Schools leases the school buildings and the related facilities from ZHEG. For the year ended June 30, 2012, the Three Schools entered into twenty years lease agreements with ZHEG for the lease of these assets at a total rental expense of RMB 4,600 per year. On July 1, 2012, Private High entered into a revised lease agreement with ZHEG for additional properties and facilities, which resulted in an increase of rent expense from RMB 2,000 to RMB 7,000 per year. The leasing term and rental amount of each of the Three Schools is as follows:

 

            For the three months ended  
     Leasing Period     

September 30,

2013

    

September 30,

2014

 
            RMB      RMB  

Foreign Language

     07/01/2009~06/30/2029           250         250   

Private High

     07/01/2005~06/30/2025           1,750         1,750   

Tianma Experimental

     07/01/2009~06/30/2029           400         400   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

        2,400         2,400   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

The rental amount due to ZHEG was RMB 3,009 and nil as of June 30, 2014 and September 30, 2014, respectively.

 

  (v) In October 2013, Hailiang Group paid professional service fees of RMB 2,103 on behalf of the Group. There was no settlement during the three months end September 30, 2014. The amount payable to Hailiang Group is due on demand.

 

  (b) Transactions with key management personnel

Remuneration of the directors and key management personnel of the Group for three months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014 is as follows:

 

     For the three months ended  
     September 30,
2013
     September 30,
2014
 
     RMB      RMB  

Short-term employee benefits

     262         284   

Discretionary bonuses

     725         725   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     987         1,009   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total remuneration is included in “employee benefit expenses” (Note 5).

 

16 Subsequent event

In October 2014, Mr. Feng transferred his 100% interest in Brilliant One, which in turns holds 27.6% equity interest in the Company, to Wealth Billows Limited, a British Virgin Islands holding company that is 100% held by Mr. Feng. Concurrently, Wealth Billows Limited transferred 100% equity interest in Brilliant One to Hong Kong International Mining Investment Limited, a subsidiary of Hailiang Group, an entity controlled by Mr. Feng.

 

F-55


Table of Contents
16 Subsequent event (continued)

 

On November 13, 2014, Private High entered into a Property Lease Cooperation Agreement with ZHEG, Hailiang Group and Mr. Feng in respect of a new campus to be built by ZHEG. Under this agreement, Private High has agreed to enter into a lease agreement with ZHEG regarding the new school campus when ZHEG obtains the necessary approvals for the new school campus and the construction and the outfitting and improvement work on the new school campus have been substantially completed. If ZHEG and Private High fail to enter into such lease agreement by November 12, 2015, ZHEG will reimburse the outfitting and improvement expenditures made by Private High to Heng Zhong Da Construction Limited Company (“Heng Zhong Da”) as described below. The agreement also provides for undertakings from Hailiang Group and Mr. Feng that, upon such failure to reach a lease agreement, Hailiang Group and Mr. Feng will reimburse Private High for the amount that Private High has not recovered from ZHEG.

Private High also entered into three leasehold improvement contracts with Heng Zhong Da, a company affiliated with Hailiang Group, on November 13, 2014. Under the contracts, Heng Zhong Da will provide work and services on the outfitting and improvements of the student dormitories, classroom buildings, dining halls, administrative building, sports stadiums, welcoming center and school hospital on the new school campus to be built by ZHEG. Private High will pay a total contract consideration of approximately RMB291.8 million (or RMB223.7 million, RMB12.3 million and RMB55.8 million under each of the contracts, respectively) to Heng Zhong Da. Private High has made prepayments to Heng Zhong Da under the contracts in the aggregate of RMB240 million. Under the contracts, the outfitting and improvements are expected to be completed by June 30, 2015.

 

F-56


Table of Contents

 

 

American depositary shares representing        ordinary shares

(minimum offering amount)

American depositary shares representing        ordinary shares

(maximum offering amount)

Hailiang Education Group Inc.

 

 

Prospectus dated             , 2015

 

 

 


Table of Contents

Part II

Information not Required in Prospectus

Item 6. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against civil fraud or the consequences or committing a crime. Under our post-offering amended and restated articles of association, which will become effective immediately upon the completion of this offering, we will provide for indemnification of officers and directors for costs, charges, expenses, judgments, losses, damages or liabilities sustained by such persons in connection with actions or proceedings to which they are a party or are threatened to be made a party by reason of their acting as our directors or officers, other than as a result of such person’s actual fraud or willful default.

Pursuant to the indemnification agreement, the form of which is filed as Exhibit 10.2 to this registration statement, we will agree to indemnify our directors and officers against certain liabilities and expenses incurred by such persons in connection with claims made by reason of their being such a director or officer.

The underwriting agreement, the form of which is filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement, will also provide for indemnification of us and our officers and directors.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Item 7. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

During the past three years, we have issued the following securities (including options to acquire our ordinary shares). We believe that the following issuance was exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act or under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act regarding transactions not involving a public offering. No underwriters were involved in the issuance.

On December 23, 2014, we effected a 1-to-10 share split, following which each share of par value US$0.001 in our share capital was subdivided into ten shares, each of par value US$0.0001. The following numbers have been adjusted to reflect the share split.

 

Purchaser

   Date of sale
or issuance
     Type and number of
securities
   Consideration
(US$)
   Underwriting
discount and
commission

Maxida International Company Limited

     March 23, 2012       5,000,000 ordinary
shares
   3,000,000    N/A

Item 8. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

(a) Exhibits

See the Exhibit Index for a complete list of all exhibits filed as part of this registration, which Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference.

 

(b) Financial statement schedules

Schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

Item 9. Undertakings

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant under the provisions described in Item 6, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant under Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(3) For the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

(4) For the purpose of determining any liability of the registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Zhejiang, People’s Republic of China, on December 24, 2014.

 

Hailiang Education Group Inc.
By:  

/s/ Ming Wang

  Name:   Ming Wang
  Title:   Chairman and chief executive officer

Power of Attorney

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Ming Wang and Lei Chen, and each of them acting individually, as an attorney-in-fact with full power of substitution, for him or her in any and all capacities, to do any and all acts and all things and to execute any and all instruments which said attorney and agent may deem necessary or desirable to enable the registrant to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, in connection with the registration under the Securities Act of ordinary shares of the registrant (the “Shares”), including, without limitation, the power and authority to sign the name of each of the undersigned in the capacities indicated below to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 (the “Registration Statement”) to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to such Shares, to any and all amendments or supplements to such Registration Statement, whether such amendments or supplements are filed before or after the effective date of such Registration Statement, to any related Registration Statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, and to any and all instruments or documents filed as part of or in connection with such Registration Statement or any and all amendments thereto, whether such amendments are filed before or after the effective date of such Registration Statement; and each of the undersigned hereby ratifies and confirms all that such attorney and agent shall do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

  

Date

/s/ Ming Wang

Name: Ming Wang

  

Chairman and chief executive officer

(principal executive officer)

  

December 24, 2014

/s/ Lei Chen

Name: Lei Chen

  

Chief financial officer

  

December 24, 2014

/s/ Ying Xin

Name: Ying Xin

  

Director and principal general

  

December 24, 2014

/s/ Jin Xie

Name: Jin Xie

  

Director and vice principal

(human resources and student affairs)

  

December 24, 2014

/s/ Yejun Yu

Name: Yejun Yu

  

Director and financial manager

  

December 24, 2014

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Signature of Authorized Representative in the United States

Pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned, the duly authorized representative in the United States of Hailiang Education Group Inc. has signed this registration statement or amendment thereto in Newark, Delaware, on December 24, 2014.

 

By:  

/s/ Donald J. Puglisi

  Name: Donald J. Puglisi
  Title: Managing Director, Puglisi & Associates

 

II-4


Table of Contents

Exhibit Index

 

Exhibit
number

  

Description of document

  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1    Amended and Restated Memorandum of Association of the Registrant, as currently in effect
  3.2    Amended and Restated Articles of Association of the Registrant, as currently in effect
  3.3    Form of Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Registrant, effective upon the SEC’s declaration of effectiveness of the registration on Form F-1 of the Registrant
  4.1*    Form of the Registrant’s American depositary receipt (included in Exhibit 4.3)
  4.2    Registrant’s Specimen Certificate for Ordinary Shares
  4.3*    Form of Deposit Agreement between the Registrant, the depositary and holders of the American depositary shares
  5.1    Opinion of Conyers Dill & Pearman (Cayman) Limited regarding the validity of ordinary shares being registered and certain Cayman Islands tax matters
  8.1    Opinion of Conyers Dill & Pearman (Cayman) Limited regarding certain Cayman Islands tax matters (included in Exhibit 5.1)
  8.2*    Opinion of Kirkland & Ellis LLP regarding certain United States federal tax matters
10.1    Form of Employment Agreement between the Registrant and the executive officers of the Registrant
10.2    Form of Indemnification Agreement with the Registrant’s directors
10.3    English translation of Equity Pledge Agreement among Hailiang Consulting, Mr. Feng and Hailiang Investment, dated December 31, 2013
10.4    English translation of Call Option Agreement among Hailiang Consulting, Hailiang Investment and Mr. Feng, dated December 31, 2013
10.5    English translation of Power of Attorney from Mr. Feng, dated December 31, 2013
10.6    English translation of Consulting Services Agreement among Hailiang Consulting, Hailiang Investment, Hailiang Investment’s affiliates and Mr. Feng, dated December 31, 2013
10.7    English translation of Property Lease Agreement between Zhejiang Hailiang Education Group Ltd. and Zhuji Hailiang Foreign Language School, dated June 30, 2009
10.8    English translation of Property Lease Agreement between Zhejiang Hailiang Education Group Ltd. and Zhuji Private High School, dated June 30, 2005
10.9    English translation of Supplemental Agreement to Property Lease Agreement between Zhejiang Hailiang Education Group Ltd. and Zhuji Private High School, dated June 30, 2012
10.10    English translation of Property Lease Agreement between Zhejiang Hailiang Education Group Ltd. and Tianma Experimental School, dated June 30, 2009
10.11    English translation of Property Lease Cooperation Agreement among Zhejiang Hailiang Education Group Ltd., Zhuji Private High School. Hailiang Group and Mr. Feng, dated November 13, 2014
10.12    English translation of Decoration and Renovation Project Execution Contract between Zhuji Private High School and Heng Zhong Da Construction Limited Company, dated November 13, 2014
10.13    English translation of Guarantee Letter made by Hailiang Group, dated September 29, 2014
10.14    English translation of Guarantee Letter made by Mr. Feng, dated September 29, 2014
21.1    List of subsidiaries of the Registrant
23.1    Consent of KPMG Huazhen (SGP)
23.2    Consent of Conyers Dill & Pearman (Cayman) Limited (included in Exhibit 5.1)
23.3*    Consent of Kirkland & Ellis LLP (included in Exhibit 8.2)

 

II-5


Table of Contents

Exhibit
number

  

Description of document

23.4    Consent of AllBright Law Offices (included in Exhibit 99.2)
23.5    Consent of CCID Consulting Co., Ltd.
24.1    Powers of Attorney (included on the signature page to this Registration Statement)
99.1    Code of Business Conduct and Ethics of the Registrant
99.2    Opinion of AllBright Law Offices regarding certain PRC law matters

 

* To be filed by amendment.

 

II-6

Exhibit 3.1

THE COMPANIES LAW

EXEMPTED COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

AMENDED & RESTATED MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

OF

Hailiang Education Group Inc.

(adopted by special resolution passed on December 23, 2014)

 

1. The name of the Company is Hailiang Education Group Inc.

 

2. The registered office of the Company shall be at the offices of Codan Trust Company (Cayman) Limited, Cricket Square, Hutchins Drive, PO Box 2681, Grand Cayman, KY1-1111, Cayman Islands.

 

3. Subject to the following provisions of this Memorandum, the objects for which the Company is established are unrestricted.

 

4. Subject to the following provisions of this Memorandum, the Company shall have and be capable of exercising all the functions of a natural person of full capacity irrespective of any question of corporate benefit, as provided by Section 27(2) of the Companies Law.

 

5. Nothing in this Memorandum shall permit the Company to carry on a business for which a licence is required under the laws of the Cayman Islands unless duly licensed.

 

6. The Company shall not trade in the Cayman Islands with any person, firm or corporation except in furtherance of the business of the Company carried on outside the Cayman Islands; provided that nothing in this clause shall be construed as to prevent the Company effecting and concluding contracts in the Cayman Islands, and exercising in the Cayman Islands all of its powers necessary for the carrying on of its business outside the Cayman Islands.

 

7. The liability of each member is limited to the amount from time to time unpaid on such member’s shares.

 

8. The share capital of the Company is US$100,000 divided into 1,000,000,000 shares of a nominal or par value of US$0.0001 each.

 

9. The Company may exercise the power contained in the Companies Law to deregister in the Cayman Islands and be registered by way of continuation in another jurisdiction.

 

1

Exhibit 3.2

THE COMPANIES LAW (2011 REVISION)

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

AMENDED AND RESTATED

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

HAILIANG EDUCATION GROUP INC.

(AMENDED BY SPECIAL RESOLUTION DATED 23 MARCH 2012)

 

1. The regulations contained in Table A in the Schedule to The Companies Law (2011 Revision) shall not apply to the Company.

INTERPRETATION

 

2. In these regulations:

“the Law” means the Companies Law of the Cayman Islands for the time being in force together with any statutory amendment, modification or re-enactment thereof.

“the Seal” means the common seal of the Company.

“Secretary” includes an Assistant Secretary and any person appointed to perform the duties of the secretary of the Company.

“the Holder” means, in relation to registered shares, the member whose name is entered in the register of members as the holder of the shares.

Expressions referring to writing shall unless the contrary intention appears, be construed as including references to printing, lithography, photography, and other modes of representing or reproducing words in a visible form.

Unless the context otherwise requires, words or expressions contained in these regulations shall bear the same meaning as in the Law or any statutory modifications thereof in force at the date at which these regulations become binding on the Company.

SHARES

 

3.     (a) Subject to the provisions of the Articles relating to new shares, the shares of the Company shall be at the disposal of the Directors and they may allot or otherwise dispose of them to such persons (including any Director of the Company) on such terms and conditions, and at such time as the Directors may determine.

 

  (b) Subject to the provisions, if any, in that behalf of the memorandum of association, and without prejudice to any special rights previously conferred on the holder of existing shares, any share may be issued with such preferred, deferred, or other special right, or such restrictions, whether in regard to dividend, voting, return of share capital or otherwise, as the Company may from time to time by special resolution determine, and any preference share may, with the sanction of a special resolution, be issued on the terms that it is, or at the option of the Company or the Holder thereof is liable, to be redeemed.

 


4. The directors may issue fractions of a share of any class of shares, and, if so issued a fraction of a share shall be subject to and carry the corresponding fraction of liabilities (whether with respect to nominal or par value, premium, contribution, calls or otherwise), limitation, preferences, privileges, qualifications, restrictions, rights (including without prejudice to the foregoing generality, voting and participation rights) and other attributes of a whole share of the same class of shares. If more than one fraction of a share of the same class is issued to or acquired by the same shareholder such fractions shall be accumulated. For the avoidance of doubt it is hereby declared that in these Articles the expression “share” shall include a fraction of a share.

 

5. If at any time the share capital is divided into different classes of shares, the rights attached to any class (unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class) may be varied with the consent in writing of the holders of three-fourths of the issued shares of that class, or with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate general meeting of the holders of the shares of the class. To every such separate general meeting the provisions of these regulations relating to general meetings shall mutatis mutandis apply, but so that the necessary quorum shall be two persons holding or representing by proxy at least a majority of the issued shares of the class and that any holder of shares of the class present in person or by proxy may demand a poll.

 

6. Every person whose name is entered as a member in the register of members shall, without payment, be entitled to a certificate under seal of the Company specifying the share or shares held by him and the amount paid up thereon, provided that in respect of a share or shares held jointly by several persons the Company shall not be bound to issue more than one certificate, and the delivery of a certificate for a share to one of several joint holders shall be sufficient delivery to all.

 

7. If a share certificate is defaced, lost or destroyed, it may be renewed on payment of such fee, if any, not exceeding Cl$0.50 and on such terms, if any, as to evidence and indemnity, as the directors think fit.

REDEMPTION AND PURCHASE OF OWN SHARES

 

8.     (a) Subject to the provisions of the law, the Company may:

 

  (i) issue shares which are to be redeemed or are liable to be redeemed at the option of the Company or Holder;

 

  (ii) purchase its own shares (including any redeemable shares; and

 

  (iii) make a payment in respect of the redemption or purchase of its own shares otherwise than out of profits or the proceeds of a fresh issue of its shares.

 

  (b) A share which is liable to be redeemed may be redeemed by the Holder or the Company giving to the other not less than thirty days’ notice in writing of the intention to redeem such shares specifying the date of such redemption which must be a day which banks in the Cayman Islands are open for business.

 

2


  (c) The amount payable on such redemption on each share so redeemed shall be the amount determined by the Directors as being the fair value thereof as between a willing buyer and a willing seller.

 

  (d) Any share in respect of which notice of redemption has been given shall not be entitled to participate in the profits of the Company in respect of the period after the date specified as the date of redemption in the notice of redemption.

 

  (e) Where the Company has agreed to purchase any share from a member, it shall give notice to all other members of the Company specifying the number and class of shares proposed to be purchased, the name and address of the seller, the price to be paid therefor and the portion (if any) of that price which is being paid out of capital. Such notice shall also specify a date (being not less than thirty days after the date of the notice) on which the purchase is to be effected and shall invite members (other than the seller) to intimate any objections to the proposed purchase by the Company before that date. If no objections have been received before the date specified in the notice the Company shall be entitled to proceed with the purchase upon the terms specified therein. If any objection is received prior to the specified date, the Directors may either decline to proceed with the purchase or convene a general meeting of the Company to consider and, if thought fit, approve the terms of the proposed purchase.

 

  (f) The redemption or purchase of any share shall not be deemed to give rise to the redemption or purchase of any other share.

 

  (g) At the date specified in the notice of redemption or purchase, the holder of the shares being redeemed or purchased shall be bound to deliver up to the Company at its registered office the certificate thereof for cancellation and thereupon the Company shall pay to him the redemption or purchase monies in respect thereof.

 

  (h) The Directors may when making payments in respect of redemption or purchase of shares in accordance with the provisions of this Regulation, if authorised by the terms of issue of the shares being redeemed or purchased or with the agreement of the holder of such shares, make such payment either in cash or in specie.

LIEN

 

9. The Company shall have a lien on every share for all moneys (whether presently payable or not) called or payable at a fixed time in respect of that share, and the Company shall also have a lien on all shares standing registered in the name of a single person for all moneys presently payable by him or his estate to the Company; but the directors may at any time declare any share to be wholly or in part exempt from the provisions of this regulation. The Company’s lien, if any, on a share shall extend to all dividends payable thereon.

 

10. The Company may sell, in such manner as the directors think fit, any shares on which the Company has a lien, but no sale shall be made unless some sum in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable nor until the expiration of fourteen days after a notice in writing, stating and demanding payment of such part of the amount in respect of which the lien exists as is presently payable has been given to the registered holder for the time being of the share, or the persons entitled thereto by reason of his death or bankruptcy.

 

3


11. For giving effect to any such sale the directors may authorize some person to transfer the shares sold to the purchaser thereof. The purchaser shall be registered as the holder of the shares comprised in any such transfer and he shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, nor shall his title to the shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in reference to the sale.

 

12. The proceeds of the sale shall be received by the Company and applied in payment of such part of the amount in respect of which the lien exists as is presently payable, and the residue shall (subject to a like lien for sums not presently payable as existed upon the shares prior to the sale) be paid to the person entitled to the shares at the date of the sale.

CALLS ON SHARES

 

13. The directors may from time to time make calls upon the members in respect of any moneys unpaid on their shares and each member shall (subject to receiving at least fourteen days’ notice specifying the time or times of payment) pay to the Company at the time or times so specified the amount called on his shares.

 

14. The joint holders of a share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay calls in respect thereof.

 

15. If a sum called in respect of a share is not paid before or on the day appointed for payment thereof, the person from whom the sum is due shall pay interest upon the sum at the rate of six per centum per annum from the day appointed for the payment thereof to the time of the actual payment, but the directors shall be at liberty to waive payment of that interest wholly or in part.

 

16. The provisions of these regulations as to the liability of joint holders and as to payment of interest shall apply in the case of non payment of any sum which, by the terms of issue of a share, become payable at a fixed time, whether on account of the amount of the share, or by way of premium, as if the same had become payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

 

17. The directors may make arrangements on the issue of shares for a difference between the holders in the amount of calls to be paid and in the times of payment.

 

18. The directors may, if they think fit, receive from any member willing to advance the same all or any part of the moneys uncalled and unpaid upon any shares held by him; and upon all or any of the moneys so advanced may (until the same would, but for such advance, become presently payable) pay interest at such rate (not exceeding without the sanction of the Company in general meeting six per cent) as may be agreed upon between the member paying the sum in advance and the directors.

TRANSFER AND TRANSMISSION OF SHARES

 

19. The instrument of transfer of any share shall be executed by or on behalf of the transferor and if so required by the Board of Directors shall also be executed by or on behalf of the transferee, and the transferor shall be deemed to remain a holder of share until the name of the transferee is entered in the Register of Members in respect thereof.

 

4


20. The provisions of this Article 20 and the following Articles 21 and 24 shall apply to all shares: Shares shall be transferred in the following form, or in any usual or common form approved by the directors.

“I,              of              (hereinafter called “the Transferor”), for good and valuable consideration received by me from              of              (hereinafter called “the Transferee”) do hereby transfer unto the said Transferee the              share(s) standing in my name in the Register of HAILIANG EDUCATION GROUP INC. to hold unto the said Transferee, subject to the several conditions on which I held the same at the time of execution hereof; and I, the said Transferor do hereby consent that my name remain on the Register of the said Company until such time as the said Company may enter the Transferee’s name thereon; and I, the said Transferee, do hereby agree to take the said share(s) subject to the same conditions.

As witness our hands,

Signed by the said              (the Transferor) on the              day of              , 20      .

in the presence of:

 

 

 

  

 

  Witness    Transferor

Signed by the said              (the Transferee) on the              day of              , 20      .

in the presence of:

 

 

 

  

 

  Witness    Transferee”

 

21. The Directors may decline to register any transfer of shares, not being fully paid shares, to a person of whom they do not approve, and may also decline to register any transfer of shares on which the Company has a lien. The directors may also suspend the registration of transfers during the fourteen days immediately proceeding a general meeting. The Directors may decline to recognize any instrument of transfer unless it is accompanied by:

 

  (a) a fee not exceeding $1.00 paid to the Company in respect thereof, and;

 

  (b) the certificate of the shares to which it relates and such other evidence as the Directors may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer.

If the Directors refuse to register a transfer of any shares, they shall within two months after the date on which the transfer was lodged with the Company send to the transferee notice of the refusal.

 

22. The legal personal representative of a deceased sole holder of a share shall be the only person recognised by the Company as having any title to the share. In the case of a share registered in the names of two or more holders, the survivors or survivor, or the legal personal representatives of the deceased survivor, shall be the only persons recognised by the Company as having any title to the share.

 

23. Any person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a member shall upon such evidence being produced as may from time to time be properly required by the Directors, have the right either to be registered as a member in respect of the share or, instead of being registered himself, to make such transfer of the share as the deceased or bankrupt person could have made; but the Directors shall, in either case, have the same right to decline or suspend registration as they would have had in the case of a transfer of the share by the deceased or bankrupt person before the death or bankruptcy.

 

5


24. A person becoming entitled to a share by reason of the death or bankruptcy of the holder shall be entitled to the same dividends and other advantages to which he would be entitled if he were the registered holder of the share, except that he shall not, before being registered as a member in respect of the share, be entitled in respect of it to exercise any right conferred by membership in relation to meetings of the Company.

NON-RECOGNITION OF TRUSTS

 

25. No person shall be recognised by the Company as holding any shares upon any trust and the Company shall not be bound by or be compelled in any way to recognize (even when having notice thereof) any equitable, contingent, future or partial interest in any of its shares or any other rights in respect thereof except an absolute right to the entirety thereof in each shareholder registered in the Company’s Register of Members. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a shareholder may be designated “as Trustee” in the Register of Members of the Company (and such designation may also identify the relevant trust), but such designation shall be for identification purposes only, and neither the Company, nor any transferee of any shares so held, shall be bound to inquire as to the terms of the trust upon which such shares are held, and may deal with such registered shareholder as if he was the absolute beneficial owner of such shares.

FORFEITURE OF SHARES

 

26. If a member fails to pay any call or instalment of a call on the day appointed for payment thereof, the directors may, at any time thereafter during such time as any part of such call or instalment remains unpaid, serve a notice on him requiring payment of so much of the call or instalment as is unpaid, together with any interest which may have accrued.

 

27. The notice shall name a further day (not earlier than the expiration of fourteen days from the date of the notice) on or before which the payment required by the notice is to be made, and shall state that in the event of non-payment at or before the time appointed the shares in respect of which the call was made will be liable to be forfeited.

 

28. If the requirements of any such notice as aforesaid are not complied with, any share in respect of which the notice has been given may at any time thereafter, before the payment required by the notice has been made, be forfeited by a resolution of the Directors to that effect.

 

29. A forfeited share may be sold or otherwise disposed of on such terms and in such manner as the Directors think fit, and at any time before a sale or disposition the forfeiture may be cancelled on such terms as the Directors think fit.

 

30. A person whose shares have been forfeited shall cease to be a member in respect of the forfeited shares, but shall, notwithstanding, remain liable to pay to the Company all moneys which at the date of forfeiture were payable by him to the Company in respect of the shares, but his liability shall cease if and when the Company receives payment in full of the nominal amount of the shares.

 

6


31. A statutory declaration in writing that the declarant is a Director of the Company, and that a share in the Company has been duly forfeited on the date stated in the declaration, shall be conclusive evidence of the facts therein stated as against all persons claiming to be entitled to the share. The Company may receive the consideration, if any, given for the share on any sale or disposition thereof and may execute a transfer of the share in favour of the person to whom the share is sold or disposed of and he shall thereupon be registered as the holder of the share, and shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, if any, nor shall his title to the share be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in reference to the forfeiture, sale or disposal of the share.

 

32. The provisions of these regulations as to forfeiture shall apply in the case of non-payment of any sum which by the terms of the issue of a share becomes payable at a fixed time, whether on account of the amount of the share, or by way of a premium, as if the same had been payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

CONVERSION OF SHARES INTO STOCK

 

33. The Company may by ordinary resolution convert any paid-up shares into stock, and reconvert any stock into paid-up shares of any denomination.

 

34. The holders of stock may transfer the same, or any part thereof in the same manner and subject to the same regulations as and subject to which the shares from which the stock arose might prior to conversion have been transferred, or as near thereto as circumstances admit; but the directors may from time to time fix the minimum amount of stock transferable, and restrict or forbid the transfer of fractions of that minimum, but the minimum shall not exceed the nominal amount of the shares from which the stock arose.

 

35. The holders of stock shall, according to the amount of the stock held by them, have the same rights, privileges and advantages as regards dividends, voting at meetings of the Company and other matters as if they held the shares from which the stock arose, but no such privilege or advantage (except participation in the dividends and profits of the Company) shall be conferred by an amount of stock which would not, if existing in shares, have conferred that privilege or advantage.

 

36. Such of the regulations of the Company as are applicable to paid-up shares shall apply to stock, and the words “share” and “shareholder” therein shall include “stock” and “stock-holder”.

ALTERATION OF CAPITAL

 

37. The Company may from time to time by ordinary resolution increase the share capital by such sum, to be divided into shares of such amount, as the resolution shall prescribe.

 

38. Subject to any direction to the contrary that may be given by the Company in general meeting, all new shares shall, before issue, be offered to such persons as at the date of the offer are entitled to receive notices from the Company of general meetings in proportion as nearly as the circumstances admit, to the amount of the existing shares to which they are entitled. The offer shall be made by notice specifying the number of shares offered, and limiting a time within which the offer, if not accepted, will be deemed to be declined, and after the expiration of that time, or on the receipt of an intimation from the person to whom the offer is made that he declines to accept the shares offered, the directors may dispose of the shares in such manner as they think most beneficial to the Company. The directors may likewise so dispose of any new shares which (by reason of the ratio which the new shares bear to shares held by persons entitled to an offer of new shares) cannot, in the opinion of the directors, be conveniently offered under this article.

 

7


39. The new shares shall be subject to the same provisions with reference to the payment of calls, liens, transfer, transmission, forfeiture and otherwise as the shares in the original share capital.

 

40. The Company may by ordinary resolution:

 

  (a) consolidate and divide all or any of its share capital into shares of larger amount than its existing shares;

 

  (b) sub-divide its existing shares, or any of them into shares of smaller amount than is fixed by the memorandum of association, subject nevertheless to the provisions of section 13 of the Law;

 

  (c) cancel any shares which, at the date of the passing of the resolution, have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any person.

 

41. The Company may by special resolution reduce its share capital and any capital redemption reserve fund in any manner and with and subject to, any incident authorised and consent required by Law.

GENERAL MEETINGS

 

42. The Directors may, whenever they think fit, convene a general meeting of the Company. If at any time there are not sufficient directors capable of acting together to form a quorum, any Director or any two members of the Company may convene a general meeting in the same manner as nearly as possible as that in which meetings may be convened by the Directors.

NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETINGS

 

43. Subject to the provisions of section 60 of the Law relating to special resolutions, seven days’ notice at the least (exclusive of the day on which the notice is served or deemed to be served, but inclusive of the day for which notice is given) specifying the place, the day and the hour of meeting and, in case of special business, the general nature of that business shall be given in manner hereinafter provided or in such other manner (if any) as may be prescribed by the Company in general meetings, to such persons as are, under the regulations of the Company, entitled to receive such notices from the Company; but with the consent of all the members entitled to receive notice of some particular meeting, that meeting may be convened by such shorter notice or without notice and in such manner as those members may think fit.

 

44. The accidental omission to give notice of a meeting to, or the non-receipt of a notice of a meeting by any member shall not invalidate the proceedings at any meeting.

PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS

 

45. All business shall be deemed special that is transacted at a general meeting, with the exception of sanctioning a dividend, the consideration of the accounts, balance sheets, and the ordinary report of the directors and auditors, the election of directors and other officers in the place of those retiring by rotation, and the fixing of the remuneration of the auditors.

 

8


46. No business shall be transacted at any general meeting unless a quorum of members is present at the time that the meeting proceeds to do business; save as herein otherwise provided, two members or one member holding in number at least a majority of issued shares present in person or by proxy shall be a quorum.

 

47. If within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting, a quorum is not present, the meeting, if convened upon the requisition of members, shall be dissolved; in any other case it shall stand adjourned to the same day in the next week.

 

48. The Chairman, if any, of the board of directors shall preside as chairman at every general meeting of the Company.

 

49. If there is no such chairman, or if at any meeting he is not present within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting or is unwilling to act as chairman, the members present shall choose one of their number to be chairman.

 

50. The Chairman may with the consent of any meeting at which a quorum is present (and shall if so directed by the meeting) adjourn the meeting from time to time and from place to place, but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than the business left unfinished at the meeting from which the adjournment took place. When a meeting is adjourned for ten days or more, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given as in the case of an original meeting. Save as aforesaid it shall not be necessary to give any notice of an adjourned meeting.

 

51. At any general meeting a resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall be decided on a show of hands, unless a poll is (before or on the declaration of the result of the show of hands) demanded by at least three members present in person or by proxy entitled to vote or by one member or two members so present and entitled, if that member or those two members together hold not less than fifteen per cent of the paid up capital of the Company, and, unless a poll is so demanded, a declaration by the Chairman that a resolution has, on a show of hands, been carried, or carried unanimously, or by a particular majority, or lost, and an entry to that effect in the book of the proceedings of the Company, shall be conclusive evidence of the fact, without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded in favour of, or against, that resolution.

 

52. If a poll is duly demanded it shall be taken in such manner as the Chairman directs, and the result of the poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded.

 

53. In the case of an equality of votes, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, the Chairman of the meeting at which the show of hands takes place or at which the poll is demanded, shall be entitled to a second or casting vote.

 

54. A poll demanded on the election of a Chairman or on a question of adjournment shall be taken forthwith. A poll demanded on any other question shall be taken at such time as the Chairman of the meeting directs.

 

9


VOTES OF MEMBERS

 

55. On a show of hands every member present in person shall have one vote. On a poll every member shall have one vote for each share of which he is the holder.

 

56. In the case of joint holders the vote of the senior who tenders a vote whether in person or by proxy, shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders; and for this purpose seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names stand in the register of members.

 

57. A member of unsound mind, or in respect of whom an order has been made by any court having jurisdiction in lunacy, may vote, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, by his committee, or other person in the nature of a committee appointed by the court, and any such committee or other person, may on a poll, vote by proxy.

 

58. No member shall be entitled to vote at any general meeting unless all calls or other sums presently payable by him in respect of shares in the Company have been paid.

 

59. On a poll, votes may be given either personally or by proxy.

 

60. The instrument appointing a proxy shall be in writing under the hand of the appointor or of his attorney duly authorised in writing or, if the appointor is a corporation, either under seal or under the hand of an officer or attorney duly authorised. A proxy need not be a member of the Company.

 

61. An instrument appointing a proxy may be in the following form or any other form approved by the directors:

HAILIANG EDUCATION GROUP INC.

I,                  of                  being a member of the above Company hereby appoint              of              as my proxy, to vote for me and on my behalf at the (ordinary or extraordinary, as the case may be) general meeting of the Company to be held on the              day of              , 20              and at any adjournment thereof.

 

  Signed:   

 

     Member’s Signature

 

62. The instrument appointing a proxy shall be deemed to confer authority to demand or join in demanding a poll.

 

63. A resolution in writing signed by all the members for the time being entitled to receive notice of and to attend and vote at general meetings (or being corporations by their duly authorised representatives) shall be as valid and effective as if the same had been passed at a general meeting of the Company duly convened and held.

CORPORATIONS ACTING BY REPRESENTATIVES AT MEETINGS

 

64. Any corporation which is a member of the Company may by resolution of its Directors or other governing body authorize such person as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting of the Company or any class of members of the Company, and the person so authorised shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the corporation which he represents as that corporation could exercise if it were an individual member of the Company.

 

10


DIRECTORS

 

65. The number of the Directors and the names of the first Directors shall be determined in writing by a majority of the subscribers of the Memorandum of Association.

 

66. Subject to the provisions of Regulation 76 hereof, a Director shall hold office until such time as he is removed from office, by an ordinary resolution of the Company in General Meeting.

 

67. The remuneration of the Directors shall from time to time be determined by the Company in General Meeting.

 

68. A director shall not require any share qualification but shall nevertheless be entitled to attend and speak at any General Meeting of the Company or at any separate meeting of the holders of any class of shares of the Company.

POWERS AND DUTIES OF DIRECTORS

 

69. The business of the Company shall be managed by the Directors, who may pay all expenses incurred in setting up and registering the Company and may exercise all such powers of the Company as are not, by the law or these articles, required to be exercised by the Company in general meetings, subject, nevertheless to any regulations of these articles, to the provisions of the law, and to such regulation, being not inconsistent with the aforesaid regulations or provisions as may be prescribed by the Company in General Meeting; but no regulation made by the Company in General Meeting shall invalidate any prior act of the Directors which would have been valid if that regulation had not been made.

 

70. The Directors may from time to time appoint any person, whether or not a Director of the Company, to hold such office in the Company as the Directors may think necessary for the administration of the Company, including, without prejudice to the foregoing generality, the office of President, one or more Vice-Presidents, Treasurer, Assistant Treasurer, Secretary, Assistant Secretary, Manager or Controller, and for such term and at such remuneration (whether by way of salary or commission or participation in profits, or partly in one way and partly in another), and with such powers and duties as the Directors may think fit. Any person so appointed by the Directors may be removed by the Directors or by the Company in general meeting. The Directors may also appoint one or more of their number to the office of Managing Director upon like terms, but any such appointment shall ipso facto determine if any managing Director ceases from any cause to be a Director, or if the Company in General Meeting or the Directors resolve that his tenure of office be terminated.

 

71. The Directors may exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge its undertaking, property and uncalled capital or any part thereof, to issue debentures, debenture stock and other securities whenever money is borrowed or as security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any third party.

 

72. The Directors shall cause minutes to be made in books provided for the purpose of recording:

 

  (a) all appointments of Officers made by the Directors;

 

  (b) the names of the Directors present at each meeting of the Directors and of any committee of the Directors;

 

  (c) all resolutions and proceedings at all meetings of the Company, and of the Directors and of committees of Directors.

 

11


THE SEAL

 

73. The seal of the Company shall not be affixed to any instrument except by the authority of a resolution of the Board of Directors, provided always that such authority may be given prior to or after the affixing of the seal and if given after may be in general form confirming a number of affixings of the seal. The seal shall be affixed in the presence of a Director or the Secretary (or an Assistant Secretary) of the Company or in the presence of any one or more persons as the Directors may appoint for the purpose and every person as aforesaid shall sign every instrument to which the seal of the Company is so affixed in their presence.

 

74. The Company may maintain a facsimile of its seal in such countries or places as the Directors shall appoint and such facsimile seal shall not be affixed to any instrument except by the authority of the Board of Directors and in the presence of such person or persons as the Directors shall for this purpose appoint and such person or persons as aforesaid shall sign every instrument to which the facsimile seal of the Company is so affixed in their presence and such affixing of the facsimile seal and signing as aforesaid shall have the same meaning and effect as if the Company seal had been affixed in the presence of and the instrument signed by a Director or the Secretary or such other person as the Directors may appoint for the purpose.

 

75. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Secretary shall have authority to affix the seal, or the facsimile seal, to any instrument, list or return for the purposes of attesting authenticity of the matter contained therein but which does not create any obligation binding on the Company.

DISQUALIFICATION OF DIRECTORS

 

76. The office of director shall be vacated, if the director:

 

  (a) becomes bankrupt; or

 

  (b) is found to be or becomes of unsound mind; or

 

  (c) resigns his office by notice in writing to the Company.

APPOINTMENT OF DIRECTORS

 

77. The Company in general meeting may from time to time fix the maximum and minimum number of directors to be appointed but unless such number is fixed as aforesaid, the minimum number of directors shall be one and the maximum number of directors shall be unlimited.

 

78. At any time and from time to time the Company may (without prejudice to the powers of the directors under regulations 79 and 80) by ordinary resolution appoint any person a director (but so that the maximum number of directors is not exceeded) and determine the period for which such person is to hold office.

 

79. Any casual vacancy occurring in the board of directors may be filled by the directors.

 

12


80. The directors shall have power at any time, and from time to time, to appoint a person as an additional director.

 

81. The company may by ordinary resolution remove an additional director before the expiration of his period of office, and may by an ordinary resolution appoint another person in his stead.

PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS

 

82. The directors may meet together (either within or without the Cayman Islands) for the despatch of business, adjourn, and otherwise regulate their meetings and proceedings, as they think fit. Questions arising at any meeting shall be decided by a majority of votes. In case of an equality of votes the Chairman shall have a second or casting vote.

 

83. A director may, and the Secretary on the requisition of a director shall, at any time summon a meeting of the Directors by at least three days’ notice in writing to every director at the address supplied to the Company for this purpose which notice shall set forth the general nature of the business to be considered unless notice is waived by all the directors (or their alternates) either at, before or after the meeting is held and provided that if notice is given in person, by cable, telex or telecopy the same shall be deemed to have been given on the day it is delivered to the directors or transmitting organization as the case may be. The accidental omission to give notice of a meeting to, or the non-receipt of a notice of a meeting by any director shall not invalidate the proceedings at such meeting.

 

84. A quorum necessary for the transaction of the business of the directors may be fixed by the directors, and unless so fixed shall be one.

 

85. When the Chairman of a meeting of the directors signs the minutes of such meeting the same shall be deemed to have been duly held notwithstanding that all the directors have not actually come together or that there may have been a technical defect in the proceedings.

 

86. A resolution signed by all the directors shall be as valid and effectual as if it had been passed at a meeting of the directors duly called and constituted. When signed a resolution may consist of several documents each signed by one or more of the directors.

 

87. The directors or any committee of directors may participate in any meeting of the Board or such committee by means of telephone or similar communication equipment by way of which all persons participating in such meeting can hear each other and such participations shall be deemed to constitute presence in person at that meeting.

 

88. The continuing directors may act notwithstanding any vacancy in their body, but, if and so long as their number is reduced below the number fixed by or pursuant to the regulations of the company as the necessary quorum of directors, the continuing directors may act for the purpose of increasing the number of directors to that number, or of summoning a general meeting of the Company, but for no other purpose.

 

89. The directors may elect a Chairman of their meetings and determine the period for which he is to hold office; but if no such Chairman is elected, or if at any meeting the Chairman is not present within five minutes after the time appointed for holding the same, the directors present may choose one of their number to be Chairman of the meeting.

 

13


90. The directors may delegate any of their powers to committees consisting of such member or members of the body as they think fit; any committee so formed shall in the exercise of the powers so delegated conform to any regulations that may be imposed on it by the directors.

 

91. A committee may elect a Chairman of its meetings; if no such Chairman is elected, or if at any meeting the Chairman is not present within five minutes, after the time appointed for holding the same, the members present may choose one of their numbers to be Chairman of the meeting.

 

92. A committee may meet and adjourn as it thinks proper. Questions arising at any meeting shall be determined by a majority of votes of the members present and in case of an equality of votes the Chairman shall have a second or casting vote.

 

93. All acts done by any meeting of the directors or of a committee of directors, or by any person acting as a director, shall notwithstanding that it be afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the appointment of any such director or person acting as aforesaid, or that they or any of them were disqualified, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and was qualified to be a director.

 

94. A director may vote in respect of any contract or proposed contract or arrangement notwithstanding that he may be interested therein and if he does so his vote shall be counted and he may be counted in the quorum at any meeting of the Directors at which any such contract or proposed contract or arrangement shall come before the meeting for consideration.

 

95. A director may hold any other office or place of profit under the Company (other than the office of Auditor) in conjunction with his office of Director for such period and on such terms (as to remuneration and otherwise) as the Directors may determine and no Director or intending Director shall be disqualified by his office from contracting with the Company either with regard to his tenure of any such other office or place of profit or as vendor, purchaser or otherwise, nor shall any such contract or contract arrangement entered into by or on behalf of the Company in which any Director is in any way interested, be liable to be avoided, nor shall any Director so contracting or being so interested be liable to account to the Company for any profit realised by any such contract or arrangement by reason of such Director holding that office or of the fiduciary relation thereby established. A Director, notwithstanding his interest, may be counted in the quorum present at any meeting whereat he or any other Director is appointed to hold any such office or place of profit under the Company or whereat the terms of any such appointment are arranged and he may vote on any such appointment or arrangement.

 

96. Any director may act by himself or his firm in a professional capacity for the Company, and he or his firm shall be entitled to remuneration for professional services as if he were not a Director; provided that nothing herein contained shall authorize a Director or his firm to act as Auditor to the Company.

DIVIDENDS AND RESERVES

 

97. The Company in general meeting may declare dividends, but no dividend shall exceed the amount recommended by directors.

 

14


98. The directors may from time to time pay to the members such interim dividends as appear to the Directors to be justified by the profits of the Company.

 

99. The directors when paying dividends to the members in accordance with the foregoing provisions may make such payment either in cash or in specie.

 

100. No dividend shall be paid otherwise than out of profits or, subject to the restrictions of the Law, share premium.

 

101. Subject to the rights of persons, if any, entitled to shares with special rights as to dividends, all dividends shall be declared and paid according to the amounts paid on the shares, but if and so long as nothing is paid up on any of the shares in the Company dividends may be declared and paid according to the amounts of the shares. No amount paid on a share in advance of calls shall, while carrying interest, be treated for the purposes of this Article as paid on the share.

 

102. The directors may, before recommending any dividend, set aside out of the profits of the Company such sums as they think proper as a reserve or reserves which shall, at the discretion of the directors; be applicable for meeting contingencies, or for equalising dividends, or for any other purpose to which the profits of the Company may be properly applied, and pending such application may, at the like discretion, either be employed in the business of the Company or be invested in such investments (other than shares of the Company) as the directors may from time to time think fit.

 

103. If several persons are registered as joint holders of any share, any of them may give effectual receipts of any dividend or other moneys payable on or in respect of the share.

 

104. Any dividend may be paid by cheque or warrant sent through the post to the registered address of the member or person entitled thereto or in the case of joint holders to any one of such joint holders at his registered address or to such person and such address as the member or person entitled or such joint holders as the case may be direct. Every such cheque or warrant shall be made payable to the order of the person to whom it is sent or to the order of such other persons as the member or person entitled or such joint holders as the case may be may direct.

 

105. No dividend shall bear interest against the Company.

ACCOUNTS

 

106. The books of account relating to the Company’s affairs shall be kept in such manner as may be determined from time to time by the Company in general meeting or failing such determination by the directors of the Company.

 

107. The books of account shall be kept at the registered office of the Company, or at such other place or places as the directors think fit, and shall always be open to the inspection of the directors.

 

108. The directors shall from time to time determine whether and to what extent and at what time and places and under what conditions or regulations the accounts and books of the Company or any of them shall be open to the inspection of members not being directors, and no member (not being a director) shall have any right of inspecting any account or book or document of the Company except as conferred by Law or authorised by the directors or by the Company in general meeting.

 

15


AUDIT

 

109. The accounts relating to the Company’s affairs shall be audited in such manner as may be determined from time to time by the Company in general meeting or failing any such determination by the directors, or failing any determination as aforesaid shall not be audited.

WINDING UP

 

110. If the Company shall be wound up, the liquidator may, with the sanction of an ordinary resolution of the Company divide amongst the members in specie or kind the whole or any part of the assets of the Company (whether they shall consist of property of the same kind or not) and may, for such purpose set such value as he deems fair upon any property to be divided as aforesaid and may determine how such division shall be carried out as between the members or different classes of members. The liquidator may, with the like sanction, vest the whole or any part of such assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the contributors as the liquidator, with the like sanction, shall think fit, but so that no member shall be compelled to accept any shares or other securities whereon there is any liability.

INDEMNITY

 

111. Every director (including for the purposes of this Regulation any Alternate Director appointed pursuant to the provisions of these Regulations), Managing Director, agent, auditor, Secretary, Assistant Secretary, or other officer for the time being and from time to time of the Company and the personal representatives of the same shall be indemnified and secured harmless out of the assets and funds of the Company against all actions, proceedings, costs, charges, expenses, losses, damages or liabilities incurred or sustained by him in or about the conduct of the Company’s business or affairs or in the execution or discharge of his duties, powers, authorities or discretions, including without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, any costs, expenses, losses or liabilities incurred by him in defending (whether successfully or otherwise) any civil proceedings concerning the Company or its affairs in any court whether in the Cayman Islands or elsewhere.

 

112. No such Director, Alternate Director, Managing Director, agent, auditor, Secretary, Assistant Secretary or other office of the Company shall be liable for (i) the acts, receipts, neglects, defaults or omissions of any other such director or officer or agent of the Company or (ii) by reason of his having joined in any receipt of money not received by him personally, or (iii) for any loss on account of defect of title to any property of the Company or (iv) on account of the insufficiency of any security in or upon which any money of the Company shall be invested or (v) for any loss incurred through any bank, broker or other agent or (vi) for any loss occasioned by any negligence, default, breach of duty, breach of trust, error of judgment or oversight on his part or (vii) for any loss, damage or misfortune whatsoever which may happen in or arise from the execution or discharge of the duties, powers, authorities, or discretions of his office or in relation thereto, unless the same shall happen through his own dishonesty.

ALTERNATE DIRECTOR

 

113. Any director may in writing appoint another person who is approved by the majority of the directors to be his alternate to act in his place at any meeting of the directors at which he is unable to be present. Every such alternate shall be entitled to notice of meetings of the directors and to attend and vote thereat as a director when the person appointing him is not personally present and where he is a director to have a separate vote on behalf of the director he is representing in addition to his own vote. A director may at any time in writing revoke the appointment of an alternate appointed by him. Every such alternate shall be an officer of the company and shall not be deemed to be the agent of the director appointing him. The remuneration of such alternate shall be payable out of the remuneration of the director appointing him and the proportion thereof shall be agreed between them.

 

16


DIRECTOR’S PROXY

 

114. Any Director may appoint any person, whether or not a Director of the company, to be the proxy of that Director to attend and vote on his behalf, in accordance with instructions given by that Director, or in the absence of such instructions at the discretion of the proxy, at a meeting or meetings of the Directors which that Director is unable to attend personally. The instrument appointing the proxy shall be in writing under the hand of the appointing Director and shall be in the form printed below or any other form approved by the Directors, and must be lodged with the chairman of the meeting of the Directors at which such proxy is to be used, or first used, prior to the commencement of the meeting:-

HAILIANG EDUCATION GROUP INC.

I, the undersigned, being a Director of the above Company HEREBY APPOINT              whom failing              to be my Proxy and on my behalf to attend, vote at and to do all acts and things which I could personally have done at a meeting of Directors of the said Company to be held on the              day of              , 20              and at all continuations and adjournments thereof.

 

Date:                                  

  

 

   Signature of Director

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

115. The directors may from time to time and at any time by revocable or irrevocable Power of Attorney appoint any company, firm or person or body of persons, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the directors, to be the Attorney or Attorneys of the Company for such purposes and with such powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the directors under these regulations) and for such period and subject to such conditions as they may think fit, and any such Powers of Attorney may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of persons dealing with any such Attorney as the directors may think fit and may also authorize any such Attorney to delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in him.

NOTICES

 

116. A notice may be given by the Company to any member either personally or by sending it by post to him at his registered address, or (if he has no registered address in the Island) to the address, if any, in the Island supplied by him to the Company for the giving of notices to him. Where a notice is sent by post, service of the notice shall be deemed to be effected by properly addressing, prepaying, and posting a letter containing the notice, and to have been effected in the case of a notice of a meeting at the expiration of 24 hours after the letter containing the same is posted, and in any other case at the time at which the letter would be delivered in the ordinary course of post.

 

17


117. If a member has no registered address in the Island and has not supplied to the Company an address in the Island for the giving of notices to him, a notice addressed to him, or generally to the members of the Company and advertised in a daily newspaper circulating in the Island shall be deemed to be duly given to him at noon on the day following the day on which the newspaper is circulated and the advertisement appeared therein.

 

118. A notice may be given by the Company to the joint holders of a share by giving the notice to the joint holder named first in the register of members in respect of the share.

 

119. A notice may be given by the Company to the persons entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a member by sending it through the post in a prepaid letter addressed to them by name, or by the title of representatives of the deceased, or trustee of the bankrupt, or by any like description, at the address, if any, within the Island supplied for the purpose by the persons claiming to be so entitled, or (until such an address has been so supplied) by giving the notice in any manner in which the same might have been given if the death or bankruptcy had not occurred.

 

120. Notice of every general meeting shall be given in some manner hereinbefore authorised to:

 

  (a) every member except those members who (having no registered address in the Island) have not supplied to the Company an address in the Island for the giving of notices to them; and

 

  (b) every person entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a member, who, but for his death or bankruptcy would be entitled to receive notice of the meeting.

REGISTRATION BY WAY OF CONTINUATION

 

121.    (a) The Company may by special resolution resolve to be registered by way of continuation in a relevant designated jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands or such other jurisdiction in which it is for the time being incorporated registered or existing;

 

     (b) In furtherance of a resolution adopted pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Regulation, the Directors may cause an application to be made to the Registrar of Companies to de-register the Company in the Cayman Islands or such other jurisdiction in which it is for the time being incorporated registered or existing and may cause all such further steps as they consider appropriate to be taken to effect the transfer by continuation of the Company.

Seal of Registrar of Companies, Cayman Islands (Exempted) affixed

 

18

Exhibit 3.3

The Companies Law (Revised)

Company Limited by Shares

THE AMENDED AND RESTATED

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

HAILIANG EDUCATION GROUP INC.

(Adopted by Special Resolutions passed on December 23, 2014,

and effective on [    ], the closing date of the Company’s initial public offering of

Ordinary Shares represented by American Depositary Shares)


INDEX

 

SUBJECT

 

Article No.

   

Table A

      1  

Interpretation

      2  

Share Capital

      3  

Alteration Of Capital

      4-7  

Share Rights

      8-9  

Variation Of Rights

      10-11  

Shares

      12-15  

Share Certificates

      16-21  

Lien

      22-24  

Calls On Shares

      25-33  

Forfeiture Of Shares

      34-42  

Register Of Members

      43-44  

Record Dates

      45  

Transfer Of Shares

      46-51  

Transmission Of Shares

      52-54  

Untraceable Members

      55  

General Meetings

      56-58  

Notice Of General Meetings

      59-60  

Proceedings At General Meetings

      61-65  

Voting

      66-77  

Proxies

      78-83  

Corporations Acting By Representatives

      84  

No Action By Written Resolutions Of Members

      85  

Board Of Directors

      86  

Retirement of Directors

      87-88  

Disqualification Of Directors

      89  

Executive Directors

      90-91  

Alternate Directors

      92-95  

Directors’ Fees And Expenses

      96-98  

Directors’ Interests

      99-102  

General Powers Of The Directors

      103-108  

Borrowing Powers

      109-112  

Proceedings Of The Directors

      113-122  

Audit Committee

      123-125  

Officers

      126-129  

Register of Directors and Officers

      130  

Minutes

      131  

Seal

      132  

Authentication of Documents

      133  

Destruction of Documents

      134  

Dividends and Other Payments

      135-144  

Reserves

      145  

Capitalisation

      146-147  


Subscription Rights Reserve

      148  

Accounting Records

      149-153  

Audit

      154-159  

Notices

      160-162  

Signatures

      163  

Winding Up

      164-165  

Indemnity

      166  

Amendment to Memorandum and Articles of Association And Name of Company

      167  

Information

      168  


TABLE A

1. The regulations in Table A in the Schedule to the Companies Law (Revised) do not apply to the Company.

INTERPRETATION

2. (1) In these Articles, unless the context otherwise requires, the words standing in the first column of the following table shall bear the meaning set opposite them respectively in the second column.

 

WORD

  

MEANING

“Audit Committee”    the audit committee of the Company formed by the Board pursuant to Article 124) hereof, or any successor audit committee.
“Auditor”    the independent auditor of the Company which shall be an internationally recognized firm of independent accountants.
“Articles”    these Articles in their present form or as supplemented or amended or substituted from time to time.
“Board” or “Directors”    the board of directors of the Company or the directors present at a meeting of directors of the Company at which a quorum is present.
“capital”    the share capital from time to time of the Company.
“clear days”    in relation to the period of a notice, that period excluding the day when the notice is given or deemed to be given and the day for which it is given or on which it is to take effect.
“clearing house”    a clearing house recognised by the laws of the jurisdiction in which the shares of the Company (or depositary receipts therefor) are listed or quoted on a stock exchange or interdealer quotation system in such jurisdiction.
“Company”    Hailiang Education Group Inc.

 

- 1 -


“competent regulatory authority”    a competent regulatory authority in the territory where the shares of the Company (or depositary receipts therefor) are listed or quoted on a stock exchange or interdealer quotation system in such territory.
“debenture” and “debenture holder”    include debenture stock and debenture stockholder respectively.
“Designated Stock Exchange”    Nasdaq Global Market.
“dollars” and “$”    dollars, the legal currency of the United States of America.
“Exchange Act”    the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
“head office”    such office of the Company as the Directors may from time to time determine to be the principal office of the Company.
“Law”    The Companies Law, Cap. 22 (Law 3 of 1961, as consolidated and revised) of the Cayman Islands.
“Member”    a duly registered holder from time to time of the shares in the capital of the Company.
“month”    a calendar month.
“NASD”    National Association of Securities Dealers.
“NASD Rules”    the rules set forth in the NASD Manual.
“Notice”    written notice unless otherwise specifically stated and as further defined in these Articles.
“Office”    the registered office of the Company for the time being.
“ordinary resolution”    a resolution shall be an ordinary resolution when it has been passed by a simple majority of votes cast by such Members as, being entitled so to do, vote in person or, in the case of any Member being a corporation, by its duly authorised representative or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at a general meeting of which not less than ten (10) clear days’ Notice has been duly given;

 

- 2 -


“paid up”    paid up or credited as paid up.
“Register”    the principal register and where applicable, any branch register of Members of the Company to be maintained at such place within or outside the Cayman Islands as the Board shall determine from time to time.
“Registration Office”    in respect of any class of share capital such place as the Board may from time to time determine to keep a branch register of Members in respect of that class of share capital and where (except in cases where the Board otherwise directs) the transfers or other documents of title for such class of share capital are to be lodged for registration and are to be registered.
“SEC”    the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.
“Seal”    common seal or any one or more duplicate seals of the Company (including a securities seal) for use in the Cayman Islands or in any place outside the Cayman Islands.
“Secretary”    any person, firm or corporation appointed by the Board to perform any of the duties of secretary of the Company and includes any assistant, deputy, temporary or acting secretary.
“special resolution”    a resolution shall be a special resolution when it has been passed by a majority of not less than two-thirds of votes cast by such Members as, being entitled so to do, vote in person or, in the case of such Members as are corporations, by their respective duly authorised representative or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at a general meeting of which not less than ten (10) clear days’ Notice, specifying (without prejudice to the power contained in these Articles to amend the same) the intention to propose the resolution as a special resolution, has been duly given. Provided that, except in the case of an annual general meeting, if it is so agreed by a majority in number of the Members having the right to attend and vote at any such meeting, being a majority together holding not less than ninety-five (95) per cent. in nominal value of the shares giving that right and in the case of an annual general meeting, if it is so agreed by all Members entitled to attend and vote thereat, a resolution may be proposed and passed as a special resolution at a meeting of which less than ten (10) clear days’ Notice has been given;

 

- 3 -


   a special resolution shall be effective for any purpose for which an ordinary resolution is expressed to be required under any provision of these Articles or the Statutes.
“Statutes”    the Law and every other law of the Legislature of the Cayman Islands for the time being in force applying to or affecting the Company, its Memorandum of Association and/or these Articles.
“year”    a calendar year.

(2) In these Articles, unless there be something within the subject or context inconsistent with such construction:

 

  (a) words importing the singular include the plural and vice versa;

 

  (b) words importing a gender include both gender and the neuter;

 

  (c) words importing persons include companies, associations and bodies of persons whether corporate or not;

 

  (d) the words:

 

  (i) “may” shall be construed as permissive;

 

  (ii) “shall” or “will” shall be construed as imperative;

 

  (e) expressions referring to writing shall, unless the contrary intention appears, be construed as including printing, lithography, photography and other modes of representing words or figures in a visible form, and including where the representation takes the form of electronic display, provided that both the mode of service of the relevant document or notice and the Member’s election comply with all applicable Statutes, rules and regulations;

 

  (f) references to any law, ordinance, statute or statutory provision shall be interpreted as relating to any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof for the time being in force;

 

  (g) save as aforesaid words and expressions defined in the Statutes shall bear the same meanings in these Articles if not inconsistent with the subject in the context;

 

- 4 -


  (h) references to a document being executed include references to it being executed under hand or under seal or by electronic signature or by any other method and references to a notice or document include a notice or document recorded or stored in any digital, electronic, electrical, magnetic or other retrievable form or medium and information in visible form whether having physical substance or not.

SHARE CAPITAL

3. (1) The share capital of the Company at the date on which these Articles come into effect shall be divided into shares of a par value of $ 0.0001 each.

(2) Subject to the Law, the Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association and, where applicable, the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange and/or any competent regulatory authority, the Company shall have the power to purchase or otherwise acquire its own shares and such power shall be exercisable by the Board in such manner, upon such terms and subject to such conditions as it in its absolute discretion thinks fit and any determination by the Board of the manner of purchase shall be deemed authorised by these Articles for purposes of the Law.

(3) No share shall be issued to bearer.

ALTERATION OF CAPITAL

4. The Company may from time to time by ordinary resolution in accordance with the Law alter the conditions of its Memorandum of Association to:

 

  (a) increase its capital by such sum, to be divided into shares of such amounts, as the resolution shall prescribe;

 

  (b) consolidate and divide all or any of its capital into shares of larger amount than its existing shares;

 

  (c)

without prejudice to the powers of the Board under Article 12, divide its shares into several classes and without prejudice to any special rights previously conferred on the holders of existing shares attach thereto respectively any preferential, deferred, qualified or special rights, privileges, conditions or such restrictions which in the absence of any such determination by the Company in general meeting, as the Directors may determine provided always that, for the avoidance of doubt, where a class of shares has been authorized by the Company no resolution of the Company in general meeting is required for the issuance of shares of that class and the Directors may issue shares of that class and determine such rights, privileges, conditions or restrictions attaching thereto as aforesaid, and further provided that where the Company issues

 

- 5 -


  shares which do not carry voting rights, the words “non-voting” shall appear in the designation of such shares and where the equity capital includes shares with different voting rights, the designation of each class of shares, other than those with the most favourable voting rights, must include the words “restricted voting” or “limited voting”;

 

  (d) sub-divide its shares, or any of them, into shares of smaller amount than is fixed by the Company’s Memorandum of Association (subject, nevertheless, to the Law), and may by such resolution determine that, as between the holders of the shares resulting from such sub-division, one or more of the shares may have any such preferred, deferred or other rights or be subject to any such restrictions as compared with the other or others as the Company has power to attach to unissued or new shares;

 

  (e) cancel any shares which, at the date of the passing of the resolution, have not been taken, or agreed to be taken, by any person, and diminish the amount of its capital by the amount of the shares so cancelled or, in the case of shares, without par value, diminish the number of shares into which its capital is divided.

5. The Board may settle as it considers expedient any difficulty which arises in relation to any consolidation and division under the last preceding Article and in particular but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing may issue certificates in respect of fractions of shares or arrange for the sale of the shares representing fractions and the distribution of the net proceeds of sale (after deduction of the expenses of such sale) in due proportion amongst the Members who would have been entitled to the fractions, and for this purpose the Board may authorise some person to transfer the shares representing fractions to their purchaser or resolve that such net proceeds be paid to the Company for the Company’s benefit. Such purchaser will not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money nor will his title to the shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings relating to the sale.

6. The Company may from time to time by special resolution, subject to any confirmation or consent required by the Law, reduce its share capital or any capital redemption reserve or other undistributable reserve in any manner permitted by law.

7. Except so far as otherwise provided by the conditions of issue, or by these Articles, any capital raised by the creation of new shares shall be treated as if it formed part of the original capital of the Company, and such shares shall be subject to the provisions contained in these Articles with reference to the payment of calls and instalments, transfer and transmission, forfeiture, lien, cancellation, surrender, voting and otherwise.

 

- 6 -


SHARE RIGHTS

8. Subject to the provisions of the Law, the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange and the Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association and to any special rights conferred on the holders of any shares or class of shares, and without prejudice to Article 12 hereof, any share in the Company (whether forming part of the present capital or not) may be issued with or have attached thereto such rights or restrictions whether in regard to dividend, voting, return of capital or otherwise as the Board may determine, including without limitation on terms that they may be, or at the option of the Company or the holder are, liable to be redeemed on such terms and in such manner, including out of capital, as the Board may deem fit.

9. Subject to the Law, any preferred shares may be issued or converted into shares that, at a determinable date or at the option of the Company or the holder, are liable to be redeemed on such terms and in such manner as the Company before the issue or conversion may by ordinary resolution of the Members determine. Where the Company purchases for redemption a redeemable share, purchases not made through the market or by tender shall be limited to a maximum price as may from time to time be determined by the Board, either generally or with regard to specific purchases. If purchases are by tender, tenders shall comply with applicable laws.

VARIATION OF RIGHTS

10. Subject to the Law and without prejudice to Article 8, all or any of the special rights for the time being attached to the shares or any class of shares may, unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class, from time to time (whether or not the Company is being wound up) be varied, modified or abrogated with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate general meeting of the holders of the shares of that class. To every such separate general meeting all the provisions of these Articles relating to general meetings of the Company shall, mutatis mutandis , apply, but so that:

 

  (a) the necessary quorum (whether at a separate general meeting or at its adjourned meeting) shall be a person or persons or (in the case of a Member being a corporation) its duly authorized representative together holding or representing by proxy not less than one-third in nominal value of the issued shares of that class;

 

  (b) every holder of shares of the class shall be entitled on a poll to one vote for every such share held by him; and

 

  (c) any holder of shares of the class present in person or by proxy or authorised representative may demand a poll.

11. The special rights conferred upon the holders of any shares or class of shares shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided in the rights attaching to or the terms of issue of such shares, be deemed to be varied, modified or abrogated by the creation or issue of further shares ranking pari passu therewith.

 

- 7 -


SHARES

12. (1) Subject to the Law, these Articles and, where applicable, the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange and without prejudice to any special rights or restrictions for the time being attached to any shares or any class of shares, the unissued shares of the Company (whether forming part of the original or any increased capital) shall be at the disposal of the Board, which may offer, allot, grant options over or otherwise dispose of them to such persons, at such times and for such consideration and upon such terms and conditions as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine but so that no shares shall be issued at a discount. In particular and without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the Board is hereby empowered to authorize by resolution or resolutions from time to time the issuance of one or more classes or series of preferred shares and to fix the designations, powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other rights, if any, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, if any, including, without limitation, the number of shares constituting each such class or series, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges, voting powers, full or limited or no voting powers, and liquidation preferences, and to increase or decrease the size of any such class or series (but not below the number of shares of any class or series of preferred shares then outstanding) to the extent permitted by Law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the resolution or resolutions providing for the establishment of any class or series of preferred shares may, to the extent permitted by law, provide that such class or series shall be superior to, rank equally with or be junior to the preferred shares of any other class or series.

(2) Neither the Company nor the Board shall be obliged, when making or granting any allotment of, offer of, option over or disposal of shares, to make, or make available, any such allotment, offer, option or shares to Members or others with registered addresses in any particular territory or territories being a territory or territories where, in the absence of a registration statement or other special formalities, this would or might, in the opinion of the Board, be unlawful or impracticable. Members affected as a result of the foregoing sentence shall not be, or be deemed to be, a separate class of members for any purpose whatsoever. Except as otherwise expressly provided in the resolution or resolutions providing for the establishment of any class or series of preferred shares, no vote of the holders of preferred shares of or ordinary shares shall be a prerequisite to the issuance of any shares of any class or series of the preferred shares authorized by and complying with the conditions of the Memorandum and Articles of Association.

(3) The Board may issue options, warrants or convertible securities or securities of similar nature conferring the right upon the holders thereof to subscribe for, purchase or receive any class of shares or securities in the capital of the Company on such terms as it may from time to time determine.

13. The Company may in connection with the issue of any shares exercise all powers of paying commission and brokerage conferred or permitted by the Law. Subject to the Law, the commission may be satisfied by the payment of cash or by the allotment of fully or partly paid shares or partly in one and partly in the other.

 

- 8 -


14. Except as required by law, no person shall be recognised by the Company as holding any share upon any trust and the Company shall not be bound by or required in any way to recognise (even when having notice thereof) any equitable, contingent, future or partial interest in any share or any fractional part of a share or (except only as otherwise provided by these Articles or by law) any other rights in respect of any share except an absolute right to the entirety thereof in the registered holder.

15. Subject to the Law and these Articles, the Board may at any time after the allotment of shares but before any person has been entered in the Register as the holder, recognise a renunciation thereof by the allottee in favour of some other person and may accord to any allottee of a share a right to effect such renunciation upon and subject to such terms and conditions as the Board considers fit to impose.

SHARE CERTIFICATES

16. Every share certificate shall be issued under the Seal or a facsimile thereof or with the Seal printed thereon and shall specify the number and class and distinguishing numbers (if any) of the shares to which it relates, and the amount paid up thereon and may otherwise be in such form as the Directors may from time to time determine. No certificate shall be issued representing shares of more than one class. The Board may by resolution determine, either generally or in any particular case or cases, that any signatures on any such certificates (or certificates in respect of other securities) need not be autographic but may be affixed to such certificates by some mechanical means or may be printed thereon.

17. (1) In the case of a share held jointly by several persons, the Company shall not be bound to issue more than one certificate therefor and delivery of a certificate to one of several joint holders shall be sufficient delivery to all such holders.

(2) Where a share stands in the names of two or more persons, the person first named in the Register shall as regards service of notices and, subject to the provisions of these Articles, all or any other matters connected with the Company, except the transfer of the shares, be deemed the sole holder thereof.

18. Every person whose name is entered, upon an allotment of shares, as a Member in the Register shall be entitled, without payment, to receive one certificate for all such shares of any one class or several certificates each for one or more of such shares of such class upon payment for every certificate after the first of such reasonable out-of-pocket expenses as the Board from time to time determines.

19. Share certificates shall be issued within the relevant time limit as prescribed by the Law or as the Designated Stock Exchange may from time to time determine, whichever is the shorter, after allotment or, except in the case of a transfer which the Company is for the time being entitled to refuse to register and does not register, after lodgment of a transfer with the Company.

 

- 9 -


20. (1) Upon every transfer of shares the certificate held by the transferor shall be given up to be cancelled, and shall forthwith be cancelled accordingly, and a new certificate shall be issued to the transferee in respect of the shares transferred to him at such fee as is provided in paragraph (2) of this Article. If any of the shares included in the certificate so given up shall be retained by the transferor a new certificate for the balance shall be issued to him at the aforesaid fee payable by the transferor to the Company in respect thereof.

(2) The fee referred to in paragraph (1) above shall be an amount not exceeding the relevant maximum amount as the Designated Stock Exchange may from time to time determine provided that the Board may at any time determine a lower amount for such fee.

21. If a share certificate shall be damaged or defaced or alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed a new certificate representing the same shares may be issued to the relevant Member upon request and on payment of such fee as the Company may determine and, subject to compliance with such terms (if any) as to evidence and indemnity and to payment of the costs and reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of the Company in investigating such evidence and preparing such indemnity as the Board may think fit and, in case of damage or defacement, on delivery of the old certificate to the Company provided always that where share warrants have been issued, no new share warrant shall be issued to replace one that has been lost unless the Board has determined that the original has been destroyed.

LIEN

22. The Company shall have a first and paramount lien on every share (not being a fully paid share) for all moneys (whether presently payable or not) called or payable at a fixed time in respect of that share. The Company shall also have a first and paramount lien on every share (not being a fully paid share) registered in the name of a Member (whether or not jointly with other Members) for all amounts of money presently payable by such Member or his estate to the Company whether the same shall have been incurred before or after notice to the Company of any equitable or other interest of any person other than such member, and whether the period for the payment or discharge of the same shall have actually arrived or not, and notwithstanding that the same are joint debts or liabilities of such Member or his estate and any other person, whether a Member of the Company or not. The Company’s lien on a share shall extend to all dividends or other moneys payable thereon or in respect thereof. The Board may at any time, generally or in any particular case, waive any lien that has arisen or declare any share exempt in whole or in part, from the provisions of this Article.

23. Subject to these Articles, the Company may sell in such manner as the Board determines any share on which the Company has a lien, but no sale shall be made unless some sum in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable, or the liability or engagement in respect of which such lien exists is liable to be presently fulfilled or discharged nor until the expiration of fourteen (14) clear days after a notice in writing, stating and demanding payment of the sum presently payable, or specifying the liability or engagement and demanding fulfilment or discharge thereof and giving notice of the intention to sell in default, has been served on the registered holder for the time being of the share or the person entitled thereto by reason of his death or bankruptcy.

 

- 10 -


24. The net proceeds of the sale shall be received by the Company and applied in or towards payment or discharge of the debt or liability in respect of which the lien exists, so far as the same is presently payable, and any residue shall (subject to a like lien for debts or liabilities not presently payable as existed upon the share prior to the sale) be paid to the person entitled to the share at the time of the sale. To give effect to any such sale the Board may authorise some person to transfer the shares sold to the purchaser thereof. The purchaser shall be registered as the holder of the shares so transferred and he shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, nor shall his title to the shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings relating to the sale.

CALLS ON SHARES

25. Subject to these Articles and to the terms of allotment, the Board may from time to time make calls upon the Members in respect of any moneys unpaid on their shares (whether on account of the nominal value of the shares or by way of premium), and each Member shall (subject to being given at least fourteen (14) clear days’ Notice specifying the time and place of payment) pay to the Company as required by such notice the amount called on his shares. A call may be extended, postponed or revoked in whole or in part as the Board determines but no Member shall be entitled to any such extension, postponement or revocation except as a matter of grace and favour.

26. A call shall be deemed to have been made at the time when the resolution of the Board authorising the call was passed and may be made payable either in one lump sum or by instalments.

27. A person upon whom a call is made shall remain liable for calls made upon him notwithstanding the subsequent transfer of the shares in respect of which the call was made. The joint holders of a share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls and instalments due in respect thereof or other moneys due in respect thereof.

28. If a sum called in respect of a share is not paid before or on the day appointed for payment thereof, the person from whom the sum is due shall pay interest on the amount unpaid from the day appointed for payment thereof to the time of actual payment at such rate (not exceeding twenty per cent. (20%) per annum) as the Board may determine, but the Board may in its absolute discretion waive payment of such interest wholly or in part.

29. No Member shall be entitled to receive any dividend or bonus or to be present and vote (save as proxy for another Member) at any general meeting either personally or by proxy, or be reckoned in a quorum, or exercise any other privilege as a Member until all calls or instalments due by him to the Company, whether alone or jointly with any other person, together with interest and expenses (if any) shall have been paid.

 

- 11 -


30. On the trial or hearing of any action or other proceedings for the recovery of any money due for any call, it shall be sufficient to prove that the name of the Member sued is entered in the Register as the holder, or one of the holders, of the shares in respect of which such debt accrued, that the resolution making the call is duly recorded in the minute book, and that notice of such call was duly given to the Member sued, in pursuance of these Articles; and it shall not be necessary to prove the appointment of the Directors who made such call, nor any other matters whatsoever, but the proof of the matters aforesaid shall be conclusive evidence of the debt.

31. Any amount payable in respect of a share upon allotment or at any fixed date, whether in respect of nominal value or premium or as an instalment of a call, shall be deemed to be a call duly made and payable on the date fixed for payment and if it is not paid the provisions of these Articles shall apply as if that amount had become due and payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

32. On the issue of shares the Board may differentiate between the allottees or holders as to the amount of calls to be paid and the times of payment.

33. The Board may, if it thinks fit, receive from any Member willing to advance the same, and either in money or money’s worth, all or any part of the moneys uncalled and unpaid or instalments payable upon any shares held by him and upon all or any of the moneys so advanced (until the same would, but for such advance, become presently payable) pay interest at such rate (if any) as the Board may decide. The Board may at any time repay the amount so advanced upon giving to such Member not less than one (1) month’s Notice of its intention in that behalf, unless before the expiration of such notice the amount so advanced shall have been called up on the shares in respect of which it was advanced. Such payment in advance shall not entitle the holder of such share or shares to participate in respect thereof in a dividend subsequently declared.

FORFEITURE OF SHARES

34. (1) If a call remains unpaid after it has become due and payable the Board may give to the person from whom it is due not less than fourteen (14) clear days’ Notice:

 

  (a) requiring payment of the amount unpaid together with any interest which may have accrued and which may still accrue up to the date of actual payment; and

 

  (b) stating that if the Notice is not complied with the shares on which the call was made will be liable to be forfeited.

 

- 12 -


(2) If the requirements of any such Notice are not complied with, any share in respect of which such Notice has been given may at any time thereafter, before payment of all calls and interest due in respect thereof has been made, be forfeited by a resolution of the Board to that effect, and such forfeiture shall include all dividends and bonuses declared in respect of the forfeited share but not actually paid before the forfeiture.

35. When any share has been forfeited, notice of the forfeiture shall be served upon the person who was before forfeiture the holder of the share. No forfeiture shall be invalidated by any omission or neglect to give such Notice.

36. The Board may accept the surrender of any share liable to be forfeited hereunder and, in such case, references in these Articles to forfeiture will include surrender.

37. Any share so forfeited shall be deemed the property of the Company and may be sold, re-allotted or otherwise disposed of to such person, upon such terms and in such manner as the Board determines, and at any time before a sale, re-allotment or disposition the forfeiture may be annulled by the Board on such terms as the Board determines.

38. A person whose shares have been forfeited shall cease to be a Member in respect of the forfeited shares but nevertheless shall remain liable to pay the Company all moneys which at the date of forfeiture were presently payable by him to the Company in respect of the shares, with (if the Directors shall in their discretion so require) interest thereon from the date of forfeiture until payment at such rate (not exceeding twenty per cent. (20%) per annum) as the Board determines. The Board may enforce payment thereof if it thinks fit, and without any deduction or allowance for the value of the forfeited shares, at the date of forfeiture, but his liability shall cease if and when the Company shall have received payment in full of all such moneys in respect of the shares. For the purposes of this Article any sum which, by the terms of issue of a share, is payable thereon at a fixed time which is subsequent to the date of forfeiture, whether on account of the nominal value of the share or by way of premium, shall notwithstanding that time has not yet arrived be deemed to be payable at the date of forfeiture, and the same shall become due and payable immediately upon the forfeiture, but interest thereon shall only be payable in respect of any period between the said fixed time and the date of actual payment.

39. A declaration by a Director or the Secretary that a share has been forfeited on a specified date shall be conclusive evidence of the facts therein stated as against all persons claiming to be entitled to the share, and such declaration shall (subject to the execution of an instrument of transfer by the Company if necessary) constitute a good title to the share, and the person to whom the share is disposed of shall be registered as the holder of the share and shall not be bound to see to the application of the consideration (if any), nor shall his title to the share be affected by any irregularity in or invalidity of the proceedings in reference to the forfeiture, sale or disposal of the share. When any share shall have been forfeited, notice of the declaration shall be given to the Member in whose name it stood immediately prior to the forfeiture, and an entry of the forfeiture, with the date thereof, shall forthwith be made in the register, but no forfeiture shall be in any manner invalidated by any omission or neglect to give such notice or make any such entry.

 

- 13 -


40. Notwithstanding any such forfeiture as aforesaid the Board may at any time, before any shares so forfeited shall have been sold, re-allotted or otherwise disposed of, permit the shares forfeited to be bought back upon the terms of payment of all calls and interest due upon and expenses incurred in respect of the share, and upon such further terms (if any) as it thinks fit.

41. The forfeiture of a share shall not prejudice the right of the Company to any call already made or instalment payable thereon.

42. The provisions of these Articles as to forfeiture shall apply in the case of non-payment of any sum which, by the terms of issue of a share, becomes payable at a fixed time, whether on account of the nominal value of the share or by way of premium, as if the same had been payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

REGISTER OF MEMBERS

43. (1) The Company shall keep in one or more books a Register of its Members and shall enter therein the following particulars, that is to say:

 

  (a) the name and address of each Member, the number and class of shares held by him and the amount paid or agreed to be considered as paid on such shares;

 

  (b) the date on which each person was entered in the Register; and

 

  (c) the date on which any person ceased to be a Member.

(2) The Company may keep an overseas or local or other branch register of Members resident in any place, and the Board may make and vary such regulations as it determines in respect of the keeping of any such register and maintaining a Registration Office in connection therewith.

44. The Register and branch register of Members, as the case may be, shall be open to inspection for such times and on such days as the Board shall determine by Members without charge or by any other person, upon a maximum payment of $2.50 or such other sum specified by the Board, at the Office or Registration Office or such other place at which the Register is kept in accordance with the Law. The Register including any overseas or local or other branch register of Members may, subject to compliance with any notice requirement of the Designated Stock Exchange, be closed at such times or for such periods not exceeding in the whole thirty (30) days in each year as the Board may determine and either generally or in respect of any class of shares.

 

- 14 -


RECORD DATES

45. For the purpose of determining the Members entitled to notice of or to vote at any general meeting, or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of shares or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix, in advance, a date as the record date for any such determination of Members, which date shall not be more than sixty (60) days nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other such action.

If the Board does not fix a record date for any general meeting, the record date for determining the Members entitled to a notice of or to vote at such meeting shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if in accordance with these Articles notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. If corporate action without a general meeting is to be taken, the record date for determining the Members entitled to express consent to such corporate action in writing, when no prior action by the Board is necessary, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Company by delivery to its head office. The record date for determining the Members for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

A determination of the Members of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the Members shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

TRANSFER OF SHARES

46. Subject to these Articles, any Member may transfer all or any of his shares by an instrument of transfer in the usual or common form or in a form prescribed by the Designated Stock Exchange or in any other form approved by the Board and may be under hand or, if the transferor or transferee is a clearing house or a central depository house or its nominee(s), by hand or by machine imprinted signature or by such other manner of execution as the Board may approve from time to time.

47. The instrument of transfer shall be executed by or on behalf of the transferor and the transferee provided that the Board may dispense with the execution of the instrument of transfer by the transferee in any case which it thinks fit in its discretion to do so. Without prejudice to the last preceding Article, the Board may also resolve, either generally or in any particular case, upon request by either the transferor or transferee, to accept mechanically executed transfers. The transferor shall be deemed to remain the holder of the share until the name of the transferee is entered in the Register in respect thereof. Nothing in these Articles shall preclude the Board from recognising a renunciation of the allotment or provisional allotment of any share by the allottee in favour of some other person.

 

- 15 -


48. (1) The Board may, in its absolute discretion, and without giving any reason therefor, refuse to register a transfer of any share (not being a fully paid up share) to a person of whom it does not approve, or any share issued under any share incentive scheme for employees upon which a restriction on transfer imposed thereby still subsists, and it may also, without prejudice to the foregoing generality, refuse to register a transfer of any share to more than four joint holders or a transfer of any share (not being a fully paid up share) on which the Company has a lien.

(2) The Board in so far as permitted by any applicable law may, in its absolute discretion, at any time and from time to time transfer any share upon the Register to any branch register or any share on any branch register to the Register or any other branch register. In the event of any such transfer, the shareholder requesting such transfer shall bear the cost of effecting the transfer unless the Board otherwise determines.

(3) Unless the Board otherwise agrees (which agreement may be on such terms and subject to such conditions as the Board in its absolute discretion may from time to time determine, and which agreement the Board shall, without giving any reason therefor, be entitled in its absolute discretion to give or withhold), no shares upon the Register shall be transferred to any branch register nor shall shares on any branch register be transferred to the Register or any other branch register and all transfers and other documents of title shall be lodged for registration, and registered, in the case of any shares on a branch register, at the relevant Registration Office, and, in the case of any shares on the Register, at the Office or such other place at which the Register is kept in accordance with the Law.

49. Without limiting the generality of the last preceding Article, the Board may decline to recognise any instrument of transfer unless:-

 

  (a) a fee of such maximum sum as the Designated Stock Exchange may determine to be payable or such lesser sum as the Board may from time to time require is paid to the Company in respect thereof;

 

  (b) the instrument of transfer is in respect of only one class of share;

 

  (c) the instrument of transfer is lodged at the Office or such other place at which the Register is kept in accordance with the Law or the Registration Office (as the case may be) accompanied by the relevant share certificate(s) and such other evidence as the Board may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer (and, if the instrument of transfer is executed by some other person on his behalf, the authority of that person so to do); and

 

  (d) if applicable, the instrument of transfer is duly and properly stamped.

50. If the Board refuses to register a transfer of any share, it shall, within three months after the date on which the transfer was lodged with the Company, send to each of the transferor and transferee notice of the refusal.

 

- 16 -


51. The registration of transfers of shares or of any class of shares may, subject to compliance with any notice requirement of the Designated Stock Exchange, be suspended at such times and for such periods (not exceeding in the whole thirty (30) days in any year) as the Board may determine.

TRANSMISSION OF SHARES

52. If a Member dies, the survivor or survivors where the deceased was a joint holder, and his legal personal representatives where he was a sole or only surviving holder, will be the only persons recognised by the Company as having any title to his interest in the shares; but nothing in this Article will release the estate of a deceased Member (whether sole or joint) from any liability in respect of any share which had been solely or jointly held by him.

53. Any person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy or winding-up of a Member may, upon such evidence as to his title being produced as may be required by the Board, elect either to become the holder of the share or to have some person nominated by him registered as the transferee thereof. If he elects to become the holder he shall notify the Company in writing either at the Registration Office or Office, as the case may be, to that effect. If he elects to have another person registered he shall execute a transfer of the share in favour of that person. The provisions of these Articles relating to the transfer and registration of transfers of shares shall apply to such notice or transfer as aforesaid as if the death or bankruptcy of the Member had not occurred and the notice or transfer were a transfer signed by such Member.

54. A person becoming entitled to a share by reason of the death or bankruptcy or winding-up of a Member shall be entitled to the same dividends and other advantages to which he would be entitled if he were the registered holder of the share. However, the Board may, if it thinks fit, withhold the payment of any dividend payable or other advantages in respect of such share until such person shall become the registered holder of the share or shall have effectually transferred such share, but, subject to the requirements of Article 75(2) being met, such a person may vote at meetings.

UNTRACEABLE MEMBERS

55. (1) Without prejudice to the rights of the Company under paragraph (2) of this Article, the Company may cease sending cheques for dividend entitlements or dividend warrants by post if such cheques or warrants have been left uncashed on two consecutive occasions. However, the Company may exercise the power to cease sending cheques for dividend entitlements or dividend warrants after the first occasion on which such a cheque or warrant is returned undelivered.

 

- 17 -


(2) The Company shall have the power to sell, in such manner as the Board thinks fit, any shares of a Member who is untraceable, but no such sale shall be made unless:

 

  (a) all cheques or warrants in respect of dividends of the shares in question, being not less than three in total number, for any sum payable in cash to the holder of such shares in respect of them sent during the relevant period in the manner authorised by the Articles have remained uncashed;

 

  (b) so far as it is aware at the end of the relevant period, the Company has not at any time during the relevant period received any indication of the existence of the Member who is the holder of such shares or of a person entitled to such shares by death, bankruptcy or operation of law; and

 

  (c) the Company, if so required by the rules governing the listing of shares on the Designated Stock Exchange, has given notice to, and caused advertisement in newspapers to be made in accordance with the requirements of, the Designated Stock Exchange of its intention to sell such shares in the manner required by the Designated Stock Exchange, and a period of three (3) months or such shorter period as may be allowed by the Designated Stock Exchange has elapsed since the date of such advertisement.

For the purpose of the foregoing, the “relevant period” means the period commencing twelve (12) years before the date of publication of the advertisement referred to in paragraph (c) of this Article and ending at the expiry of the period referred to in that paragraph.

(3) To give effect to any such sale the Board may authorise some person to transfer the said shares and an instrument of transfer signed or otherwise executed by or on behalf of such person shall be as effective as if it had been executed by the registered holder or the person entitled by transmission to such shares, and the purchaser shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money nor shall his title to the shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings relating to the sale. The net proceeds of the sale will belong to the Company and upon receipt by the Company of such net proceeds it shall become indebted to the former Member for an amount equal to such net proceeds. No trust shall be created in respect of such debt and no interest shall be payable in respect of it and the Company shall not be required to account for any money earned from the net proceeds which may be employed in the business of the Company or as it thinks fit. Any sale under this Article shall be valid and effective notwithstanding that the Member holding the shares sold is dead, bankrupt or otherwise under any legal disability or incapacity.

GENERAL MEETINGS

56. An annual general meeting of the Company shall be held in each year other than the year in which these Articles were adopted at such time and place as may be determined by the Board.

 

- 18 -


57. Each general meeting, other than an annual general meeting, shall be called an extraordinary general meeting. General meetings may be held at such times and in any location in the world as may be determined by the Board.

58. Only a majority of the Board or the Chairman of the Board may call extraordinary general meetings, which extraordinary general meetings shall be held at such times and locations (as permitted hereby) as such person or persons shall determine.

NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETINGS

59. (1) An annual general meeting and any extraordinary general meeting may be called by not less than ten (10) clear days’ Notice but a general meeting may be called by shorter notice, subject to the Law, if it is so agreed:

 

  (a) in the case of a meeting called as an annual general meeting, by all the Members entitled to attend and vote thereat; and

 

  (b) in the case of any other meeting, by a majority in number of the Members having the right to attend and vote at the meeting, being a majority together holding not less than ninety-five per cent. (95%) in nominal value of the issued shares giving that right.

(2) The notice shall specify the time and place of the meeting and, in case of special business, the general nature of the business. The notice convening an annual general meeting shall specify the meeting as such. Notice of every general meeting shall be given to all Members other than to such Members as, under the provisions of these Articles or the terms of issue of the shares they hold, are not entitled to receive such notices from the Company, to all persons entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy or winding-up of a Member and to each of the Directors and the Auditors.

60. The accidental omission to give Notice of a meeting or (in cases where instruments of proxy are sent out with the Notice) to send such instrument of proxy to, or the non-receipt of such Notice or such instrument of proxy by, any person entitled to receive such Notice shall not invalidate any resolution passed or the proceedings at that meeting.

PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS

61. (1) All business shall be deemed special that is transacted at an extraordinary general meeting, and also all business that is transacted at an annual general meeting, with the exception of:

 

  (a) the declaration and sanctioning of dividends;

 

- 19 -


  (b) consideration and adoption of the accounts and balance sheet and the reports of the Directors and Auditors and other documents required to be annexed to the balance sheet;

 

  (c) the election of Directors;

 

  (d) appointment of Auditors (where special notice of the intention for such appointment is not required by the Law) and other officers; and

 

  (e) the fixing of the remuneration of the Auditors, and the voting of remuneration or extra remuneration to the Directors.

(2) No business other than the appointment of a chairman of a meeting shall be transacted at any general meeting unless a quorum is present at the commencement of the business. At any general meeting of the Company, two (2) Members entitled to vote and present in person or by proxy or (in the case of a Member being a corporation) by its duly authorised representative representing not less than one-third in nominal value of the total issued voting shares in the Company throughout the meeting shall form a quorum for all purposes.

62. If within thirty (30) minutes (or such longer time not exceeding one hour as the chairman of the meeting may determine to wait) after the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, the meeting shall stand adjourned to the same day in the next week at the same time and place or to such time and place as the Board may determine. If at such adjourned meeting a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time appointed for holding the meeting, the meeting shall be dissolved.

63. The chairman of the Company shall preside as chairman at every general meeting. If at any meeting the chairman is not present within fifteen (15) minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting, or is not willing to act as chairman, the Directors present shall choose one of their number to act, or if one Director only is present he shall preside as chairman if willing to act. If no Director is present, or if each of the Directors present declines to take the chair, or if the chairman chosen shall retire from the chair, the Members present in person or (in the case of a Member being a corporation) by its duly authorised representative or by proxy and entitled to vote shall elect one of their number to be chairman.

64. The chairman may adjourn the meeting from time to time and from place to place, but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than the business which might lawfully have been transacted at the meeting had the adjournment not taken place. When a meeting is adjourned for fourteen (14) days or more, at least seven (7) clear days’ notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given specifying the time and place of the adjourned meeting but it shall not be necessary to specify in such notice the nature of the business to be transacted at the adjourned meeting and the general nature of the business to be transacted. Save as aforesaid, it shall be unnecessary to give notice of an adjournment.

 

- 20 -


65. If an amendment is proposed to any resolution under consideration but is in good faith ruled out of order by the chairman of the meeting, the proceedings on the substantive resolution shall not be invalidated by any error in such ruling. In the case of a resolution duly proposed as a special resolution, no amendment thereto (other than a mere clerical amendment to correct a patent error) may in any event be considered or voted upon.

VOTING

66. Subject to any special rights or restrictions as to voting for the time being attached to any shares by or in accordance with these Articles, at any general meeting on a show of hands every Member present in person (or being a corporation, is present by a duly authorised representative), or by proxy shall have one vote and on a poll every Member present in person or by proxy or, in the case of a Member being a corporation, by its duly authorised representative shall have one vote for every fully paid share of which he is the holder but so that no amount paid up or credited as paid up on a share in advance of calls or instalments is treated for the foregoing purposes as paid up on the share. Notwithstanding anything contained in these Articles, where more than one proxy is appointed by a Member which is a clearing house or a central depository house (or its nominee(s)), each such proxy shall have one vote on a show of hands. A resolution put to the vote of a meeting shall be decided on a show of hands unless (before or on the declaration of the result of the show of hands or on the withdrawal of any other demand for a poll) a poll is demanded:

 

  (a) by the chairman of such meeting; or

 

  (b) by at least three Members present in person or (in the case of a Member being a corporation) by its duly authorised representative or by proxy for the time being entitled to vote at the meeting; or

 

  (c) by a Member or Members present in person or (in the case of a Member being a corporation) by its duly authorised representative or by proxy and representing not less than one-tenth of the total voting rights of all Members having the right to vote at the meeting; or

 

  (d) by a Member or Members present in person or (in the case of a Member being a corporation) by its duly authorised representative or by proxy and holding shares in the Company conferring a right to vote at the meeting being shares on which an aggregate sum has been paid up equal to not less than one-tenth of the total sum paid up on all shares conferring that right; or

 

  (e) if required by the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange, by any Director or Directors who, individually or collectively, hold proxies in respect of shares representing five per cent. (5%) or more of the total voting rights at such meeting.

 

- 21 -


A demand by a person as proxy for a Member or in the case of a Member being a corporation by its duly authorised representative shall be deemed to be the same as a demand by a Member.

67. Unless a poll is duly demanded and the demand is not withdrawn, a declaration by the chairman that a resolution has been carried, or carried unanimously, or by a particular majority, or not carried by a particular majority, or lost, and an entry to that effect made in the minute book of the Company, shall be conclusive evidence of the facts without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded for or against the resolution.

68. If a poll is duly demanded the result of the poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded. There shall be no requirement for the chairman to disclose the voting figures on a poll.

69. A poll demanded on the election of a chairman, or on a question of adjournment, shall be taken forthwith. A poll demanded on any other question shall be taken in such manner (including the use of ballot or voting papers or tickets) and either forthwith or at such time (being not later than thirty (30) days after the date of the demand) and place as the chairman directs. It shall not be necessary (unless the chairman otherwise directs) for notice to be given of a poll not taken immediately.

70. The demand for a poll shall not prevent the continuance of a meeting or the transaction of any business other than the question on which the poll has been demanded, and, with the consent of the chairman, it may be withdrawn at any time before the close of the meeting or the taking of the poll, whichever is the earlier.

71. On a poll votes may be given either personally or by proxy.

72. A person entitled to more than one vote on a poll need not use all his votes or cast all the votes he uses in the same way.

73. All questions submitted to a meeting shall be decided by a simple majority of votes except where a greater majority is required by these Articles or by the Law. In the case of an equality of votes, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, the chairman of such meeting shall be entitled to a second or casting vote in addition to any other vote he may have.

74. Where there are joint holders of any share any one of such joint holders may vote, either in person or by proxy, in respect of such share as if he were solely entitled thereto, but if more than one of such joint holders be present at any meeting the vote of the senior holder who tenders a vote, whether in person or by proxy, shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders, and for this purpose seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names stand in the Register in respect of the joint holding. Several executors or administrators of a deceased Member in whose name any share stands shall for the purposes of this Article be deemed joint holders thereof.

 

- 22 -


75. (1) A Member who is a patient for any purpose relating to mental health or in respect of whom an order has been made by any court having jurisdiction for the protection or management of the affairs of persons incapable of managing their own affairs may vote, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, by his receiver, committee, curator bonis or other person in the nature of a receiver, committee or curator bonis appointed by such court, and such receiver, committee, curator bonis or other person may vote on a poll by proxy, and may otherwise act and be treated as if he were the registered holder of such shares for the purposes of general meetings, provided that such evidence as the Board may require of the authority of the person claiming to vote shall have been deposited at the Office, head office or Registration Office, as appropriate, not less than forty-eight (48) hours before the time appointed for holding the meeting, or adjourned meeting or poll, as the case may be.

(2) Any person entitled under Article 53 to be registered as the holder of any shares may vote at any general meeting in respect thereof in the same manner as if he were the registered holder of such shares, provided that forty-eight (48) hours at least before the time of the holding of the meeting or adjourned meeting, as the case may be, at which he proposes to vote, he shall satisfy the Board of his entitlement to such shares, or the Board shall have previously admitted his right to vote at such meeting in respect thereof.

76. No Member shall, unless the Board otherwise determines, be entitled to attend and vote and to be reckoned in a quorum at any general meeting unless he is duly registered and all calls or other sums presently payable by him in respect of shares in the Company have been paid.

77. If:

 

  (a) any objection shall be raised to the qualification of any voter; or

 

  (b) any votes have been counted which ought not to have been counted or which might have been rejected; or

 

  (c) any votes are not counted which ought to have been counted;

the objection or error shall not vitiate the decision of the meeting or adjourned meeting on any resolution unless the same is raised or pointed out at the meeting or, as the case may be, the adjourned meeting at which the vote objected to is given or tendered or at which the error occurs. Any objection or error shall be referred to the chairman of the meeting and shall only vitiate the decision of the meeting on any resolution if the chairman decides that the same may have affected the decision of the meeting. The decision of the chairman on such matters shall be final and conclusive.

 

- 23 -


PROXIES

78. Any Member entitled to attend and vote at a meeting of the Company shall be entitled to appoint another person as his proxy to attend and vote instead of him. A Member who is the holder of two or more shares may appoint more than one proxy to represent him and vote on his behalf at a general meeting of the Company or at a class meeting. A proxy need not be a Member. In addition, a proxy or proxies representing either a Member who is an individual or a Member which is a corporation shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the Member which he or they represent as such Member could exercise.

79. The instrument appointing a proxy shall be in writing under the hand of the appointor or of his attorney duly authorised in writing or, if the appointor is a corporation, either under its seal or under the hand of an officer, attorney or other person authorised to sign the same. In the case of an instrument of proxy purporting to be signed on behalf of a corporation by an officer thereof it shall be assumed, unless the contrary appears, that such officer was duly authorised to sign such instrument of proxy on behalf of the corporation without further evidence of the facts.

80. The instrument appointing a proxy and (if required by the Board) the power of attorney or other authority (if any) under which it is signed, or a certified copy of such power or authority, shall be delivered to such place or one of such places (if any) as may be specified for that purpose in or by way of note to or in any document accompanying the notice convening the meeting (or, if no place is so specified at the Registration Office or the Office, as may be appropriate) not less than forty-eight (48) hours before the time appointed for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the person named in the instrument proposes to vote or, in the case of a poll taken subsequently to the date of a meeting or adjourned meeting, not less than twenty-four (24) hours before the time appointed for the taking of the poll and in default the instrument of proxy shall not be treated as valid. No instrument appointing a proxy shall be valid after the expiration of twelve (12) months from the date named in it as the date of its execution, except at an adjourned meeting or on a poll demanded at a meeting or an adjourned meeting in cases where the meeting was originally held within twelve (12) months from such date. Delivery of an instrument appointing a proxy shall not preclude a Member from attending and voting in person at the meeting convened and in such event, the instrument appointing a proxy shall be deemed to be revoked.

81. Instruments of proxy shall be in any common form or in such other form as the Board may approve (provided that this shall not preclude the use of the two-way form) and the Board may, if it thinks fit, send out with the notice of any meeting forms of instrument of proxy for use at the meeting. The instrument of proxy shall be deemed to confer authority to demand or join in demanding a poll and to vote on any amendment of a resolution put to the meeting for which it is given as the proxy thinks fit. The instrument of proxy shall, unless the contrary is stated therein, be valid as well for any adjournment of the meeting as for the meeting to which it relates.

82. A vote given in accordance with the terms of an instrument of proxy shall be valid notwithstanding the previous death or insanity of the principal, or revocation of the instrument of proxy or of the authority under which it was executed, provided that no intimation

 

- 24 -


in writing of such death, insanity or revocation shall have been received by the Company at the Office or the Registration Office (or such other place as may be specified for the delivery of instruments of proxy in the notice convening the meeting or other document sent therewith) two (2) hours at least before the commencement of the meeting or adjourned meeting, or the taking of the poll, at which the instrument of proxy is used.

83. Anything which under these Articles a Member may do by proxy he may likewise do by his duly appointed attorney and the provisions of these Articles relating to proxies and instruments appointing proxies shall apply mutatis mutandis in relation to any such attorney and the instrument under which such attorney is appointed.

CORPORATIONS ACTING BY REPRESENTATIVES

84. (1) Any corporation which is a Member may by resolution of its directors or other governing body authorise such person as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting of the Company or at any meeting of any class of Members. The person so authorised shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of such corporation as the corporation could exercise if it were an individual Member and such corporation shall for the purposes of these Articles be deemed to be present in person at any such meeting if a person so authorised is present thereat.

(2) If a clearing house (or its nominee(s)) or a central depository, being a corporation, is a Member, it may authorise such persons as it thinks fit to act as its representatives at any meeting of the Company or at any meeting of any class of Members provided that the authorisation shall specify the number and class of shares in respect of which each such representative is so authorised. Each person so authorised under the provisions of this Article shall be deemed to have been duly authorised without further evidence of the facts and be entitled to exercise the same rights and powers on behalf of the clearing house or central depository (or its nominee(s)) as if such person was the registered holder of the shares of the Company held by the clearing house or central depository (or its nominee(s)) including the right to vote individually on a show of hands.

(3) Any reference in these Articles to a duly authorised representative of a Member being a corporation shall mean a representative authorised under the provisions of this Article.

NO ACTION BY WRITTEN RESOLUTIONS OF MEMBERS

85. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or extraordinary general meetings of the Company may be taken only upon the vote of the Members at an annual or extraordinary general meeting duly noticed and convened in accordance with these Articles and the Law and may not be taken by written resolution of Members without a meeting.

 

- 25 -


BOARD OF DIRECTORS

86. (1) Unless otherwise determined by the Company in general meeting, the number of Directors shall not be less than two (2). There shall be no maximum number of Directors unless otherwise determined from time to time by the Members in general meeting. The Directors shall be elected or appointed in the first place by the subscribers to the Memorandum of Association or by a majority of them and thereafter in accordance with Article 87 called for such purpose and who shall hold office for such term as the Members may determine or, in the absence of such determination, in accordance with Article 87 or until their successors are elected or appointed or their office is otherwise vacated.

(2) Subject to the Articles and the Law, the Company may by ordinary resolution elect any person to be a Director either to fill a casual vacancy or as an addition to the existing Board.

(3) The Directors shall have the power from time to time and at any time to appoint any person as a Director to fill a casual vacancy on the Board or as an addition to the existing Board. Any Director so appointed by the Board shall hold office only until the next following annual general meeting of the Company and shall then be eligible for re-election.

(4) No Director shall be required to hold any shares of the Company by way of qualification and a Director who is not a Member shall be entitled to receive notice of and to attend and speak at any general meeting of the Company and of all classes of shares of the Company.

(5) Subject to any provision to the contrary in these Articles, a Director may be removed by way of an ordinary resolution of the Members at any time before the expiration of his period of office notwithstanding anything in these Articles or in any agreement between the Company and such Director (but without prejudice to any claim for damages under any such agreement).

(6) A vacancy on the Board created by the removal of a Director under the provisions of subparagraph (5) above may be filled by the election or appointment by ordinary resolution of the Members at the meeting at which such Director is removed or by the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the remaining Directors present and voting at a Board meeting.

(7) The Company may from time to time in general meeting by ordinary resolution increase or reduce the number of Directors but so that the number of Directors shall never be less than two (2).

 

- 26 -


RESIGNATION OF DIRECTORS

87. The office of a Director shall be vacated if the Director resigns his office by notice in writing delivered to the Company at the Office or tendered at a meeting of the Board. Directors shall not be subject to retirement by rotation.

88. No person shall, unless recommended by the Directors for election, be eligible for election as a Director at any general meeting unless a Notice signed by a Member (other than the person to be proposed) duly qualified to attend and vote at the meeting for which such notice is given of his intention to propose such person for election and also a Notice signed by the person to be proposed of his willingness to be elected shall have been lodged at the head office or at the Registration Office provided that the minimum length of the period, during which such Notice(s) are given, shall be at least seven (7) days and that the period for lodgment of such Notice(s) shall commence no earlier than the day after the despatch of the notice of the general meeting appointed for such election and end no later than seven (7) days prior to the date of such general meeting.

DISQUALIFICATION OF DIRECTORS

89. The office of a Director shall be vacated if the Director:

(1) resigns his office by notice in writing delivered to the Company at the Office or tendered at a meeting of the Board under article 87;

(2) becomes of unsound mind or dies;

(3) without special leave of absence from the Board, is absent from meetings of the Board for six consecutive months and the Board resolves that his office be vacated;

(4) becomes bankrupt or has a receiving order made against him or suspends payment or compounds with his creditors;

(5) is prohibited by law from being a Director; or

(6) ceases to be a Director by virtue of any provision of the Statutes or is removed from office pursuant to these Articles.

EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

90. The Board may from time to time appoint any one or more of its body to be a managing director, joint managing director or deputy managing director or to hold any other employment or executive office with the Company for such period (subject to their continuance as Directors) and upon such terms as the Board may determine and the Board may revoke or terminate any of such appointments. Any such revocation or termination as aforesaid shall be without prejudice to any claim for damages that such Director

 

- 27 -


may have against the Company or the Company may have against such Director. A Director appointed to an office under this Article shall be subject to the same provisions as to removal as the other Directors of the Company, and he shall (subject to the provisions of any contract between him and the Company) ipso facto and immediately cease to hold such office if he shall cease to hold the office of Director for any cause.

91. Notwithstanding Articles 96, 97 and 98, an executive director appointed to an office under Article 90 hereof shall receive such remuneration (whether by way of salary, commission, participation in profits or otherwise or by all or any of those modes) and such other benefits (including pension and/or gratuity and/or other benefits on retirement) and allowances as the Board may from time to time determine, and either in addition to or in lieu of his remuneration as a Director.

ALTERNATE DIRECTORS

92. Any Director may at any time by Notice delivered to the Office or head office or at a meeting of the Directors appoint any person (including another Director) to be his alternate Director. Any person so appointed shall have all the rights and powers of the Director or Directors for whom such person is appointed in the alternative provided that such person shall not be counted more than once in determining whether or not a quorum is present. An alternate Director may be removed at any time by the body which appointed him and, subject thereto, the office of alternate Director shall continue until the happening of any event which, if we were a Director, would cause him to vacate such office or if his appointer ceases for any reason to be a Director. Any appointment or removal of an alternate Director shall be effected by Notice signed by the appointor and delivered to the Office or head office or tendered at a meeting of the Board. An alternate Director may also be a Director in his own right and may act as alternate to more than one Director. An alternate Director shall, if his appointor so requests, be entitled to receive notices of meetings of the Board or of committees of the Board to the same extent as, but in lieu of, the Director appointing him and shall be entitled to such extent to attend and vote as a Director at any such meeting at which the Director appointing him is not personally present and generally at such meeting to exercise and discharge all the functions, powers and duties of his appointor as a Director and for the purposes of the proceedings at such meeting the provisions of these Articles shall apply as if he were a Director save that as an alternate for more than one Director his voting rights shall be cumulative.

93. An alternate Director shall only be a Director for the purposes of the Law and shall only be subject to the provisions of the Law insofar as they relate to the duties and obligations of a Director when performing the functions of the Director for whom he is appointed in the alternative and shall alone be responsible to the Company for his acts and defaults and shall not be deemed to be the agent of or for the Director appointing him. An alternate Director shall be entitled to contract and be interested in and benefit from contracts or arrangements or transactions and to be repaid expenses and to be indemnified by the Company to the same extent mutatis mutandis as if he were a Director but he shall not be entitled to receive from the Company any fee in his capacity as an alternate Director except only such part, if any, of the remuneration otherwise payable to his appointor as such appointor may by Notice to the Company from time to time direct.

 

- 28 -


94. Every person acting as an alternate Director shall have one vote for each Director for whom he acts as alternate (in addition to his own vote if he is also a Director). If his appointor is for the time being absent from the People’s Republic of China or otherwise not available or unable to act, the signature of an alternate Director to any resolution in writing of the Board or a committee of the Board of which his appointor is a member shall, unless the notice of his appointment provides to the contrary, be as effective as the signature of his appointor.

95. An alternate Director shall ipso facto cease to be an alternate Director if his appointor ceases for any reason to be a Director, however, such alternate Director or any other person may be re-appointed by the Directors to serve as an alternate Director PROVIDED always that, if at any meeting any Director retires but is re-elected at the same meeting, any appointment of such alternate Director pursuant to these Articles which was in force immediately before his retirement shall remain in force as though he had not retired.

DIRECTORS’ FEES AND EXPENSES

96. The Directors shall receive such remuneration as the Board may from time to time determine. Each Director shall be entitled to be repaid or prepaid all traveling, hotel and incidental expenses reasonably incurred or expected to be incurred by him in attending meetings of the Board or committees of the board or general meetings or separate meetings of any class of shares or of debenture of the Company or otherwise in connection with the discharge of his duties as a Director./The ordinary remuneration of the Directors shall from time to time be determined by the Company in general meeting and shall (unless otherwise directed by the resolution by which it is voted) be divided amongst the Board in such proportions and in such manner as the Board may agree or, failing agreement, equally, except that any Director who shall hold office for part only of the period in respect of which such remuneration is payable shall be entitled only to rank in such division for a proportion of remuneration related to the period during which he has held office. Such remuneration shall be deemed to accrue from day to day.

97. Each Director shall be entitled to be repaid or prepaid all travelling, hotel and incidental expenses reasonably incurred or expected to be incurred by him in attending meetings of the Board or committees of the Board or general meetings or separate meetings of any class of shares or of debentures of the Company or otherwise in connection with the discharge of his duties as a Director.

98. Any Director who, by request, goes or resides abroad for any purpose of the Company or who performs services which in the opinion of the Board go beyond the ordinary duties of a Director may be paid such extra remuneration (whether by way of salary, commission, participation in profits or otherwise) as the Board may determine and such extra remuneration shall be in addition to or in substitution for any ordinary remuneration provided for by or pursuant to any other Article.

 

- 29 -


DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS

 

99. A Director may:

 

  (a) hold any other office or place of profit with the Company (except that of Auditor) in conjunction with his office of Director for such period and upon such terms as the Board may determine. Any remuneration (whether by way of salary, commission, participation in profits or otherwise) paid to any Director in respect of any such other office or place of profit shall be in addition to any remuneration provided for by or pursuant to any other Article;

 

  (b) act by himself or his firm in a professional capacity for the Company (otherwise than as Auditor) and he or his firm may be remunerated for professional services as if he were not a Director;

 

  (c) continue to be or become a director, managing director, joint managing director, deputy managing director, executive director, manager or other officer or member of any other company promoted by the Company or in which the Company may be interested as a vendor, shareholder or otherwise and (unless otherwise agreed) no such Director shall be accountable for any remuneration, profits or other benefits received by him as a director, managing director, joint managing director, deputy managing director, executive director, manager or other officer or member of or from his interests in any such other company. Subject as otherwise provided by these Articles the Directors may exercise or cause to be exercised the voting powers conferred by the shares in any other company held or owned by the Company, or exercisable by them as Directors of such other company in such manner in all respects as they think fit (including the exercise thereof in favour of any resolution appointing themselves or any of them directors, managing directors, joint managing directors, deputy managing directors, executive directors, managers or other officers of such company) or voting or providing for the payment of remuneration to the director, managing director, joint managing director, deputy managing director, executive director, manager or other officers of such other company and any Director may vote in favour of the exercise of such voting rights in manner aforesaid notwithstanding that he may be, or about to be, appointed a director, managing director, joint managing director, deputy managing director, executive director, manager or other officer of such a company, and that as such he is or may become interested in the exercise of such voting rights in manner aforesaid.

 

- 30 -


Notwithstanding the foregoing, no “Independent Director” as defined in NASD Rules or in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act, and with respect of whom the Board has determined constitutes an “Independent Director” for purposes of compliance with applicable law or the Company’s listing requirements, shall without the consent of the Audit Committee take any of the foregoing actions or any other action that would reasonably be likely to affect such Director’s status as an “Independent Director” of the Company.

100. Subject to the Law and to these Articles, no Director or proposed or intending Director shall be disqualified by his office from contracting with the Company, either with regard to his tenure of any office or place of profit or as vendor, purchaser or in any other manner whatsoever, nor shall any such contract or any other contract or arrangement in which any Director is in any way interested be liable to be avoided, nor shall any Director so contracting or being so interested be liable to account to the Company or the Members for any remuneration, profit or other benefits realised by any such contract or arrangement by reason of such Director holding that office or of the fiduciary relationship thereby established provided that such Director shall disclose the nature of his interest in any contract or arrangement in which he is interested in accordance with Article 101 herein. Any such transaction that would reasonably be likely to affect a Director’s status as an “Independent Director”, or that would constitute a “related party transaction” as defined by Item 7.N of Form 20F promulgated by the SEC, shall require the approval of the Audit Committee.

101. A Director who to his knowledge is in any way, whether directly or indirectly, interested in a contract or arrangement or proposed contract or arrangement with the Company shall declare the nature of his interest at the meeting of the Board at which the question of entering into the contract or arrangement is first considered, if he knows his interest then exists, or in any other case at the first meeting of the Board after he knows that he is or has become so interested. For the purposes of this Article, a general Notice to the Board by a Director to the effect that:

 

  (a) he is a member or officer of a specified company or firm and is to be regarded as interested in any contract or arrangement which may after the date of the Notice be made with that company or firm; or

 

  (b) he is to be regarded as interested in any contract or arrangement which may after the date of the Notice be made with a specified person who is connected with him;

shall be deemed to be a sufficient declaration of interest under this Article in relation to any such contract or arrangement, provided that no such Notice shall be effective unless either it is given at a meeting of the Board or the Director takes reasonable steps to secure that it is brought up and read at the next Board meeting after it is given.

102. Following a declaration being made pursuant to the last preceding two Articles, subject to any separate requirement for Audit Committee approval under applicable law or the listing rules of the Company’s Designated Stock Exchange, and unless disqualified by the chairman of the relevant Board meeting, a Director may vote in respect of any contract or proposed contract or arrangement in which such Director is interested and may be counted in the quorum at such meeting.

 

- 31 -


GENERAL POWERS OF THE DIRECTORS

103. (1) The business of the Company shall be managed and conducted by the Board, which may pay all expenses incurred in forming and registering the Company and may exercise all powers of the Company (whether relating to the management of the business of the Company or otherwise) which are not by the Statutes or by these Articles required to be exercised by the Company in general meeting, subject nevertheless to the provisions of the Statutes and of these Articles and to such regulations being not inconsistent with such provisions, as may be prescribed by the Company in general meeting, but no regulations made by the Company in general meeting shall invalidate any prior act of the Board which would have been valid if such regulations had not been made. The general powers given by this Article shall not be limited or restricted by any special authority or power given to the Board by any other Article.

(2) Any person contracting or dealing with the Company in the ordinary course of business shall be entitled to rely on any written or oral contract or agreement or deed, document or instrument entered into or executed as the case may be by any two of the Directors acting jointly on behalf of the Company and the same shall be deemed to be validly entered into or executed by the Company as the case may be and shall, subject to any rule of law, be binding on the Company.

(3) Without prejudice to the general powers conferred by these Articles it is hereby expressly declared that the Board shall have the following powers:

 

  (a) to give to any person the right or option of requiring at a future date that an allotment shall be made to him of any share at par or at such premium as may be agreed;

 

  (b) to give to any Directors, officers or employees of the Company an interest in any particular business or transaction or participation in the profits thereof or in the general profits of the Company either in addition to or in substitution for a salary or other remuneration; and

 

  (c) to resolve that the Company be deregistered in the Cayman Islands and continued in a named jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands subject to the provisions of the Law.

104. The Board may establish any regional or local boards or agencies for managing any of the affairs of the Company in any place, and may appoint any persons to be members of such local boards, or any managers or agents, and may fix their remuneration (either by way of salary or by commission or by conferring the right to participation in the profits of the Company or by a combination of

 

- 32 -


two or more of these modes) and pay the working expenses of any staff employed by them upon the business of the Company. The Board may delegate to any regional or local board, manager or agent any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in or exercisable by the Board (other than its powers to make calls and forfeit shares), with power to sub-delegate, and may authorise the members of any of them to fill any vacancies therein and to act notwithstanding vacancies. Any such appointment or delegation may be made upon such terms and subject to such conditions as the Board may think fit, and the Board may remove any person appointed as aforesaid, and may revoke or vary such delegation, but no person dealing in good faith and without notice of any such revocation or variation shall be affected thereby.

105. The Board may by power of attorney appoint any company, firm or person or any fluctuating body of persons, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the Board, to be the attorney or attorneys of the Company for such purposes and with such powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Board under these Articles) and for such period and subject to such conditions as it may think fit, and any such power of attorney may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of persons dealing with any such attorney as the Board may think fit, and may also authorise any such attorney to sub-delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in him. Such attorney or attorneys may, if so authorised under the Seal of the Company, execute any deed or instrument under their personal seal with the same effect as the affixation of the Company’s Seal.

106. The Board may entrust to and confer upon a managing director, joint managing director, deputy managing director, an executive director or any Director any of the powers exercisable by it upon such terms and conditions and with such restrictions as it thinks fit, and either collaterally with, or to the exclusion of, its own powers, and may from time to time revoke or vary all or any of such powers but no person dealing in good faith and without notice of such revocation or variation shall be affected thereby.

107. All cheques, promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange and other instruments, whether negotiable or transferable or not, and all receipts for moneys paid to the Company shall be signed, drawn, accepted, endorsed or otherwise executed, as the case may be, in such manner as the Board shall from time to time by resolution determine. The Company’s banking accounts shall be kept with such banker or bankers as the Board shall from time to time determine.

108. (1) The Board may establish or concur or join with other companies (being subsidiary companies of the Company or companies with which it is associated in business) in establishing and making contributions out of the Company’s moneys to any schemes or funds for providing pensions, sickness or compassionate allowances, life assurance or other benefits for employees (which expression as used in this and the following paragraph shall include any Director or ex-Director who may hold or have held any executive office or any office of profit under the Company or any of its subsidiary companies) and ex-employees of the Company and their dependants or any class or classes of such person.

 

- 33 -


(2) The Board may pay, enter into agreements to pay or make grants of revocable or irrevocable pensions or other benefits to employees and ex-employees and their dependants, or to any of such persons, including pensions or benefits additional to those, if any, to which such employees or ex-employees or their dependants are or may become entitled under any such scheme or fund as mentioned in the last preceding paragraph. Any such pension or benefit may, as the Board considers desirable, be granted to an employee either before and in anticipation of or upon or at any time after his actual retirement, and may be subject or not subject to any terms or conditions as the Board may determine.

BORROWING POWERS

109. The Board may exercise all the powers of the Company to raise or borrow money and to mortgage or charge all or any part of the undertaking, property and assets (present and future) and uncalled capital of the Company and, subject to the Law, to issue debentures, bonds and other securities, whether outright or as collateral security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any third party.

110. Debentures, bonds and other securities may be made assignable free from any equities between the Company and the person to whom the same may be issued.

111. Any debentures, bonds or other securities may be issued at a discount (other than shares), premium or otherwise and with any special privileges as to redemption, surrender, drawings, allotment of shares, attending and voting at general meetings of the Company, appointment of Directors and otherwise.

112. (1) Where any uncalled capital of the Company is charged, all persons taking any subsequent charge thereon shall take the same subject to such prior charge, and shall not be entitled, by notice to the Members or otherwise, to obtain priority over such prior charge.

(2) The Board shall cause a proper register to be kept, in accordance with the provisions of the Law, of all charges specifically affecting the property of the Company and of any series of debentures issued by the Company and shall duly comply with the requirements of the Law in regard to the registration of charges and debentures therein specified and otherwise.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE DIRECTORS

113. The Board may meet for the despatch of business, adjourn and otherwise regulate its meetings as it considers appropriate. Questions arising at any meeting shall be determined by a majority of votes. In the case of any equality of votes the chairman of the meeting shall have an additional or casting vote.

114. A meeting of the Board may be convened by the Secretary on request of a Director or by any Director. The Secretary shall convene a meeting of the Board. Notice of a meeting of the Board shall be deemed to be duly given to a Director if it is given to such Director in writing or verbally (including in person or by telephone) or via electronic mail or by telephone or in such other manner as the Board may from time to time determine.

 

- 34 -


115. (1) The quorum necessary for the transaction of the business of the Board may be fixed by the Board and, unless so fixed at any other number, shall be two (2). An alternate Director shall be counted in a quorum in the case of the absence of a Director for whom he is the alternate provided that he shall not be counted more than once for the purpose of determining whether or not a quorum is present.

(2) Directors may participate in any meeting of the Board by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment through which all persons participating in the meeting can communicate with each other simultaneously and instantaneously and, for the purpose of counting a quorum, such participation shall constitute presence at a meeting as if those participating were present in person.

(3) Any Director who ceases to be a Director at a Board meeting may continue to be present and to act as a Director and be counted in the quorum until the termination of such Board meeting if no other Director objects and if otherwise a quorum of Directors would not be present.

116. The continuing Directors or a sole continuing Director may act notwithstanding any vacancy in the Board but, if and so long as the number of Directors is reduced below the minimum number fixed by or in accordance with these Articles, the continuing Directors or Director, notwithstanding that the number of Directors is below the number fixed by or in accordance with these Articles as the quorum or that there is only one continuing Director, may act for the purpose of filling vacancies in the Board or of summoning general meetings of the Company but not for any other purpose.

117. The Chairman of the Board shall be the chairman of all meetings of the Board. If the Chairman of the Board is not present at any meeting within five (5) minutes after the time appointed for holding the same, the Directors present may choose one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

118. A meeting of the Board at which a quorum is present shall be competent to exercise all the powers, authorities and discretions for the time being vested in or exercisable by the Board.

119. (1) The Board may delegate any of its powers, authorities and discretions to committees (including, without limitation, the Audit Committee), consisting of such Director or Directors and other persons as it thinks fit, and they may, from time to time, revoke such delegation or revoke the appointment of and discharge any such committees either wholly or in part, and either as to persons or purposes. Any committee so formed shall, in the exercise of the powers, authorities and discretions so delegated, conform to any regulations which may be imposed on it by the Board.

 

- 35 -


(2) All acts done by any such committee in conformity with such regulations, and in fulfilment of the purposes for which it was appointed, but not otherwise, shall have like force and effect as if done by the Board, and the Board (or if the Board delegates such power, the committee) shall have power to remunerate the members of any such committee, and charge such remuneration to the current expenses of the Company.

120. The meetings and proceedings of any committee consisting of two or more members shall be governed by the provisions contained in these Articles for regulating the meetings and proceedings of the Board so far as the same are applicable and are not superseded by any regulations imposed by the Board under the last preceding Article, indicating, without limitation, any committee charter adopted by the Board for purposes or in respect of any such committee.

121. A resolution in writing signed by all the Directors except such as are temporarily unable to act through ill-health or disability shall (provided that such number is sufficient to constitute a quorum and further provided that a copy of such resolution has been given or the contents thereof communicated to all the Directors for the time being entitled to receive notices of Board meetings in the same manner as notices of meetings are required to be given by these Articles) be as valid and effectual as if a resolution had been passed at a meeting of the Board duly convened and held. Such resolution may be contained in one document or in several documents in like form each signed by one or more of the Directors and for this purpose a facsimile signature of a Director shall be treated as valid.

122. All acts bona fide done by the Board or by any committee or by any person acting as a Director or members of a committee, shall, notwithstanding that it is afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the appointment of any member of the Board or such committee or person acting as aforesaid or that they or any of them were disqualified or had vacated office, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and was qualified and had continued to be a Director or member of such committee.

AUDIT COMMITTEE

123. Without prejudice to the freedom of the Directors to establish any other committees, for so long as the shares of the Company (or depositary receipts therefor) are listed or quoted on the Designated Stock Exchange, the Board shall establish and maintain an Audit Committee as a committee of the Board, the composition and responsibilities of which shall comply with the NASD Rules and the rules and regulations of the SEC.

124. (1) The Board shall adopt a formal written audit committee charter and review and assess the adequacy of the formal written charter on an annual basis.

(2) The Audit Committee shall meet at least once every financial quarter, or more frequently as circumstances dictate.

 

- 36 -


125. For so long as the shares of the Company (or depositary receipts therefor) are listed or quoted on the Designated Stock Exchange, the Company shall conduct an appropriate review of all related party transactions on an ongoing basis and shall utilize the Audit Committee for the review and approval of potential conflicts of interest. Specially, the Audit Committee shall approve any transaction or transactions between the Company and any f the following parties: (i) any shareholder owning an interest in the voting power of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company that gives such shareholder significant influence over the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, (ii) any director or executive officer of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company and any relative of such director or executive officer, (iii) any person in which a substantial interest in the voting power of the Company is owned, directly or indirectly, by any person described in (i) or (ii) or over which such a person is able to exercise significant influence, and (iv) any affiliate (other than a subsidiary) of the Company.

OFFICERS

126. (1) The officers of the Company shall consist of the Chairman of the Board, the Directors and Secretary and such additional officers (who may or may not be Directors) as the Board may from time to time determine, all of whom shall be deemed to be officers for the purposes of the Law and these Articles.

(2) The Directors shall, as soon as may be after each appointment or election of Directors, elect amongst the Directors a chairman and if more than one Director is proposed for this office, the election to such office shall take place in such manner as the Directors may determine.

(3) The officers shall receive such remuneration as the Directors may from time to time determine.

127. (1) The Secretary and additional officers, if any, shall be appointed by the Board and shall hold office on such terms and for such period as the Board may determine. If thought fit, two or more persons may be appointed as joint Secretaries. The Board may also appoint from time to time on such terms as it thinks fit one or more assistant or deputy Secretaries.

(2) The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Members and shall keep correct minutes of such meetings and enter the same in the proper books provided for the purpose. He shall perform such other duties as are prescribed by the Law or these Articles or as may be prescribed by the Board.

128. The officers of the Company shall have such powers and perform such duties in the management, business and affairs of the Company as may be delegated to them by the Directors from time to time.

 

- 37 -


129. A provision of the Law or of these Articles requiring or authorising a thing to be done by or to a Director and the Secretary shall not be satisfied by its being done by or to the same person acting both as Director and as or in place of the Secretary.

REGISTER OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

130. The Company shall cause to be kept in one or more books at its Office a Register of Directors and Officers in which there shall be entered the full names and addresses of the Directors and Officers and such other particulars as required by the Law or as the Directors may determine. The Company shall send to the Registrar of Companies in the Cayman Islands a copy of such register, and shall from time to time notify to the said Registrar of any change that takes place in relation to such Directors and Officers as required by the Law.

MINUTES

 

131. (1) The Board shall cause minutes to be duly entered in books provided for the purpose:

 

  (a) of all elections and appointments of officers;

 

  (b) of the names of the Directors present at each meeting of the Directors and of any committee of the Directors;

 

  (c) of all resolutions and proceedings of each general meeting of the Members, meetings of the Board and meetings of committees of the Board and where there are managers, of all proceedings of meetings of the managers.

 

  (2) Minutes shall be kept by the Secretary at the Office.

SEAL

132. (1) The Company shall have one or more Seals, as the Board may determine. For the purpose of sealing documents creating or evidencing securities issued by the Company, the Company may have a securities seal which is a facsimile of the Seal of the Company with the addition of the word “Securities” on its face or in such other form as the Board may approve. The Board shall provide for the custody of each Seal and no Seal shall be used without the authority of the Board or of a committee of the Board authorised by the Board in that behalf. Subject as otherwise provided in these Articles, any instrument to which a Seal is affixed shall be signed autographically by one Director and the Secretary or by two Directors or by such other person (including a Director) or persons as the Board may appoint, either generally or in any particular case, save that as regards any certificates for shares or debentures or other securities of the Company the Board may by resolution determine that such signatures or either of them shall be dispensed with or affixed by some method or system of mechanical signature. Every instrument executed in manner provided by this Article shall be deemed to be sealed and executed with the authority of the Board previously given.

 

- 38 -


(2) Where the Company has a Seal for use abroad, the Board may by writing under the Seal appoint any agent or committee abroad to be the duly authorised agent of the Company for the purpose of affixing and using such Seal and the Board may impose restrictions on the use thereof as may be thought fit. Wherever in these Articles reference is made to the Seal, the reference shall, when and so far as may be applicable, be deemed to include any such other Seal as aforesaid.

AUTHENTICATION OF DOCUMENTS

133. Any Director or the Secretary or any person appointed by the Board for the purpose may authenticate any documents affecting the constitution of the Company and any resolution passed by the Company or the Board or any committee, and any books, records, documents and accounts relating to the business of the Company, and to certify copies thereof or extracts therefrom as true copies or extracts, and if any books, records, documents or accounts are elsewhere than at the Office or the head office the local manager or other officer of the Company having the custody thereof shall be deemed to be a person so appointed by the Board. A document purporting to be a copy of a resolution, or an extract from the minutes of a meeting, of the Company or of the Board or any committee which is so certified shall be conclusive evidence in favour of all persons dealing with the Company upon the faith thereof that such resolution has been duly passed or, as the case may be, that such minutes or extract is a true and accurate record of proceedings at a duly constituted meeting.

DESTRUCTION OF DOCUMENTS

 

134. (1) The Company shall be entitled to destroy the following documents at the following times:

 

  (a) any share certificate which has been cancelled at any time after the expiry of one (1) year from the date of such cancellation;

 

  (b) any dividend mandate or any variation or cancellation thereof or any notification of change of name or address at any time after the expiry of two (2) years from the date such mandate variation cancellation or notification was recorded by the Company;

 

  (c) any instrument of transfer of shares which has been registered at any time after the expiry of seven (7) years from the date of registration;

 

- 39 -


  (d) any allotment letters after the expiry of seven (7) years from the date of issue thereof; and

 

  (e) copies of powers of attorney, grants of probate and letters of administration at any time after the expiry of seven (7) years after the account to which the relevant power of attorney, grant of probate or letters of administration related has been closed;

and it shall conclusively be presumed in favour of the Company that every entry in the Register purporting to be made on the basis of any such documents so destroyed was duly and properly made and every share certificate so destroyed was a valid certificate duly and properly cancelled and that every instrument of transfer so destroyed was a valid and effective instrument duly and properly registered and that every other document destroyed hereunder was a valid and effective document in accordance with the recorded particulars thereof in the books or records of the Company. Provided always that: (1) the foregoing provisions of this Article shall apply only to the destruction of a document in good faith and without express notice to the Company that the preservation of such document was relevant to a claim; (2) nothing contained in this Article shall be construed as imposing upon the Company any liability in respect of the destruction of any such document earlier than as aforesaid or in any case where the conditions of proviso (1) above are not fulfilled; and (3) references in this Article to the destruction of any document include references to its disposal in any manner.

(2) Notwithstanding any provision contained in these Articles, the Directors may, if permitted by applicable law, authorise the destruction of documents set out in sub-paragraphs (a) to (e) of paragraph (1) of this Article and any other documents in relation to share registration which have been microfilmed or electronically stored by the Company or by the share registrar on its behalf provided always that this Article shall apply only to the destruction of a document in good faith and without express notice to the Company and its share registrar that the preservation of such document was relevant to a claim.

DIVIDENDS AND OTHER PAYMENTS

135. Subject to the Law, the Company in general meeting or the Board may from time to time declare dividends in any currency to be paid to the Members but no dividend shall be declared in excess of the amount recommended by the Board.

136. Dividends may be declared and paid out of the profits of the Company, realised or unrealised, or from any reserve set aside from profits which the Directors determine is no longer needed. The Board may also declare and pay dividends out of share premium account or any other fund or account which can be authorised for this purpose in accordance with the Law.

 

- 40 -


137. Except in so far as the rights attaching to, or the terms of issue of, any share otherwise provide:

 

  (a) all dividends shall be declared and paid according to the amounts paid up on the shares in respect of which the dividend is paid, but no amount paid up on a share in advance of calls shall be treated for the purposes of this Article as paid up on the share; and

 

  (b) all dividends shall be apportioned and paid pro rata according to the amounts paid up on the shares during any portion or portions of the period in respect of which the dividend is paid.

138. The Board may from time to time pay to the Members such interim dividends as appear to the Board to be justified by the profits of the Company and in particular (but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing) if at any time the share capital of the Company is divided into different classes, the Board may pay such interim dividends in respect of those shares in the capital of the Company which confer on the holders thereof deferred or non-preferential rights as well as in respect of those shares which confer on the holders thereof preferential rights with regard to dividend and provided that the Board acts bona fide the Board shall not incur any responsibility to the holders of shares conferring any preference for any damage that they may suffer by reason of the payment of an interim dividend on any shares having deferred or non-preferential rights and may also pay any fixed dividend which is payable on any shares of the Company half-yearly or on any other dates, whenever such profits, in the opinion of the Board, justifies such payment.

139. The Board may deduct from any dividend or other moneys payable to a Member by the Company on or in respect of any shares all sums of money (if any) presently payable by him to the Company on account of calls or otherwise.

140. No dividend or other moneys payable by the Company on or in respect of any share shall bear interest against the Company.

141. Any dividend, interest or other sum payable in cash to the holder of shares may be paid by cheque or warrant sent through the post addressed to the holder at his registered address or, in the case of joint holders, addressed to the holder whose name stands first in the Register in respect of the shares at his address as appearing in the Register or addressed to such person and at such address as the holder or joint holders may in writing direct. Every such cheque or warrant shall, unless the holder or joint holders otherwise direct, be made payable to the order of the holder or, in the case of joint holders, to the order of the holder whose name stands first on the Register in respect of such shares, and shall be sent at his or their risk and payment of the cheque or warrant by the bank on which it is drawn shall constitute a good discharge to the Company notwithstanding that it may subsequently appear that the same has been stolen or that any endorsement thereon has been forged. Any one of two or more joint holders may give effectual receipts for any dividends or other moneys payable or property distributable in respect of the shares held by such joint holders.

 

- 41 -


142. All dividends or bonuses unclaimed for one (1) year after having been declared may be invested or otherwise made use of by the Board for the benefit of the Company until claimed. Any dividend or bonuses unclaimed after a period of six (6) years from the date of declaration shall be forfeited and shall revert to the Company. The payment by the Board of any unclaimed dividend or other sums payable on or in respect of a share into a separate account shall not constitute the Company a trustee in respect thereof.

143. Whenever the Board or the Company in general meeting has resolved that a dividend be paid or declared, the Board may further resolve that such dividend be satisfied wholly or in part by the distribution of specific assets of any kind and in particular of paid up shares, debentures or warrants to subscribe securities of the Company or any other company, or in any one or more of such ways, and where any difficulty arises in regard to the distribution the Board may settle the same as it thinks expedient, and in particular may issue certificates in respect of fractions of shares, disregard fractional entitlements or round the same up or down, and may fix the value for distribution of such specific assets, or any part thereof, and may determine that cash payments shall be made to any Members upon the footing of the value so fixed in order to adjust the rights of all parties, and may vest any such specific assets in trustees as may seem expedient to the Board and may appoint any person to sign any requisite instruments of transfer and other documents on behalf of the persons entitled to the dividend, and such appointment shall be effective and binding on the Members. The Board may resolve that no such assets shall be made available to Members with registered addresses in any particular territory or territories where, in the absence of a registration statement or other special formalities, such distribution of assets would or might, in the opinion of the Board, be unlawful or impracticable and in such event the only entitlement of the Members aforesaid shall be to receive cash payments as aforesaid. Members affected as a result of the foregoing sentence shall not be or be deemed to be a separate class of Members for any purpose whatsoever.

144. (1) Whenever the Board or the Company in general meeting has resolved that a dividend be paid or declared on any class of the share capital of the Company, the Board may further resolve either:

 

  (a) that such dividend be satisfied wholly or in part in the form of an allotment of shares credited as fully paid up, provided that the Members entitled thereto will be entitled to elect to receive such dividend (or part thereof if the Board so determines) in cash in lieu of such allotment. In such case, the following provisions shall apply:

 

  (i) the basis of any such allotment shall be determined by the Board;

 

  (ii) the Board, after determining the basis of allotment, shall give not less than ten (10) days’ Notice to the holders of the relevant shares of the right of election accorded to them and shall send with such notice forms of election and specify the procedure to be followed and the place at which and the latest date and time by which duly completed forms of election must be lodged in order to be effective;

 

- 42 -


  (iii) the right of election may be exercised in respect of the whole or part of that portion of the dividend in respect of which the right of election has been accorded; and

 

  (iv) the dividend (or that part of the dividend to be satisfied by the allotment of shares as aforesaid) shall not be payable in cash on shares in respect whereof the cash election has not been duly exercised (“the non-elected shares”) and in satisfaction thereof shares of the relevant class shall be allotted credited as fully paid up to the holders of the non-elected shares on the basis of allotment determined as aforesaid and for such purpose the Board shall capitalise and apply out of any part of the undivided profits of the Company (including profits carried and standing to the credit of any reserves or other special account, share premium account, capital redemption reserve other than the Subscription Rights Reserve) as the Board may determine, such sum as may be required to pay up in full the appropriate number of shares of the relevant class for allotment and distribution to and amongst the holders of the non-elected shares on such basis; or

 

  (b) that the Members entitled to such dividend shall be entitled to elect to receive an allotment of shares credited as fully paid up in lieu of the whole or such part of the dividend as the Board may think fit. In such case, the following provisions shall apply:

 

  (i) the basis of any such allotment shall be determined by the Board;

 

  (ii) the Board, after determining the basis of allotment, shall give not less than ten (10) days’ Notice to the holders of the relevant shares of the right of election accorded to them and shall send with such notice forms of election and specify the procedure to be followed and the place at which and the latest date and time by which duly completed forms of election must be lodged in order to be effective;

 

  (iii) the right of election may be exercised in respect of the whole or part of that portion of the dividend in respect of which the right of election has been accorded; and

 

  (iv)

the dividend (or that part of the dividend in respect of which a right of election has been accorded) shall not be payable in cash on shares in respect whereof the share election has been duly exercised (“the elected shares”) and in lieu thereof shares of the relevant class shall be allotted credited as fully paid up to the holders of the elected shares on the basis of allotment determined as aforesaid and for such purpose the Board shall capitalise and apply out of any part of the undivided profits of the Company (including profits carried and standing to the credit of any reserves

 

- 43 -


  or other special account, share premium account, capital redemption reserve other than the Subscription Rights Reserve) as the Board may determine, such sum as may be required to pay up in full the appropriate number of shares of the relevant class for allotment and distribution to and amongst the holders of the elected shares on such basis.

 

(2)   (a)    The shares allotted pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (1) of this Article shall rank pari passu in all respects with shares of the same class (if any) then in issue save only as regards participation in the relevant dividend or in any other distributions, bonuses or rights paid, made, declared or announced prior to or contemporaneously with the payment or declaration of the relevant dividend unless, contemporaneously with the announcement by the Board of their proposal to apply the provisions of sub-paragraph (a) or (b) of paragraph (2) of this Article in relation to the relevant dividend or contemporaneously with their announcement of the distribution, bonus or rights in question, the Board shall specify that the shares to be allotted pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (1) of this Article shall rank for participation in such distribution, bonus or rights.
  (b)    The Board may do all acts and things considered necessary or expedient to give effect to any capitalisation pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (1) of this Article, with full power to the Board to make such provisions as it thinks fit in the case of shares becoming distributable in fractions (including provisions whereby, in whole or in part, fractional entitlements are aggregated and sold and the net proceeds distributed to those entitled, or are disregarded or rounded up or down or whereby the benefit of fractional entitlements accrues to the Company rather than to the Members concerned). The Board may authorise any person to enter into on behalf of all Members interested, an agreement with the Company providing for such capitalisation and matters incidental thereto and any agreement made pursuant to such authority shall be effective and binding on all concerned.

(3) The Company may upon the recommendation of the Board by ordinary resolution resolve in respect of any one particular dividend of the Company that notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (1) of this Article a dividend may be satisfied wholly in the form of an allotment of shares credited as fully paid up without offering any right to shareholders to elect to receive such dividend in cash in lieu of such allotment.

(4) The Board may on any occasion determine that rights of election and the allotment of shares under paragraph (1) of this Article shall not be made available or made to any shareholders with registered addresses in any territory where, in the absence of a registration statement or other special formalities, the circulation of an offer of such rights of election or the allotment of shares would or might, in the opinion of the Board, be unlawful or impracticable, and in such event the provisions aforesaid shall be read and construed subject to such determination. Members affected as a result of the foregoing sentence shall not be or be deemed to be a separate class of Members for any purpose whatsoever.

 

- 44 -


(5) Any resolution declaring a dividend on shares of any class, whether a resolution of the Company in general meeting or a resolution of the Board, may specify that the same shall be payable or distributable to the persons registered as the holders of such shares at the close of business on a particular date, notwithstanding that it may be a date prior to that on which the resolution is passed, and thereupon the dividend shall be payable or distributable to them in accordance with their respective holdings so registered, but without prejudice to the rights inter se in respect of such dividend of transferors and transferees of any such shares. The provisions of this Article shall mutatis mutandis apply to bonuses, capitalisation issues, distributions of realised capital profits or offers or grants made by the Company to the Members.

RESERVES

145. (1) The Board shall establish an account to be called the share premium account and shall carry to the credit of such account from time to time a sum equal to the amount or value of the premium paid on the issue of any share in the Company. Unless otherwise provided by the provisions of these Articles, the Board may apply the share premium account in any manner permitted by the Law. The Company shall at all times comply with the provisions of the Law in relation to the share premium account.

(2) Before recommending any dividend, the Board may set aside out of the profits of the Company such sums as it determines as reserves which shall, at the discretion of the Board, be applicable for any purpose to which the profits of the Company may be properly applied and pending such application may, also at such discretion, either be employed in the business of the Company or be invested in such investments as the Board may from time to time think fit and so that it shall not be necessary to keep any investments constituting the reserve or reserves separate or distinct from any other investments of the Company. The Board may also without placing the same to reserve carry forward any profits which it may think prudent not to distribute.

CAPITALISATION

146. The Company may, upon the recommendation of the Board, at any time and from time to time pass an ordinary resolution to the effect that it is desirable to capitalise all or any part of any amount for the time being standing to the credit of any reserve or fund (including a share premium account and capital redemption reserve and the profit and loss account) whether or not the same is available for distribution and accordingly that such amount be set free for distribution among the Members or any class of Members who would be entitled thereto if it were distributed by way of dividend and in the same proportions, on the footing that the same is not paid in cash but is applied either in or towards paying up the amounts for the time being unpaid on any shares in the Company held by

 

- 45 -


such Members respectively or in paying up in full unissued shares, debentures or other obligations of the Company, to be allotted and distributed credited as fully paid up among such Members, or partly in one way and partly in the other, and the Board shall give effect to such resolution provided that, for the purposes of this Article, a share premium account and any capital redemption reserve or fund representing unrealised profits, may be applied only in paying up in full unissued shares of the Company to be allotted to such Members credited as fully paid.

147. The Board may settle, as it considers appropriate, any difficulty arising in regard to any distribution under the last preceding Article and in particular may issue certificates in respect of fractions of shares or authorise any person to sell and transfer any fractions or may resolve that the distribution should be as nearly as may be practicable in the correct proportion but not exactly so or may ignore fractions altogether, and may determine that cash payments shall be made to any Members in order to adjust the rights of all parties, as may seem expedient to the Board. The Board may appoint any person to sign on behalf of the persons entitled to participate in the distribution any contract necessary or desirable for giving effect thereto and such appointment shall be effective and binding upon the Members.

SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS RESERVE

148. The following provisions shall have effect to the extent that they are not prohibited by and are in compliance with the Law:

 

  (1) If, so long as any of the rights attached to any warrants issued by the Company to subscribe for shares of the Company shall remain exercisable, the Company does any act or engages in any transaction which, as a result of any adjustments to the subscription price in accordance with the provisions of the conditions of the warrants, would reduce the subscription price to below the par value of a share, then the following provisions shall apply:

 

  (a) as from the date of such act or transaction the Company shall establish and thereafter (subject as provided in this Article) maintain in accordance with the provisions of this Article a reserve (the “Subscription Rights Reserve”) the amount of which shall at no time be less than the sum which for the time being would be required to be capitalised and applied in paying up in full the nominal amount of the additional shares required to be issued and allotted credited as fully paid pursuant to sub-paragraph (c) below on the exercise in full of all the subscription rights outstanding and shall apply the Subscription Rights Reserve in paying up such additional shares in full as and when the same are allotted;

 

  (b) the Subscription Rights Reserve shall not be used for any purpose other than that specified above unless all other reserves of the Company (other than share premium account) have been extinguished and will then only be used to make good losses of the Company if and so far as is required by law;

 

- 46 -


  (c) upon the exercise of all or any of the subscription rights represented by any warrant, the relevant subscription rights shall be exercisable in respect of a nominal amount of shares equal to the amount in cash which the holder of such warrant is required to pay on exercise of the subscription rights represented thereby (or, as the case may be the relevant portion thereof in the event of a partial exercise of the subscription rights) and, in addition, there shall be allotted in respect of such subscription rights to the exercising warrantholder, credited as fully paid, such additional nominal amount of shares as is equal to the difference between:

 

  (i) the said amount in cash which the holder of such warrant is required to pay on exercise of the subscription rights represented thereby (or, as the case may be, the relevant portion thereof in the event of a partial exercise of the subscription rights); and

 

  (ii) the nominal amount of shares in respect of which such subscription rights would have been exercisable having regard to the provisions of the conditions of the warrants, had it been possible for such subscription rights to represent the right to subscribe for shares at less than par and immediately upon such exercise so much of the sum standing to the credit of the Subscription Rights Reserve as is required to pay up in full such additional nominal amount of shares shall be capitalised and applied in paying up in full such additional nominal amount of shares which shall forthwith be allotted credited as fully paid to the exercising warrantholders; and

 

  (d) if, upon the exercise of the subscription rights represented by any warrant, the amount standing to the credit of the Subscription Rights Reserve is not sufficient to pay up in full such additional nominal amount of shares equal to such difference as aforesaid to which the exercising warrantholder is entitled, the Board shall apply any profits or reserves then or thereafter becoming available (including, to the extent permitted by law, share premium account) for such purpose until such additional nominal amount of shares is paid up and allotted as aforesaid and until then no dividend or other distribution shall be paid or made on the fully paid shares of the Company then in issue. Pending such payment and allotment, the exercising warrantholder shall be issued by the Company with a certificate evidencing his right to the allotment of such additional nominal amount of shares. The rights represented by any such certificate shall be in registered form and shall be transferable in whole or in part in units of one share in the like manner as the shares for the time being are transferable, and the Company shall make such arrangements in relation to the maintenance of a register therefor and other matters in relation thereto as the Board may think fit and adequate particulars thereof shall be made known to each relevant exercising warrantholder upon the issue of such certificate.

 

- 47 -


(2) Shares allotted pursuant to the provisions of this Article shall rank pari passu in all respects with the other shares allotted on the relevant exercise of the subscription rights represented by the warrant concerned. Notwithstanding anything contained in paragraph (1) of this Article, no fraction of any share shall be allotted on exercise of the subscription rights.

(3) The provision of this Article as to the establishment and maintenance of the Subscription Rights Reserve shall not be altered or added to in any way which would vary or abrogate, or which would have the effect of varying or abrogating the provisions for the benefit of any warrantholder or class of warrantholders under this Article without the sanction of a special resolution of such warrantholders or class of warrantholders.

(4) A certificate or report by the auditors for the time being of the Company as to whether or not the Subscription Rights Reserve is required to be established and maintained and if so the amount thereof so required to be established and maintained, as to the purposes for which the Subscription Rights Reserve has been used, as to the extent to which it has been used to make good losses of the Company, as to the additional nominal amount of shares required to be allotted to exercising warrantholders credited as fully paid, and as to any other matter concerning the Subscription Rights Reserve shall (in the absence of manifest error) be conclusive and binding upon the Company and all warrantholders and shareholders.

ACCOUNTING RECORDS

149. The Board shall cause true accounts to be kept of the sums of money received and expended by the Company, and the matters in respect of which such receipt and expenditure take place, and of the property, assets, credits and liabilities of the Company and of all other matters required by the Law or necessary to give a true and fair view of the Company’s affairs and to explain its transactions.

150. The accounting records shall be kept at the Office or, at such other place or places as the Board decides and shall always be open to inspection by the Directors. No Member (other than a Director) shall have any right of inspecting any accounting record or book or document of the Company except as conferred by law or authorised by the Board or the Company in general meeting.

151. Subject to Article 152, a printed copy of the Directors’ report, accompanied by the balance sheet and profit and loss account, including every document required by law to be annexed thereto, made up to the end of the applicable financial year and containing a summary of the assets and liabilities of the Company under convenient heads and a statement of income and expenditure, together with a copy of the Auditors’ report, shall be sent to each person entitled thereto at least ten (10) days before the date of the general meeting and laid before the Company at the annual general meeting held in accordance with Article 56 provided that this Article shall not require a copy of those documents to be sent to any person whose address the Company is not aware or to more than one of the joint holders of any shares or debentures.

 

- 48 -


152. Subject to due compliance with all applicable Statutes, rules and regulations, including, without limitation, the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange, and to obtaining all necessary consents, if any, required thereunder, the requirements of Article 151 shall be deemed satisfied in relation to any person by sending to the person in any manner not prohibited by the Statutes, summarised financial statements derived from the Company’s annual accounts and the directors’ report which shall be in the form and containing the information required by applicable laws and regulations, provided that any person who is otherwise entitled to the annual financial statements of the Company and the directors’ report thereon may, if he so requires by notice in writing served on the Company, demand that the Company sends to him, in addition to summarised financial statements, a complete printed copy of the Company’s annual financial statement and the directors’ report thereon.

153. The requirement to send to a person referred to in Article 151 the documents referred to in that article or a summary financial report in accordance with Article 152 shall be deemed satisfied where, in accordance with all applicable Statutes, rules and regulations, including, without limitation, the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange, the Company publishes copies of the documents referred to in Article 151 and, if applicable, a summary financial report complying with Article 152, on the Company’s computer network or in any other permitted manner (including by sending any form of electronic communication), and that person has agreed or is deemed to have agreed to treat the publication or receipt of such documents in such manner as discharging the Company’s obligation to send to him a copy of such documents.

AUDIT

 

154. Subject to applicable law and rules of the Designated Stock Exchange:

(1) At the annual general meeting or at a subsequent extraordinary general meeting in each year, the Members shall appoint an auditor to audit the accounts of the Company and such auditor shall hold office until the Members appoint another auditor. Such auditor may be a Member but no Director or officer or employee of the Company shall, during his continuance in office, be eligible to act as an auditor of the Company.

(2) A person, other than a retiring Auditor, shall not be capable of being appointed Auditor at an annual general meeting unless notice in writing of an intention to nominate that person to the office of Auditor has been given not less than fourteen (14) days before the annual general meeting and furthermore, the Company shall send a copy of any such notice to the retiring Auditor. The Members may, at any general meeting convened and held in accordance with these Articles, by special resolution remove the Auditor at any time before the expiration of his term of office and shall by ordinary resolution at that meeting appoint another Auditor in his stead for the remainder of his term.

 

- 49 -


(3) The Members may, at any general meeting convened and held in accordance with these Articles, by ordinary resolution remove the Auditor at any time before the expiration of his term of office and shall by ordinary resolution at that meeting appoint another Auditor in his stead for the remainder of his term.

 

155. Subject to the Law the accounts of the Company shall be audited at least once in every year.

156. The remuneration of the Auditor shall be fixed by the Company in general meeting or in such manner as the Members may determine.

157. If the office of auditor becomes vacant by the resignation or death of the Auditor, or by his becoming incapable of acting by reason of illness or other disability at a time when his services are required, the Directors shall fill the vacancy and determine the remuneration of such Auditor.

158. The Auditor shall at all reasonable times have access to all books kept by the Company and to all accounts and vouchers relating thereto; and he may call on the Directors or officers of the Company for any information in their possession relating to the books or affairs of the Company.

159. The statement of income and expenditure and the balance sheet provided for by these Articles shall be examined by the Auditor and compared by him with the books, accounts and vouchers relating thereto; and he shall make a written report thereon stating whether such statement and balance sheet are drawn up so as to present fairly the financial position of the Company and the results of its operations for the period under review and, in case information shall have been called for from Directors or officers of the Company, whether the same has been furnished and has been satisfactory. The financial statements of the Company shall be audited by the Auditor in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. The Auditor shall make a written report thereon in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and the report of the Auditor shall be submitted to the Members in general meeting. The generally accepted auditing standards referred to herein may be those of a country or jurisdiction other than the Cayman Islands. If so, the financial statements and the report of the Auditor should disclose this fact and name such country or jurisdiction.

NOTICES

160. Any Notice or document, whether or not, to be given or issued under these Articles from the Company to a Member shall be in writing or by cable, telex or facsimile transmission message or other form of electronic transmission or communication and any such Notice and document may be served or delivered by the Company on or to any Member either personally or by sending it through the post in a prepaid envelope addressed to such Member at his registered address as appearing in the Register or at any other address

 

- 50 -


supplied by him to the Company for the purpose or, as the case may be, by transmitting it to any such address or transmitting it to any telex or facsimile transmission number or electronic number or address or website supplied by him to the Company for the giving of Notice to him or which the person transmitting the notice reasonably and bona fide believes at the relevant time will result in the Notice being duly received by the Member or may also be served by advertisement in appropriate newspapers in accordance with the requirements of the Designated Stock Exchange or, to the extent permitted by the applicable laws, by placing it on the Company’s website and giving to the member a notice stating that the notice or other document is available there (a “notice of availability”). The notice of availability may be given to the Member by any of the means set out above. In the case of joint holders of a share all notices shall be given to that one of the joint holders whose name stands first in the Register and notice so given shall be deemed a sufficient service on or delivery to all the joint holders.

161. Any Notice or other document:

 

  (a) if served or delivered by post, shall where appropriate be sent by airmail and shall be deemed to have been served or delivered on the day following that on which the envelope containing the same, properly prepaid and addressed, is put into the post; in proving such service or delivery it shall be sufficient to prove that the envelope or wrapper containing the notice or document was properly addressed and put into the post and a certificate in writing signed by the Secretary or other officer of the Company or other person appointed by the Board that the envelope or wrapper containing the Notice or other document was so addressed and put into the post shall be conclusive evidence thereof;

 

  (b) if sent by electronic communication, shall be deemed to be given on the day on which it is transmitted from the server of the Company or its agent. A Notice placed on the Company’s website is deemed given by the Company to a Member on the day following that on which a notice of availability is deemed served on the Member;

 

  (c) if served or delivered in any other manner contemplated by these Articles, shall be deemed to have been served or delivered at the time of personal service or delivery or, as the case may be, at the time of the relevant despatch or transmission; and in proving such service or delivery a certificate in writing signed by the Secretary or other officer of the Company or other person appointed by the Board as to the act and time of such service, delivery, despatch or transmission shall be conclusive evidence thereof; and

 

  (d) may be given to a Member in the English language or such other language as may be approved by the Directors, subject to due compliance with all applicable Statutes, rules and regulations.

 

- 51 -


162. (1) Any Notice or other document delivered or sent by post to or left at the registered address of any Member in pursuance of these Articles shall, notwithstanding that such Member is then dead or bankrupt or that any other event has occurred, and whether or not the Company has notice of the death or bankruptcy or other event, be deemed to have been duly served or delivered in respect of any share registered in the name of such Member as sole or joint holder unless his name shall, at the time of the service or delivery of the Notice or document, have been removed from the Register as the holder of the share, and such service or delivery shall for all purposes be deemed a sufficient service or delivery of such Notice or document on all persons interested (whether jointly with or as claiming through or under him) in the share.

(2) A Notice may be given by the Company to the person entitled to a share in consequence of the death, mental disorder or bankruptcy of a Member by sending it through the post in a prepaid letter, envelope or wrapper addressed to him by name, or by the title of representative of the deceased, or trustee of the bankrupt, or by any like description, at the address, if any, supplied for the purpose by the person claiming to be so entitled, or (until such an address has been so supplied) by giving the notice in any manner in which the same might have been given if the death, mental disorder or bankruptcy had not occurred.

(3) Any person who by operation of law, transfer or other means whatsoever shall become entitled to any share shall be bound by every Notice in respect of such share which prior to his name and address being entered on the Register shall have been duly given to the person from whom he derives his title to such share.

SIGNATURES

163. For the purposes of these Articles, a cable or telex or facsimile or electronic transmission message purporting to come from a holder of shares or, as the case may be, a Director, or, in the case of a corporation which is a holder of shares from a director or the secretary thereof or a duly appointed attorney or duly authorised representative thereof for it and on its behalf, shall in the absence of express evidence to the contrary available to the person relying thereon at the relevant time be deemed to be a document or instrument in writing signed by such holder or Director in the terms in which it is received.

WINDING UP

164. (1) The Board shall have power in the name and on behalf of the Company to present a petition to the court for the Company to be wound up.

(2) A resolution that the Company be wound up by the court or be wound up voluntarily shall be a special resolution.

 

- 52 -


165. (1) Subject to any special rights, privileges or restrictions as to the distribution of available surplus assets on liquidation for the time being attached to any class or classes of shares (i) if the Company shall be wound up and the assets available for distribution amongst the Members of the Company shall be more than sufficient to repay the whole of the capital paid up at the commencement of the winding up, the excess shall be distributed pari passu amongst such members in proportion to the amount paid up on the shares held by them respectively and (ii) if the Company shall be wound up and the assets available for distribution amongst the Members as such shall be insufficient to repay the whole of the paid-up capital such assets shall be distributed so that, a nearly as may be, the losses shall be borne by the Members in proportion to the capital paid up, or which ought to have been paid up, at the commencement of the winding up on the shares held by them respectively.

(2) If the Company shall be wound up (whether the liquidation is voluntary or by the court) the liquidator may, with the authority of a special resolution and any other sanction required by the Law, divide among the Members in specie or kind the whole or any part of the assets of the Company and whether or not the assets shall consist of properties of one kind or shall consist of properties to be divided as aforesaid of different kinds, and may for such purpose set such value as he deems fair upon any one or more class or classes of property and may determine how such division shall be carried out as between the Members or different classes of Members. The liquidator may, with the like authority, vest any part of the assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the Members as the liquidator with the like authority shall think fit, and the liquidation of the Company may be closed and the Company dissolved, but so that no contributory shall be compelled to accept any shares or other property in respect of which there is a liability.

INDEMNITY

166. (1) The Directors, Secretary and other officers and every Auditor for the time being of the Company and the liquidator or trustees (if any) for the time being acting in relation to any of the affairs of the Company and everyone of them, and everyone of their heirs, executors and administrators, shall be indemnified and secured harmless out of the assets and profits of the Company from and against all actions, costs, charges, losses, damages and expenses which they or any of them, their or any of their heirs, executors or administrators, shall or may incur or sustain by or by reason of any act done, concurred in or omitted in or about the execution of their duty, or supposed duty, in their respective offices or trusts; and none of them shall be answerable for the acts, receipts, neglects or defaults of the other or others of them or for joining in any receipts for the sake of conformity, or for any bankers or other persons with whom any moneys or effects belonging to the Company shall or may be lodged or deposited for safe custody, or for insufficiency or deficiency of any security upon which any moneys of or belonging to the Company shall be placed out on or invested, or for any other loss, misfortune or damage which may happen in the execution of their respective offices or trusts, or in relation thereto; PROVIDED THAT this indemnity shall not extend to any matter in respect of any fraud or dishonesty which may attach to any of said persons.

 

- 53 -


(2) Each Member agrees to waive any claim or right of action he might have, whether individually or by or in the right of the Company, against any Director on account of any action taken by such Director, or the failure of such Director to take any action in the performance of his duties with or for the Company; PROVIDED THAT such waiver shall not extend to any matter in respect of any fraud or dishonesty which may attach to such Director.

AMENDMENT TO MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

AND NAME OF COMPANY

167. No Article shall be rescinded, altered or amended and no new Article shall be made until the same has been approved by a special resolution of the Members. A special resolution shall be required to alter the provisions of the Memorandum of Association or to change the name of the Company.

INFORMATION

168. No Member shall be entitled to require discovery of or any information respecting any detail of the Company’s trading or any matter which is or may be in the nature of a trade secret or secret process which may relate to the conduct of the business of the Company and which in the opinion of the Directors it will be inexpedient in the interests of the members of the Company to communicate to the public.

 

- 54 -

Exhibit 4.2

Incorporated in the Cayman Islands

Hailiang Education Group Inc.

SPECIMEN

This is to certify that

 

is / are the registered shareholders of:

No. of Shares

  Type of Share   Par Value
  Ordinary   US$ 0.0001

Date of Record

  Certificate Number   % Paid
    100.00

The above shares are subject to the Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company and transferrable in accordance therewith.

 

 

           Director           

 

   Director / Secretary

Exhibit 5.1

23 December 2014

Hailiang Education Group Inc.

386 Jiefangbei Road

Diankou Town, Zhuji

Zhejiang Province

The People’s Republic of China

Dear Sirs,

Hailiang Education Group Inc. (the “Company”)

We have acted as special legal counsel in the Cayman Islands to the Company in connection with a registration statement on form F-1 to be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) on or about 23 December 2104 (the “ Registration Statement ”, which term does not include any other document or agreement whether or not specifically referred to therein or attached as an exhibit or schedule thereto) relating to the registration under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (the “ Securities Act ”) of ordinary shares, par value US$0.0001 each (the “ Ordinary Shares ”) of the Company.

For the purposes of giving this opinion, we have examined a copy of the Registration Statement. We have also reviewed the amended and restated memorandum and articles of association of the Company provided to us on 23 December 2014, copies of unanimous written resolutions of the directors of the Company dated 23 December 2014 and unanimous written resolutions of the members of the Company passed on 23 December, the amended and restated memorandum of association and the articles of association of the Company adopted on 23 December 2014 and to become effective upon the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, a copy of a certificate of good standing dated 24 December 2014 issued by the Cayman Islands Registrar of Companies and such other documents and made such enquiries as to questions of law as we have deemed necessary in order to render the opinion set forth below.


We have assumed (a) the genuineness and authenticity of all signatures and the conformity to the originals of all copies (whether or not certified) examined by us and the authenticity and completeness of the originals from which such copies were taken, (b) that where a document has been examined by us in draft form, it will be or has been executed and/or filed in the form of that draft, and where a number of drafts of a document have been examined by us all changes thereto have been marked or otherwise drawn to our attention, (c) the accuracy and completeness of all factual representations made in the Registration Statement and other documents reviewed by us, (d) that there is no provision of the law of any jurisdiction, other than the Cayman Islands, which would have any implication in relation to the opinions expressed herein, (e) that upon issue of any shares to be sold by the Company the Company will receive consideration for the full issue price thereof which shall be equal to at least the par value thereof, and (f) the validity and binding effect under the laws of the United States of America of the Registration Statement and that the Registration Statement will be duly filed with the Commission.

We have made no investigation of and express no opinion in relation to the laws of any jurisdiction other than the Cayman Islands. This opinion is to be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Cayman Islands and is limited to and is given on the basis of the current law and practice in the Cayman Islands.

On the basis of and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that:

 

1. The Company is duly incorporated and existing under the laws of the Cayman Islands in good standing (meaning solely that it has not failed to make any filing with any the Cayman Islands government authority or to pay any Cayman Islands government fees or tax which would make it liable to be struck off the Register of Companies and thereby cease to exist under the laws of the Cayman Islands).

 

2. When issued and paid for as contemplated by the Registration Statement, the Ordinary Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable (which term means when used herein that no further sums are required to be paid by the holders thereof in connection with the issue of such shares or in connection with any assessments or calls on such shares by the Company or its creditors).

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the references to our firm under the captions “Enforceability of Civil Liabilities”, “Taxation” and “Legal Matters” in the prospectus forming a part of the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not hereby admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the Rules and Regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

 

Page 2 of 3


Yours faithfully,

/s/ Conyers Dill & Pearman (Cayman) Limited

Conyers Dill & Pearman (Cayman) Limited

 

Page 3 of 3

Exhibit 10.1

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement” ), is entered into as of                                          by and between Hailiang Education Group Inc., a company incorporated and existing under the laws of the Cayman Islands (the “Company”), and                                         , an individual (the “ Executive” ). The term “Company” as used herein with respect to all obligations of the Executive hereunder shall be deemed to include the Company and all of its direct or indirect parent companies, subsidiaries, affiliates, or subsidiaries or affiliates of its parent companies (collectively, the “ Group ”).

RECITALS

The Company desires to employ the Executive and to assure itself of the services of the Executive during the term of Employment (as defined below).

The Executive desires to be employed by the Company during the term of Employment and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

AGREEMENT

The parties hereto agree as follows:

 

  1. POSITION

The Executive hereby accepts a position of                                          of the Company (the “ Employment ”).

 

  2. TERM

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the initial term of the Employment shall be [            years], commencing on                                          (the “ Effective Date ”), unless terminated earlier pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. Upon expiration of the initial-year term, the Employment shall be automatically extended for successive             -year terms unless either party gives the other party hereto a three-month prior written notice to terminate the Employment prior to the expiration of such            -year term or unless terminated earlier pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

 

  3. PROBATION

No probationary period.

 

  4. DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES

The Executive’s duties at the Company will include all jobs assigned by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) and/or the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

 

1


The Executive shall devote all of his/her working time, attention and skills to the performance of his/her duties at the Company and shall faithfully and diligently serve the Company in accordance with this Agreement, the Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company (the “ Articles of Association ”), and the guidelines, policies and procedures of the Company approved from time to time by the Board.

 

  5. NO BREACH OF CONTRACT

The Executive shall use his/her best efforts to perform his/her duties hereunder. The Executive shall not, without prior consent of the Board, become an employee of any entity other than the Company and any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company, and shall not be concerned or interested in any business or entity that directly or indirectly competes with the Group (any such business or entity, a “ Competitor ”), provided that nothing in this clause shall preclude the Executive from holding up to             % of shares or other securities of any Competitor that is listed on any securities exchange or recognized securities market anywhere,  provided however,  that the Executive shall notify the Company in writing prior to his/her obtaining a proposed interest in such shares or securities in a timely manner and with such details and particulars as the Company may reasonably require. The Company shall have the right to require the Executive to resign from any board or similar body which he/she may then serve if the Board reasonably determines in writing that the Executive’s service on such board or body interferes with the effective discharge of the Executive’s duties and responsibilities to the Company or that any business related to such service is then in competition with any business of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates.

The Executive hereby represents to the Company that: (i) the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Executive and the performance by the Executive of the Executive’s duties hereunder shall not constitute a breach of, or otherwise contravene, the terms of any other agreement or policy to which the Executive is a party or otherwise bound, except for agreements that are required to be entered into by and between the Executive and any member of the Group pursuant to applicable law of the jurisdiction where the Executive is based, if any; (ii) that the Executive has no information (including, without limitation, confidential information and trade secrets) relating to any other person or entity which would prevent, or be violated by, the Executive entering into this Agreement or carrying out his/her duties hereunder; (iii) that the Executive is not bound by any confidentiality, trade secret or similar agreement (other than this) with any other person or entity except for other member(s) of the Group, as the case may be.

 

  6. LOCATION

The Executive will be based in [Zhuji, the People’s Republic of China], until both parties hereto agree to change otherwise. The Executive acknowledges that he/she may be required to travel from time to time in the course of performing his/her duties for the Company.

 

2


  7. COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS

 

  (a) Compensation . The Executive’s cash compensation (inclusive of the statutory welfare reserves that the Company is required to set aside for the Executive under applicable law) shall be provided by the Company in a separate schedule or as specified in a separate agreement between the executive and the company’s designated subsidiary or affiliated entity, subject to annual review and adjustment by the Company or the compensation committee of the Board. The cash compensation may be paid by the Company, a subsidiary or affiliated entity or a combination thereof, as designated by the Company from time to time.

 

  (b) Equity Incentives . To the extent the Company adopts and maintains a share incentive plan, the Executive will be eligible to participate in such plan pursuant to the terms thereof.

 

  (c) Benefits . The Executive is eligible for participation in any standard employee benefit plan of the Company that currently exists or may be adopted by the Company in the future, including, but not limited to, any retirement plan, life insurance plan, health insurance plan and travel/holiday plan.

 

  (d) Annual Leave . Upon the Effective Date, the Executive is entitled to             days per annum of paid leave, which shall accrue on a pro rata basis each year.

 

  8. TERMINATION OF THE AGREEMENT

 

  (a) By the Company . The Company may terminate the Employment for cause, at any time, without notice or remuneration, if the Executive (1) commits any serious or persistent breach or non-observance of the terms and conditions of your employment; (2) is convicted of a criminal offence other than one which in the opinion of the Board does not affect the executive’s position as an employee of the Company, bearing in mind the nature of your duties and the capacity in which the executive is employed; (3) willfully disobeys a lawful and reasonable order; (4) misconducts himself/herself and such conduct being inconsistent with the due and faithful discharge of the Executive’s material duties; (5) is guilty of fraud or dishonesty; or (6) is habitually neglectful in his/her duties. The Company may terminate the Employment without cause at any time with a three-month prior written notice to the Executive or by payment of three months’ salary in lieu of notice.

 

  (b) By the Executive . The Executive may terminate the Employment at any time with a three-month prior written notice to the Company or by payment of three months’ salary in lieu of notice. In addition, the Executive may resign prior to the expiration of the Agreement if such resignation or an alternative arrangement with respect to the Employment is approved by the Board.

 

3


  (c) Notice of Termination.  Any termination of the Executive’s employment under this Agreement shall be communicated by written notice of termination from the terminating party to the other party. The notice of termination shall indicate the specific provision(s) of this Agreement relied upon in effecting the termination.

 

  9. CONFIDENTIALITY AND NONDISCLOSURE

 

  (a) Confidentiality and Non-disclosure.  The Executive hereby agrees at all times during the term of his/her employment and after termination, to hold in the strictest confidence, and not to use, except for the benefit of the Group, or to disclose to any person, corporation or other entity without written consent of the Company, any Confidential Information. The Executive understands that “ Confidential Information ” means any proprietary or confidential information of the Group, its affiliates, their clients, customers or partners, and the Group’s licensors, including, without limitation, technical data, trade secrets, research and development information, product plans, services, customer lists and customers (including, but not limited to, customers of the Group on whom the Executive called or with whom the Executive became acquainted during the term of his/her employment), supplier lists and suppliers, software, developments, inventions, processes, formulas, technology, designs, drawings, engineering, hardware configuration information, personnel information, marketing, finances, information about the suppliers, joint ventures, licensors, licensees, distributors and other persons with whom the Group does business, information regarding the skills and compensation of other employees of the Group or other business information disclosed to the Executive by or obtained by the Executive from the Group, its affiliates, or their clients, customers or partners either directly or indirectly in writing, orally or by drawings or observation of parts or equipment, if specifically indicated to be confidential or reasonably expected to be confidential. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Confidential Information shall not include information that is generally available and known to the public through no fault of the Executive.

 

  (b) Company Property . The Executive understands that all documents (including computer records, facsimile and e-mail) and materials created, received or transmitted in connection with his/her work or using the facilities of the Group are property of the Group and subject to inspection by the Group, at any time. Upon termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company (or at any other time when requested by the Company), the Executive will promptly deliver to the Company all documents and materials of any nature pertaining to his/her work with the Company and will provide written certification of his compliance with this Agreement. Under no circumstances will the Executive have, following his/her termination, in his/her possession any property of the Group, or any documents or materials or copies thereof containing any Confidential Information.

 

4


  (c) Former Employer Information . The Executive agrees that he has not and will not, during the term of his/her employment, (i) improperly use or disclose any proprietary information or trade secrets of any former employer or other person or entity with which the Executive has an agreement or duty to keep in confidence information acquired by Executive, if any, or (ii) bring into the premises of the Group any document or confidential or proprietary information belonging to such former employer, person or entity unless consented to in writing by such former employer, person or entity. The Executive will indemnify the Group and hold it harmless from and against all claims, liabilities, damages and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs of suit, arising out of or in connection with any violation of the foregoing.

 

  (d) Third Party Information . The Executive recognizes that the Group may have received, and in the future may receive, from third parties their confidential or proprietary information subject to a duty on the Group’s part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to use it only for certain limited purposes. The Executive agrees that the Executive owes the Group and such third parties, during the Executive’s employment by the Company and thereafter, a duty to hold all such confidential or proprietary information in the strictest confidence and not to disclose it to any person or firm and to use it in a manner consistent with, and for the limited purposes permitted by, the Group’s agreement with such third party.

This Section 9 shall survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason. In the event the Executive breaches this Section 9, the Company shall have right to seek remedies permissible under applicable law.

 

  10. INVENTIONS

 

  (a) Inventions Retained and Licensed.  The Executive has attached hereto, as  Schedule A , a list describing all inventions, ideas, improvements, designs and discoveries, whether or not patentable and whether or not reduced to practice, original works of authorship and trade secrets made or conceived by or belonging to the Executive (whether made solely by the Executive or jointly with others) that (i) were developed by Executive prior to the Executive’s employment by the Company (collectively, “ Prior Inventions ”), (ii) relate to the Group’s actual or proposed business, products or research and development, and (iii) are not assigned to the Group hereunder; or, if no such list is attached, the Executive represents that there are no such Prior Inventions. Except to the extent set forth in  Schedule A , the Executive hereby acknowledges and represents that, if in the course of his/her service for the Group, the Executive incorporates into a Group product, process or machine a Prior Invention owned by the Executive or in which he/she has an interest, (a) the Group is hereby granted and shall have a nonexclusive, royalty-free, irrevocable, perpetual, worldwide right and license (which may be freely transferred by the Group to any other person or entity) to make, have made, modify, use, sell, sublicense and otherwise distribute such Prior Invention as part of or in connection with such product, process or machine, and (b) he/she has all necessary rights, powers and authorization to use such Prior Invention in the manner it is used and such use will not infringe any right of any company, entity or person. The Executive hereby agrees to indemnify the Group and hold it harmless from all claims, liabilities, damages and expenses, including reasonable legal fees and costs for resolving disputes arising out of or in connection with any violation or claimed violation of a third party’s rights resulting from any use, sub-licensing, modification, transfer or sale by the Group of such Prior Invention.

 

5


  (b) Disclosure and Assignment of Inventions.  The Executive understands that the Company engages in research and development and other activities in connection with its business and that, as an essential part of the Employment, the Executive is expected to make new contributions to and create inventions of value for the Company.

From and after the Effective Date, the Executive shall make full written disclosure in confidence to the Company all inventions, improvements, designs, original works of authorship, formulas, processes, compositions of matter, computer software programs, databases, mask works, concepts and trade secrets, whether or not patentable or registrable under patent, copyright, circuit layout design or similar laws in China or anywhere else in the world, which the Executive may solely or jointly conceive or develop or reduce to practice, or cause to be conceived or developed or reduced to practice, during the period of the Executive’s Employment at the Company (whether or not during business hours) that are either related to the scope of his/her Employment at the Company or make use, in any manner, of the resources of the Group (collectively, the “ Inventions ”). The Executive hereby acknowledges that the Company or the Group shall be the sole owner of all rights, title and interest in the Inventions created hereunder. In the event the foregoing assignment of Inventions to the Company or the Group is ineffective for any reason, each member of the Group is hereby granted and shall have a royalty-free, sub-licensable, transferable, irrevocable, perpetual, worldwide license to make, have made, modify, use, and sell such Inventions as part of or in connection with any product, process or machine. Such exclusive license shall continue in effect for the maximum term as may now or hereafter be permissible under applicable law. Upon expiration, such license, without further consent or action on the Executive’s part, shall automatically be renewed for the maximum term as is then permissible under applicable law, unless, within the six-month period prior to such expiration, the Company and the Executive have agreed that such license will not be renewed. The Executive also hereby forever waives and agrees never to assert any and all rights he may have in or with respect to any Inventions even after termination of his/her employment with the Company. The Executive hereby further acknowledges that all Inventions created by him/her (solely or jointly with others) are, to the extent permitted by applicable law, “works made for hire” or “inventions made for hire,” as those terms are defined in the People’s Republic of China (“ PRC ”) Copyright Law, the PRC Patent Law and the Regulations on Computer Software Protection, respectively, and all titles, rights and interests in or to such Inventions are or shall be vested in the Company.

 

6


  (c) Patent and Copyright Registration.  The Executive agrees to assist the Company or its designees in every proper way to obtain for the Company and enforce patents, copyrights, mask work rights, trade secret rights, and other legal protection for the Inventions in any and all countries. The Executive will execute any documents that the Company may reasonably request for use in obtaining or enforcing such patents, copyrights, mask work rights, trade secrets and other legal protections. The Executive’s obligations under this paragraph will continue beyond the termination of the Employment with the Company, provided that the Company will reasonably compensate the Executive after such termination for time or expenses actually spent by the Executive at the Company’s request on such assistance. The Executive appoints the Company and its duly authorized officers and agents as the Executive’s attorney-in-fact to execute documents on the Executive’s behalf for this purpose.

 

  (d) Remuneration . The Executive hereby agrees that the remuneration received by the Executive pursuant to this Agreement with the Company includes any remuneration which the Executive may be entitled to under applicable PRC law for any “works made for hire,” “inventions made for hire” or other Inventions assigned to the Company pursuant to this Agreement.

 

  (e) Return of Confidential Material.  In the event of the Executive’s termination of employment with the Company for any reason whatsoever, Executive agrees promptly to surrender and deliver to the Company all records, materials, equipment, drawings, documents and data of any nature pertaining to any confidential information or to his/her employment, and Executive will not retain or take with him/her any tangible materials or electronically-stored data, containing or pertaining to any confidential information that Executive may produce, acquire or obtain access to during the course of his/her employment.

This Section 10 shall survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason. In the event the Executive breaches this Section 10, the Company shall have right to seek remedies permissible under applicable law.

 

  11. CONFLICTING EMPLOYMENT

The Executive hereby agrees that, during the term of his/her employment with the Company, he/she will not engage in any other employment, occupation, consulting or other business activity related to the business in which the Group is now involved or becomes involved during the term of the Executive’s employment, nor will the Executive engage in any other activities that conflict with his/her obligations to the Company without the prior written consent of the Company.

 

7


  12. NON-COMPETITION AND NON-SOLICITATION

In consideration of the salary paid to the Executive by the Company, the Executive undertakes that for a period of one (1) year after he/she ceases to be employed by the Company, he/she will not, without the prior written consent of the Company:

 

  (a) in the territory of the PRC (for the purpose of this Section 12, the PRC shall include Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan) (the “ Territory ”), either on his/her own account or through any of his/her affiliates, or in conjunction with or on behalf of any other person, carry on or be engaged, concerned or interested directly or indirectly whether as shareholder, director, employee, partner, agent or otherwise carry on any business in direct competition with the business of the Group;

 

  (b) either on his/her own account or through any of his/her affiliates or in conjunction with or on behalf of any other person, solicit or entice away or attempt to solicit or entice away from the Group, any person, firm, company or organization who is or shall at any time within two (2) years prior to such cessation have been a customer, client, representative or agent of the Group or in the habit of dealing with the Group;

 

  (c) either on his/her own account or through any of his/her affiliates or in conjunction with or on behalf of any other person, employ, solicit or entice away or attempt to employ, solicit or entice away from the Group any person who is or shall have been at the date of or within twelve (12) months prior to such cessation of employment an officer, manager, consultant or employee of any such the Group whether or not such person would commit a breach of contract by reason of leaving such employment; or

 

  (d) either on his/her own account or through any of his/her affiliates or in conjunction with or on behalf of any other person, in relation to any trade, business or company use a name including the words of [“Hailiang ( LOGO ),” “Tianma ( LOGO ),”] or any other words hereafter used by the Group in its name or in the name of any of its products, services or their derivative terms, or the Chinese or English equivalent or any similar word in such a way as to be capable of or likely to be confused with the name of the Group or the product or services or any other products or services of the Group, and shall use all reasonable endeavors to procure that no such name shall be used by any of his/her affiliates or otherwise by any person with which he/she is connected.

Each and every obligation under this Section 12 shall be treated as a separate obligation and shall be severally enforceable as such and in the event of any obligation or obligations being or becoming unenforceable in whole or in part, such part or parts which are unenforceable shall be deleted from such section and any such deletion shall not affect the enforceability of the remainder parts of such section.

The Executive agrees that in light of the circumstances, the restrictive covenants contained in this Section 12 are reasonable and necessary for the protection of the Group, and further agrees that the said covenants are not excessive or unduly onerous upon the Executive. However, it is recognized that restrictions of the nature in question may fail for technical reasons currently unforeseen and accordingly it is hereby agreed and declared that if any of such restrictions shall be adjudged to be void as going beyond what is reasonable, in light of the circumstances, for the protection of the Group, but would be valid if part of the wording thereof were deleted or the periods thereof reduced or the range of activities or area dealt with thereby reduced in scope, the said restriction shall apply with such modification as may be necessary to make it valid and effective.

 

8


This Section 12 shall survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason. In the event the Executive breaches this Section 12, the Executive acknowledges that there will be no adequate remedy at law, and the Company shall be entitled to injunctive relief and/or a decree for specific performance, and such other relief as may be proper (including monetary damages if appropriate). In any event, the Company shall have right to seek all remedies permissible under applicable law.

 

  13. WITHHOLDING TAXES

Notwithstanding anything else herein to the contrary, the Company may withhold (or cause there to be withheld, as the case may be) from any amounts otherwise due or payable under or pursuant to this Agreement such national, provincial, local or any other income, employment, or other taxes as may be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

 

  14. NOTIFICATION OF NEW EMPLOYER

In the event that the Executive leaves the employ of the Company, the Executive hereby grants consent to notification by the Company to his/her new employer about his/her rights and obligations under this Agreement.

 

  15. ASSIGNMENT

This Agreement is personal in its nature and neither of the parties hereto shall, without the consent of the other, assign or transfer this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder;  provided, however , that (i) the Company may assign or transfer this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder to any member of the Group without such consent, and (ii) in the event of a merger, consolidation, or transfer or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company with or to any other individual(s) or entity, this Agreement shall, subject to the provisions hereof, be binding upon and inure to the benefit of such successor and such successor shall discharge and perform all the promises, covenants, duties, and obligations of the Company hereunder.

 

  16. SEVERABILITY

If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof is held invalid, the invalidity shall not affect other provisions or applications of this Agreement which can be given effect without the invalid provisions or applications and to this end the provisions of this Agreement are declared to be severable.

 

  17. ENTIRE AGREEMENT

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding between the Executive and the Company regarding the terms of the Employment and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous oral or written agreements concerning such subject matter, other than any such agreement under any employment agreement entered into with a subsidiary of the Company at the request of the Company to the extent such agreement does not conflict with any of the provisions herein. The Executive acknowledges that he/she has not entered into this Agreement in reliance upon any representation, warranty or undertaking which is not set forth in this Agreement. Any amendment to this Agreement must be in writing and signed by the Executive and the Company.

 

9


  18. REPRESENTATIONS

The Executive hereby agrees to execute any proper oath or verify any proper document required to carry out the terms of this Agreement. The Executive hereby represents that the Executive’s performance of all the terms of this Agreement will not breach any agreement to keep in confidence proprietary information acquired by the Executive in confidence or in trust prior to his/her employment by the Company. The Executive has not entered into, and hereby agrees that he/she will not enter into, any oral or written agreement in conflict with this Section 18. The Executive represents that the Executive will consult his/her own consultants for tax advice and is not relying on the Company for any tax advice with respect to this Agreement or any provisions hereunder.

 

  19. GOVERNING LAW

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

  20. ARBITRATION

Any dispute arising out of, in connection with or relating to, this Agreement shall be resolved through arbitration pursuant to this Section 20. The arbitration shall be conducted in Hong Kong under the auspices of the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre (the “Centre”) in accordance with the rules of the United Nations Commission of International Trade Law (“UNCITRAL Rules”) in effect at the time of the arbitration. There shall be one arbitrator. The award of the arbitration tribunal shall be final and binding upon the disputing parties, and any party may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for enforcement of such award.

 

  21. AMENDMENT

This Agreement may not be amended, modified or changed (in whole or in part), except by a formal, definitive written agreement expressly referring to this Agreement, which agreement is executed by both of the parties hereto.

 

  22. WAIVER

Neither the failure nor any delay on the part of a party to exercise any right, remedy, power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege preclude any other or further exercise of the same or of any right, remedy, power or privilege, nor shall any waiver of any right, remedy, power or privilege with respect to any occurrence be construed as a waiver of such right, remedy, power or privilege with respect to any other occurrence. No waiver shall be effective unless it is in writing and is signed by the party asserted to have granted such waiver.

 

10


  23. NOTICES

All notices, requests, demands and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given and made if (i) delivered by hand, (ii) otherwise delivered against receipt therefor, or (iii) sent by a recognized courier with next-day or second-day delivery to the last known address of the other party.

 

  24. COUNTERPARTS

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original as against any party whose signature appears thereon, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement shall become binding when one or more counterparts hereof, individually or taken together, shall bear the signatures of all of the parties reflected hereon as the signatories. Photographic copies of such signed counterparts may be used in lieu of the originals for any purpose.

 

  25. NO INTERPRETATION AGAINST DRAFTER

Each party recognizes that this Agreement is a legally binding contract and acknowledges that such party has had the opportunity to consult with legal counsel of choice. In any construction of the terms of this Agreement, the same shall not be construed against either party on the basis of that party being the drafter of such terms. The Executive agrees and acknowledges that he/she has read and understands this Agreement, is entering into it freely and voluntarily, and has been advised to seek counsel prior to entering into this Agreement and has ample opportunity to do so.

[Remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank.]

 

11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed as of the date first written above.

 

Hailiang Education Group Inc.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

Executive

 

Signature:  

 

Name:  

[Signature Page to Employment Agreement]


Schedule A

List of Prior Inventions

 

Title

 

Date

 

Identifying Number
or Brief Description

   
   
   

 

                      No inventions or improvements
                      Additional Sheets Attached

 

Signature of Executive:  

 

Print Name of

Executive:

 

 

Date:  

 

Exhibit 10.2

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of                                          by and between Hailiang Education Group Inc., a Cayman Islands company (the “ Company ”), and the undersigned, a director and/or an officer of the Company (“ Indemnitee ”), as applicable.

RECITALS

The Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board of Directors ”) has determined that the inability to attract and retain highly competent persons to serve the Company is detrimental to the best interests of the Company and its shareholders and that it is reasonable and necessary for the Company to provide adequate protection to such persons against risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their services to the corporation.

AGREEMENT

In consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

 

A. DEFINITIONS

The following terms shall have the meanings defined below:

Expenses  shall include, without limitation, damages, judgments, fines, penalties, settlements and costs, attorneys’ fees and disbursements and costs of attachment or similar bond, investigations, and any other expenses paid or incurred in connection with investigating, defending, being a witness in, participating in (including on appeal), or preparing for any of the foregoing in, any Proceeding.

Indemnifiable Event  means any event or occurrence that takes place either before or after the execution of this Agreement, related to the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or an officer of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture or other entity, or related to anything done or not done by Indemnitee in any such capacity, including, but not limited to neglect, breach of duty, error, misstatement, misleading statement or omission.

Participant  means a person who is a party to, or witness or participant (including on appeal) in, a Proceeding.

Proceeding  means any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, arbitration or proceeding, or any inquiry, hearing or investigation, whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or other, including appeal, in which Indemnitee may be or may have been involved as a party or otherwise by reason of an Indemnifiable Event.

 

B. AGREEMENT TO INDEMNIFY

1. General Agreement . In the event Indemnitee was, is, or becomes a Participant in, or is threatened to be made a Participant in, a Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee from and against any and all Expenses which Indemnitee incurs or becomes obligated to incur in connection with such Proceeding, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

 

1


2. Indemnification of Expenses of Successful Party . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits in defense of any Proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses incurred in connection with such Proceeding or such claim, issue or matter, as the case may be.

3. Partial Indemnification . If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for a portion of Expenses, but not for the total amount of Expenses, the Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee for the portion of such Expenses to which Indemnitee is entitled.

4. No Employment Rights . Nothing in this Agreement is intended to create in Indemnitee any right to continued employment with the Company.

5. Contribution . If the indemnification provided in this Agreement is unavailable and may not be paid to Indemnitee for any reason other than those set forth in Section B.4, then the Company shall contribute to the amount of Expenses paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred and paid or payable by Indemnitee in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and by the Indemnitee on the other hand from the transaction or events from which such Proceeding arose, and (ii) the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and of the Indemnitee on the other hand in connection with the events which resulted in such Expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Company on the one hand and of the Indemnitee on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent the circumstances resulting in such Expenses, judgments, fines or settlement amounts. The Company agrees that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section B.6 were determined by pro rata allocation or any other method of allocation which does not take account of the foregoing equitable considerations.

 

C. INDEMNIFICATION PROCESS

1. Notice and Cooperation By Indemnitee . Indemnitee shall, as a condition precedent to his/her right to be indemnified under this Agreement, give the Company notice in writing as soon as practicable of any claim made against Indemnitee for which indemnification will or could be sought under this Agreement, provided that the delay of Indemnitee to give notice hereunder shall not prejudice any of Indemnitee’s rights hereunder, unless such delay results in the Company’s forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses. Notice to the Company shall be given in accordance with Section F.7 below. If, at the time of receipt of such notice, the Company has directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice to its insurers of the Proceeding relating to the notice. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary and desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all Expenses payable as a result of such Proceeding. In addition, Indemnitee shall give the Company such information and cooperation as the Company may reasonably request.

 

2


  2. Indemnification Payment .

(a) Advancement of Expenses . Indemnitee may submit a written request with reasonable particulars to the Company requesting that the Company advance to Indemnitee all Expenses that may be reasonably incurred in advance by Indemnitee in connection with a Proceeding. The Company shall, within 10 business days of receiving such a written request by Indemnitee, advance all requested Expenses to Indemnitee. Any excess of the advanced Expenses over the actual Expenses will be repaid to the Company.

(b) Reimbursement of Expenses . To the extent Indemnitee has not requested any advanced payment of Expenses from the Company, Indemnitee shall be entitled to receive reimbursement for the Expenses incurred in connection with a Proceeding from the Company immediately after Indemnitee makes a written request to the Company for reimbursement unless the Company refers the indemnification request to the Reviewing Party in compliance with Section C.2(c) below.

(c) Determination by the Reviewing Party . If the Company reasonably believes that it is not obligated under this Agreement to indemnify the Indemnitee, the Company shall, within 10 days after the Indemnitee’s written request for an advancement or reimbursement of Expenses, notify the Indemnitee that the request for advancement of Expenses or reimbursement of Expenses will be submitted to the Reviewing Party (as hereinafter defined). The Reviewing Party shall make a determination on the request within 30 days after the Indemnitee’s written request for an advancement or reimbursement of Expenses. Notwithstanding anything foregoing to the contrary, in the event the Reviewing Party informs the Company that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification in connection with a Proceeding under this Agreement or applicable law, the Company shall be entitled to be reimbursed by Indemnitee for all the Expenses previously advanced or otherwise paid to Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding;  provided however , that Indemnitee may bring a suit to enforce his/her indemnification right in accordance with Section C.3 below.

3. Suit to Enforce Rights . Regardless of any action by the Reviewing Party, if Indemnitee has not received full indemnification within 30 days after making a written demand in accordance with Section C.2 above or 50 days if the Company submits a request for advancement or reimbursement to the Reviewing Party under Section C.2(c) above, Indemnitee shall have the right to enforce its indemnification rights under this Agreement by commencing litigation in any court of competent jurisdiction seeking a determination by the court or challenging any determination by the Reviewing Party or any aspect of this Agreement. Any determination by the Reviewing Party not challenged by Indemnitee and any judgment entered by the court shall be binding on the Company and Indemnitee.

4. Assumption of Defense . In the event the Company is obligated under this Agreement to advance or bear any Expenses for any Proceeding against Indemnitee, the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding, with counsel approved by Indemnitee, upon delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of its election to do so. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees of counsel subsequently incurred by Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding, unless (i) the employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been previously authorized by the Company, (ii) Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded, based on written advice of counsel, that there may be a conflict of interest of such counsel retained by the Company between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense, or (iii) the Company ceases or terminates the employment of such counsel with respect to the defense of such Proceeding, in any of which events the fees and expenses of Indemnitee’s counsel shall be at the expense of the Company. At all times, Indemnitee shall have the right to employ counsel in any Proceeding at Indemnitee’s expense.

 

3


5. Defense to Indemnification, Burden of Proof and Presumptions . It shall be a defense to any action brought by Indemnitee against the Company to enforce this Agreement that it is not permissible under this Agreement or applicable law for the Company to indemnify the Indemnitee for the amount claimed. In connection with any such action or any determination by the Reviewing Party or otherwise as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified under this Agreement, the burden of proving such a defense or determination shall be on the Company.

6. No Settlement Without Consent . Neither party to this Agreement shall settle any Proceeding in any manner that would impose any damage, loss, penalty or limitation on Indemnitee without the other party’s written consent. Neither the Company nor Indemnitee shall unreasonably withhold its consent to any proposed settlement.

7. Company Participation . Subject to Section B.5, the Company shall not be liable to indemnify the Indemnitee under this Agreement with regard to any judicial action if the Company was not given a reasonable and timely opportunity, at its expense, to participate in the defense, conduct and/or settlement of such action.

 

  8. Reviewing Party .

(a) For purposes of this Agreement, the Reviewing Party with respect to each indemnification request of Indemnitee that is referred by the Company pursuant to Section C.2(c) above shall be (A) the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of Disinterested Directors (as hereinafter defined), or (B) if a quorum of the Board of Directors consisting of Disinterested Directors is not obtainable or, even if obtainable, said Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee. If the Reviewing Party determines that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten (10) days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any Independent Counsel or member of the Board of Directors shall act reasonably and in good faith in making a determination under this Agreement of the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification. Any reasonable costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom. “ Disinterested Director ” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

 

4


(b) If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section C.8(b). The Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Board of Directors, in which event the proceeding sentence shall apply), and Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. In either event, Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within 10 days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection;  provided however , that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “ Independent Counsel ” as defined in Section C.8(d) of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If a written objection is made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within 20 days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel. The Company shall pay any and all reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel incurred by such Independent Counsel in connection with acting under this Agreement, and the Company shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses incident to the procedures of this Section C.8(b), regardless of the manner in which such Independent Counsel was selected or appointed.

 

5


(c) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the Reviewing Party shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with this Agreement, and the Company shall have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making by any person, persons or entity of any determination contrary to that presumption. The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement (with or without court approval), conviction, or upon a plea of  nolocontendere  or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he/she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his/her conduct was unlawful. For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Company and any other corporation, partnership, joint venture or other entity of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the written request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers and directors of the Company or such other corporation, partnership, joint venture or other entity in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Company or such other corporation, partnership, joint venture or other entity or on information or records given or reports made to the Company or such other corporation, partnership, joint venture or other entity by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Company or such other corporation, partnership, joint venture or other entity. In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the Company or such other corporation, partnership, joint venture or other entity shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement. The provisions of this Section C.8(c) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which the Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.

(d) “ Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning the Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

 

D. DIRECTOR AND OFFICER LIABILITY INSURANCE

1. Good Faith Determination . The Company shall from time to time make the good faith determination whether or not it is practicable for the Company to obtain and maintain a policy or policies of insurance with reputable insurance companies providing the officers and directors of the Company with coverage for losses incurred in connection with their services to the Company or to ensure the Company’s performance of its indemnification obligations under this Agreement.

2. Coverage of Indemnitee . To the extent the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies, in accordance with its or their terms, to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any of the Company’s directors or officers.

 

6


3. No Obligation . Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have no obligation to obtain or maintain any director and officer insurance policy if the Company determines in good faith that such insurance is not reasonably available in the case that (i) premium costs for such insurance are disproportionate to the amount of coverage provided, or (ii) the coverage provided by such insurance is limited by exclusions so as to provide an insufficient benefit.

 

E. NON-EXCLUSIVITY; U.S. FEDERAL PREEMPTION; TERM

1. Non-Exclusivity . The indemnification provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any rights to which Indemnitee may be entitled under the Company’s current memorandum and articles of association, as may be amended from time to time, applicable law or any written agreement between Indemnitee and the Company (including its subsidiaries and affiliates). The indemnification provided under this Agreement shall continue to be available to Indemnitee for any action taken or not taken while serving in an indemnified capacity even though he/she may have ceased to serve in any such capacity at the time of any Proceeding.

2. U.S. Federal Preemption . Notwithstanding the foregoing, both the Company and Indemnitee acknowledge that in certain instances, U.S. federal law or public policy may override applicable law and prohibit the Company from indemnifying its directors and officers under this Agreement or otherwise. Such instances include, but are not limited to, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”)’s prohibition on indemnification for liabilities arising under certain U.S. federal securities laws. Indemnitee understands and acknowledges that the Company has undertaken or may be required in the future to undertake with the SEC to submit the question of indemnification to a court in certain circumstances for a determination of the Company’s right under public policy to indemnify Indemnitee.

3. Duration of Agreement . All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue during the period Indemnitee is an officer and/or a director of the Company (or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) and shall continue thereafter so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any Proceeding by reason of his/her former or current capacity at the Company, whether or not he/she is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any Expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement. This Agreement shall continue in effect regardless of whether Indemnitee continues to serve as an officer and/or a director of the Company or any other enterprise at the Company’s request.

 

F. MISCELLANEOUS

1. Amendment of this Agreement . No supplement, modification, or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall operate as a waiver of any other provisions (whether or not similar), nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver. Except as specifically provided in this Agreement, no failure to exercise or any delay in exercising any right or remedy shall constitute a waiver.

 

7


2. Subrogation . In the event of payment to Indemnitee by the Company under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and shall do everything that may be necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

3. Assignment; Binding Effect . Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights or obligations hereunder may be assigned by either party hereto without the prior written consent of the other party; except that the Company may, without such consent, assign all such rights and obligations to a successor in interest to the Company which assumes all obligations of the Company under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by and against the parties hereto and the Company’s successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company) and assigns, as well as Indemnitee’s spouses, heirs, and personal and legal representatives.

4. Severability and Construction . Nothing in this Agreement is intended to require or shall be construed as requiring the Company to do or fail to do any act in violation of applicable law. The Company’s inability, pursuant to a court order, to perform its obligations under this Agreement shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement. In addition, if any portion of this Agreement shall be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void, or otherwise unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. The parties hereto acknowledge that they each have opportunities to have their respective counsels review this Agreement. Accordingly, this Agreement shall be deemed to be the product of both of the parties hereto, and no ambiguity shall be construed in favor of or against either of the parties hereto.

5. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two counterparts, both of which taken together shall constitute one instrument.

6. Governing Law . This agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to conflicts of law provisions thereof.

7. Notices . All notices, demands, and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be made in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand, against receipt, or mailed via postage prepaid, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, and addressed to the Company at:

Hailiang Education Group Inc.

386, Jiefangbei Road

Diankou Town, Zhuji

Zhejiang Province, 311814

People’s Republic of China

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

and to Indemnitee at his/her address last known to the Company.

 

8


8. Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

(Signature page follows)

 

9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto execute this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

Hailiang Education Group Inc.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

Indemnitee

 

Signature:

 

 

Name:  

[Signature Page to Indemnification Agreement]

Exhibit 10.3

English Translation

EQUITY PLEDGE AGREEMENT

THIS EQUITY PLEDGE AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into on December 31, 2013 by and between the following parties in Zhuji, Zhejiang Province:

Party A (Pledgee): Zhejiang Hailiang Education Consulting and Services Co., Ltd.

Residential Address: Xilin Road, Diankou Town, Zhuji City, Zhejiang

Party B (Pledgor): Feng Hailiang

Identity Card No.:

Residential Address: No.382, Jiefang Road, Diankou Town, Zhuji City, Zhejiang

Party C: Zhejiang Hailiang Education Investment Co., Ltd.

Residential Address: Room 505, Hailiang Business Hotel, Diankou Town, Zhuji City, Zhejiang

WHEREAS,

 

1. Party A, a wholly foreign owned enterprise established and validly existing in accordance with the laws of the PRC, principally engages in education management and consulting services, development of educational software and electronic product, enterprise management consulting; laboratory leasing, education logistics management services;

 

2. Party B is the investor of Party C and holds 100% equities of Party C;

 

3. Party C is a wholly natural person owned enterprise registered and validly existing in accordance with the laws of the PRC;

 

4. Party A, Party B and Party C entered into the Consulting Services Agreement and the Call Option Agreement on December 31, 2013; Party A and Party B entered into the Power of Attorney and Loan Agreement on December 31, 2013. To ensure the performance of the foregoing contracts and the legitimate rights and interests of Party A, Party B would pledge all the equities or similar rights of Party C held by it to secure its performance of Consulting Services Agreement, Call Option Agreement, Power of Attorney and Loan Agreement. Party A, as the pledgee, has the priority to claim against the pledged equities or similar rights.

 

1


Therefore, the parties hereto enter into this Equity Pledge Agreement through consultation.

1. Definition

Unless otherwise required by the context, the following terms as used in this Agreement shall only refer to the following meanings:

Pledge shall refer to all the contents as set out in the Article 2 of this Agreement.

Equities or Similar Rights shall refer to all the equities or similar rights legally held by the Pledgor in Party C, and all present and future rights, interests and revenues based on such equities or similar rights, as well as the current or future receivable payments or compensations in respect of all the equities or similar rights held by the Pledgor in Party C, and profits, dividends and other payments distributed to the Pledgor by Party C from time to time.

Principal Contract shall refer to the Consulting Services Agreement, Call Option Agreement, Power of Attorney, Loan Agreement and their annexes entered into by Party A, Party B and Party C on December 31, 2013.

Events of Default shall refer to any case listed in Article 7 of this Agreement.

Notice of Default shall refer to an event of default notice issued under this Agreement declared by Party A.

Force Majeure shall refer to any of the events beyond the reasonable control of one party, and even under the attention of the affected party, any of the events is still unavoidable, including but not limited to acts of government, the forces of nature, fire, explosion, geographic variation, storms, floods, earthquakes, tidal, lightning or war. However, insufficiency of credit facilities, funds or financing shall not be deemed to be beyond the reasonable control of a party.

2. Pledge

2.1 The Pledgor shall pledge all the equities or similar interests in Party C to Party A, as the guarantee of Party A’s rights and interests under the Principal Contract. Party A has the priority to claim compensation against the pledged equities or similar interests.

2.2 The pledged equities or similar interests under this Agreement is to guarantee all the expenses (including legal fees), expenditures and losses to be paid by Party C and its affiliate and/or Party B to Party A under the Principal Contract, interests, damages, compensation, costs to realize creditor’s rights, all the expenses incurred by the Pledgee to force the Pledgor to perform its obligations under the contract, and in case of the invalidity of the Principal Contract in whole or in part due to any reason, the liability owed by Party C and the Pledgor to Party A.

2.3 The right of pledge under this Agreement refers to all the remedies, powers and rights owned by Party A for breach of contract, and Party A has the right to sell in discount, launch an auction and sell off the equities or similar rights pledged to Party A by the Pledgor and have the priority to claim compensation from the proceeds therefrom, or in compliance with Chinese laws and regulations, have the priority to claim compensation from other ways of disposal of pledged equities or similar rights agreed by both parties.

 

2


2.4 Unless otherwise expressly agreed in writing by Party A after this Agreement takes effect, the pledge under this Agreement shall be released only when Party C and the Pledgor have fully and completely fulfilled all the obligations and responsibilities under the Principal Contract, and with written approval by Party A; the reasonable fees for the release of the pledge shall be borne by the Pledgor. If Party C or the Pledgor has not completely fulfilled all or any part of its obligations and responsibilities under such contract upon the expiration of the term provided by the Principal Contract, Party A still enjoys the right of pledge under this Agreement until such obligations and responsibilities are completely fulfilled in a manner reasonably satisfactory to Party A.

3. Effectiveness and Term

3.1 This Equity Pledge Agreement shall be executed and come into effect as from the date on which the parties affix their signatures and seals.

3.2 During the effective term of this Agreement, if Party C fails to pay as provided in the Consulting Services Agreement, Call Option Agreement, Power of Attorney and Loan agreement, or fails to perform other provisions of such contracts, upon reasonable notice and in accordance with laws and regulations, Party A has the right to exercise the right of pledge according to the provisions of this Agreement.

3.3 The term of this Equity Pledge Agreement shall be ended when the contractual obligations are completely fulfilled or the debts as secured in Article 2.2 of this Agreement are completely paid off.

3.4 During the effective term of this Agreement, Party B and Party C shall not early terminate this Agreement. Party A shall not early terminate this Agreement without any cause.

4. Pledge Registration

4.1 Party B and Party C shall register the pledge with the administrative bureau for industry and commerce in charge of Party C within one month from the date of this Agreement, and provide Party A with the pledge registration documents.

4.2 If any recorded items for pledge are changed and records shall be altered according to law, Party A and Party C shall record such change in five working days after the change of such recorded items, and submit related alteration registration documents.

4.3 During the period of equity pledge, the Pledgor shall instruct Party C not to distribute any dividends or bonuses, or to adopt any profit distribution plan; if the Pledgor shall obtain other economic benefits of any nature other than dividends, bonuses or other profit distribution plan as to the pledged equities, the Pledgor shall instruct Party C, as requested by Party A, to remit the relevant (realized) money directly into the bank account designated by Party A; without the prior written consent of Party A, the Pledgor shall not use such money, and such money shall be used first for the pledged equities to pay off the secured debts.

 

3


4.4 During the period of equity pledge, if the Pledgor subscribes for Party C’s new registered capital (“New Equities”), the New Equities shall automatically become the pledged equities under this Agreement. The Pledgor shall go through the necessary procedures to complete the pledge of the New Equities within 10 working days after obtaining the New Equities. If the Pledgor fails to complete the relevant procedures in accordance with the proceeding provisions, Party A has the right to realize its right of pledge immediately in accordance with the provisions of Article 8 of this Agreement.

5. Representations and Warranties of Pledgor

The Pledgor makes the following representations and warranties to Party A at the time of signing this Agreement, and confirms that Party has relied on such representations and warranties to execute and perform this Agreement:

5.1 The Pledgor is a PRC citizen with full capacity for civil conduct, has legitimate right and ability to enter into this Agreement and bear the corresponding legal liabilities. The Pledgor legally owns and has the right to dispose of the equities under this Agreement, and has the right to pledge such equities to provide guarantee for Party A.

5.2 During the period starting from the date of this Agreement when Party A has the right of pledge pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, if Party A exercises its rights or realizes its right of pledge pursuant to this Agreement, there should be no lawful claims or proper intervention from any other parties.

5.3 Party A has the right to exercise its right of pledge in the manner as prescribed by laws and regulations and the provisions of this Agreement.

5.4 Except for the pledge created over the equities under this Agreement, there are no other encumbrances or any form of security interests of third party (including but not limited to pledge) over the equities held by the Pledgor.

5.5 When this Agreement comes into effect, the Pledgor is the sole legal owner of the equities, and there are no ongoing civil, administrative or criminal litigations, administrative punishments or arbitrations in relation to the Pledgor, its assets or equities, and to the knowledge of the Pledgor, there are no potential litigations or arbitration that may have a material adverse effect on the economic situation of the Pledgor or the ability of the Pledgor to perform its obligations and guarantee liabilities under this Agreement.

5.6 There are no taxes or fees payable but unpaid or legal procedures that should be completed but not completed in relation to the equities.

5.7 The provisions of this Agreement reflect the true intentions of all parties and are legally binding on all parties.

 

4


6. Undertakings of Pledgor

6.1 During the term of this Agreement, the Pledgor undertakes to Party A that:

6.1.1 Except to Party A or the person designated by Party A as requested by Party A, without the prior written consent of Party A, it will not transfer equities to any other party, or create or permit the existence of any pledge or any other encumbrances or any form of third party security interests that may affect the rights and interests of Party A; without Party A’s written consent, any transfer of equities or pledge or any other security interests over all or part of the equities shall be null and void.

6.1.2 It will comply with all applicable laws and regulations; upon the receipt of notices, instructions or recommendations from the relevant competent authorities on the right of pledge, it will present such notices, instructions or recommendations to Party A within five working days, and to act in accordance with the reasonable instructions of Party A.

6.2 It agrees that when Party A exercises its rights pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, there shall be no interruption or interference from the Pledgor or its successor or assign or any other person.

6.3 It warrants to Party A that, in order to protect or improve the security under this Agreement for the performance of obligations of the Pledgor and/or Party C under the Principal Contract, the Pledgor will make all necessary amendments (if applicable) to its articles of associations (if it is a legal person) and that of Party C, sign honestly, and procure other interested party to sign all the legal title certificates and contracts and/or perform as demanded by Party A, facilitate the exercise of pledge right by Party A, sign the modification documents relating to share certificate with Party A or any third party designated by Party A, and provide Party A with all the related pledge documents that Party A deems necessary within a reasonable time period.

6.4 The Pledgor guarantees to Party A that, for Party A’s interest, the Pledgor will abide by and fulfill all the warranties, undertakings, contracts and representations. If the Pledgor fails to perform or incompletely perform its warranties, undertakings, contracts and representations, the Pledgor shall indemnify Party A for all the resulting losses.

6.5 The Pledgor guarantees to Party A that, without the prior written consent of Party A, the Pledgor will liquidate or dissolve Party C on its own.

7. Representations and Warranties of Party C

Party C represents and warrants to Party A that:

7.1 Party C is a corporate legal person duly organized and existing under the laws of the People’s Republic of China with the qualification as an independent legal person; has the complete and independent legal status and legal capacity to sign, deliver and perform this Agreement, and is an independent party to litigation.

 

5


7.2 All the reports, documents and information provided by Party C to Party A prior to the effectiveness of this Agreement in relation to the pledged equities and all matters as required by this Agreement are in all material respects true and accurate as of the date of this Agreement.

7.3 All the reports documents and information provided by Party C to Party A after the effectiveness of this Agreement in relation to the pledged equities and all matters as required by this Agreement are in all material respects true and accurate as of the date of providing.

7.4 This Agreement, as duly signed by Party C, will constitute legal, valid and binding obligations upon Party C.

7.5 It has the full power and internal authority from Party C to sign and deliver this Agreement and all other documents relating to this Agreement and all other transactions completed by this Agreement and to be signed by it, and it has the full power and authorization to complete the transactions completed by this Agreement.

7.6 There are no pending or, to Party C’s knowledge, threatened litigations, legal proceedings or claims against Party C or its assets (including but not limited to pledged equities) in any courts or tribunals as well as in any government institutions or administrative authorities, which will cause material or adverse effect on the financial conditions of Party C or the ability of the Pledgor to perform its obligations and guarantee liabilities hereunder.

7.7 Party C hereby undertakes to Party A that the forgoing representations and warranties are true and correct and will be fully complied with at any time and in any circumstances prior to the full performance of obligations hereunder or the full settlement of secured debts.

8. Events of Default

8.1 The following events shall be deemed as events of default:

8.1.1 The Pledgor, Party C, or its successor or assign fails to fulfill the obligations under the Principal Contract;

8.1.2 Any representations, warranties or undertakings made in Article 5 and Article 6 hereof by the Pledgor have material misunderstanding effect or mistakes, and/or the Pledgor breaches the representations, warranties or undertakings under Article 5 and Article 6;

8.1.3 The Pledgor seriously breaches any provisions hereof;

8.1.4 Unless otherwise provided hereby, the Pledgor abandons the pledged equities or assign the pledged equities without the written consent of Party A, or re-pledges or makes any disposal that may damage Party A’s pledge right hereunder;

 

6


8.1.5 Any external loans, guarantees, compensations, undertakings or other obligations of the Pledgor itself are required to be paid off or performed in advance due to its default, or fail to be paid off or performed when falling due, causing Party A to have reasons to believe that the ability of the Pledgor to fulfill the obligations hereunder has been influenced, and therefore the interests of Party A;

8.1.6 The Pledgor is unable to repay general debts or other debts, therefore influencing the interests of Party A;

8.1.7 The Principal Contract (including but not limited to the Consulting Services Agreement, the Call Option Agreement, the Power of Attorney, Loan Agreement) becomes illegal or the Pledgor is unable to continue to perform the obligations under the Principal Contracts as a result of the promulgation of relevant laws;

8.1.8 Any governmental consent, license, approval or authorization to enable this Agreement to be implemented, legal or effective is withdrawn, suspended, annulled or amended materially;

8.1.9 There is adverse change to the property owned by the Pledgor, causing Party A to believe the ability of the Pledgor to fulfill the obligations hereunder has been affected;

8.1.10 Pursuant to the relevant laws, other events that may prevent Party A from disposing of its pledge right.

8.2 If the Pledgor is aware or finds that any event set out in Article 8.1 above or any event that may incur any of the above events, the Pledgor shall immediately notify Party A in written form.

8.3 Unless the event of default set out in Article 8.1 has been solved to Party A’s satisfaction, Party A may, at the time when the default event of the Pledgor occurs or at any them thereafter, send a notice of default in written form to the Pledgor, asking the Pledgor to immediately pay the due amounts and other payables under the Principal Contract.

If the Pledgor or Party C fails to timely rectify such default or take necessary remedies within 10 days after the written notice is issued, Party A is entitled to exercise the pledge right in accordance with the provisions hereof.

9. Exercise of Pledge Right

9.1 Prior to the complete settlement of fees and costs and full performance of obligations under the Principal Contract, without the written consent of Party A, the Pledgor shall not transfer the equities.

9.2 When exercising the pledge right, Party A shall send a notice of default to the Pledgor in accordance with the provisions hereof.

9.3 In accordance with the relevant laws and regulations, Party A shall have the priority to claim compensation against the proceeds from all or part of the equities hereunder sold in discount, by auction or sold off in accordance with legal procedures.

9.4 When Party A exercises the pledge right pursuant to this Agreement, the Pledgor shall not put up barriers, and shall provide necessary assistance to enable Party A to realize its pledge right.

 

7


10. Transfer

10.1 Without the prior written consent of Party A, the Pledgor has no right to transfer any of its rights and/or obligations under this Agreement to a third party.

10.2 This Agreement is binding on both the Pledgor and its successors, and shall be effective to Party A and its successors or assigns.

10.3 Party A may transfer all or any of its rights and obligations under the Principal Contract to any designated third party at any time, in which case the assign shall enjoy Party A’s rights and undertake Party A’s obligations under this Agreement. When Party A transfers its rights and obligations under the Principal Contract, at Party A’s request, the Pledgor shall sign relevant contracts and/or documents for the transfer.

10.4 In case of the change of the Pledgee due to the transfer, the two new parties to the pledge shall resign a pledge contract and the Pledgor shall be responsible for all the relevant registration formalities.

11. Formality Fees and Other Costs

All costs and actual expenses in connection with this Agreement, including but not limited to legal fees, documentation fees, stamp duties and any other taxes and fees, shall be borne by Party C.

12. Governing Law and Dispute Resolution

12.1 The execution, validity, performance, interpretation of and settlement of disputes in connection with this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the People’s Republic of China.

12.2 Any dispute arising out of the interpretation and performance of terms of this Agreement shall be resolved by the parties through consultation in good faith. If consultation fails, either party may submit the dispute to China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission to be resolved in accordance with the arbitration rules then effective. The place of arbitration shall be Shanghai, and the language of arbitration shall be Chinese. The arbitral award shall be final and binding upon all the parties.

12.3 Other than the matters in dispute, all parties shall continue to perform their respective obligations in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement in good faith.

 

8


13. Notice

Any notice sent by the parties hereto to perform the rights or obligations under this Agreement shall be made in written form and delivered to the following address of a party or parties by hand, registered mail, postage prepaid mail, accepted express delivery or by fax.

Party A: Zhejiang Hailiang Education Consulting and Services Co., Ltd.

Address: Xilin Road, DianKou Town, Zhuji City, Zhejiang

Fax: 0575-87062008

Tel: 0575-87063555

Attention: Hu Jun

Party B: Feng Hailiang

Address: No.382, Jiefang Road, Diankou Town, Zhuji City, Zhejiang.

Fax: 0575-87069027

Telephone: 0575-87069027

Party C: Zhejiang Hailiang Education Investment Co., Ltd.

Address: Room 505 Hailiang Business Hotel, Diankou Town, Zhuji, Zhejiang

Fax: 0575-87069031

Telephone: 0575-88797955

Attention: Qian Zhiqiang

14. Annex

The annex to this Agreement shall constitute an integral part of this Agreement.

15. Waiver

Party A’s failure to exercise or delay in exercising any rights, remedies, powers or privileges under this Agreement shall not be considered as a waiver of such rights, remedies, powers or privileges. Party A’s single or partial exercise of any rights, remedies, powers or privileges shall not preclude the exercise of any other rights, remedies, powers or privileges. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges stipulated by this Agreement shall be applied.

 

9


16. Miscellaneous

16.1 Any modification, addition or change to this Agreement shall be made in written form and become valid after all parties affix their signatures and seals.

16.2 All parties hereby confirm that this Agreement has been reached in a fair and reasonable manner and on the basis of equality and mutual benefit. If any provisions of this Agreement become invalid or unenforceable as a result of inconsistency with the relevant laws, then the provisions shall be invalid or unenforceable under the relevant laws, and the validity of other provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected.

16.3 The Pledgor undertakes that regardless of the change of equities held by the Pledgor in Party C, the provisions of this Agreement shall remain legally binding upon the Pledgor and apply to all the equities of Party C held by the Pledgor at that time.

16.4 This Agreement shall be made in four copies. Party A, Party B and Party C shall each hold one copy, and the industry and commerce registration authority shall hold one copy.

 

10


THIS PAGE IS THE SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE EQUITY PLEDGE AGREEMENT. THE PARTIES HEREBY SIGN AND CONFIRM AS FOLLOWS:

Party A: Zhejiang Hailiang Education Consulting and Services Co., Ltd.

(Seal) Seal of Zhejiang Hailiang Education Consulting and Services Co., Ltd. Affixed

Legal Representative: /s/ Feng Hailiang

Date: December 31, 2013

Party B: Feng Hailiang (Signature) /s/ Feng Hialiang

Date: December 31, 2013

Party C: Zhejiang Hailiang Education Investment Co., Ltd.

(Seal) Seal of Zhejiang Hailiang Education Investment Co., Ltd. Affixed

Legal Representative: /s/ Feng Hialiang

Date: December 31, 2013

 

11

Exhibit 10.4

English Translation

CALL OPTION AGREEMENT

THIS CALL OPTION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into on the December 31, 2013 in Zhuji City, Zhejiang, the PRC by and between the following parties:

Party A: Zhejiang Hailiang Education Consulting and Services Co., Ltd.

Residential Address: Xilin Road, Diankou Town, Zhuji City, Zhejiang

Legal representative: Feng Hailiang

Party B: Zhejiang Hailiang Education Investment Co., Ltd.

Residential Address: Room 505, Hailiang Business Hotel, Diankou Town, Zhuji City, Zhejiang;

Legal representative: Feng Hailiang

Party C (shareholder of Party B): Feng Hailiang

Identity Card No.:

Residential Address: No.382, Jiefang Road, Diankou Town, Zhuji City, Zhejiang.

Party A, Party B and Party C are collectively referred to as the “Parties”.

WHEREAS ,

 

1. Party A is a wholly foreign owned enterprise duly organized and existing under the laws of the People’s Republic of China (“PRC”), mainly engaged in consulting and service of education management, development of educational software and electronic products, business consulting; laboratory lease, and education logistics management; Party B is mainly engaged in educational investment and other relevant business via its affiliated entities; a Consulting Services Agreement (“Service Agreement”) concerning related business is entered into on December 31, 2013 between Party A and Party B.

 

2. Party C is the shareholder of Party B, who validly holds the 100% of the equities of Party B (hereinafter referred to as the “Equities”).

The Parties hereto shall abide by the terms and conditions hereunder:


1 Call and Put Options

 

1.1 Grant

 

     Party C hereby grants Party A or the designated person of Party A (hereinafter referred to as “Designee”) an irrevocable call option to be exercised in certain cases, including but not limited to the cancellation of the Consulting Services Agreement, the Call Option Agreement, the Loan Agreement, the Equity Pledge Agreement and the Power of Attorney by Party A, Party B or Party C dissolving, or the bankruptcy, liquidation, or dissolution of Hailiang Investment. To the extent permitted by the laws of PRC, the person exercising the option has right to purchase all or part of the Equities (the “Option”) in accordance with steps set out by Party A and at the price stipulated in Section 1.3 hereof. The Option shall be exercised only by Party A or the Designee, any third party shall not be granted such Option. Party B acknowledges that the Option shall be granted to Party A or the Designee by Party C. The term “Designee” used herein shall include any natural person, corporation, partnership, enterprise, trust fund or unincorporated organization.

 

1.2 Exercise of Option

 

     Party A or the Designee may notify Party C in writing and exercise its Option at any time via indicating the amounts and the way of purchase of the Equities to be acquired from Party C in accordance with the applicable PRC laws, regulations and rules.

 

1.3 Purchase Price

 

     Upon exercise of the Option, Party A or the Designee shall purchase Party B’s Equities or any of its assets at such minimum prices as permitted by the PRC laws and regulations, and in case the minimum price is higher than the capital contribution by Party B as of the date of this Agreement, Party C shall return the price difference to Party A or the Designee in the way specified by Party A. Besides all of the above, the Parties hereto agree that Party C shall not obtain any interest or profit from selling the Equities in connection with any exercise of the Option by Party A or the Designee.

 

1.4 Transfer of the Equities

 

     When exercising the Option under this Agreement:

 

1.4.1 Party C shall approve the resolution to transfer the Equities to Party A or the Designee (hereinafter referred to such Equities as the “Purchased Equities”).

 

1.4.2 The Parties shall execute the Equity Transfer Agreement in the form reasonably acceptable to Party A, stipulating all the terms and conditions in terms of the Purchased Equities.

 

1.4.3 The Parties shall, without any encumbrance, perform all such other contracts, agreements and documents, obtain all such governmental approvals, take all such actions to transfer the validly Purchased Equity to Party A or the Designee as necessary for Party A and the Designee to become the registered holder of the Purchased Equities. For the purpose of this Section 1.4.3, “encumbrance” means any mortgage, pledge, or any right and interest of any third party, any call option, right of acquisition, right of first refusal, right of setoff, retention of title or other security arrangement, other than the pledge under the Equity Pledge Agreement made and entered into on December 31, 2013.

 

2


1.5 Way of Payment

 

     The way of payment for purchasing the Equities shall be decided through negotiation between Party A and Party C when exercising the Option in accordance with the applicable laws.

 

2 Representations in connection with the Equities

 

2.1 Party B’s Representations

 

     Party B hereby makes the following representations and warranties:

 

2.1.1 Without prior written consent of Party A, the articles of association of Party B shall not be supplemented modified or renewed in any way, and the capital contribution of Party B shall not be increased or decreased, while the equity structure of Party B shall not be changed in any form.

 

2.1.2 Without prior written consent of Party A, following the execution of this Agreement, no asset, legal or beneficial business interest or income shall be sold, transferred, mortgaged or otherwise disposed, nor shall any encumbrance, approval for encumbrance or security be established on Party B’s assets.

 

2.1.3 Without prior written consent of Party A, no debt or guarantee shall be incurred, other than (1) any debt arising out of the daily business of Party B except those in connection with loan activities; and (2) debts that Party A has already been informed of.

 

2.1.4 Party B operates all the business normally, without causing any damage to the business of Party B and its asset value.

 

2.1.5 Without prior written consent of Party A, no material agreements shall be signed, other than those for daily business (in this Section 2.1.5, an agreement will be deemed as a material one if its amount is over RMB 100,000).

 

2.1.6 Without prior written consent of Party A, no loans or credit arrangements shall be provided to any other person or entity.

 

2.1.7 Party B provides all such business and financial information as requested by Party A.

 

2.1.8 Party B purchases and maintains the insurance coverage provided by the insurance company accepted by Party A, with same insurance amounts and categories as those held by the peer companies with the same asset size and in the same business with Party B.

 

2.1.9 Without prior written consent of Party A, no mergers, cooperation, acquisitions or investment shall be allowed.

 

3


2.1.10 Party B notifies Party A of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceeding relating to the assets, business and revenue of Party B.

 

2.1.11 Party B signs all the proper and necessary documents, takes all the necessary and relevant measures, lodges any reasonable claim, so as to guarantee Party B’s the ownership of the assets it holds.

 

2.1.12 Without prior written consent of Party A, no distribution is allowed in any form, other than the distribution of dividends to the shareholder upon Party A’s request.

 

2.1.13 Party B appoints the staff designated by Party A to the managerial positions of Party B upon Party A’s request.

 

2.2 Party C’s Representations

 

     Party C hereby individually and jointly and severally makes the representations and warranties as below:

 

2.2.1 Without prior written consent of Party A, following the execution of this Agreement, no asset, legal or beneficial equity interest shall be sold, transferred, mortgaged or otherwise disposed, nor shall any encumbrance be allowed, other than those set out under the Equity Pledge Agreement.

 

2.2.2 Without prior written consent of Party A, no shareholders’ resolution made at Party C’s meetings with an attempt to approve the sale, transfer, mortgage or disposal of any legal or beneficiary equity interest, or to allow any additional encumbrance shall be approved, endorsed or signed, other than those set out under the Equity Pledge Agreement, nor any change or assign of capital contribution is allowed.

 

2.2.3 Without prior written consent of Party A, no resolution proposed at Party C’s meetings with an attempt to approve any merger, cooperation, acquisition or investment by Party B shall be approved, endorsed or signed.

 

2.2.4 Party C notifies Party A of any existing or potential litigation, arbitration or administrative proceeding in connection with the Equities.

 

2.2.5 Party C procures that Party B’ board of directors will approve the transfer of the Purchased Equities under this Agreement.

 

2.2.6 Party C signs all such documents, takes all such measures, lodges all such claims and raises all such defenses as necessary or relevant to guarantee Party C’s ownership of the Equities it holds.

 

2.2.7 Party C appoints such persons as designated by Party A as the directors of Party B upon Party A’s request; and

 

2.2.8 Party C fully complies with this Agreement and other related agreements reached between Party A and Party B, perform all the obligations hereunder and thereunder without slacking in the execution while refraining from taking any activity that may affect the validity or enforceability of this Agreement and other related agreements.

 

4


3 Representations and Warranties

 

     On the date of this Agreement and upon each exercise of the Option to transfer the Purchased Equity, Party B and Party C make the representations and warranties as below:

 

3.1 Party B or Party C has the power and capacity to sign and deliver this Agreement, perform the obligations hereunder and under the Equity Transfer Agreement upon each transfer. Once signed, this Agreement and each Equity Transfer Agreement will constitute the legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations in accordance with the terms and conditions hereunder and thereunder.

 

3.2 The execution and performance of this Agreement and the Equity Transfer Agreement will not: (1) violate any PRC laws and regulations; (2) conflict with the articles of association or other constitutional documents of Party B; (3) lead to or result in any violation of the relevant agreements or documents, or create any binding obligation; (4) violate any consent or approved authorization, and or jeopardize the conditions upon which such consent and authorization remain effective; (5) lead to the suspension or cancellation of any consent or approval, or create any additional condition to such consent or approval.

 

3.3 Without the prior consent of Party A, Party B’s Equities shall not be transferred in part or in all, nor shall any security be established on the Equities by Party B or Party C, unless specified under the Equity Pledge Agreement.

 

3.4 Party B does not have any unsettled debt other than (1) debts arising from normal operations; and (2) debts that Party A has been informed of or debts incurred with Party A’s written consent.

 

3.5 Party B abides by all the applicable PRC laws and regulations applicable to this Agreement.

 

3.6 There is no pending or ongoing litigation, arbitration, or administrative proceeding relating to Party B or its assets or equities. To the best knowledge of Party B and Party C, there is no pending or threatening claim; and

 

3.7 There is no encumbrance on the Equities held by Party C other than the security under the Equity Pledge Agreement.

 

4 Assignment of Agreement

 

4.1 Party B and Party C shall not assign their rights and obligations under this Agreement to any third party without the prior written consent of Party A.

 

4.2 Each of Party B and Party C hereby agrees that Party A shall have the right to assign all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement, to any third party, provided that Party A delivers a written notice to Party B and Party C prior to such assignment without any requirement for any further consent from Party B and Party C.

 

5


5 Effectiveness and Term

 

5.1 This Agreement shall be effective upon the date set out on the first page.

 

5.2 Within the term of this Agreement, this Agreement may not be terminated early by Party B or Party C, nor terminated early by Party A without good reason.

 

6 Governing Laws and Dispute Resolution

 

6.1 Governing Laws

 

     The execution, validity, interpretation and performance of this Agreement and the disputes resolution under this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of PRC.

 

6.2 Dispute Resolution

 

     Any dispute arising out of interpretation and performance hereof shall be settled through friendly negotiation by the Parties hereto. If the Parties hereto fail to settle the said dispute in 30 days, any party may file the said dispute with China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission (the “Commission”) for arbitration according to the arbitration rules set out by the Commission. The place of arbitration is Shanghai and arbitration language is Chinese. The arbitration award is final and binding on the Parties hereto.

 

7 Taxes and Fees

 

     The Parties shall bear all the registration taxes, costs and expenditures arising from the preparation, execution and completion of this Agreement and all the Equity Transfer Agreements in accordance with PRC laws.

 

8 Notice

 

     All the notices or information relating to this Agreement sent by either party shall be written in Chinese and English and be sent out in the following ways: personal delivery, registered letter, pre-paid post, urgent mail by courier or image fax to the address of the relevant parties, the address set out below, other address or other specified address of the relevant parties. The following principles shall be followed in deciding the date of arrival of such notices: (1) the date of notice shall be the date of delivery in case of personal delivery; (2) the date of notice shall be the tenth day following the day on which the notice is sent by pre-paid air mail (as indicated by postmark), or the fourth day following the day on which the notice is sent by an internationally recognized urgent mail courier service provider; (3) the date of notice shall be the receipt time as shown on the transmission verification report in case of fax.

 

6


     Party A: Zhejiang Hailiang Education Consulting and Services Co., Ltd.
     Address: Xilin Road, Diankou Town, Zhuji City, Zhejiang
     Fax: 0575-87062008
     Telephone: 0575-87063555
     Attention: Hu Jun

 

     Party B: Zhejiang Hailiang Education Investment Co., Ltd.
     Address: Room 505, Hailiang Business Hotel, Diankou Town, Zhuji City, Zhejiang;
     Fax: 0575-87069031
     Telephone: 0575-88797955
     Attention: Qian Zhiqiang

 

     Party C: Feng Hailiang
     Address: No.382, Jiefang Road, Diankou Town, Zhuji City, Zhejiang.
     Fax: 0575-87069027
     Telephone: 0575-87069027

 

9 Confidentiality

 

     The Parties hereto undertake and acknowledge that all the oral or written information is confidential and the Parties shall ensure the confidentiality of such information. None of the Parties shall provide the confidential information to any third party without prior written consent of the other parties unless:

 

  (a) such information has been made public disclosure.

 

  (b) such information is disclosed as required by the applicable laws and regulations or rules of stock exchanges.

 

  (c) such information is properly disclosed to legal counsels and financial consultants retained by the Parties, provided the counsels and the consultants shall comply with the confidentiality requirements set out in this section. Any disclosure of confidential information by an employee or agent of any Party shall be deemed as disclosure of such information by such Party, and such Party shall be liable for breaching the confidentiality obligations. This section shall survive in case that any term under this Agreement is modified, abolished, terminated, or deemed as void or unenforceable for any reason.

 

7


10 Further Warranties

 

     The Parties agree to sign all the necessary documents and take all the reasonable actions to perform this Agreement.

 

11 Miscellaneous

 

11.1 Amendment, Modification and Supplement of Agreement

 

     Any amendment and supplement to this Agreement shall be duly executed by each Party before it takes effect.

 

11.2 Entirety of Agreement

 

     Notwithstanding the provisions set out in Section 5,, the Parties acknowledge that this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the Parties with respect to the subject matters herein, and supersedes and replaces all prior or contemporaneous agreements and understandings in oral or written form.

 

11.3 Severability

 

     If any provision of this Agreement is invalid or unenforceable according to relevant PRC laws, such a provision shall be deemed invalid under the applicable PRC laws and regulations only, while the validity, legality and enforceability of the other provisions hereof shall not be affected or impaired in any way .The Parties shall, through negotiations in good faith, replace such invalid, illegal or non-enforceable provision with valid provision so that any substituted provision may bring the similar economic effects as those intended by the invalid, illegal or non-enforceable provision.

 

11.4 Headings

 

     The headings contained in this Agreement are for the convenience of reference only and shall not in any other way affect the interpretation and explanation of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

11.5 Language and Counterparts

 

     This Agreement shall be signed in Chinese in triplicates with each party hereto holding one copy. Each copy shall have the same legal effect.

 

11.6 Successor

 

     This Agreement shall be binding on each Party’s successors or transferees accepted by the Parties.

 

11.7 Survival

 

     Notwithstanding the expiration of this Agreement or any item resulting in its termination, the Parties shall continue to perform their obligations hereunder. Following the termination of this Agreement, Section 6, Section 8, Section 9 and Section 11.7 shall remain effective.

 

8


11.8 Waiver

 

     With written consent of the Parties, one party may waive provisions stipulated hereunder. One party waiving its rights in connection with the default by other parties in some case shall not be deemed as the waiver of such party granted in similar circumstances.

(Signature page below)

 

9


(SIGNATURE PAGE)

I N WITNESS WHEREOF , this Agreement is duly executed and sealed by the Parties or its legal representatives.

Party A: Zhejiang Hailiang Education Consulting and Services Co., Ltd.

Seal of Zhejiang Hailiang Education Consulting and Services Co., Ltd. affixed.

 

Legal Representative/Authorized Person:   

/s/ Feng Hailiang

  
   Feng Hailiang   

Date: December 31, 2013

Party B: Zhejiang Hailiang Education Investment Co., Ltd.

Seal of Zhejiang Hailiang Education Investment Co., Ltd. affixed.

 

Legal Representative/Authorized Person:   

/s/ Feng Hailiang

  
   Feng Hailiang   

Date: December 31, 2013

 

Party C:   

/s/ Feng Hailiang

     
   Feng Hailiang      

Date: December 31, 2013

 

10

Exhibit 10.5

English Translation

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Authorizer: Feng Hailiang (“Shareholder”, “Pledgor”)

Authorized Person: Zhejiang Hailiang Education Consulting and Services Co., Ltd. (“Pledgee”)

Pursuant to the Consulting Services Agreement and the Equity Pledge Agreement entered into on December 31, 2013 between the Authorizer and the Authorized Person, Mr. Feng Hailiang owns 100% of the equities of Zhejiang Hailiang Education Investment Co., Ltd. Mr. Feng Hailiang hereby issues this Power of Attorney, which shall become effective simultaneously with the Consulting Services Agreement and the Equity Pledge Agreement on an irrevocable basis to confirm the controlling right of Zhejiang Hailiang Education Consulting and Services Co., Ltd. (“Hailiang Consulting”).

Mr. Feng Hailiang irrevocably authorizes the person delegated by Hailiang Consulting (“Shareholder’s Representative”) to exercise the following rights on his behalf:

 

1. to excise the voting right of a shareholder or a director on behalf of Mr. Feng Hailiang, and all the voting results and resolutions passed by the Shareholder’s Representative or the board of directors shall be acknowledged and confirmed by Mr. Feng Hailiang;

 

2. to exercise all the shareholder’s rights provided by Zhejiang Hailiang Education Investment Co., Ltd., and the results shall be confirmed and acknowledged by Mr. Feng Hailiang;

 

3. all shareholder rights of Zhejiang Hailiang Education Investment Co., Ltd. shall be exercised by Hailiang Consulting. Any dividends or other benefits associated with shareholding that the Pledgor receives from Zhejiang Hailiang Education Investment Co., Ltd. will unconditionally revert to Hailiang Consulting;

 

4. to act as a director of Zhejiang Hailiang Education Investment Co., Ltd. and constitute the board of directors to exercise the rights and duties of the board of directors pursuant to the articles of associations of Zhejiang Hailiang Education Investment Co., Ltd.;

 

5. to engage in the business permitted by the scope of business on behalf of Zhejiang Hailiang Education Investment Co., Ltd.;

 

6. to determine the change or replacement of the member of board of directors of Zhejiang Hailiang Education Investment Co., Ltd. pursuant to the appointment, direction or suggestion of Hailiang Consulting;

 

7. to exercise other shareholder’s rights provided by the articles of associations of Zhejiang Hailiang Education Investment Co., Ltd.

 

Authorizer:   /s/ Feng Hailiang (Signature)
  Feng Hailiang
Date: December 31, 2013

 

1

Exhibit 10.6

English Translation

CONSULTING SERVICES AGREEMENT

THIS CONSULTING SERVICES AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into on December 31, 2013 by and between the following parties in Zhuji, Zhejiang Province:

Party A: Zhejiang Hailiang Education Consulting and Services Co., Ltd.

Residential Address: Xilin Road, Diankou Town, Zhuji City, Zhejiang

Legal Representative: Feng Hailiang

Party B: Zhejiang Hailiang Education Investment Co., Ltd.

Residential Address: Room 505 Hailiang Business Hotel, Diankou Town, Zhuji City, Zhejiang

Legal Representative: Feng Hailiang

Party B’s Affiliates: refer to the entities invested or controlled by Party B, including but not limited to the companies, schools or other entities of which Party B directly or indirectly holds more than 50% equities (please refer to Annex I for more details).

Party C (Shareholder of Party B): Feng Hailiang

Identity Card No.:

Residential Address: No.382, Jiefang Road, Diankou Town, Zhuji City, Zhejiang

WHEREAS

 

1. Party A, a wholly foreign owned enterprise established and validly existing in accordance with the laws of the PRC, principally engages in education management and consulting services, development of educational software and electronic product, enterprise management consulting; laboratory leasing, education logistics management services;

 

2. Party B, a wholly natural person owned enterprise registered and validly existing in accordance with the laws of the PRC, principally engages in educational investment and in other relevant business through its affiliates;

 

3. Party C is the shareholder of Party B and holds 100% equities of Party B.

 

1


For the purpose that Party A provides Party B and its affiliates with educational consulting, technical and logistics support, this Agreement is hereby made and entered into as follows by the parties hereto after consultation:

1. SERVICE

 

1.1 The parties hereto agree to cooperate with each other in business operation in accordance with the terms and conditions as agreed herein. Party B and Party C shall irrevocably retain Party A to provide Party B and its affiliates with services including exclusive education consulting, technical and logistics support (refer to Annex II for details). The contents of Annex II is the service scope determined in accordance with the actual requirements of Party B and its affiliates after negotiation between Party B, its affiliates and Party A.

 

1.2 Party A agrees to provide the services as mentioned in Annex II and provide the services of education consulting, technical and logistics support in accordance with this Agreement.

 

1.3 Party B, its affiliates and Party C agree, during the term of this Agreement, without the prior written approval of Party A, not to directly or indirectly accept any equivalent or similar services from any third party, or establish any similar business cooperation with any third party.

 

1.4 Party C agrees to procure Party B and its affiliates to perform their obligations, warranties and undertakings hereunder within the term hereof.

 

1.5 Party A undertakes that the service items comply with the Education Law and other relevant laws and regulations.

2. SERVICE FEES AND FEE ARRANGEMENT

 

2.1 In consideration of all the services set out in Annex II which are to be provided by Party A to Party B and its affiliates pursuant to the terms and conditions hereof, Party B, its affiliates and Party C agree to pay Party A the service fees at a fair price. When calculating the service fees, the following factors shall be considered: (1) the difficulty and the complexity of the service; (2) all human resources, materials, financial resources and time contributed by Party A to the service; (3) the types, contents and commercial value of the service; (4) the market value of other similar service.

 

2


2.2 Specific way of fees calculation: Party B and its affiliates agree to pay Party A the services fees on an annual basis. The specific amount of service fees shall be based on the gross annual income of Party B and its affiliates and withdrawn by a certain proportion (“Accruing Proportion”). The calculation of such Accruing Proportion shall be determined at Party A’s discretion based on the factors listed in Article 2.1. Party A may adjust the Accruing Proportion based on the actual consulting services provided. Party B and its affiliates shall pay the service fees pursuant to the Accruing Proportion adjusted or indicated by Party A. The ceiling of the service fees is the net income of Party B and its affiliates after deduction of necessary costs and mandatory development reserve funds prior to the payment of such service fees.

 

2.3 Way of Payment: Party A shall provide Party B and its affiliates respectively with the bill and invoice of of due fees and other detailed information of the services provided. Within 10 working days after receiving the bill, Party B and its affiliates shall respectively pay their share of services fees to the bank account designated by Party A, and fax the transfer voucher or mail the scanning copy to Party A.

 

2.4 Party A has the discretion to determine the service fees; this right is only enjoyed by Party A.

 

2.5 All parties hereto shall perform the obligations of paying taxes pursuant to current effective and applicable PRC taxation laws, regulations and normative documents.

3. WARRANTIES AND UNDERTAKINGS OF PARTY B AND PARTY C

 

3.1 Party B warrants to Party A that it is an enterprise legal person duly incorporated and validly existing and legally has business license and all other necessary certificates for the operation of business; Party B’s affiliates set out in Annex I are duly incorporated and validly existing privately owned non-enterprise legal person and has all necessary legal licenses and approvals for the operation of business, such as the Registration Certificate for Privately Owned Non-Enterprise Legal Person, Permit for Operating School, Tax Registration Certificate, and have not violated any PRC laws and regulations since establishment.

 

3.2 Party C agrees to procure Party B and its affiliates to perform the undertakings and warranties hereunder.

 

3


4. NO ACTS OF PARTY B AND PARTY C

Party B and Party C hereby confirm and agree that, unless otherwise permitted in written form by Party A in advance, Party B and its affiliates shall not conduct any transactions which may influence its assets, businesses, employees, rights and obligations and operation mode, including but not limited to the following contents:

4.1 Conducting any businesses beyond the qualifications or business as stipulated hereby;

4.2 Borrowing from any third party or assuming any debts;

 

4.3  Selling, swapping or otherwise disposing of any material assets or rights to any third party, including but not limited to any intellectual property right;

 

4.4  Providing guarantee with its assets or intellectual property rights or otherwise to any third party, or creating any other encumbrances on Party B’s assets;

4.5 Amending Party B’s articles of associations or changing Party B’s business scope or principal business;

4.6 Assigning rights and obligations hereunder to any third party;

4.7 Transferring equity rights to any third party or changing Party B’s equity structure;

4.8 Liquidating or dissolving Party B and its affiliates;

 

4.9  Making major adjustments to Party B’s business operation mode, marketing strategy, operation guidelines or determination of student sources;

4.10 Distributing dividends to Party C.

During the term of this Agreement, Party C abandons the right to obtain dividends from Party B.

 

4


5. TITLE OF INTERESTS, RIGHTS AND INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS

Any rights, titles, interests and intellectual property rights arising out of the performance hereof or the provision of services, including but not limited to copyrights, patents, technical secrets, business secrets, websites, brands (for example “Hailiang”) and other intellectual property rights, whether independently developed by Party A or developed by Parry B and its affiliates on the basis of Party A’s intellectual property rights or developed by Party A on the basis of Party B and its affiliates’ intellectual property rights, Party A has an exclusive title and interests. Party A shall permit Party B and its affiliates to use the aforesaid intellectual property rights (including but not limited to software products independently developed by Party A).

However, if the development is made by Party A on the basis of Party B’s or its affiliates’ intellectual property rights, Party B shall ensure that such intellectual property rights have no defects. Any losses caused to Party A shall be assumed by Party B. If Party A undertakes compensation liabilities to any third party arising therefrom, Party A is entitled to claim compensations against Party B for all its losses after making the said compensations to the third party. Nevertheless, related compensation liabilities shall not influence the payment of service fee made by Party A stipulated in Article 7.1 hereof.

6. MODIFICATION AND ALTERATION

 

6.1 Any modification or change hereto shall be effective upon the execution of written agreements by all parties hereto. Any modification agreement or supplementary agreement hereto duly signed by all parties shall be an integral part hereto and have the same legal binding effect as this Agreement.

 

6.2 Party B and Party C may increase the number of the affiliates on Annex I upon the written agreement of all parties, and guarantee and procure that the new affiliates will comply with the stipulations hereof.

 

6.3 Party B shall not modify, change or terminate this Agreement unless duly approved by Party A’s ultimate shareholders.

7. LIABILITY FOR BREACH

Either party’s violation of the stipulations hereof, nonperformance of the obligations hereof, or making incorrect or false instructions or warranties shall be deemed as the breach hereof. The default party shall bear the losses therefrom of other parties and undertake the liquidated damages if otherwise agreed by the parties.

 

5


8. DISPUTE RESOLUTION

 

8.1 Any dispute arising out of interpretation and performance hereof shall be settled through friendly negotiation by parties hereto. If parties hereto fail to settle the said dispute through friendly negotiation, any party may file the said dispute with China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission for arbitration pursuant to valid arbitration rules. The place of arbitration is Shanghai and arbitration language is Chinese. The arbitral award is final and binding on all parties hereto.

 

8.2 Apart from issues in dispute, all parties shall perform their respective obligations pursuant to the stipulations hereof in good faith.

9. APPLICABLE LAW

The execution, validity, performance, interpretation and dispute resolution of this Agreement, its attached agreements and relevant annexes shall be subject to the laws of the People’s Republic of China.

10. CONFIDENTIALITY

 

10.1 All parties hereto agree to take every effort and reasonable measures to keep the confidential data and information (hereinafter referred to as “confidential information”) known by and available to them secret. One party shall not disclose, send or transfer the confidential information to any third party without prior written consent of the confidential information provider. All parties hereto shall, upon the termination hereof, return any and all the documents, materials or software with confidential information to the original owner or the provider, or destroy them after being approved by the original owner or the provider, including delete any confidential information from any memorable equipments and the confidential information shall not be used any more. Necessary measures shall be taken by all parties to disclose the confidential information to the necessary people including the company staff, agent or professional consultant, who shall be subject to the confidentiality obligations hereunder. All parties and the staff, agent or professional consultant thereof shall sign and comply with the confidentiality agreement.

 

6


10.2 The said restriction is not applicable to:

 

10.2.1 Materials having been generally available to the public prior to the disclosure;

 

10.2.2 It is proved by the contract that information which has been obtained prior to the disclosure and not directly obtained from a third party;

 

10.2.3 Pursuant to the related laws and regulations, a disclosure shall be made to any government authorities, stock regulatory administration and exchanges, or to legal advisors and financial consultants retained by the parties due to normal business needs.

 

10.3 All parties hereto agree that this clause shall remain in force and effect despite the modification, termination or revocation of this Agreement.

11. NOTICE

All notice sent for the purpose of performance of each party’s obligations under this Agreement shall be made in writing and be sent out by personal delivery, registered letter, pre-paid post, approved express service or image fax to the address of relevant party or parties.

Party A: Zhejiang Hailiang Education Consulting and Services Co., Ltd.

Address: Xilin Road, Diankou Town, Zhuji City, Zhejiang

Fax: 0575-87062008

Telephone: 0575-87063555

Attention: Hu Jun

Party B: Zhejiang Hailiang Education Investment Co., Ltd.

Address: Room 505 Hailiang Business Hotel, Diankou Town, Zhuji City, Zhejiang

Fax: 0575-87069031

Telephone: 0575-88797955

Attention: Qian Zhiqiang

 

7


Party C: Feng Hailiang

Address: No.382, Jiefang Road, Diankou Town, Zhuji City, Zhejiang

Fax: 0575-87069027

Telephone: 0575-87069027

12. EFFECTIVENESS AND TERM

12.1 This Agreement shall be executed by the parties and become effective on the first date set out above.

12.2 During the term of this Agreement, this Agreement may not be early terminated by Party B, its affiliates and Party C, or early terminated by Party A without any cause.

12.3 Each party herein confirms that this Agreement is a fair and reasonable contract mutually and equally made among all the parties. Should any articles or stipulations hereof are deemed to be illegal or unenforceable pursuant to any applicable law, such articles or stipulations shall be deemed deleted from this Agreement and ineffective. Nevertheless, the rest of this Agreement shall remain effective and this Agreement is deemed not including the foresaid articles ab initio. Each party shall replace the article deemed to be deleted with a mutually acceptable, legal and effective article through negotiation.

13. MISCELLANEOUS

 

13.1 Any failure to perform any right or power hereunder shall not be deemed as a waiver of the said right or power. Any individually or partial exercising of any right or power shall not exclude the exercising of any other right or power.

 

13.2 Party C undertakes that, no matter what change is made to the equity percentage of Party B held by Party C, the stipulations hereunder shall have legal binding force on Party C. The stipulations hereunder shall apply to all the equity interests of Party B held by Party C.

 

13.3 The annexes hereto shall be an integral part of this Agreement and are of the same legal binding force as this Agreement.

 

13.4 This Agreement shall be made in eight counterparts, with Party A holding one copy, Party B holding three copies, Party C holding one copy and each of Party B’s affiliates holding one copy.

 

8


Annexes:

Annex I: LIST OF PARTY B’S AFFILIATES

Annex II: CONTENTS OF CONSULTING, TECHNICAL AND LOGISTICS SUPPORT

 

9


Annex I: LIST OF PARTY B’S AFFILIATES

1. Zhuji Hailiang Foreign Language School

2. Zhuji Private High School

3. Tianma Experimental School

 

10


Annex II: CONTENTS OF CONSULTING, TECHNICAL AND LOGISTICS SUPPORT

1. Providing the curriculum design and courseware development;

2. Designing, maintaining and improving the system of student enrollment;

3. Providing trainings, advice and teaching staff management consultation for teachers;

4. Providing training, advice and enterprise management consultation for staff;

5. Providing the leasing and maintenance service of computers, teaching equipment or servers.

6. Providing the office and teaching network maintaining and safeguarding service;

7. Providing the service of designing, developing and maintaining online office and study platform;

8. Providing the service of designing, developing and maintaining online payment system;

9. Providing the market investigations and research service;

10. Providing the mid-and-long-term market development plan service;

11. Providing the business development and market development consultation service;

12. Providing the internet service for source of students;

13. Providing the development and research service of business management knacks;

14. Providing service of public relations;

15. Providing the staff arrangement and employment service;

16. Other services required by Party B and its affiliates.

 

11


THIS PAGE IS THE SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE EQUITY PLEDGE AGREEMENT. THE PARTIES HEREBY SIGN AND CONFIRM AS FOLLOWS:

Party A: Zhejiang Hailiang Education Consulting and Services Co., Ltd.

(Seal) Seal of Zhejiang Hailiang Education Consulting and Services Co., Ltd. Affixed

Legal Representative: /s/ Feng Hailiang

Date: December 31, 2013

 

Party B: Zhejiang Hailiang Education Investment Co., Ltd.

(Seal) Seal of Zhejiang Hailiang Education Investment Co., Ltd. Affixed

Legal Representative: /s/ Feng Hailiang

Date: December 31, 2013

 

Party B’s Affiliates:

Zhuji Hailiang Foreign Language School

Seal of Zhuji Hailiang Foreign Language School Affixed

Date: December 31, 2013

Zhuji Private High School

Seal of Zhuji Private High School Affixed

Date: December 31, 2013

Tianma Experimental School

Seal of Tianma Experimental School Affixed

Date: December 31, 2013

 

Party C (Shareholder of Party B): /s/ Feng Hailiang

Date: December 31, 2013

 

12

Exhibit 10.7

English Translation

Property Lease Agreement

Party A: (Lessor) Zhejiang Hailiang Education Group Ltd.

Party B: (Lessee) Zhuji Hailiang Foreign Language School

Party A and Party B have reached the following agreement on the lease of property on the basis of equality, voluntariness and mutual consultation:

I. Party A intends to lease the houses, lands, sites and other properties located at Xilin Road, Meichi, Diankou Town, Zhuji (with a gross floor area of approximately 60,000 square meters) to Party B.

II. Party B has made sufficient inquiries about the aforementioned property and intends to lease such property from Party A to be used by the school .

III. The term of lease shall start from July 1, 2009 and end at June 30, 2029 .

IV. The annual rent for the property shall be RMB 1,000,000.00 (i.e. One Million) (yuan) and shall be settled on a yearly basis. The rent for the following year shall be paid before December 31 each year.

V. During the lease period, Party B shall be responsible for the charges and fees incurred by Party B, such as, among others, water charges, electricity charges and property management fees.

VI. During the lease period, Party A shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement and ask Party B to compensate for losses in any of the following circumstances:

1. Party B sub-leases the property without Party A’s consent;

2. Party B alters the purpose and structure of the property without Party A’s consent;

3. Party B fails to pay the rent as scheduled and delays the payment for more than 60 days;

4. Party B utilizes the property to conduct illegal criminal activities.

If Party A intends to terminate this Agreement based on any of the aforementioned causes, it shall give Party B a one-year prior notice in written form. If Party A intends to early terminate this Agreement in other special circumstances, it must give Party B a one-year prior notice in written form, and may only terminate this Agreement after obtaining Party B’s consent.

VII. Party B may terminate this Agreement at any time; provided that it shall give Party A a three-month prior notice in written form.

VIII. During the lease period, Party A guarantees to assume the following responsibilities:

1. Party A shall hand over the property to be leased to Party B before July 1, 2005 ;

2. Party A shall pay off the due water charges, electricity charges, property management fees before handing over the property to Party B;

3. During the term of this Agreement, Party A shall not take back the property, failing which it shall compensate Party B for any of its losses;

4. Party A guarantees that it has the legal lease right of the property.


IX. During the lease period, Party B guarantees to assume the following responsibilities:

1. When the term of lease expires, Party B shall return the property to Party A on time. If Party A intends to renew the lease, it shall consult with Party A six months in advance of the expiration of the lease term. With Party A’s consent, both parties shall execute a lease agreement. Party B shall have the priority to lease the property under the same terms and conditions. If Party B does not intend to renew the lease, it shall also give Party A a six-month prior notice before the expiration of the lease term;

2. If the property and any of its appurtenances are damaged due to Party B’s fault, Party B shall be responsible for repairing or compensating.

X. If the property is seriously damaged due to an event of Force Majeure or fails to be leased any longer due to a government’s act, this Agreement shall be terminated. Both parties shall settle the rent based on the actual time of using the property.

XI. Repair and Use of Property

1. During the lease term, Party A shall guarantee the secure use of the property. Unless otherwise agreed by both parties in this Agreement and its supplemental terms, Party A shall be responsible for the repair of the property and any of its appurtenances (other than in case of undue use by Party B).

If Party A intends to repair the property, it shall give Party B a 30-day prior notice in written form, and Party B shall actively provide assistance and cooperation.

After Party B requests Party A to repair the property, Party A shall provide the repairing services in a timely manner.

Party A shall have no responsibilities for repairing the decorations undertaken by Party B.

2. Party B shall use its leased property and any appurtenance in a reasonable manner. If the property and any of its appurtenances are damaged due to Party B’s undue use, Party B shall promptly repair or assume the liability for economic compensations.

XII. If any dispute arises out of the performance of this Agreement, both Party A and Party B shall try to resolve such dispute through consultation or resort to the relevant authority for mediation. If no resolution can be reached through consultation or mediation, the dispute shall be referred to the people’s court in accordance with laws.

XIII. Any matters uncovered by this Agreement shall be subject to the Contract Law of the People’s Republic of China and other relevant laws and regulations.

XIV. This Agreement shall have two original copies, with each Party A and Party B holding one copy.

 

Party A: (Seal)    Party B: (Seal)

Seal of Zhejiang Hailiang

Education Group Ltd. affixed

  

Seal of Zhuji Hailiang Foreign

Language School affixed

Date: June 30, 2009    Date: June 30, 2009

Exhibit 10.8

English Translation

Property Lease Agreement

Party A: (Lessor) Zhejiang Hailiang Education Group Ltd.

Party B: (Lessee) Zhuji Private High School

Party A and Party B have reached the following agreement on the lease of property on the basis of equality, voluntariness and mutual consultation:

I. Party A intends to lease the houses, lands, sites and other properties located at No. 8, North Ring Road, Jiyang Street, Zhuji (with a floor area of approximately 100,000 square meters) to Party B.

II. Party B has made sufficient inquiries about the aforementioned property and intends to lease such property from Party A to be used by the school .

III. The term of lease shall start from July 1, 2005 and end at June 30, 2025 .

IV. The annual rent for the property shall be RMB 2,000,000.00 (i.e. Two Million) (yuan) and shall be settled on a yearly basis. The rent for the following year shall be paid before December 31 each year.

V. During the lease period, Party B shall be responsible for the charges and fees incurred by Party B, such as, among others, water charges, electricity charges and property management fees.

VI. During the lease period, Party A shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement and ask Party B to compensate for losses in any of the following circumstances:

1. Party B sub-leases the property without Party A’s consent;

2. Party B alters the purpose and structure of the property without Party A’s consent;

3. Party B fails to pay the rent as scheduled and delays the payment for more than 60 days;

4. Party B utilizes the property to conduct illegal criminal activities.

If Party A intends to terminate this Agreement based on any of the aforementioned causes, it shall give Party B a one-year prior notice in written form. If Party A intends to early terminate this Agreement in other special circumstances, it must give Party B a one-year prior notice in written form, and may only terminate this Agreement after obtaining Party B’s consent.

VII. Party B may terminate this Agreement at any time; provided that it shall give Party A a three- month prior notice in written form.

VIII. During the lease period, Party A guarantees to assume the following responsibilities:

1. Party A shall hand over the property to be leased to Party B before July 1, 2005 .


2. Party A shall pay off the due water charges, electricity charges, property management fees before handing over the property to Party B.

3. During the term of this Agreement, Party A shall not take back the property, failing which it shall compensate Party B for any of its losses.

4. Party A guarantees that it has the legal lease right of the property.

IX. During the lease period, Party B guarantees to assume the following responsibilities:

1. When the term of lease expires, Party B shall return the property to Party A on time. If Party A intends to renew the lease, it shall consult with Party A six months in advance of the expiration of the lease term. With Party A’s consent, both parties shall execute a lease agreement. Party B shall have the priority to lease the property under the same terms and conditions. If Party B does not intend to renew the lease, it shall also give Party A a six-month prior notice before the expiration of the lease term.

2. If the property and any of its appurtenances are damaged due to Party B’s fault, Party B shall be responsible for repairing or compensating.

X. If the property is seriously damaged due to an event of Force Majeure or fails to be leased any longer due to a government’s act, this Agreement shall be terminated. Both parties shall settle the rent based on the actual time of using the property.

XI. Repair and Use of Property

1. During the lease term, Party A shall guarantee the secure use of the property. Unless otherwise agreed by both parties in this Agreement and its supplemental terms, Party A shall be responsible for the repair of the property and any of its appurtenances (other than in case of undue use by Party B).

If Party A intends to repair the property, it shall give Party B a 30-day prior notice in written form, and Party B shall actively provide assistance and cooperation.

After Party B requests Party A to repair the property, Party A shall provide the repairing services in a timely manner.

Party A shall have no responsibilities for repairing the decorations undertaken by Party B.

2. Party B shall use its leased property and any appurtenance in a reasonable manner. If the property and any of its appurtenances are damaged due to Party B’s undue use, Party B shall promptly repair or assume the liability for economic compensations.

XII. If any dispute arises out of the performance of this Agreement, both Party A and Party B shall try to resolve such dispute through consultation or resort to the relevant authority for mediation. If no resolution can be reached through consultation or mediation, the dispute shall be referred to the people’s court in accordance with laws.

XIII. Any matters uncovered by this Agreement shall be subject to the Contract Law of the People’s Republic of China and other relevant laws and regulations.


XIV. This Agreement shall have two original copies, with each Party A and Party B holding one copy.

 

Party A: (Seal)    Party B: (Seal)

Seal of Zhejiang Hailiang Education Group Ltd. affixed

  

Seal of Zhuji Private High School affixed

Date: June 30, 2005    Date: June 30, 2005

Exhibit 10.9

English Translation

Supplemental Agreement to Property Lease Agreement

Party A: (Lessor) Zhejiang Hailiang Education Group Ltd.

Party B: (Lessee) Zhuji Private High School

Party A and Party B entered into a Property Lease Agreement on July 1, 2005. Due to the increase of leasing area by Party A, the rent under the original Property Lease Agreement shall be increased accordingly. After friendly consultation, both parties hereby enter into this Supplemental Agreement as follows:

I. Party A intends to lease the houses, lands, sites and other properties located at No. 8, North Ring Road, Jiyang Street, Zhuji (with a floor area of approximately 110,000 square meters) to Party B.

II. The term of lease shall start from July 1, 2012 and end at June 30, 2025 .

III. The annual rent for the property shall be RMB 7,000,000.00 (i.e. Seven Million) (yuan) and shall be settled on a yearly basis. The rent for the following year shall be paid before December 31 each year.

IV. Execution and Effectiveness

This Supplemental Agreement shall be executed and take effect after both parties affix company seals.

V. Others

1. If there are any discrepancies between this Supplemental Agreement and the original Property Lease Agreement, this Supplemental Agreement shall prevail.

2. Any matters uncovered by this Supplemental Agreement shall still be subject to the original Property Lease Agreement.

XIV. This Supplemental Agreement shall have two original copies, with each Party A and Party B holding one copy.

 

Party A: (Seal)    Party B: (Seal)

Seal of Zhejiang Hailiang Education Group Ltd. affixed

  

Seal of Zhuji Private High School affixed

Date: June 30, 2012    Date: June 30, 2012

Exhibit 10.10

English Translation

Property Lease Agreement

Party A: (Lessor) Zhejiang Hailiang Education Group Ltd.

Party B: (Lessee) Tianma Experimental School

Party A and Party B have reached the following agreement on the lease of property on the basis of equality, voluntariness and mutual consultation:

I. Party A intends to lease the houses, lands, sites and other properties located at No. 2, Zhanjiashan Branch Road, Jiyang Street, Zhuji (with a floor area of approximately 100,000 square meters) to Party B.

II. Party B has made sufficient inquiries about the aforementioned property and intends to lease such property from Party A to be used by the school .

III. The term of lease shall start from July 1, 2009 and end at June 30, 2029 .

IV. The annual rent for the property shall be RMB 1,600,000.00 (i.e. One Million Six Hundred Thousand) (yuan) and shall be settled on a yearly basis. The rent for the following year shall be paid before December 31 each year.

V. During the lease period, Party B shall be responsible for the charges and fees incurred by Party B, such as, among others, water charges, electricity charges and property management fees.

VI. During the lease period, Party A shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement and ask Party B to compensate for losses in any of the following circumstances:

1. Party B sub-leases the property without Party A’s consent;

2. Party B alters the purpose and structure of the property without Party A’s consent;

3. Party B fails to pay the rent as scheduled and delays the payment for more than 60 days;

4. Party B utilizes the property to conduct illegal criminal activities.

If Party A intends to terminate this Agreement based on any of the aforementioned causes, it shall give Party B a one-year prior notice in written form. If Party A intends to early terminate this Agreement in other special circumstances, it must give Party B a one-year prior notice in written form, and may only terminate this Agreement after obtaining Party B’s consent.

VII. Party B may terminate this Agreement at any time; provided that it shall give Party A a three- month prior notice in written form.


VIII. During the lease period, Party A guarantees to assume the following responsibilities:

1. Party A shall hand over the property to be leased to Party B before June 30, 2009 ;

2. Party A shall pay off the due water charges, electricity charges, property management fees before handing over the property to Party B;

3. During the term of this Agreement, Party A shall not take back the property, failing which it shall compensate Party B for any of its losses;

4. Party A guarantees that it has the legal lease right of the property.

IX. During the lease period, Party B guarantees to assume the following responsibilities:

1. When the term of lease expires, Party B shall return the property to Party A on time. If Party A intends to renew the lease, it shall consult with Party A six months in advance of the expiration of the lease term. With Party A’s consent, both parties shall execute a lease agreement. Party B shall have the priority to lease the property under the same terms and conditions. If Party B does not intend to renew the lease, it shall also give Party A a six-month prior notice before the expiration of the lease term;

2. If the property and any of its appurtenances are damaged due to Party B’s fault, Party B shall be responsible for repairing or compensating.

X. If the property is seriously damaged due to an event of Force Majeure or fails to be leased any longer due to a government’s act, this Agreement shall be terminated. Both parties shall settle the rent based on the actual time of using the property.

XI. Repair and Use of Property

1. During the lease term, Party A shall guarantee the secure use of the property. Unless otherwise agreed by both parties in this Agreement and its supplemental terms, Party A shall be responsible for the repair of the property and any of its appurtenances (other than in case of undue use by Party B).

If Party A intends to repair the property, it shall give Party B a 30-day prior notice in written form, and Party B shall actively provide assistance and cooperation.

After Party B requests Party A to repair the property, Party A shall provide the repairing services in a timely manner.

Party A shall have no responsibilities for repairing the decorations undertaken by Party B.

2. Party B shall use its leased property and any appurtenance in a reasonable manner. If the property and any of its appurtenances are damaged due to Party B’s undue use, Party B shall promptly repair or assume the liability for economic compensations.


XII. If any dispute arises out of the performance of this Agreement, both Party A and Party B shall try to resolve such dispute through consultation or resort to the relevant authority for mediation. If no resolution can be reached through consultation or mediation, the dispute shall be referred to the people’s court in accordance with laws.

XIII. Any matters uncovered by this Agreement shall be subject to the Contract Law of the People’s Republic of China and other relevant laws and regulations.

XIV. This Agreement shall have two original copies, with each Party A and Party B holding one copy.

 

Party A: (Seal)    Party B: (Seal)

Seal of Zhejiang Hailiang Education Group Ltd. affixed

 

  

Seal of Tianma Experimental School affixed

Date: June 30, 2009    Date: June 30, 2009

Exhibit 10.11

English Translation

Property Lease Cooperation Agreement

Party A (Lessor): Zhejiang Hailiang Education Group Ltd.

Party B (Lessee): Zhuji Private High School

Party C (Guarantor): Hailiang Group Co., Ltd.

Party D (Guarantor): Hailiang Feng

Through friendly consultations based on the principles of voluntariness, equality, mutual benefits, and with consideration, the Parties have reached the following agreement and entered into this Property Lease Cooperation Agreement:

 

  1. Leased Premises

Party A intends to lease out to Party B the buildings, lands, sites and other premises in Hailiang Education Park located at West Three Ring, Taozhu Street, Zhuji City (the “Property”, the gross floor area of which is subject to the Property Lease Contract to be duly executed by Party A and Party B).

 

  2. Lease Price

The amount of rent for the Property shall be subject to the Property Lease Contract to be duly executed by Party A and Party B. The rent shall be settled on a school year basis, and the rent for the current school year shall be paid before June 30 of each year.

 

  3. Lease Term

The lease term of the Property shall be subject to the Property Lease Contract to be duly executed by Party A and Party B.

 

  4. Lease Purpose

Party B has had a full knowledge about the aforesaid Property, and is willing to lease such Property to be used as a school .

 

  5. Covenants between Party A and Party B

(1). Party B entered into three Decoration and Renovation Construction Contracts with Heng Zhong Da Construction Limited Company on November 13, 2014, under which the commencement dates are November 13, 2014 and the completion dates are June 30, 2015. The contents of the projects are set out as follows:

(a) the decoration project for the sports stadiums in Hailiang Education Park, with a provisional amount of RMB12,320,000 (to be settled according to the factual amount after completion);

 

1


(b) the decoration project for the parent reception center and the school infirmary in Hailiang Education Park, with a provisional amount of RMB55,750,000 (to be settled according to the factual amount after completion);

(c) the project of interior decoration of students’ dormitories, the decoration of teaching buildings, canteens and administrative complex buildings, with a provisional amount of RMB223,660,000 (to be settled according to the factual amount after completion).

Party A agrees that Party B can carry out the aforesaid decoration and renovation projects for the relevant properties in the education park and other subsequent decoration and renovation projects in the name of Party B.

(2). Party A and Party B shall duly execute the Property Lease Contract on the date when the following conditions are satisfied:

(a) Party A has obtained the ownership of the buildings on the Property;

(b) Party B has completed the decoration and renovation work and satisfied the relevant teaching conditions (no longer than [12] months since the commencement date of the decoration and renovation projects, i.e. November 12, 2015).

 

  6. Undertakings and Warranties

(1). Party A undertakes that if Party B fails to lease the Property or Party A and Party B fail to duly execute the Property Lease Contract before November 12, 2015 for reasons not attributable to Party B, Party A is willing to fully compensate Party B for all the costs and expenses spent on the decoration and renovation of the Property.

(2). Party C undertakes that if Party B fails to lease the Property or Party A and Party B fail to duly execute the Property Lease Contract before November 12, 2015 for reasons not attributable to Party B, and Party A breaches agreement by failing to fully compensate Party B for all the costs and expenses spent on the decoration and renovation of the Property, Party C is willing to assume irrevocable joint and several guarantee liabilities for compensation.

(3). Party D undertakes that if Party B fails to lease the Property or Party A and Party B fail to duly execute the Property Lease Contract before November 12, 2015 for reasons not attributable to Party B, and Party A breaches agreement by failing to fully compensate Party B for all the costs and expenses spent on the decoration and renovation of the Property, Party D is willing to assume irrevocable joint and several guarantee liabilities for compensation.

 

  7. Effectiveness

(1). This Agreement is made in quadruplicate, with Party A, Party B, Party C and Party D each holding one copy, and shall take effect immediately upon execution by the Parties.

 

2


(2). This Agreement shall lapse upon due execution of the Property Lease Contract.

(Below left blank)

 

3


(This page does not contain main text. This is the signature page to the Property Lease Cooperation Agreement among Zhejiang Hailiang Education Group Ltd., Zhuji Private High School, Hailiang Group Co., Ltd. and Hailiang Feng)

Party A: Zhejiang Hailiang Education Group Ltd. (Seal) Seal of Zhejiang Hailiang Education Group Ltd. Affixed

Party B: Zhuji Private High School (Seal) Seal of Zhuji Private High School Affixed

Party C: Hailiang Group Co., Ltd. (Seal) Seal of Hailiang Group Co., Ltd. Affixed

Party D: Hailiang Feng (Signature) /s/ Feng Hailiang

November 13, 2014

 

4

Exhibit 10.12

English Translation

No.:            

Decoration and Renovation Project Execution Contract

 

Project Name:    Hailiang Education Park Sports Stadiums Decoration Project
Project Location:    West Three Ring, Taozhu Street, Zhuji City
Client:    Zhuji Private High School
Contractor:    Heng Zhong Da Construction Limited Company
Signing Date:    November 13, 2014


Part One Agreement

Client (full name): Zhuji Private High School

Contractor (full name): Heng Zhong Da Construction Limited Company

In accordance with the Contract Law of the People’s Republic of China , the Construction Law of the People’s Republic of China and other relevant laws and administrative regulations, following the principles of equality, voluntariness, fairness and good faith, the two parties have reached an agreement through consultations by entering into this Contract on matters with regard to the project construction as set out below.

I. Project Overview

Project Name: Hailiang Education Park Sports Stadiums Decoration Project

Location: West Three Ring, Taozhu Street, Zhuji City

Project Description: This project includes decoration of the sports stadiums

Project Approval Number:                                         

Source of funds: self-raised

II. Scope of Project

Scope of Project: Decoration and renovation works within the range of construction Drawings provided by Party A

III. Duration of Contract

Commencement Date: November 13, 2014

Completion date: June 30, 2015

The total number of calendar days within the Duration: 230 days

IV. Quality Standards

Project Quality Standards: National Construction Acceptance Standards (Eligibility) Criteria

V. Contract Price

Provisional Amount (Uppercase): RMB Twelve Million Three Hundred and Twenty Thousand (to be settled according to the actual amount after completion)

 

- 1 -


(Lowercase) RMB 12,320,000.00

Of which, the amount of fees for taking safety protection and civil construction measures is RMB                                  .

VI. Constituent Documents of the Contract

Documents composing this Contract include:

1. The Agreement to this Contract;

2. Bid Winning Notice;

3. Bidding document and addendum;

4. Special Provisions of this Contract;

5. General Provisions of this Contract;

6. Tender Invitation Documents;

7. Standards, Specifications and Related Technical Documents;

8. Drawings;

9. Bill of Quantities (BOQ);

10. Project Quotations or Budget Statements.

Written agreements or documents between the parties with regard to the negotiation of and the changes to the Project shall be deemed as an integral part of this Contract.

VII. The relevant terms as used in this Agreement shall have the same meanings as ascribed to them in Part Two “General Provisions” of this Contract.

VIII. The Contractor undertakes to the Client that it will carry out the construction and the completion and assume responsibilities for the quality of the Project during the Warranty Period in accordance with this Contract.

IX. The Client undertakes to the Contractor that it will pay the Contract Price and other amounts payable in accordance with the term and in such a way as provided by this Contract.

X. If there are any inconsistencies or conflicts between this Agreement and any other agreements, this Agreement shall prevail.

XI. Effectiveness

Contract Signing Date: November 13, 2014

 

- 2 -


Contract Signing Place: Zhuji Private High School, North Ring Road, Jiyang Street, Zhuji City

The parties agreed that this Contract shall take effect after being signed and sealed .

 

Client (Seal): Seal of Zhuji Private High School Affixed    Contractor (Seal):  

Seal of Heng Zhong Da Construction Limited

Company Affixed

Address: Zhuji Private High School    Address:
North Ring Road, Jiyang Street, Zhuji City   
Legal Representative: /s/ Honggang Xu    Legal Representative: /s/ Chunxin Lou
Attorney:    Attorney:
Tel:    Tel:
Fax:    Fax:
Account Bank:    Account Bank:
Account:    Account:
Postal Code: 311800    Postal Code: 311800

 

- 3 -


Part Two General Provisions

I. Definitions and Contract Documents

1. Definitions

Unless otherwise defined in the Special Provisions, the following terms shall have the meanings as ascribed to them in these provisions.

1.1 General Provisions shall refer to the terms generally applicable to construction projects, which are based on laws, administrative regulations and the requirements for the project construction.

1.2 Special Provisions shall refer to the terms on which the Client and the Contractor reach an agreement through consultation in accordance with laws and administrative regulations and by taking into account the specific conditions of the Project, which are specification, supplementation or modification to the General Provisions.

1.3 Client shall refer to with the signing party under the Agreement, who has the qualifications of issuing the contract of the Project and the ability to pay the Contract Price, as well as any of its legal successors obtaining the qualifications of such party.

1.4 Engineer shall refer to the representative of the Client appointed by the Client thereby to perform this Contract, or the chief supervising engineer delegated by the Supervisor entrusted by the Client, whose specific identity and authorities shall be agreed upon by the Client and the Contractor in the Special Provisions.

1.5 Contractor shall refer to the signing party under the Agreement, who is accepted by the Client and has the qualifications of accepting the contract of the Project, as well as any of its legal successors obtaining the qualifications of such party.

1.6 Contractor’s Representative shall refer to the representative appointed by the Contractor in the Special Provisions, who is responsible for the management of the construction and the performance of the Contract.

1.7 Designer shall refer to the entity which has obtained the appropriate qualification certificate for engineering project design and is commissioned by the Client to design the Project.

 

- 4 -


1.8 Supervisor shall refer to the entity which has obtained the appropriate qualification certificate for engineering project supervision and is commissioned by the Client to supervise the Project.

1.9 Project shall refer to the Project within the Contract scope as agreed by the Client and the Contractor in the Agreement.

1.10 Contract Price shall refer to the amount as agreed by the Client and the Contractor in the Agreement, which is to be paid by the Client to the Contractor for the completion of all the construction within the project scope in accordance with this Contract and for the assumption of responsibilities for quality warranty.

1.11 Additional Contract Price shall refer to the additional contract price arising from the circumstance where additional contract price is required during the performance of this Contract, which is, after confirmation by the Client, calculating the additional contract price by using the same method as calculated the Contract Price.

1.12 Costs shall refer to the expenditures to be borne by the Client or the Contractor, which are not included in the Contract Price.

1.13 Retainage shall refer to the amount as agreed by the parties to be retained from the Contract Price by a certain percentage, to set-aside for repairing any project defects.

1.14 Taking-over Certificate shall refer to the project take-over certificate issued to the Contractor by the Client after the Project or sub-project passes the inspection and acceptance for completion.

1.15 Defects Liability Period shall refer to the period in which, after the completion of the Project, the Contractor will remain liable for repairing any existing defects of the completed Project and any subsequent defects or damages exposed in the course of usage of the Project.

1.16 Performance Certificate shall refer to the certificate to be issued by the Client to the Contractor after the Contractor has fulfilled its responsibilities under this Contract and the Defects Liability Period has also expired to certify the completion of the performance of this contract.

1.17 Warranty Period shall refer to the period in which, after the completion of the Project or sub-project, the Contractor assumes quality warranty liabilities for any quality problems related to the Project arising within a certain time limit. Such Warranty Period shall start from the Completion Date specified in the Take-over Certificate for the Project or the sub-project and expire as agreed in the quality warranty certificate (the contract).

 

- 5 -


1.18 Duration shall refer to the number of days of project contracting as agreed by the Client and the Contractor under the Agreement, which is computed on the basis of the total number of calendar days (including legal holidays).

1.19 Commencement Date shall refer to the absolute or relative date as agreed by the Client and the Contractor under the Agreement, on which the Contractor will start with the construction.

1.20 Completion Date shall refer to the absolute or relative date as agreed by the Client and the Contractor under the Agreement, on which the Contractor will complete the Project within the Project Scope.

1.21 Drawings shall refer to all the drawings provided by the Client or otherwise provided by the Contractor with the approval of the Client to satisfy all the needs of the Contractor for construction (including supporting notes and relevant information).

1.22 Construction Site shall refer to the site provided by the Client for the construction of the Project and any other sites specifically designated by the Client in the Drawings for the purpose of the construction of the Project.

1.23 Written Form shall refer to the contracts, paper correspondences, electronic messages (including fax, e-mail) and any other forms where contents contained therein are able to be displayed in a tangible form.

1.24 Default Liability shall refer to the liability that a party to a contract shall bear if it fails to perform its contractual obligations or its fulfilment of contractual obligations does not conform to the agreement.

1.25 Claims shall refer to monetary compensations and (or) request for extending the Duration that a party makes against the other party for any actual losses incurred by fault on the part of the other party rather than on its own part during the performance of the contract.

1.26 Force Majeure shall refer to the objective conditions whose occurrence is unforeseeable, unavoidable and insurmountable during the performance of the contract.

 

- 6 -


1.27 Hour or Day: any time under this Contract to be calculated by hours shall start from the time when the relevant event effectively starts (without deducting any time for break); any time under this Contract to be calculated by days shall start from the day immediately following the day on which the relevant event occurs. Except for the Completion Date, if the last day of a certain time limit falls on a rest day or any other statutory holiday, the day immediately following the end of such holiday shall be the last day of such time limit. The deadline of the last day of a certain time limit shall be 24:00 of that day.

2. Contract Documents and Prevalence Order

2.1 Contract documents should be able to explain each other and are mutually explanatory. Unless otherwise agreed in the Special Provisions, the composition of the contract documents and the prevalence order are set out as below:

(1). The Agreement to this Contract;

(2). Bid Winning Notice;

(3). Bidding documents and addendum;

(4). Special Provisions of this Contract;

(5). General Provisions of this Contract;

(6). Tender Invitation Documents;

(7). Standards, Specifications and Related Technical Documents;

(8). Drawings;

(9). Bill of Quantities (BOQ);

(10). Project Quotations or Budget Statements.

During the performance of the contract, any written agreements or documents between the parties with regard to the negotiation of and the changes related to the Project shall be deemed as an integral part of this Contract.

2.2 In case of any unclear provisions or inconsistencies among the contract documents, without any impact to the normal conduct of the Project, the Client and the Contractor shall consult with each other to seek ways of resolution. Both parties may also seek to the Engineer for explanation. In the event that both parties fail to reach an agreement through consultation or do not agree to the explanation of the Engineer, such issue shall be resolved in accordance with Clause 38 of this General Provisions on dispute resolution.

 

- 7 -


3. Language and Applicable Laws, Standards and Specifications

3.1 Language

The contract documents shall be written in, construed and explained with the Chinese language. In the event that the Special Provisions are written in more than two (inclusive) languages, the Chinese language shall be the standard language to be used to explain and construe the contract.

3.2 Applicable Laws and Regulations

The contract documents shall be governed by the applicable laws and administrative regulations of the People’s Republic of China. Any laws and/or administrative regulations that are required to be expressly provided shall be provided by the parties in the Special Provisions.

3.3 Applicable Standards and Specifications

The parties shall provide the names of applicable national standards and specifications in the Special Provisions; the names of applicable industry standards and specifications if there are no national standards and specifications but industry standards and specifications; and the names of applicable local standards and specifications if there are no national and industry standards and specifications. The Client shall provide the Contractor with the agreed standards and specifications in duplicate within the time limit as agreed in the Special Provisions. Mandatory standards must be complied with by the Client and the Contractor.

In the event that there are no corresponding national standards and specifications, the Client shall put forward the technical requirements for the construction of the Project to the Contractor within the time limit as agreed in the Special Provisions, and the Contractor shall propose construction processes pursuant to the agreed timeline and requirements, and execute such processes after confirmation by the Client. In the event that the Client requires the adoption of foreign standards and specifications, it shall be responsible for providing the Chinese translation thereof.

 

- 8 -


Any Costs arising from the purchase and/or translation of relevant standards and specifications or the development of construction processes under this clause shall be borne by the Client.

4. Drawings

4.1 The Client shall provide Drawings to the Contractor on such dates and in such number of sets as agreed in the Special Provisions. If the Contractor needs to increase the number of sets of Drawings, the Client shall reproduce the Drawings on behalf of the Contractor, while the Costs for such reproduction shall be borne by the Contractor. If the Client has any confidentiality requirements for the Project, such requirements shall be provided in the Special Provisions, while the Costs for taking confidentiality measures shall be borne by the Client. The Contractor shall assume confidentiality obligations within the agreed period of confidentiality.

4.2 Without the consent of the Client, the Contractor shall not pass the Drawings of the Project onto a third party. Upon termination of this Contract, except for the Drawings required for the Contractor’s archive, all the Drawings shall be returned to the Client.

4.3 The Contractor shall retain a complete set of Drawings at the Construction Site for the purpose of project inspection by the Engineer and related personnel.

II. General Rights and Obligations of the Parties

5. Engineer

5.1 The representative that the Client delegates to the Construction Site for the performance of this Contract is referred to as the Engineer hereunder, whose name, title and authority shall be specified by the Client under the Special Provisions.

5.2 In case that there is project supervision arrangement in place, prior to the implementation of the project supervision, the Client shall inform the Contractor of the name of the Supervisor, items under supervision, and authority of supervision in Written Form.

5.3 The chief supervision engineer that the Supervisor delegates is also referred to as the Engineer hereunder, whose name, title and authority shall be specified by the Client and the Contractor under the Special Provisions. Such Engineer shall have different authority from that of the representative that the Client delegates to the Construction Site. In case of any overlapping or ambiguousness of the authority between the two, the Client shall specify and inform the Contractor of such in Written Form.

 

- 9 -


5.4 In case of any event that affects the rights or obligations of the Client and the Contractor during the performance of the contract, the Engineer in charge of supervision shall handle such event in an objective and impartial manner within such Engineer’s authority. In case of any objection by either party against such handling, Clause 38 of this General Provisions hereunder relating to dispute resolution shall apply.

5.5 Unless expressly provided for hereunder or with the consent of the Client, the Engineer in charge of supervision does not have the authority to discharge any rights or obligations of the Contractor as set out hereunder.

5.6 In case that no supervision is arranged for the Project, the term Engineer under this Contract shall exclusively refer to the representative that the Client delegates to the Construction Site for performance of the contract, whose authority shall be specified by the Client under the Special Provisions.

6. Delegation and Instructions by Engineer

6.1 The Engineer can delegate a representative to exercise the Engineer’s authority hereunder and withdraw such delegation when the Engineer deems necessary. Any such delegation and withdrawal shall be subject to the consent of the Client, and the Contractor shall be informed with such delegation and withdrawal with a 7-day-prior notice in Written Form. The notices of delegation and withdrawal shall constitute as schedules hereto.

Any letter in Written Form issued by the Engineer’s representative to the Contractor within the scope of the Engineer’s authority shall have such effect as if it is issued by the Engineer. In case that the Contractor has any question in connection with any letter issued by the Engineer’s representative, the Contractor may submit such letter to the Engineer, who shall confirm such question. In case of any mistake in the instructions given by the Engineer’s representative, the Engineer shall correct such mistakes.

Other than the Engineer or the Engineer’s representative, no personnel delegated to the Construction Site by the Client is entitled to give any instruction to the Contractor.

 

- 10 -


6.2 The Engineer’s instructions and notices shall take effect after being signed by the Engineer and delivered to the Contractor’s Representative in Written Form and evidenced by the signing on the receipt and indicating the time of such by the Contractor’s Representative. The Engineer may give verbal instructions when there is a real need, and the Engineer shall confirm such instruction in writing within 48 hours thereafter. The Contractor shall implement the instructions given by the Engineer. In case that the Engineer fails to confirm such verbal instruction in writing in time, the Contractor shall issue a request for confirmation in writing within 7 days after the Engineer gives such verbal instruction. In case that the Engineer does not respond to the confirmation request within 48 hours after the Contractor issues such request, it shall be deemed the verbal instructions have been confirmed.

In case that the Contractor believes that the instruction given by the Engineer is unreasonable, the Contractor shall file a written report to the Engineer for amendment of the instruction within 24 hours following the receipt of such instruction. The Engineer shall make the decision to modify the instruction or stick with the original one within 24 hours following the receipt of the report given by the Contractor, and inform the Contractor of such in Written Form. In emergency situations, if the Engineer requires immediate execution of an instruction by the Contractor or the Engineer has made the decision to proceed with the instruction despite any objection against the instruction by the Contractor, the Contractor shall execute the instruction accordingly. The Client shall be liable for any Additional Contract Price and loss incurred by the Contractor resulting from the wrong instructions, while the Duration that has been delayed shall be extended accordingly.

The provisions under this clause shall also apply to the instructions and notices issued by the Engineer’s representative.

6.3 The Engineer shall give instructions and notices as required by the Contractor in a timely manner in accordance with the contract and perform any other obligations set out hereunder. In case of any delay in Duration caused by any failure in performance of obligation set out hereunder by the Engineer, the Client shall be liable for any Additional Contract Price resulting from such delay and compensate any loss of the Contractor arising in connection therefrom, and the Duration shall be extended accordingly.

 

- 11 -


6.4 In case that the Client needs to replace the Engineer, the Client shall inform the Contractor with a 7-day-prior notice in Written Form, and the successor shall continue to exercise the authority of its predecessor and perform the predecessor’s obligations as agreed under the contract documents.

7. Contractor’s Representative

7.1 The name and title of the Contractor’s Representative shall be specified under the Special Provisions.

7.2 The notices issued by the Contractor under the contract shall be delivered to the Engineer in Written Form after being signed by the Contractor Representative, and take effect upon the signing of the receipt and indicating the time of such by the Engineer.

7.3 The Contractor’s Representative shall arrange for design in accordance with the construction organization plan (construction plan) recognized by the Client, and arrange for construction in accordance with the instructions given by the Engineer under the contract. In case of an emergency situation and the Engineer is out of reach, the Contractor’s Representative shall take urgent measures to ensure the life safety of the personnel and security of the property, and submit a relevant report to the Engineer within 48 hours after taking such measures. In case that the Client or any third party is liable, the Client shall bear the Additional Contract Price arising from such emergency measures and extend the Duration accordingly; in case that Contractor is liable, the Contractor shall bear the Costs and the Duration will not be extended.

7.4 In case that the Contractor needs to replace the Contractor’s Representative, the Contractor shall inform the Client with a 7-day-prior notice in Written Form, and obtain the Client’s consent. The successor shall continue to exercise the authority of its predecessor and perform the predecessor’s obligations as agreed under the contract documents.

7.5 Through consultation with the Contractor, the Client may suggest replacing the Contractor’s Representative as it considers incompetent.

8. Client’s Work

8.1 The Client shall complete the following work in accordance with the description and time frame set out under the Special Provisions:

 

- 12 -


(1) The Client shall handle the work relating to the land requisition, compensation for demolition and flattening of the Construction Site, so that the Construction Site is ready for construction. The Client shall remain responsible for any subsequent issues in connection with such work after commencement of the construction;

(2) The Client shall ensure that the access to water, electricity and telecommunication is available through the lines connecting from outside the Construction Site to the locations as specified under the Special Provisions so as to meet the requirements during the construction period;

(3) Access to the Construction Site: the Client shall ensure that the access between the Construction Site and the urban or rural roads is available, as well as the major roads within the Construction Site as set out under the Special Provisions so as to meet the traffic needs during the construction and ensure the smooth traffic during the construction period;

(4) The Client shall provide the Contractor with the information on the engineering geology and underground pipelines of the Construction Site, and shall be responsible for the authenticity and accuracy of such information;

(5) The Client shall handle all the procedures in connection with the construction permit and other certificates and approvals required for the construction, as well as the application and approval procedures relating to the temporary land use, temporary water, temporary electricity, interruption of traffic, blasting and other operations (other than the certificates evidencing the qualifications of the Contractor);

(6) The Client shall determine the benchmark and coordinate control points and deliver such to the Contractor in Written Form for an on-site inspection;

(7) The Client shall arrange for the joint review of the Drawings and detailed description of the design by the Contractor and the Designer;

(8) The Client shall coordinate the protection work relating to the underground pipelines and adjacent buildings, structures (including heritage buildings conservation) and ancient trees around the Construction Site and bear the relevant Costs;

(9) Any other work that shall be performed by the Client, which shall be agreed upon by the parties under the Special Provisions.

 

- 13 -


8.2 In case that the Client engages the Contractor to perform the work described under the preceding clause, the parties shall agree upon and specify such arrangement under the Special Provisions, and the relevant costs shall be borne by the Client.

8.3 In case of any failure to perform any obligation under Clause 8.1 by the Client that results any delay in Duration or loss incurred by the Contractor, the Client shall hold the Contractor harmless against such loss and extend the Duration accordingly.

9. Contractor’s Work

9.1 The Contractor shall complete the following work in accordance with the description and time frame set out under the Special Provisions:

(1) In accordance with the Client’s instructions, to the extent permitted by the Contractor’s qualification grade and business scope, the Contractor shall complete the construction drawing design or supporting design for the Project, which will be used after being certified by the Engineer. The Client shall assume the costs incurred in connection therewith;

(2) The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with annual, quarterly and monthly construction progress plans and the corresponding progress statistics reports;

(3) The Contractor shall, as required by the Project, provide and maintain lighting and fencing facilities for non-night construction and be responsible for safety and security services;

(4) The Contractor shall provide the Client with office and living premises and facilities at the Construction Site in accordance with the quantity and requirements set out under the Special Provisions. The Client shall assume the costs incurred in connection therewith;

(5) The Contractor shall comply with the administration regulations on traffic, construction noise and environmental protection at the Construction Site by relevant government authorities, handle the relevant procedures, and inform the Client of such in Written Form. The Client shall assume the costs incurred in connection therewith, except for any penalty that the the Contractor shall be held liable for.

(6) Prior to the delivery of completed Project to the Client, the Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of such completed Project as set out under the Special Provisions. The Contractor shall be responsible to restore any damages during such protection period at its own cost; the parties shall specify the parts that the Client requires the Contractor to take special measures to protect and the corresponding Additional Contract Price under the Special Provisions;

 

- 14 -


(7) The Contractor shall protect the underground pipelines and adjacent buildings, structures (including heritage buildings conservation) and ancient trees around the Construction Site as set out under the Special Provisions;

(8) The Contractor shall ensure that the Construction Site comply with the relevant regulations on hygiene and environmental management of the Construction Site, clean up the site before handover as agreed under the Special Provisions, and be liable for any loss or penalty incurred by reason of the violation of the Contractor;

(9) Any other work that shall be performed by the Contractor, which shall be agreed upon by the parties under the Special Provisions.

9.2 In case of any failure to perform any obligation under the preceding clause that results any loss incurred by the Client, the Contractor shall hold the Client harmless against such loss.

III. Construction Organization Plan and Duration

10. Construction Schedule

10.1 The Contractor shall deliver the construction organization plan and the construction schedule to the Engineer on such date as set out under the Special Provisions. The Engineer shall confirm or propose amendments to the plan and schedule in such time frame as set out under the Special Provisions. If the Engineer fails to confirm in time or make any comment in writing, it shall be be deemed as an implied consent.

10.2 In case that the unit Projects in a group project are being constructed phase by phase, the Contractor shall prepare progress schedule in accordance with the time points on which the Drawings and the relevant materials are provided by the Client, the details of which shall be agreed upon by both parties under the Special Provisions.

 

- 15 -


10.3 The Contractor shall arrange for construction in accordance with the schedule recognized by the Engineer and accept the inspection and monitoring of the schedule by the Engineer. Upon any discrepancy between the actual progress and the recognized schedule, the Contractor shall propose improvement measures as required by the Engineer and implement such measures upon approval by the Engineer. In case of any discrepancy between the actual progress and the schedule by reason of the Contractor, the Contractor will not be entitled to propose any Additional Contract Price in connection with such improvement measures.

11. Commencement of Construction and Delayed Commencement

11.1 The Contractor shall start the construction on the Commencement Date as set out under the Agreement. In case that the Contractor cannot start the construction as scheduled, it shall submit the application requesting such delay of commencement and the reasons thereof in Written Form to the Engineer no later than 7 days prior to the Commencement Date set out under the Agreement. The Engineer shall reply the Contractor in Written Form within 48 hours after receiving the application request for postponing the commencement of construction. If the Engineer does not respond within 48 hours after receiving the application for delaying the commencement of construction, it shall be deemed as the consent of the Contractor’s request and the Duration will be extended accordingly. In case that the Engineer rejects the application for delaying the commencement or the Contractor does not submit such application within the required time frame, the Duration shall not be extended.

11.2 In case that the construction cannot be started on time as specified under the Agreement by reason of the Client, the Engineer shall inform the Contractor in Written Form to postpone the Construction Commencement Date. The Client shall hold the Contractor harmless against any loss incurred resulting from such delay and extend the Duration accordingly.

12. Suspension of Construction

In case that the Engineer considers it necessary to suspend the construction, the Engineer shall request the Contractor to suspend the construction in Written Form and provides written suggestion on the solutions within 48 hours after making such request. The Contractor shall suspend the construction as required by the Engineer and take proper measures to protect the completed work of the Project.

 

- 16 -


After implementing the solutions proposed by the Engineer, the Contractor may apply for resumption of construction in Written Form, and the Engineer shall respond to such application within 48 hours. If the Engineer fails to provide solutions within the specified time frame, or to respond within 48 hours after receiving the application for resumption of construction from the Contractor, the Contractor may resume the construction on its own. In case that the suspension of construction is caused by reason of the Client, the Client shall bear any Additional Contract Price incurred, hold the Contractor harmless against any loss incurred resulting therefrom and extend the Duration accordingly; in case that such suspension is caused by reason of the Contractor, the Contractor shall bear any Cost incurred resulting therefrom and the Duration will not be extended.

13. Duration Delay

13.1 If the Duration delay is caused by the following reasons, the Duration can be extended accordingly upon the confirmation by the Engineer:

(1) The Client fails to provide the Drawings and the commencement conditions as agreed in the Special Provisions;

(2) The Client fails to pay the Project funds on the date as agreed, causing the construction fails to proceed normally;

(3) The construction fails to proceed normally or suffers a shutdown due to or arising out of a reason that is attributable to the Engineer dispatched by the Client or other contractors employed by the Client on the Construction Site;

(4) The Engineer fails to provide necessary instructions, approvals or otherwise as agreed in the contract, causing the failure of the construction to proceed normally;

(5) The design is changed and the workload is increased;

(6) The duration of the construction shutdown within one week caused by water, electricity or gas outage is accumulatively over 8 Hours and such outage is not caused by a reason that is attributable to the Contractor;

(7) Force Majeure;

(8) Other circumstances as agreed in the Special Provisions or under which the Engineer agrees to extend the Duration.

 

- 17 -


13.2 The Contractor shall, within 14 Days of the occurrence of the circumstances mentioned in the previous clause, submit a report to the Engineer in a Written Form in respect of the Duration delay. The Engineer shall give his/her confirmation within 14 Days of receipt of such report. If the Engineer fails to give his/her confirmation or propose any amendment, the Engineer shall be deemed to agree to extend the Duration.

14. Project Completion

14.1 The Contractor shall complete the Project on the Completion Date as agreed in the Agreement or other date as agreed by the Engineer in case of a Duration extension.

14.2 If the Project fails to be completed on the Completion Date as agreed in the Agreement or other date as agreed by the Engineer in case of a Duration extension due to a reason that is attributable to the Contractor, the Contractor shall assume the Default Liability.

14.3 If the Client requires an early completion in the course of construction, the parties shall enter into an early completion agreement as part of the contract documents by negotiation. The early completion agreement shall include, amongst others, the measures to be taken by the Contractor to ensure the quality and safety of the Project, the conditions to be provided the Client for the early completion and the Additional Contract Price related to the early completion.

IV. Quality and Inspection

15. Project Quality

15.1 The construction of the Project shall meet the quality standards as agreed in the Agreement. The quality evaluation standards shall be based on the national or industrial quality inspection and evaluation standards. If the quality of the Project fails to meet the standards as agreed due to a reason that is attributable to the Contractor, the Contractor shall assume the Default Liability.

15.2 In case of any dispute between the parties in respect of the Project quality, such dispute shall be evaluated by a project quality inspection organization as agreed by the parties. The Costs required and losses caused thereby shall be assumed by the liable party. If the parties are both liable, they shall assume the liabilities of their own respectively.

 

- 18 -


16. Examination and Reconstruction

16.1 The Contractor shall conduct construction carefully according to the standards, specifications, the design Drawings and the instructions given the Engineer pursuant to the contract, accept the inspection and examination by the Engineer from time to time, and facilitate such inspection and examination.

16.2 Once the Engineer finds any part of which the quality fails to meet the agreed standards, the Engineer shall require the Contractor to remove such part and conduct reconstruction. The Contractor shall remove the part and conduct reconstruction according to the Engineer’s requirements until the agreed standards have been satisfied. If the agreed standards fail to be satisfied due to a reason that is attributable to the Contractor, the Contractor shall assume the Costs for the removal and reconstruction and the Duration shall not be extended.

16.3 The inspection and examination by the Engineer shall not affect the normal construction. If the normal construction is affected and any unqualified construction is found during the inspection and examination, the Costs for affecting the normal construction shall be assumed by the Contractor. Otherwise, the Additional Contract Price for affecting the normal construction shall be assumed by the Client and the Duration shall be extended accordingly.

16.4 Any Additional Contract Price occurred due to a wrong instruction of the Engineer or other reasons that are not attributable to the Contractor shall be assumed by the Client.

17. Concealed Works and Intermediate Acceptance

17.1 In respect of any part of the Project that satisfies the concealment conditions or is subject to the intermediate acceptance inspection as agreed in the Special Provisions, the Contractor shall conduct self-inspection and notify the Engineer for acceptance inspection in a Written Form 48 Hours prior to the concealment or intermediate acceptance inspection. The notice shall include the contents of the concealment and intermediate acceptance inspection, the time and place of the acceptance inspection. The Contractor shall prepare an acceptance inspection record, and if the part past the acceptance inspection, the Contractor may continue the concealment and construction after the Engineer signs on the acceptance inspection record. If the part failed the acceptance inspection, the Contractor shall make revisions within the time frame given by the Engineer and proceed with a new acceptance inspection procedure.

 

- 19 -


17.2 If the Engineer is unable to conduct the acceptance inspection on time, the Engineer shall make a request for postponement to the Contractor in a Written Form 24 Hours prior to the acceptance inspection. Such postponement shall not exceed 48 Hours. If the Engineer fails to make a request for postponement within the time period mentioned above and does not conduct the acceptance inspection, the Contractor may conduct the acceptance inspection itself and the Engineer shall recognize the acceptance inspection record.

17.3 If the quality of the part of the Project satisfies the standards, specifications, the design Drawings and other requirements upon the acceptance inspection of the Engineer, but the Engineer fails to sign on the acceptance inspection record within 24 Hours of the acceptance inspection, the Engineer shall be deemed to have recognized the acceptance inspection record and the Contractor may continue the concealment and construction.

18. Re-inspection

Regardless the acceptance inspection conducted by the Engineer, when the Engineer requires re-inspecting the parts that have been concealed, the Contractor shall peel off or drill holes in the relevant parts and make re-concealment or restoration after the re-inspection. If the parts are qualified after the re-inspection, the Client shall assume all the Additional Contract Price arising therefrom, indemnify the Contractor against any loss and extend the Duration accordingly. If the parts are not qualified after the inspection, the Contractor shall assume the total Costs arising therefrom and the Duration shall not be extended.

19. Commissioning

19.1 In respect of the parts that are subject to commissioning as agreed by the parties, the content of the commissioning shall be consistent with the parts installed by the Contractor.

 

- 20 -


19.2 If the equipment installation part of the Project satisfies the conditions of single machine commissioning without loading, the Contractor shall arrange the commissioning and notify the Engineer in a Written Form 48 Hours prior to the commissioning. The notice shall include the contents, time and place of the commissioning. The Contractor shall prepare a commissioning record, and the Client shall provide requisite conditions for the commissioning as required by the Contractor. If the part is qualified after the commissioning, the Engineer shall sign on the commissioning record.

19.3 If the Engineer is unable to participate in the commissioning as scheduled, the Engineer shall make a request for postponement to the Contractor in a Written Form 24 Hours prior to the commissioning. Such postponement shall not exceed 48 Hours. If the Engineer fails to make a request for postponement within the time period mentioned above and does not participate in the commissioning, the Engineer shall recognize the commissioning record.

19.4 If the equipment installation part of the Project satisfies the conditions of linkage commissioning without loading, the Client shall arrange the commissioning and notify the Contractor in a Written Form 48 Hours prior to the commissioning. The notice shall include the contents, time and place of the commissioning as well as the requirements for the Contractor. The Contractor shall get prepared according to the relevant requirements. If the part is qualified after the the commissioning, the parties shall sign on the commissioning record.

19.5 Responsibilities and Liabilities of the Parties

(1) If the part of the Project fails to meet the requirements for acceptance after the commissioning due to a reason of design, the Client shall ask the Designer to modify the design. The Contractor shall make re-installation according to the revised design. The Client shall assume all the Costs and Additional Contract Price arising from the modification of design, removal and re-installation and the Duration shall be extended accordingly.

(2) If the part of the Project fails to meet the requirements for acceptance after the commissioning due to a reason of equipment manufacturing, the party procuring such equipment shall be responsible for re-purchasing or repair of such equipment and the Contractor shall be responsible for removal and re-installation. If the equipment is procured by the Contractor, the Contractor shall assume the Costs for repair, re-purchasing, removal and re-installation and the Duration shall not be extended. If the equipment is procured by the Client, the Client shall assume the Additional Contract Price for above items and the Duration shall be extended accordingly.

 

- 21 -


(3) If the part of the Project fails to meet the requirements for acceptance after the commissioning due to a reason of the Contractor’s construction, the Contractor shall make re-installation and re-commissioning according to the Engineer’s requirements and assume the Costs for re-installation and re-commissioning. The Duration shall not be extended.

(4) Except for the amount as included in the Contract Price or as agreed otherwise in the Special Provisions, all the Costs for commissioning shall be assumed by the Client.

(5) If the part of the Project is qualified after the the commissioning and the Engineer fails to sign on the commissioning record within 24 Hours of the commissioning, the Engineer shall be deemed to have recognized the commissioning record and the Contractor may continue the construction or carry out completion formalities.

19.6 The commissioning with raw materials shall be done by the Client after the completion acceptance inspection of the Project. If the Client requires such commissioning prior to the completion acceptance inspection of the Project or needs the Contractor’s assistance, the consent of the Contractor shall be obtained and a supplementary agreement shall be entered into separately.

V. Construction Safety

20. Construction Safety and Inspection

20.1 The Contractor shall comply with relevant regulations regarding construction safety production, arrange the construction strictly according to safety standards, accept any supervision and inspection conducted by industrial safety inspectors according to law from time to time, adopt necessary safety protection measures and eliminate potential accidents. The Contractor shall be liable for the accidents caused by ineffectiveness of its safety measures and shall assume all Costs and liabilities arising therefrom.

 

- 22 -


20.2 The Client shall provide training on safety to the Contractor’s workers at the Construction Site and shall be responsible for their safety. The Client shall not require the Contractor to construct in violation of safety administrative regulations. The Client shall be liable for accidents caused by a reason that is attributable to the Client and shall assume the Costs and liabilities arising therefrom.

21. Safety Protection

21.1 In respect of the construction at sites near power equipment, electric transmission lines, underground pipelines, sealed shockproof workshop, flammable and explosive things and major traffic arteries, the Agreement or shall propose safety protection measures to the Engineer prior to the commencement of the construction and start the construction after obtaining the confirmation by the Engineer. The Costs regarding the protection measures shall be assumed by the Client.

21.2 Prior to the blasting operation, the construction in a radiation or hazardous environment (including storage, transportation, usage) and the usage of deleterious and corrosive substances, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer in a Written Form 14 Days prior to the construction and propose relevant safety protection measures and start the construction after obtaining the confirmation by the Engineer. The Costs regarding the protection measures shall be assumed by the Client.

22. Treatment of Accident

In case of serious casualties and other accidents, the Contractor shall immediately report to relevant departments according to relevant regulations and notify the Engineer. The Contractor shall deal with the accidents according to requirements of relevant government authorities and the Costs shall be assumed by the liable party.

VI. Contract Price and Payment Methods

23. Contract Price & Adjustments

23.1 The Contract Price of the tender construction shall be based on the tender prices as listed on the tender notice agreed upon by the Client and the Contractor in the Agreement. Other contract prices not forming part of the original tender requirements shall also be agreed upon by the Client and the Contractor and stated clearly in the Agreement in accordance with the Project budget statement.

 

- 23 -


23.2 Once the Contract Price had been agreed upon and stated in the Agreement, the said Contract Price shall not be unilaterally changed without permission. The Contract Price shall be ascertained on fixed total price, fixed unit price or other pricing methods as agreed upon by both parties.

(1) Contract Price based on fixed total price. The Contract Price agreed by both parties in the Special Provisions shall include scope of risks and calculation method of risk expenses. The Contract Price shall not be adjusted within the scope of agreed risks. The adjustment of the Contract Price beyond the scope of agreed risks shall be stipulated in the Special Provisions of this contract.

(2) Contract Price based on fixed unit price. Unless otherwise stipulated in the Special Provisions of this contract, the unit price shall not be adjusted within the scope of agreed risks. If the change in quantity, beyond the scope of agreed risks, exceeds 10% of the bill of quantities of this Project, and the counterpart change in amount exceeds 0.01% of the contract amount, the unit price could be adjusted.

23.3 Unless otherwise stipulated in the Special Provisions of this contract, the Contract Price could be adjusted due to the change in cost by the following factors:

(1) The Contract Price affected by the laws, administrative regulations and major changes in related national policies;

(2) The Duration of the Project exceeds 12 months;

(3) Other factors agreed by the both parties.

Price adjustment factors and adjustment methods shall be agreed by the both parties.

24. Advance payment for the Project

To implement Project advance payment, the time and amount of the Project advance payment to be paid by the Client to the Contractor shall be stipulated by both parties separately.

25. Confirmation of Bill of Quantities (BOQ)

25.1 The Contractor shall submit the report to the Engineer on the bill of quantities already completed at the time as stipulated in the Special Provisions of this contract. The Engineer shall verify the actually completed bill of quantities (hereinafter referred to as the quantity measurement) against the design drawings within 14 days upon receipt of the report and notify the Contractor 24 hours in advance to send people for joining and facilitating the quantity measurement. After the receipt of the notice the Contractor does not attend the quantity measurement, the measurement shall take effect automatically as the basis for payment of the Project price.

 

- 24 -


25.2 If the Engineer fails to carry out the quantity measurement within 7 days upon receipt of the Contractor’s report, the bill of quantities specified in the Contractor’s report shall be deemed as being confirmed by the Engineer from the 15th date of the receipt of the report, which shall be the basis for the payment of the Project price. If the Engineer fails to notify the Contractor to attend the quantity measurement on the time as agreed, which caused the Contractor’s inability to join, the quantity measurement shall be invalid.

25.3 The Engineer shall not consider the quantity measurement for any bill of quantities exceeding the scope of the designed drawings and the rework of the bill of quantities due to the Contractor’s default.

26. Payment Term (Progress payment)

26.1 The date, amount and method of Project fund (progress payment) to be paid by the Client to the Contractor shall be stipulated by both parties in a separate agreement.

26.2 The adjusted Contract Price based on Clause 23 in this General Provision, the adjusted Contract Price as per Clause 31 and other Additional Contract Price as agreed under other clauses shall be adjusted and paid concurrently with the Project price (progress payment).

26.3 Retainage shall be drawn in accordance with the stipulated proportion when the Client pays the Project price (progress payment).

26.4 If the Client fails to pay the Project price (progress payment) later than the agreed payment time, the Contractor may issue a notice to request payment. If the Client remains unable to pay as requested after receipt of the payment request notice, the Client may consult with the Contractor to enter an agreement for the postponement of the payment. Through consent of the Contractor, the payment can be postponed. The agreement shall expressly stipulate the date for the postponed payment and the Client shall pay the loan interest for the Project price payable from the 15th day after the confirmation of the quantity measurement.

 

- 25 -


26.5 Construction work is unable to continue due to the reason that the Client fails to pay the Project fund (progress payment) in accordance with the date, amount and method as stipulated separately, and no agreement has been reached by both parties for the postponement of the payment, the Contractor can suspend the construction. In this case the Client shall bear the Default Liability.

VII. Supply of Material and Equipment

27. Supply of material & equipment by the Client

27.1 If the material and the equipment to be supplied by the Client, in accordance with the stipulations as agreed in the Special Provisions, the two parties shall make an agreed list of material and equipment as an attachment to the contract. The list shall include the items, specification, model, quantity, unit price, quality grade, time and place of delivery of the material and equipment supplied by the Client.

27.2 The Client shall provide the material and equipment as per the list and provide the Contractor catalogs and certificates of qualification of the material and the equipment and shall be responsible for their quality. The Client shall inform the Contractor in Written Form 24 hours prior to the arrival of the material and equipment and the Contractor should designate personnel to jointly check the material and equipment at site.

27.3 The Contractor shall take stock of the material and equipment supplied by the Client and safe keep them. The Client shall bear the expense for the storage of the material and equipment. The Contractor shall be responsible for any loss and damage of the material and equipment by reason attributable to the Contractor.

If the Client fails to inform the Contractor to take stock of the material and equipment, the Contractor shall not be responsible for custody of the material and equipment, thus the Client shall bear the responsibility for the loss and damage of these material and equipment.

27.4 The Client shall bear the relevant responsibility in the event the supply of the material and equipment does not comply with the list. The specific content of the responsibilities to be borne by the Client shall be agreed upon by the parties in the Special Provisions according to the following situations:

 

- 26 -


(1) Discrepancy in unit price form the list of materials and equipment, the Client shall be responsible for the difference in price;

(2) Discrepancy in variety, specification, model, quality grade form the list of materials and equipment, the Contractor can refuse to receive custody of them, which shall be shipped out of the site by the Client and the Client is required to re-purchase the correct material and equipment;

(3) Discrepancy in specification and model, the Contractor may replace them with other specification and model through the consent of the Client, and the Client shall be responsible for the expenses incurred;

(4) Discrepancy in the place of delivery form the list, the Client shall be responsible to deliver the material and equipment to the designated place of delivery;

(5) The quantity supplied is less than the quantity as agreed on the list, the Client shall be responsible for the make-up of the quantity, when the quantity is more than that stipulated, the Client shall be responsible to ship the excess material and equipment away from the construction site;

(6) If the date of delivery is earlier than the agreed time as stipulated on the list, the Client shall be responsible for the storage cost incurred; when the delivery date is later than the agreed time as shown on the list, the Client shall be responsible to compensate the Contractor for the loss and (or) the corresponding Duration extension resulted from such delay.

27.5 Prior to the application of the material and equipment supplied by the Client, the Contractor shall be responsible to inspect or test them. Unqualified material and equipment shall not be used. The Client shall be responsible for the inspection or testing expenses.

27.6 The settlement method of the material and equipment supplied by the Client shall be stipulated in the Special Provisions of this contract.

28. Material and equipment purchased by the Contractor

28.1 If the Contractor is responsible to purchase the material and equipment, which shall be fully in conformity with the stipulations in the Special Provisions of this contract and the design as well as the relevant standards / codes. The Contractor shall provide catalogs and certificates of qualification to the Client and the Contractor shall be responsible for their quality. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer 24 hours prior to the arrival of the material and equipment to take inventory at site.

 

- 27 -


28.2 When the material and equipment purchased by the Contractor does not conform with the design requirement or standard / code, the Contractor shall be responsible to ship away from the construction site the non-conformity material and equipment within the time as requested by the Engineer and re-purchase the products that meet the requirements, and also be responsible for the expenses incurred and delayed Duration shall not be postponed.

28.3 Prior to the application of the material and equipment purchased by the Contractor should be inspected or tested according to the requirements of the Engineer. Unqualified material and equipment should not be used. The Contractor shall bear all the inspection or testing expenses.

28.4 If the Engineer discovers that the Contractor purchased and used unqualified design or standards/codes of material and equipment, the Engineers shall request the Contractor to repair, remove or re-purchase the material and equipment and bear the expenses so incurred. The delayed Duration so caused shall not be postponed.

28.5 If the Contractor needs to use substitute material, it should be approved by the Engineer. The parties shall conclude a written agreement to determine the variation of the Contract Price so caused.

28.6 The Client shall not designate the manufacturers or suppliers for the material and equipment to be purchased by the Contractor.

VIII. Alteration of the Project

29. Alteration of Design

29.1 In the course of construction, if the Client needs to alter the original design of the Project, the Client shall issue an alteration notice to the Contractor in Written Form 14 days prior to such alteration. If such alteration exceeds the scope of the original design standard or the approved scale, the Client shall submit an application with the corresponding Drawings and explanation provided by the original design institute to the planning and management department and other related departments for re-examination and approval. The Contractor shall proceed with the following alterations as required in accordance with the alteration notice and related requirements as issued by the Engineer:

 

- 28 -


(1) Alteration of the elevation, baselines, position and size of the relevant part of the Project;

(2) To increase or decrease the Bill of Quantities as agreed in the contract;

(3) Alteration of construction time and work order of the related Project;

(4) Other additional works resulting from the alteration of the related Project.

The Client shall be responsible for the variation of the Contract Price and any loss incurred by the Contractor because of such alteration and the delay of the Duration shall be postponed correspondingly.

29.2 During the construction period, the Contractor shall not make any alteration to the original design. The Contractor shall bear the expenses and the direct loss incurred to the Client resulting from the unauthorized alteration of the design by the Contractor and the delayed Duration of the Project shall not be extended.

29.3 The Contractor shall seek approval from the Engineer during the construction period for any rational suggestions involving alteration of design Drawings or construction design, and substituting the use of material or equipment. For any unauthorized used or substitutions, the Contractor shall bear all costs and expenses arising therefrom and compensate related loss to the Client, the delayed Duration shall not be extended.

In the event the Engineer agrees to adopt the Contractor’s rational suggestions, the Client and the Contractor shall otherwise decide through separately agreement on how to bear or share the expenses and the benefits so incurred.

30. Other Alterations

During the performance of the contract, if the Client requests to change the quality standard of the Project and if other substantive changes occurred, it shall be resolved by the parties through mutual agreement.

31. Confirmation of Alteration in Price

31.1 The Contractor shall submit a report altering the Project price within 28 days after the alteration of the Project to adjust the Contract Price upon confirmation by the Engineer. In addition to the applicability of Clause 23.2, and Clause 23.3, alteration of the Contract Price shall proceed as follows:

 

- 29 -


(1) If there is an applicable price in the contract for the altered Project, the Contract Price shall be revised in accordance with such price;

(2) If there is only similar price in the contract for the altered Project, the Contract Price shall be revised using such price as a reference;

(3) If there is neither applicable nor similar price in the contract for the altered Project, the Contractor can put forward an appropriate alteration price and execute it upon receipt of the Engineer’s approval.

31.2 If the Contractor fails to submit the Project alteration price report to the Engineer within 28 days after the parties confirmed the alteration of the Project, it shall be deemed that such alteration does not involve the change to the Contract Price.

31.3 The Engineer shall confirm the report on alteration of Project price within 28 days upon receipt of such report. If the Engineer does not confirm the report without good cause, it shall be deemed that the alteration of Project price report is confirmed after 28 days upon delivery of such report.

31.4 If the Engineer does not agree with the alteration of the Project price submitted by the Contractor, it can be settled according to Clause 38 regarding dispute resolution under this General Provisions.

31.5 The increased Project price becomes Additional Contract Price as confirmed by the Engineer shall be paid concurrently with the payment of the Contract Price.

31.6 The Project alteration resulting from reasons attributable by the Contractor, the Contractor has no right to claim for the Additional Contract Price.

IX. Completion Acceptance Inspection of the Project and Settlement

32. Completion acceptance inspection

32.1 When the Project is ready for acceptance inspection, the Contractor shall provide the Client with the full completion data and acceptance inspection report as required by the relevant national provisions on project completion acceptance inspection. If the parties agreed that the as-built drawings to be provided by the Contractor, it should be clearly indicated in the Special Provisions as to the date of submission and number of copies required.

 

- 30 -


32.2 The Client shall invite the departments concerned and arrange the acceptance inspection within 28 days upon receipt of the report for acceptance inspection of the work submitted by the Contractor. The Client shall confirm or put forward revision comments within 14 days after the acceptance. The Contractor shall modify the work as per the Client requirement and bear all the expenses incurred on its own fault.

32.3 If the Client does not arrange the acceptance inspection within 28 days after the receipt of the acceptance inspection report submitted by the Contractor, or does not put forward any revision comments on the report within 14 days after the acceptance inspection, it shall be deemed that the Client has confirmed the acceptance inspection report.

32.4 After the acceptance inspection of the Project, the date of submission of the acceptance inspection report shall be the date of completion of the Project. If the Project is accepted after some revision work required by the Client, the actual date of completion of the Project shall be the date of the completion of the revision work and as inspected and accepted by the Client.

32.5 If the Client does not arrange the acceptance inspection within 28 days after the receipt of the acceptance inspection report submitted by the Contractor, the Client shall be responsible for the safekeeping of the completed work and other unexpected liability starting from the 29th date of the submission of the acceptance inspection report.

32.6 The scope and completion date for the intermediate project handover shall be stipulated in the Special Provisions of this contract. Such acceptance inspection procedures shall follow the stipulations at Clauses 32.1 to 32.4 in this General Provisions of this contract.

32.7 Out of special reasons, the Client requires some single construction or part of the constructions be left unfinished, in such case the parties shall conclude in a separate agreement on leaving some of the construction unfinished, to stipulate the liabilities of both parties, the project price and the terms of payment.

32.8 The Client shall not use the construction that has not been accepted and inspective or has not passed the completion acceptance inspection. If the Client insists on using these constructions, the Client shall be responsible for any quality liability and other problems arise therefrom.

 

- 31 -


33. Completion Settlement

33.1 The Contractor shall deliver to the Client a completion settlement report of the Project and complete settlement materials within 28 days after the confirmation of the project completion acceptance inspection report by the Client, the final payment shall be settled by both parties based on the agreed Contract Price in accordance with the Agreement and adjustment to the Contract Price shall be made as stipulated in the Special Provisions of this contract.

33.2 The Client shall verify the completion settlement report and complete settlement materials delivered by the Contractor within 28 days after the receipt of them, either confirm it or put forward revision comments. After the Client has confirmed the completion settlement report and notify its bank to pay the settlement to the Contractor. The Contractor shall deliver the completed Project to the Client within 14 days after the receipt of the settlement payment.

33.3 The Engineer shall confirm the payment of 50% Retainage to be paid to the Contractor at the time of the completion settlement. The rest of the Retainage may be substituted by the letter of guarantee.

33.4 If the Client fails to pay the Project completion settlement payment within 28 days after the confirmation of the completion settlement report is submitted by the Contractor without good cause, the Client shall be responsible to pay the bank loan interest on the same period for the overdue Project price from the 29th day after the confirmation of the completion settlement report and bear the Default Liability.

33.5 If the Client fails to pay the project completion settlement payment within 28 days after the confirmation of the completion settlement report, the Contractor have the right to demand the Client to pay the settlement immediately. If 56 days after the confirmation of the completion settlement report, the Client still fails to pay, the Contractor and the Client can enter into an agreement to settle the outstanding amounts in discount. The Contractor can also choose to apply to the People’s Court to have such Project put up for auction and the proceeds of the Project discounted price and the auctioned price will be prioritized to satisfy the Contractor’s claims.

 

- 32 -


33.6 If the Contractor fails to deliver the completion settlement report and complete settlement material to the Client within 28 days after the confirmation of the Project acceptance inspection report by the Client, resulting in the failure to carry out the normal proceeding for the Project completion settlement or the Project completion settlement payment cannot be timely paid, if the Client requests to deliver the Project, the Contractor shall meet their requirement to deliver; if the Client does not request the delivery of the Project, then the Contractor shall be responsible for custodial responsibility.

33.7 If there is dispute over the Project completion settlement payment between the Client and the Contractor, it shall be resolved as per the stipulations in Clause 38 on dispute resolution in this General Provisions of this contract.

34. Defect Liability

34.1 The Contractor shall complete all the outstanding obligations indicated in the Hand-over Certificate and repair the defects in the defect liability period as well as repair the defects and damages exposed in the defect liability period as required by the Client.

Unless otherwise provided for in the Special Provisions of this contract, the defect liability period as to the Project and the distributing and subentry Works is one year.

34.2 If the design, construction or the material and equipment supplied by the Contractor is not in conformity with the contract, or the defects of the Project are attributed to breaching the contract by the Contractor, the Contractor shall take the liability to repair and bear all the expenses therefrom.

34.3 If the Contractor fails to repair the defects mentioned above within a reasonable period, the Client may repair it on its own, or choose a third party to repair, while the Contractor shall bear all the expenses arise therefrom.

34.4 Upon the expiration of the Defects Liability Period, the Engineer shall issue a performance certificate and pay the remaining Retainage or return the Retainage guarantee within 14 days.

35. Warranty Liability

According to the laws, administrative regulations or relevant national provisions on the project quality warranty, the Contractor shall reach an agreement with the Client upon the construction quality warranty before the Project is completed, inspected and accepted, and take the responsibility for the project quality warranty within the liability period.

 

- 33 -


X. Default, Claims and Dispute

36. Default

36.1 Default by the Client

(1) The Client fails to pay the project advance payment as provided in Clause 24 of this General Provisions;

(2) The construction work cannot be carried out because of the Client fails to pay the Project price as agreed in Clause 26.5 of this General Provisions;

(3) The Client fails to pay the project completion settlement payment without good cause as mentioned in Clause 33.3 of this General Provisions;

(4) Other situations whereby the Client does not perform or fails to perform its obligations as stipulated in the contract.

In the event the above situations occur during the performance of this Contract, the Client shall be responsible for the Default Liability and shall compensate the Contractor for the economic loss arising from the default of his performance and shall extend the Duration for the delay so caused. The parties shall stipulate their agreement in the Special Provisions of this contract on the method of calculation for the loss of the Contractor or for the compensation amount payable by the Client for the default.

36.2 Default by the Contractor

(1) The date of completion is not in conformity with the stipulations in Clause 14.2 of this General Provisions in this contract or the Project is not completed according to the the Engineer’s consent of the extended date because of the fault by the Contractor;

(2) Project quality is not in conformity with the quality standard as stipulated in the Agreement as referred in Clause 15.1 of this General Provisions in this contract because of the fault by the Contractor;

(3) Other situations whereby the Contractor does not perform or fails to perform its obligations as agreed in the contract.

 

- 34 -


In the event the above situations occur during the performance of this Contract, the Contractor shall be responsible for the Default Liability and shall compensate to the Client for the economic loss arising from such default. The parties shall stipulate their agreement in the Special Provisions of this contract on the method of calculation for the compensation of the loss to the Client by the Contractor or for the compensation amount payable by the Contractor for the default.

36.3 During the performance of this Contract, event of default occurs to a party of the Contract, while the other party may request the defaulting party to continue to observe and perform the contract, the defaulting party shall bear the aforesaid Default Liability after continuance performance of the contract.

37. Claims

37.1 During the performance of the contract, in the event actual loss is incurred from the fault of the other party to the contract, the suffering party may claim such loss form the other party for the economic compensation and (or) request extension of the Duration of the Project. When one party raises a claim, there should be an event of claim with valid evidence of the occurrence of the claim.

37.2 When the Client fails to perform the obligations as per the contract, or other mistakes occur that the Client shall be responsible, resulting in the postponement of the Duration and (or) the Contractor cannot obtain the Contract Price in time and other economic loss of the Contractor, the Contractor can submit the claim as per the following procedures in Written Form:

(1) Submit a claim notice of intent to the Engineer within 28 days of the occurrence of the claim event;

(2) Within 28 days after the submission of a claim notice of intent, the Contractor shall deliver to the Engineer a claim report with the relevant information requesting the extension of the Duration and (or) economic loss compensation;

(3) Within 28 days after receipt of the claim report and relevant information delivered by the Contractor, the Engineer shall give the reply or asks the Contractor to supplement further claim reasons and evidence;

(4) If the Engineer fails to reply or fail to put forward the further request to the Contractor within 28 days after the receipt of the claim report and relevant information as delivered by the Contractor, it shall be deemed that such claim has been approved;

 

- 35 -


(5) When the claim event continues in progress, the Contractor shall issue intent of claim to the Engineer in stages. Within 28 days after the end of the claim event, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer claim relevant material and final claim report. The procedure for claim-reply is the same as stipulated in (3) and (4).

37.3 The Client shall submit claim to the Contractor as per time limit in accordance with the above clause for the economic loss incurred by the Client because of the Contractor does not perform the obligations in the contract or the fault on their part.

38. Dispute

38.1 Any dispute occurs in the course of performing the contract between the Client and the Contractor can be settled through mutual reconciliation or invite a third party for mediation. When the parties concerned do not agree to sort for reconciliation or mediation, or reconciliation and mediation are not successful, the dispute can be settled via submitting application for arbitration to the Arbitration Committee as agreed by both parties in the Special Provisions of this contract, or choose other method to resolve the dispute.

38.2 The two parties shall continue to perform the contract, carry out the construction work and take care of the completed work even under the condition that the dispute exists with the exception of any of the following situations occurs :

(1) The Contract cannot be performed because of unilateral breach of the contract by one party. The parties conclude an agreement to stop the construction work;

(2) Cease of construction work is required by the mediation and the decision is accepted by the both parties;

(3) The arbitral institution requests the cease of the construction work;

(4) The People’s Court requests the cease of the construction work.

XI. Others

39. Subcontracting of the Project

39.1 A part of the Project is sub-contracted by some sub-Contractors as per stipulations in the Special Provisions of this contract and sub-contracts are entered into with the sub-contract entity. The Contractor has no right to sub-contract any part of the Project without any agreements between the parties.

 

- 36 -


39.2 The Contractor is not allowed to transfer the entire Project contracted to the third party or split the work into several parts he has contracted to other people in the form of sub-contracting.

39.3 The Contractor shall not be released from any liabilities and obligations even when the work is sub-contracted by others. The Contractor shall send his administrative staff to the sub-Contractor construction site to ensure the contract successfully performed. The Contractor shall bear the whole responsibility for any breach of the sub-Contractors or damage to the Project due to the negligence of the sub-contractors and caused other loss to the Client (any losses of the Contractor arising from such sub-contract, the Contractor shall settle the dispute by himself according to the respective sub-contracts).

39.4 The Project price of the sub-sub-contracts shall be settled by the Contractor and the sub-contract entity. Without the consent of the Contractor, the Client shall not pay any kinds of the Project price to the sub-contractors in any form.

40. Force Majeure

40.1 Force Majeure includes war, turmoil, flying object falling or explosion, fire, emergent public health event not caused by the Client or the Contractor and those natural disasters stipulated in the Special Provisions of this contract such as typhoon, storm, great snow, flood and earthquake, etc.

40.2 After the event of Force Majeure occurs, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer of the event, and do their best to take measures to lessen the loss to the least degree while the Client shall aid the Contractor to take measures. If the Engineer deems necessary to temporarily suspend the construction work, the Contractor shall follow his instruction. The Contractor shall timely report to the Engineer the loss resulted from the event of Force Majeure after the incident, the extent of the damage and the estimated costs needed for the cleaning of site and repair work. If the event of the Force majeure is a continuous one, the Contractor shall report to the Engineer the extent of damages at an interval of 7 days. The Contractor shall submit a formal report and relevant information to the Engineer on the expenses for cleaning the site and repair work within 28 days after the end of the incident.

 

- 37 -


40.3 The cost resulting from the event of Force Majeure and the postponement of the Duration shall be shared by both parties in accordance with the following method:

(1) The Client is responsible for direct loss to the Project, the third party death or injury or loss of property due to the damages to the Project and loss over the construction material shipped to be used and equipment to be installed at the construction site;

(2) Both the Client and the Contractor are responsible respectively for the corresponding cost of the injury and death of the personnel of their own companies;

(3) The Contractor shall be responsible for the damage to the machinery and equipment and stoppage loss;

(4) During the suspension of the Project, the Client shall be responsible for the cost incurred for keeping the requisite management staff and the security staff at the construction site designated by the Contractor at Engineer’s request;

(5) The Client shall be responsible for the costs of cleaning the site and repairing the Project as necessary;

(6) The delayed Duration shall be postponed correspondingly.

40.4 Force Majeure occurs at the time when one party has delayed the performance of the contract; still this party cannot be released from the relevant liabilities.

41. Insurance

41.1 Prior to the commencement of the construction work, the Client shall complete insurance and pay the insurance premium for the life and property of its own staff and third party personnel engaged in the Project construction and the construction site.

41.2 The Client shall be responsible to handle the insurance and pay the insurance premium for building material shipped and to be used in the construction site and for the equipment to be installed.

41.3 The Client can entrust the Contractor to complete the necessary insurance proceedings and pay the insurance premium.

41.4 The Contractor shall complete the insurance for their staff engaged in the dangerous work for accident insurance, and insurance for the life and property of the personnel and construction machinery and equipment in the construction site and pay the insurance premium for them.

 

- 38 -


41.5 When insurance incident occurs, the Client and the Contractor are obliged to do their best and take the necessary measures to prevent the accident or reduce the loss to the least degree.

41.6 The specific contents to be insured and other related responsibilities as stipulated in the Special Provisions of this contract by the Client and the Contractor.

42. Guarantee

42.1 In order to ensure the full performance of the contract, the Client and the Contractor shall each provide the following guarantee documents to the other party.

(1) The Client provides the Contractor the credit certificate to demonstrate his ability to pay or the guarantee for performance of the contract from any third party which has the similar ability of payment as the Client.

(2) The Contractor provides the Client the credit certificate to demonstrate his ability of indemnity or the guarantee for performance of the contract from any third party which has the similar ability of indemnity as the Contractor.

42.2 When one party breaches the contract, the other party claim damage from the breaching party, the other party may require the third person that provides guarantee liability for it if the other party is unable to partly or fully undertake the liability of compensation.

42.3 Contents, mode and relevant liabilities of the guarantee shall be stipulated in the Special Provisions of this contract by the Client and the Contractor, in addition, the guarantee contract shall be entered into by and between the guaranteed and the guarantor as an attachment to this Contract.

43. Patent and Special Technology

43.1 When the Client wishes to apply patent and special technology, it shall first complete the relevant application procedures and bear the expenses on application, testing and usage when the Contractor requires applying patent and special technology, approval by the Engineer is necessary, the Contractor shall bear the related expenses and handle the application procedures.

43.2 Unauthorized use of patent and infringed the patent right of the others, the responsible party shall bear the respective legal liabilities.

 

- 39 -


44. Cultural / Historic Relic and Underground Obstacles

44.1 Any ancient tomb, ancient historic relics and fossil and other relics with archaeological value and geological research found in the course of the Project construction, the Contractor shall keep intact of the scene and notify the Engineer in Written Form within 4 hours after the finding, while the Engineer shall report to the local cultural relics management department within 24 hours after receipt of the written notice. Both the Client and the Contractor shall take proper measures to protect those historic relics in accordance with the request of the cultural relics management department. The Client shall bear the expenses incurred and the Duration of the Project shall be duly postponed.

The responsible party shall bear the respective legal liability for withholding the truth after the findings of the above situations.

44.2 Any underground obstacles found in the course of the Project construction, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer in Written Form within 8 hours after the discoveries, and provide the solution scheme at the same time, while the Engineer shall confirm or propose amendment scheme within 24 hours after the receipt of the solution scheme from the Contractor. The Client shall bear the expenses incurred therefrom and the Duration of the Project shall be duly postponed.

When the underground obstacles are known to be the property of a certain unit, the Client shall submit a report to the relevant departments for the joint effort to coordinate disposal.

45. Discharge of Contract

45.1 The contract can be discharged through unanimous agreement reached by the Client and the Contractor of this Contract.

45.2 In case of occurrence of the situation provided in Clause 26.5 of this General Provisions, and the suspension of the construction work for more than 56 days and the Client still fails to pay the Project fund (progress payment), the Contractor has right to discharge this Contract.

45.3 In case of the occurrence of the prohibition situation provided in Clause 39.2 of this General Provisions, the Contractor has transferred to others in the name of sub-contractor the whole of this Project or transfer to others in the name of sub-contractor after splitting the whole Project into several parts, the Client has right to discharge the contract.

 

- 40 -


45.4 Both the Client and the Contractor may discharge the contract if any one of the following situation occurs:

(1) Contract cannot be performed due to Force Majeure;

(2) Breach of the contract by one party (including the cease of the Project or the Project has been postponed due to the fault of the Client) and caused the inability to perform the contract.

45.5 One party demands that the contract be discharged as stipulated in Clauses 45.2, 45.3 and 45.4, it shall submit a notice in Written Form to notify the other party for discharging the contract, and inform the other party 7 days prior to the issuance of the notice. When the notice is received by the other party, the contract shall be discharged. Any dispute on discharging the contract can be settled as per the Clause 38 on “Dispute” in this General Provisions of the contract.

45.6 After the contract is discharged, the Contractor shall take good care of the completed part of the construction work, purchased material and equipment and prepare for the handing over, withdrawal of all their equipment and staff from the construction site according to the Client’s request. The Client shall provide necessary conditions for the Contractor to remove their equipment out of the construction site and bear the expenses arising therefrom and pay the Project price for the completed construction as agreed in the contract. The ordered material and equipment to be returned to the suppliers or cancel the purchase order by the purchasing party. The Client shall bear the loss to the ordered material and equipment that cannot be returned and costs for the cancellation of the purchase order. The responsible party shall bear the loss arising from the failure to return the material and equipment in time. Besides, the party in fault shall compensate the other party for the loss incurred due to the termination of the contract.

45.7 The discharge of the contract does not affect the validity of settlement and liquidation as set out by the parties in the contract.

 

- 41 -


46. Effectiveness and Termination of Contract

46.1 The manner of contract effectiveness shall be stipulated by the parties in the Agreement.

46.2 After the Client and the Contractor observed all the obligations in the contract, upon the issuance of a performance completion certificate by the Client to the Contractor; this contract shall be terminated immediately.

46.3 After the termination of the rights and obligations in the contract, both the Client and the Contractor shall adhere to the principle of good faith and prestige to fulfill the obligations of notice, assistance and confidentiality.

47. Number of the Contract Copies

47.1 This contract is made in two originals, each having equal legal effect, the Client and the Contractor shall each keep one original.

47.2 The number of the copies of the contract shall be decided by the parties in accordance of the needs as stipulated in the Special Provisions of this contract.

48. Supplement Clauses

According to the relevant laws, administrative regulations combined with the practical conditions of the Project, the parties, reach unanimous agreement through consultation, can specified the content, supplement or modify the clauses of these General Provisions. All specified content, supplements, or modifications to the clauses of the General Provisions shall be stipulated in the Special Provisions of this contract.

 

- 42 -


Part Three Special Provisions

I. Definitions and Contract Documents

1. Contract Documents and Construction Order

Composition and construction order of contract documents: refer to the content and order set out in Clause 6 of this Agreement.

2. Language and Governing Laws, Standards and Specifications

2.1 This contract is written in Chinese and     /     language as well.

2.2 Governing Laws and Regulations

Laws or administrative regulations requiring to be clearly indicated: the Contract Law of the People’s Republic of China , the Construction Law of the People’s Republic of China , the Bidding Law of the People’s Republic of China and other applicable laws and regulations.

2.3 Applicable Standards and Specifications

Names of applicable standards and specifications: applicable regulations and standards of the current national Construction and Inspection Specifications for Construction and Installation Project and the Standards of Quality Inspection and Evaluation for Construction and Installation Project .

Agreement in case of no applicable domestic standards and specifications: based on the construction Drawings, the Client and Contractor of the Project shall carry out implementations with the Supervisor and the Designer by reference to Clause 3.3 of the General Provisions.

3. Drawings

3.1 Date and sets of Drawings provided by the Client to the Contractor: six sets of complete construction Drawings shall be provided before the official commencement of the Project.

Client’s requirements for keeping the Drawings confidential: none

Requirements for use of foreign Drawings and Costs assumption: none

 

- 43 -


II. General Rights and Obligations of the Parties

4. Investment Supervisor

4.1 Engineer Dispatched by Investment Supervisor

Name:              Position:             

Authority:                     

4.2 Engineer Appointed by Supervisor

Name:              Position:             

Authority granted by the Client: right to investment, progress and quality control, contract management and coordination of the parties concerned at the construction stage.

Authority exercisable with the approval of the Client: Clauses 17, 18, 19 of the Supervision Contract for Construction Project.

4.3 If supervision is not applicable, the authority of the engineer:     /    

5. Contractor’s Representative

Name:              Position: Project Manager

Authority: perform the rights and obligations of the Contractor as set out in contracts, and handle at his/her sole discretion all matters occurred at the construction site on behalf of the Contractor. All instruments signed by him/her with respect to the quality, materials and progress of the Project and the Project fund report shall be binding upon the Contractor.

6. Client’s Representative

6.1 Name:              Position: Field Representative

6.2 Authority: perform the rights and obligations of the Contractor as set out in contracts, and handle at his/her sole discretion all matters occurred at the construction site on behalf of the Contractor. All instruments signed by him/her with respect to the quality, materials and progress of the Project and the Project fund payment shall be binding upon the Client.

6.3 The Client shall complete the following work at the appointed time and pursuant to the agreed requirements:

(1) Requirements and completion time for the Construction Site to satisfy the construction conditions: achieve housing demolition, compensations for young crops, ground stilt buildings and underground obstacles clearance, etc. prior to construction commencement by the Contractor.

 

- 44 -


(2) Time, location and supply requirements for connecting the water, power, and telecommunication lines required by construction to the Construction Site: connect them to the side of the red line of the Construction Site prior to construction commencement, and their capacities shall meet the need of construction.

(3) The time and requirements for opening the passages between the Construction Site and the public roads: open before the commencement of construction

(4) Time to provide the information of the engineering geology and underground utilities: provide the Contractor with the information of the engineering geology and underground utilities of the Construction Site prior to construction commencement, and be responsible for the truthfulness and accuracy of the information.

(5) Names and completion time of the necessary certificates and approval documents to be handled by the Client for construction: the construction permit and other certificates necessary for construction shall be obtained before the commencement of construction.

(6) Requirements for benchmark and coordinate control point acceptance: identify the benchmarks and coordinate control points, submit them in Written Form to the Contractor, and deliver them for acceptance at the scene.

(7) Time for Drawings review and design clarification: within 7 days prior to commencement of construction, the Contractor shall submit an application to the Client, and the Client shall organize the Contractor and the Designer to conduct Drawings review and design clarification.

(8) Coordinate protection work for the underground utilities around the Construction Site and adjacent buildings, structures (including historical relics protection), and old trees: the Client shall coordinate and assume relevant Costs, and the Contractor shall be responsible for the losses caused by construction.

(9) Other work of the Client stipulated by the parties: coordinate all aspects of relationship in the course of construction and relevant work.

6.4 Work of the Contractor entrusted by the Client:     /    

7. Contractor’s Work

(1) Time to deliver the design documents to be completed by Contractors with the required design qualification level and business scope:     /    

 

- 45 -


(2) Names and completion time of the plans and statements to be provided: provide the schedule of the next-month construction progress and statistic statement of the current month progress each in duplicate prior to 25 th of each month.

(3) Responsibilities and requirements for assuming the construction safety and security work and daytime construction lighting: refer to provision and maintenance of the daytime construction lighting, enclosure facilities and their safety and security work.

(4) Requirements for the office, residence and relevant facilities provided for the Client: the Contractor shall provide the owner and supervisor each with a site office, and furnish the offices with necessary office and living facilities.

(5) Procedures relating to traffic, environmental sanitation and construction noise management that are required to been gone through by the Contractor: refer to Clause 9.1(5) of the General Provisions .

(6) Special requirements and Costs assumption for finished product protection of the completed Project: refer to Clause 9.1(6) of the General Provisions .

(7) Protection requirements and expenses for the underground utilities around the Construction Site and adjacent buildings, structures (including historical relics and buildings under protection), and old and precious trees: refer to Clause 9.1(7) of the General Provisions .

(8) Sanitation and hygiene requirements for the Construction Site: comply with national laws and regulations in relation to environmental protection, ensure the cleanness of the Construction Site and civilized construction, and satisfy the environmental-health-related management provisions.

(9) Other work of the Contractor agreed by the parties:     /    

III. Construction Organization Design and Duration

8.1 Progress Plan

If the Client raises questions and proposes reasonable amendments to the progress plan under the construction organization design (or plan), the Contractor shall provide the amended construction organization design within 5 days after signing of the contract, and the Client’s Representative shall give an official reply within 5 days upon receipt thereof.

 

- 46 -


8.2 Project Commencement

If the commencement conditions of the Project are satisfied, the Contractor shall start construction within 7 days upon receipt of the commencement notice from the Client.

8.3 Project Duration

The Duration of the contract shall be subject to the Duration in the winning bid of the Contractor.

8.4 Duration Delay

The Duration of the contract may be extended accordingly upon confirmation by the Client’s Representative if the Completion Date is delayed by the following reasons:

(1) Extra or additional bill of quantities exceeds more than 5% of the Contract Price.

(2) It is delayed or stopped by obstacles caused by the Client.

(3) Force Majeure.

(4) It is not caused by the fault of the Contractor.

If the Contractor fails to complete the Construction as scheduled not by reason of the foregoing, it shall assume the Default Liability.

8.5 Ahead of Duration

As required by the Duration in the bid inviting, the costs for measures to expedite construction solely determined by the Contactor in the bidding documents shall constitute part of the Contract Price.

If early completion is required in the course of construction and the parties enter into an early completion agreement by consensus, the Contractor shall provide the Client (Supervisor) with relevant measures or construction plans for early completion; the Client shall pay the Contractor additional costs necessary for early completion in an amount required in the bidding documents or determined by the parties through negotiations.

IV. Quality and Acceptance Inspection

9.1 Quality Standards

The Contractor shall carry out construction pursuant to the current national construction acceptance inspection rules and quality assessment standards, and the Client has no special requirements for the quality of this Project.

 

- 47 -


9.2 Quality Level of the Project

The quality level standards of the winning bid of the Contractor shall be those conditions agreed upon in the contract of this Project. The quality of the Project shall be supervised and arbitrated by Zhuji City Architectural Engineering Quality Supervision Station.

V. Safety Construction

10.1 The Contractor shall reinforce management of safety production, put the safety production expenditures into place, and formulate safe operation rules with respect to the construction, ensuring safety construction of the Project. The Contractor shall educate their employees to conduct civilized construction, and equip them with necessary facilities and labor protection articles for safety production.

10.2 The Client shall be responsible for the industrial accidents of all employees that are employed by the Contractor for its performance of the contract, including those employees of the subcontractors.

10.3 The Contractor shall be liable to make compensations for third-party casualties and property losses caused by the Contractor at the Construction Site and its adjacent areas.

10.4 The fees for safety construction, civilized construction and other measures have been included in the Contract Price, and their payment schedules have been included in the Project price payment. The Contractor shall reserve the fees for safety measures in a special account in an amount of not less than 1% of the Contract Price, which shall be subject to the supervision of competent departments.

10.5 The Client shall be liable for the industrial accidents of all personnel employed by the site organizations, and the Contractor shall be liable for the industrial injuries of the Client’s personnel caused by the Contractor.

10.6 The Client shall be liable to make compensations for third-party casualties and property losses caused by the Client at the Construction Site and its adjacent areas.

VI. Contract Price and Payment

11. Contract Price and Adjustment

11.1 The price of this contract shall be determined pursuant to Clause 23.2(1).

12. Advance Payment for the Project

12.3 The parties shall separately stipulate the time, amount and method to pay the advance payment for the Project.

 

- 48 -


13. Payment of Project Fund (Progress Payment)

13.1 The parties shall separately stipulate the time, amount and method to pay the Project fund (progress payment) for the Project.

VII. Supply of Materials and Equipment

14. Supply of Materials and Equipment by the Client

14.1 Where the materials and equipment supplied by the Client is not consistent with the list, the parties agree that the Client shall take the following responsibilities:

(1) if the unit price of the materials and equipment is not consistent with the list:     /    

(2) if the variety, specification, type, and quality level of the materials and equipment is not consistent with the list:     /    

(3) Materials that the Contractor can adjust and swap on behalf of the Client:     /    

(4) if the place of arrival is not consistent with the list:     /    

(5) if the supply quantity is not consistent with the list:     /    

(6) if the time of arrival is not consistent with the list:     /    

Settlement method for the materials and equipment supplied by the Client:     /    

15. Materials and Equipment Purchase by the Contractor

15.1 The Contractor agrees that it shall purchase the materials and equipment pursuant to the General Provisions .

VIII. Project Changes

16.1 All changes requested by the Client or subsequently approved in Written Form shall be measured and valuated by the Supervisor. When the measurement is conducted, the Supervisor shall allow the Contractor to be on the scene, make such notes and conduct such measurement as possibly required.

16.2 If there is any change to the Costs due to any change to the Project, the Contractor shall submit a detailed report on any changed value within 14 days after such change.

16.3 For the purpose of this Project specified in the Drawings or the construction specifications, the Client may at any time instruct to make any changes, amendments, additions or deletions to this Project with respect to its design, quality or quantity (hereinafter “Project Changes”). Such Project Changes shall not change the responsibilities and obligations of the Contractor.

 

- 49 -


16.4 During the performance of this contract, the Contractor may at any time propose to the Client for Project Changes with a view to improving the quality, efficiency and safety of the Project. The Client may agree upon or reject the Project Changes proposed by the Contractor.

IX. Completion Acceptance Inspection and Settlement

17. Completion Acceptance Inspection

17.1 Agreement by the Contractor to provide the completion drawings: provide the complete as-built drawing within one month upon completion of the Project.

17.2 Scope and completion time of the mid-way delivered Project: (subject to the report on commencing the construction)

18. Settlement:

18.1 Time Limit of Settlement: The Contractor shall submit the complete settlement report to the Client within two months of completion acceptance inspection, and the Client shall verify and submit the complete settlement report to the audit unit within two months upon receipt thereof from the Contractor. The Client shall give the Contractor one-time notice of the supplementary materials within seven days from the date on which the settlement materials are submitted, or otherwise it shall be deemed as recognition of the Project settlement documents. If the audit unit completes the audit within the required time, the Client and the Contractor shall pay the audit charges to the audit unit in accordance with provisions.

X. Default, Claims and Dispute

19. Default

19.1 For the purpose of this contract, the detailed liabilities regarding the Client’s default are as follows:

The Default Liability of the Client as agreed in Clause 24 of the General Provisions of this contract: see the General Provisions.

The Default Liability of the Client as agreed in Clause 26.5 of the General Provisions of this contract: see the General Provisions.

The Default Liability of the Client as agreed in Clause 33.4 of the General Provisions of this contract: see the General Provisions.

 

- 50 -


Other Default Liabilities of the Client as agreed between the parties: none.

19.2 For the purpose of this contract, the detailed liabilities regarding the Contractor’s default are as follows:

The Default Liability of the Contractor as agreed in Clause 14.2 of the General Provisions of this contract: see the General Provisions.

The Default Liability of the Contractor as agreed in Clause 15.1 of the General Provisions of this contract: see the General Provisions.

Other Default Liabilities of the Contractor as agreed between the parties: none.

20. Dispute

In case any dispute occurs in the course of performing this contract, the parties shall settle it by negotiation or invite a third party to mediate. In case no agreement can be reached through negotiation or mediation, the parties agree to:

(I) submit the dispute to     /     Arbitration Commission for arbitration (if not applicable, please stroke this clause);

(II) seek other solutions: submit the case to the People’s Court of Zhuji City where the Project is located.

XI. Miscellaneous

21. Sub-contracting

21.1 The parts of the Project to be sub-contracted by the Contractor as agreed by the Client: to be agreed separately.

Sub-Contractor: to be agreed separately.

22. Force Majeure

22.1 The agreements between the parties regarding Force Majeure: see the General Provisions.

23. Insurance

23.1 Contents of insurance as agreed between the parties of this Project are as follows:

(1) Insurance taken out by the Client:     /    

Insurance items to be carried out by the Contractor upon the authorization of the Client: none

 

- 51 -


(2) Insurance taken out by the Contractor:     /    

23.2 Contents of guarantee as agreed between the parties of this Project are as follows:

(1) In respect of party B’s performance guarantee to be provided by the Client to the Contractor, the type of guarantee: none.

(2) In respect of party B’s performance guarantee to be provided by the Contractor to the Client, the type of guarantee: letter of guarantee.

(3) Other guaranteed matters as agreed between the parties: none .

24. Number of Counterparts

24.1 Number of the counterparts of this contract as agreed between the parties:             

25. Supplementary Clause

25.1 In the course of the performance of this contract, the parties may enter into any supplementary agreement separately according to actual conditions. Such supplementary agreements shall have the same effect as this contract.

 

- 52 -

Exhibit 10.13

English Translation

Guarantee Letter

Hailiang Finance Co., Ltd. (“Hailiang Finance”), a finance company of enterprise group incorporated with the approval by the China Banking Regulatory Commission and registered with the State Administration for Industry & Commerce of the People’s Republic of China under the Business License for Enterprise Legal Person numbered 330681000148272, is entitled to provide financial services for the members of Hailiang Group 1 . Hailiang Group Co., Ltd. (the “Group”) guarantees that Zhuji Hailiang Foreign Language School, Zhuji Private High School and Zhejiang Zhuji Tianma Experimental School (the “Three Schools”) will be able to recover their deposits at Hailiang Finance and any interest accrued thereupon in accordance with the deposit contracts. In the event that the Three Schools fail to recover all such deposits and accrued interest, the Group shall assume irrevocable joint and several responsibilities for the repayment thereof.

This Guarantee Letter shall constitute a legally binding document on the Group. In case of any breach of this Guarantee Letter, the Group is willing to assume any legal liabilities as a result thereof.

Hailiang Group Co., Ltd.

Seal of Hailiang Group Co., Ltd. affixed

29 September 2014

 

1   Hailiang Group Member Entities shall refer to the enterprises, public institutions or social associations duly registered in the People’s Republic of China, connecting with one another by capital, and operating with the parent company as the main body and pursuant to Hailiang Group’s Articles of Association as the common codes of conduct, which include the parent company and its subsidiaries with no less than 51% of controlled shares; the companies whose no less than 20% of shares are individually or jointly held by the parent company and any of the subsidiaries, or whose less than 20% of shares are individually or jointly held by the parent company and any of the subsidiaries as the largest shareholder; and the public institutions or social associations affiliated to the parent company and/or any of the subsidiaries. During the actual process of execution, Hailiang Group Member Entities also include the branches, subsidiaries and affiliated public institutions or social associations controlled by the actual controller, Hailiang Feng, whose status is the same as a parent company. Zhuji Hailiang Foreign Language School, Zhuji Private High School and Zhejiang Zhuji Tianma Experimental School are Hailiang Group Member Entities.

Exhibit 10.14

English Translation

Guarantee Letter

Hailiang Finance Co., Ltd. (“Hailiang Finance”), a finance company of enterprise group incorporated with the approval by the China Banking Regulatory Commission and registered with the State Administration for Industry & Commerce of the People’s Republic of China under the Business License for Enterprise Legal Person numbered 330681000148272, is entitled to provide financial services for the members of Hailiang Group 1 . Hailiang Group Co., Ltd. guarantees that Zhuji Hailiang Foreign Language School, Zhuji Private High School and Zhejiang Zhuji Tianma Experimental School (the “Three Schools”) will be able to recover their deposits at Hailiang Finance and any interest accrued thereupon in accordance with the deposit contracts. In the event that the Three Schools fail to recover all such deposits and accrued interest, I shall assume irrevocable joint and several responsibilities for the repayment thereof.

This Guarantee Letter shall constitute a legally binding document on myself. In case of any breach of this Guarantee Letter, I am willing to assume any legal liabilities as a result thereof.

Guarantor: Hailiang Feng

/s/ Hailiang Feng

29 September 2014

 

1   Hailiang Group Member Entities shall refer to the enterprises, public institutions or social associations duly registered in the People’s Republic of China, connecting with one another by capital, and operating with the parent company as the main body and pursuant to Hailiang Group’s Articles of Association as the common codes of conduct, which include the parent company and its subsidiaries with no less than 51% of controlled shares; the companies whose no less than 20% of shares are individually or jointly held by the parent company and any of the subsidiaries, or whose less than 20% of shares are individually or jointly held by the parent company and any of the subsidiaries as the largest shareholder; and the public institutions or social associations affiliated to the parent company and/or any of the subsidiaries. During the actual process of execution, Hailiang Group Member Entities also include the branches, subsidiaries and affiliated public institutions or social associations controlled by the actual controller, Hailiang Feng, whose status is the same as a parent company. Zhuji Hailiang Foreign Language School, Zhuji Private High School and Zhejiang Zhuji Tianma Experimental School are Hailiang Group Member Entities.

Exhibit 21.1

List of Subsidiaries

Subsidiaries

 

Name

  

Jurisdiction of Incorporation

Hailiang Education (HK) Limited    Hong Kong
Zhejiang Hailiang Education Consulting and Services Co., Ltd.    People’s Republic of China (“PRC”)

Affiliated Entities

 

Name

  

Jurisdiction of Incorporation

Zhejiang Hailiang Education Investment Co., Ltd.    PRC
Zhuji Hailiang Foreign Language School    PRC
Zhuji Private High School    PRC
Tianma Experimental School    PRC

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors

Hailiang Education Group Inc.:

We consent to the use of our report included herein and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the registration statement.

Our report dated October 9, 2014, except as to Note 10, which is as of December 24, 2014, contains an explanatory paragraph that states that Hailiang Education Group Inc. and its subsidiaries entered into significant transactions with related parties during each of the years in the three-year period ended June 30, 2014.

/s/ KPMG Huazhen (SGP)

Shanghai, China

December 24, 2014

Exhibit 23.5

Consent of CCID Consulting Co., Ltd.

Hailiang Education Group Inc.

386, Jiefangbei Road

Diankou Town, Zhuji

Zhejiang Province 311814

People’s Republic of China

Ladies and Gentlemen:

CCID Consulting Co., Ltd. (“CCID”) hereby consents to the references to its name in (i) the registration statement on Form F-1 (together with any amendments thereto, the “Registration Statement”), as well as the prospectus included in the Registration Statement (together with any related free writing prospectus, the “Prospectus”), in relation to the proposed initial public offering (“Offering”) of Hailiang Education Group Inc. (the “Company”), to be filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (ii) the Company’s roadshow and other marketing materials (“Marketing Materials”) in relation to the Offering, (iii) any written correspondences with the SEC and any other future filings with the SEC, including filings on annual reports on Form 20-F or current reports on Form 6-K (collectively, the “Future SEC Filings”), (iv) future offering documents (“Future Offering Documents”), and (v) websites of the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates (“Websites”).

CCID hereby consents to the inclusion of, summary of and reference to (i) the report entitled “Study on China’s Basic Education Market” ( LOGO ) (the “Report”) published by CCID, (ii) information, data and statements from the Report prepared by CCID, and all supplements thereto, as well as the citation of the foregoing, in the Registration Statement, Prospectus, Marketing Materials, Future SEC Filings, Future Offering Documents and Websites.

CCID further consents to the filing of this letter as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and any other Future SEC Filings.


Yours Faithfully

For an on behalf of

CCID Consulting Co., Ltd.

 

By:   /s/ SUN Huifeng
Name:   SUN Huifeng
Title:   Vice president
December 24, 2014

Exhibit 99.1

CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS

of Hailiang Education Group Inc.

INTRODUCTION

Purpose

This Code of Business Conduct and Ethics contains general guidelines for conducting the business of Hailiang Education Group Inc., a Cayman Islands company (the “Company”), consistent with the highest standards of business ethics. To the extent this Code requires a higher standard than required by commercial practice or applicable laws, rules or regulations, we adhere to these higher standards.

This Code applies to all of the directors, officers and employees of the Company and its subsidiaries (which, unless the context otherwise requires, are collectively referred to as the “Company” in this Code). We refer to all persons covered by this Code as “Company employees” or simply “employees.” We also refer to our chief executive officer and our chief financial officer as our “principal financial officers.”

Seeking Help and Information

This Code is not intended to be a comprehensive rulebook and cannot address every situation that you may face. If you feel uncomfortable about a situation or have any doubts about whether it is consistent with the Company’s ethical standards, seek help. We encourage you to contact your supervisor for help first. If your supervisor cannot answer your question or if you do not feel comfortable contacting your supervisor, contact the Compliance Officer of the Company, who shall be a person appointed by the Board of Directors of the Company. [ name of compliance officer ] has initially been appointed by the Board of Directors of the Company as the Compliance Officer for the Company. [ name of compliance officer ] can be reached at [ phone number ] and [ e-mail address ]. The Company will notify you if the Board of Directors appoints a different Compliance Officer. You may remain anonymous and will not be required to reveal your identity in your communication to the Company.

Reporting Violations of the Code

All employees have a duty to report any known or suspected violation of this Code, including any violation of the laws, rules, regulations or policies that apply to the Company. If you know of or suspect a violation of this Code, immediately report the conduct to your supervisor. Your supervisor will contact the Compliance Officer, who will work with you and your supervisor to investigate the matter. If you do not feel comfortable reporting the matter to your supervisor or you do not get a satisfactory response, you may contact the Compliance Officer directly. Employees making a report need not leave their name or other personal information and reasonable efforts will be used to conduct the investigation that follows from the report in a manner that protects the confidentiality and anonymity of the employee submitting the report. All reports of known or suspected violations of the law or this Code will be handled sensitively and with discretion. Your supervisor, the Compliance Officer and the Company will protect your confidentiality to the extent possible, consistent with law and the Company’s need to investigate your report.


It is the Company policy that any employee who violates this Code will be subject to appropriate discipline, which may include termination of employment. This determination will be based upon the facts and circumstances of each particular situation. An employee accused of violating this Code will be given an opportunity to present his or her version of the events at issue prior to any determination of appropriate discipline. Employees who violate the law or this Code may expose themselves to substantial civil damages, criminal fines and prison terms. The Company may also face substantial fines and penalties and many incur damage to its reputation and standing in the community. Your conduct as a representative of the Company, if it does not comply with the law or with this Code, can result in serious consequences for both you and the Company.

Policy Against Retaliation

The Company prohibits retaliation against an employee who, in good faith, seeks help or reports known or suspected violations. Any reprisal or retaliation against an employee because the employee, in good faith, sought help or filed a report will be subject to disciplinary action, including potential termination of employment.

Waivers of the Code

Waivers of this Code for employees may be made only by an executive officer of the Company. Any waiver of this Code for our directors, executive officers or other principal financial officers may be made only by our Board of Directors or the appropriate committee of our Board of Directors and will be disclosed to the public as required by law or the rules of the Nasdaq Global Market.

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

Identifying Potential Conflicts of Interest

A conflict of interest can occur when an employee’s private interest interferes, or appears to interfere, with the interests of the Company as a whole. You should avoid any private interest that influences your ability to act in the interests of the Company or that makes it difficult to perform your work objectively and effectively.

Identifying potential conflicts of interest may not always be clear-cut. The following situations are examples of conflicts of interest:

 

    Outside Employment . No employee should be employed by, serve as a director of, or provide any services not in his or her capacity as a Company employee to a company that is a material customer, supplier or competitor of the Company.

 

    Improper Personal Benefits . No employee should obtain any material (as to him or her) personal benefits or favors because of his or her position with the Company. Please see “Gifts and Entertainment” below for additional guidelines in this area.

 

2


    Financial Interests . No employee should have a significant financial interest (ownership or otherwise) in any company that is a material customer, supplier or competitor of the Company. A “significant financial interest” means (i) ownership of greater than 1% of the equity of a material customer, supplier or competitor or (ii) an investment in a material customer, supplier or competitor that represents more than 5% of the total assets of the employee.

 

    Loans or Other Financial Transactions . No employee should obtain loans or guarantees of personal obligations from, or enter into any other personal financial transaction with, any company that is a material customer, supplier or competitor of the Company. This guideline does not prohibit arms-length transactions with banks, brokerage firms or other financial institutions.

 

    Service on Boards and Committees . No employee should serve on a board of directors or trustees or on a committee of any entity (whether profit or not-for-profit) whose interests reasonably would be expected to conflict with those of the Company.

 

    Actions of Family Members . The actions of family members outside the workplace may also give rise to the conflicts of interest described above because they may influence an employee’s objectivity in making decisions on behalf of the Company. For purposes of this Code, “family members” include your spouse or life-partner, brothers, sisters and parents, in-laws and children whether such relationships are by blood or adoption.

For purposes of this Code, a company is a “material” customer if that company has made payments to the Company in the past year in excess of US$100,000 or 10% of the customer’s gross revenues, whichever is greater. A company is a “material” supplier if that company has received payments from the Company in the past year in excess of US$100,000 or 10% of the supplier’s gross revenues, whichever is greater. A company is a “material” competitor if that company competes in the Company’s line of business and has annual gross revenues from such line of business in excess of US$500,000. If you are uncertain whether a particular company is a material customer, supplier or competitor, please contact the Compliance Officer for assistance.

Disclosure of Conflicts of Interest

The Company requires that employees disclose any situations that reasonably would be expected to give rise to a conflict of interest. If you suspect that you have a conflict of interest, or something that others could reasonably perceive as a conflict of interest, you must report it to your supervisor or the Compliance Officer. Your supervisor and the Compliance Officer will work with you to determine whether you have a conflict of interest and, if so, how best to address it. Although conflicts of interest are not automatically prohibited, they are not desirable and may only be waived as described in “Waivers of the Code” above.

 

3


CORPORATE OPPORTUNITIES

As an employee of the Company, you have an obligation to advance the Company’s interests when the opportunity to do so arises. If you discover or are presented with a business opportunity through the use of corporate property, information or because of your position with the Company, you should first present the business opportunity to the Company before pursuing the opportunity in your individual capacity. No employee may use corporate property, information or his or her position with the Company for personal gain or should compete with the Company.

You should disclose to your supervisor the terms and conditions of each business opportunity covered by this Code that you wish to pursue. Your supervisor will contact the Compliance Officer and the appropriate management personnel to determine whether the Company wishes to pursue the business opportunity. If the Company waives its right to pursue the business opportunity, you may pursue the business opportunity on the same terms and conditions as originally proposed and consistent with the other ethical guidelines set forth in this Code.

Confidential Information and Company Property

Employees have access to a variety of confidential information while employed at the Company. Confidential information includes all non-public information that might be of use to competitors, or, if disclosed, harmful to the Company or its customers. Every employee has a duty to respect and safeguard the confidentiality of the Company’s information and the information of our suppliers and customers, except when disclosure is authorized or legally mandated. In addition, you must refrain from using any confidential information from any previous employment if, in doing so, you could reasonably be expected to breach your duty of confidentiality to your former employers. An employee’s obligation to protect confidential information continues after he or she leaves the Company. Unauthorized disclosure of confidential information could cause competitive harm to the Company or its customers and could result in legal liability to you and the Company.

Employees also have a duty to protect the Company’s intellectual property and other business assets. The intellectual property, business systems and the security of the Company property are critical to the Company.

Any questions or concerns regarding whether disclosure of Company information is legally mandated should be promptly referred to the Compliance Officer.

 

4


Safeguarding Confidential Information and Company Property

Care must be taken to safeguard and protect confidential information and Company property. Accordingly, the following measures should be adhered to:

 

    The Company’s employees should conduct their business and social activities so as not to risk inadvertent disclosure of confidential information. For example, when not in use, confidential information should be secretly stored. Also, review of confidential documents or discussion of confidential subjects in public places (e.g., airplanes, trains, taxis, buses, etc.) should be conducted so as to prevent overhearing or other access by unauthorized persons.

 

    Within the Company’s offices, confidential matters should not be discussed within hearing range of visitors or others not working on such matters.

 

    Confidential matters should not be discussed with other employees not working on such matters or with friends or relatives including those living in the same household as a Company employee.

 

    The Company’s employees are only to access, use and disclose confidential information that is necessary for them to have in the course of performing their duties. They are not to disclose confidential information to other employees or contractors at the Company unless it is necessary for those employees or contractors to have such confidential information in the course of their duties.

 

    The Company’s files, personal computers, networks, software, internet access, internet browser programs, emails, voice mails and other business equipment (e.g. desks and cabinets) and resources are provided for business use and they are the exclusive property of the Company. Misuse of such Company property is not tolerated.

COMPETITION AND FAIR DEALING

All employees are obligated to deal fairly with fellow employees and with the Company’s customers, suppliers and competitors. Employees should not take unfair advantage of anyone through manipulation, concealment, abuse of privileged information, misrepresentation of material facts or any other unfair-dealing practice.

Relationships with Customers

Our business success depends upon our ability to foster lasting customer relationships. The Company is committed to dealing with customers fairly, honestly and with integrity. Specifically, you should keep the following guidelines in mind when dealing with customers:

 

    Information we supply to customers should be accurate and complete to the best of our knowledge. Employees should not deliberately misrepresent information to customers.

 

    Employees should not refuse to sell, service, or maintain products the Company has produced simply because a customer is buying products from another supplier.

 

5


    Customer entertainment should not exceed reasonable and customary business practice. Employees should not provide entertainment or other benefits that could be viewed as an inducement to or a reward for customer purchase decisions. Please see “Gifts and Entertainment” below for additional guidelines in this area.

Relationships with Suppliers

The Company deals fairly and honestly with its suppliers. This means that our relationships with suppliers are based on price, quality, service and reputation, among other factors. Employees dealing with suppliers should carefully guard their objectivity. Specifically, no employee should accept or solicit any personal benefit from a supplier or potential supplier that might compromise, or appear to compromise, their objective assessment of the supplier’s products and prices. Employees can give or accept promotional items of nominal value or moderately scaled entertainment within the limits of responsible and customary business practice. Please see “Gifts and Entertainment” below for additional guidelines in this area.

Relationships with Competitors

The Company is committed to free and open competition in the marketplace. Employees should avoid actions that would be contrary to laws governing competitive practices in the marketplace, including antitrust laws. Such actions include misappropriation and/or misuse of a competitor’s confidential information or making false statements about the competitor’s business and business practices.

PROTECTION AND USE OF COMPANY ASSETS

Employees should protect the Company’s assets and ensure their efficient use for legitimate business purposes only. Theft, carelessness and waste have a direct impact on the Company’s profitability. The use of Company funds or assets, whether or not for personal gain, for any unlawful or improper purpose is prohibited.

To ensure the protection and proper use of the Company’s assets, each employee should:

 

    Exercise reasonable care to prevent theft, damage or misuse of Company property.

 

    Report the actual or suspected theft, damage or misuse of Company property to a supervisor.

 

    Use the Company’s telephone system, other electronic communication services, written materials and other property primarily for business-related purposes.

 

    Safeguard all electronic programs, data, communications and written materials from inadvertent access by others.

 

    Use Company property only for legitimate business purposes, as authorized in connection with your job responsibilities.

 

6


Employees should be aware that Company property includes all data and communications transmitted or received to or by, or contained in, the Company’s electronic or telephonic systems. Company property also includes all written communications. Employees and other users of Company property should have no expectation of privacy with respect to these communications and data. To the extent permitted by law, the Company has the ability, and reserves the right, to monitor all electronic and telephonic communication. These communications may also be subject to disclosure to law enforcement or government officials.

GIFTS AND ENTERTAINMENT

The giving and receiving of gifts is a common business practice. Appropriate business gifts and entertainment are welcome courtesies designed to build relationships and understanding among business partners. However, gifts and entertainment should not compromise, or appear to compromise, your ability to make objective and fair business decisions.

It is your responsibility to use good judgment in this area. As a general rule, you may give or receive gifts or entertainment to or from customers or suppliers only if the gift or entertainment would not be viewed as an inducement to or reward for any particular business decision. All gifts and entertainment expenses should be properly accounted for on expense reports. The following specific examples may be helpful:

 

    Meals and Entertainment . You may occasionally accept or give meals, refreshments or other entertainment if:

 

    The items are of reasonable value;

 

    The purpose of the meeting or attendance at the event is business related; and

 

    The expenses would be paid by the Company as a reasonable business expense if not paid for by another party.

Entertainment of reasonable value may include food and tickets for sporting and cultural events if they are generally offered to other customers, suppliers or vendors.

 

    Advertising and Promotional Materials . You may occasionally accept or give advertising or promotional materials of nominal value.

 

    Personal Gifts . You may accept or give personal gifts of reasonable value that are related to recognized special occasions such as a graduation, promotion, new job, wedding, retirement or a holiday. A gift is also acceptable if it is based on a family or personal relationship and unrelated to the business involved between the individuals.

 

    Gifts Rewarding Service or Accomplishment . You may accept a gift from a civic, charitable or religious organization specifically related to your service or accomplishment.

 

7


You must be particularly careful that gifts and entertainment are not construed as bribes, kickbacks or other improper payments. See “The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act” below for a more detailed discussion of our policies regarding giving or receiving gifts related to business transactions.

You should make every effort to refuse or return a gift that is beyond these permissible guidelines. If it would be inappropriate to refuse a gift or you are unable to return a gift, you should promptly report the gift to your supervisor. Your supervisor will bring the gift to the attention of the Compliance Officer, who may require you to donate the gift to an appropriate community organization. If you have any questions about whether it is permissible to accept a gift or something else of value, contact your supervisor or the Compliance Officer for additional guidance.

COMPANY RECORDS

Accurate and reliable records are crucial to our business. Our records are the basis of our earnings statements, financial reports and other disclosures to the public and guide our business decision-making and strategic planning. Company records include booking information, payroll, timecards, travel and expense reports, e-mails, accounting and financial data, measurement and performance records, electronic data files and all other records maintained in the ordinary course of our business.

All Company records must be complete, accurate and reliable in all material respects. Undisclosed or unrecorded funds, payments or receipts are inconsistent with our business practices and are prohibited. You are responsible for understanding and complying with our record keeping policy. Ask your supervisor if you have any questions.

ACCURACY OF FINANCIAL REPORTS AND OTHER PUBLIC COMMUNICATIONS

As a public company we are subject to various securities laws, regulations and reporting obligations. These laws, regulations and obligations and our policies require the disclosure of accurate and complete information regarding the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations. Inaccurate, incomplete or untimely reporting will not be tolerated and can severely damage the Company and result in legal liability.

It is essential that the Company’s financial records, including all filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) be accurate and timely. Accordingly, in addition to adhering to the conflict of interest policy and other policies and guidelines in this Code, the principal financial officers and other senior financial officers must take special care to exhibit integrity at all times and to instill this value within their organizations. In particular, these senior officers must ensure their conduct is honest and ethical that they abide by all public disclosure requirements by providing full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosures, and that they comply with all other applicable laws and regulations. These financial officers must also understand and strictly comply with generally accepted accounting principles in the U.S. and all standards, laws and regulations for accounting and financial reporting of transactions, estimates and forecasts.

 

8


In addition, U.S. federal securities law requires the Company to maintain proper internal books and records and to devise and maintain an adequate system of internal accounting controls. The SEC has supplemented the statutory requirements by adopting rules that prohibit (1) any person from falsifying records or accounts subject to the above requirements and (2) officers or directors from making any materially false, misleading, or incomplete statement to an accountant in connection with an audit or any filing with the SEC. These provisions reflect the SEC’s intent to discourage officers, directors, and other persons with access to the Company’s books and records from taking action that might result in the communication of materially misleading financial information to the investing public.

COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND REGULATIONS

Each employee has an obligation to comply with all laws, rules and regulations applicable to the Company’s operations. These include, without limitation, laws covering bribery and kickbacks, copyrights, trademarks and trade secrets, information privacy, insider trading, illegal political contributions, antitrust prohibitions, foreign corrupt practices, offering or receiving gratuities, environmental hazards, employment discrimination or harassment, occupational health and safety, false or misleading financial information or misuse of corporate assets. You are expected to understand and comply with all laws, rules and regulations that apply to your job position. If any doubt exists about whether a course of action is lawful, you should seek advice from your supervisor or the Compliance Officer.

COMPLIANCE WITH INSIDER TRADING LAWS

The Company has an insider trading policy, which may be obtained from the Compliance Officer. The following is a summary of some of the general principles relevant to insider trading, and should be read in conjunction with the aforementioned specific policy.

Company employees are prohibited from trading in shares or other securities of the Company while in possession of material, nonpublic information about the Company. In addition, Company employees are prohibited from recommending, “tipping” or suggesting that anyone else buy or sell shares or other securities of the Company on the basis of material, nonpublic information. Company employees who obtain material nonpublic information about another company in the course of their employment are prohibited from trading in shares or securities of the other company while in possession of such information or “tipping” others to trade on the basis of such information. Violation of insider trading laws can result in severe fines and criminal penalties, as well as disciplinary action by the Company, up to and including termination of employment.

Information is “non-public” if it has not been made generally available to the public by means of a press release or other means of widespread distribution. Information is “material” if a reasonable investor would consider it important in a decision to buy, hold or sell stock or other securities. As a rule of thumb, any information that would affect the value of stock or other securities should be considered material. Examples of information that is generally considered “material” include:

 

    Financial results or forecasts, or any information that indicates the Company’s financial results may exceed or fall short of forecasts or expectations;

 

9


    Important new products or services;

 

    Pending or contemplated acquisitions or dispositions, including mergers, tender offers or joint venture proposals;

 

    Possible management changes or changes of control;

 

    Pending or contemplated public or private sales of debt or equity securities;

 

    Acquisition or loss of a significant customer or contract;

 

    Significant write-offs;

 

    Initiation or settlement of significant litigation; and

 

    Changes in the Company’s auditors or a notification from its auditors that the Company may no longer rely on the auditor’s report.

The laws against insider trading are specific and complex. Any questions about information you may possess or about any dealings you have had in the Company’s securities should be promptly brought to the attention of the Compliance Officer.

PUBLIC COMMUNICATIONS AND PREVENTION OF SELECTIVE DISCLOSURE

Public Communications Generally

The Company places a high value on its credibility and reputation in the community. What is written or said about the Company in the news media and investment community directly impacts our reputation, positively or negatively. Our policy is to provide timely, accurate and complete information in response to public requests (media, analysts, etc.), consistent with our obligations to maintain the confidentiality of competitive and proprietary information and to prevent selective disclosure of market-sensitive financial data. To ensure compliance with this policy, all news media or other public requests for information regarding the Company should be directed to the Company’s Investor Relations Department. The Investor Relations Department will work with you and the appropriate personnel to evaluate and coordinate a response to the request.

Prevention of Selective Disclosure

Preventing selective disclosure is necessary to comply with United States securities laws and to preserve the reputation and integrity of the Company as well as that of all persons affiliated with it. “Selective disclosure” occurs when any person provides potentially market-moving information to selected persons before the news is available to the investing public generally. Selective disclosure is a crime under United States law and the penalties for violating the law are severe.

 

10


The following guidelines have been established to avoid improper selective disclosure. Every employee is required to follow these procedures:

 

    All contact by the Company with investment analysts, the press and/or members of the media shall be made through the chief executive officer, chief financial officer or persons designated by them (collectively, the “Media Contacts”).

 

    Other than the Media Contacts, no officer, director or employee shall provide any information regarding the Company or its business to any investment analyst or member of the press or media.

 

    All inquiries from third parties, such as industry analysts or members of the media, about the Company or its business should be directed to a Media Contact. All presentations to the investment community regarding the Company will be made by us under the direction of a Media Contact.

 

    Other than the Media Contacts, any employee who is asked a question regarding the Company or its business by a member of the press or media shall respond with “No comment” and forward the inquiry to a Media Contact.

These procedures do not apply to the routine process of making previously released information regarding the Company available upon inquiries made by investors, investment analysts and members of the media.

Please contact the Compliance Officer if you have any questions about the scope or application of the Company’s policies regarding selective disclosure.

THE FOREIGN CORRUPT PRACTICES ACT

Foreign Corrupt Practices Act

The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (the “FCPA”) prohibits the Company and its employees and agents from offering or giving money or any other item of value to win or retain business or to influence any act or decision of any governmental official, political party, candidate for political office or official of a public international organization. Stated more concisely, the FCPA prohibits the payment of bribes, kickbacks or other inducements to foreign officials. This prohibition also extends to payments to a sales representative or agent if there is reason to believe that the payment will be used indirectly for a prohibited payment to foreign officials. Violation of the FCPA is a crime that can result in severe fines and criminal penalties, as well as disciplinary action by the Company, up to and including termination of employment.

Certain small facilitation payments to foreign officials may be permissible under the FCPA if customary in the country or locality and intended to secure routine governmental action. Governmental action is “routine” if it is ordinarily and commonly performed by a foreign official and does not involve the exercise of discretion. For instance, “routine” functions would include setting up a telephone line or expediting a shipment through customs. To ensure legal compliance, all facilitation payments must receive prior written approval from the Compliance Officer and must be clearly and accurately reported as a business expense.

 

11


ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH AND SAFETY

The Company is committed to providing a safe and healthy working environment for its employees and to avoiding adverse impact and injury to the environment and the communities in which we do business. Company employees must comply with all applicable environmental, health and safety laws, regulations and Company standards. It is your responsibility to understand and comply with the laws, regulations and policies that are relevant to your job. Failure to comply with environmental, health and safety laws and regulations can result in civil and criminal liability against you and the Company, as well as disciplinary action by the Company, up to and including termination of employment. You should contact the Compliance Officer if you have any questions about the laws, regulations and policies that apply to you.

Environment

All Company employees should strive to conserve resources and reduce waste and emissions through recycling and other energy conservation measures. You have a responsibility to promptly report any known or suspected violations of environmental laws or any events that may result in a discharge or emission of hazardous materials. Employees whose jobs involve manufacturing have a special responsibility to safeguard the environment. Such employees should be particularly alert to the storage, disposal and transportation of waste, and handling of toxic materials and emissions into the land, water or air.

Health and Safety

The Company is committed not only to complying with all relevant health and safety laws, but also to conducting business in a manner that protects the safety of its employees. All employees are required to comply with all applicable health and safety laws, regulations and policies relevant to their jobs. If you have a concern about unsafe conditions or tasks that present a risk of injury to you, please report these concerns immediately to your supervisor or the Human Resources Department.

EMPLOYMENT PRACTICES

The Company pursues fair employment practices in every aspect of its business. The following is intended to be a summary of our employment policies and procedures. Copies of our detailed policies are available from the Human Resources Department. Company employees must comply with all applicable labor and employment laws, including anti-discrimination laws and laws related to freedom of association, privacy and collective bargaining. It is your responsibility to understand and comply with the laws, regulations and policies that are relevant to your job. Failure to comply with labor and employment laws can result in civil and criminal liability against you and the Company, as well as disciplinary action by the Company, up to and including termination of employment. You should contact the Compliance Officer or the Human Resources Department if you have any questions about the laws, regulations and policies that apply to you.

 

12


Harassment and Discrimination

The Company is committed to providing equal opportunity and fair treatment to all individuals on the basis of merit, without discrimination because of race, color, religion, national origin, gender (including pregnancy), sexual orientation, age, disability, veteran status or other characteristic protected by law. The Company prohibits harassment in any form, whether physical or verbal and whether committed by supervisors, non-supervisory personnel or non-employees. Harassment may include, but is not limited to, offensive sexual flirtations, unwanted sexual advances or propositions, verbal abuse, sexually or racially degrading words, or the display in the workplace of sexually suggestive objects or pictures.

If you have any complaints about discrimination or harassment, report such conduct to your supervisor or the Human Resources Department. All complaints will be treated with sensitivity and discretion. Your supervisor, the Human Resources Department and the Company will protect your confidentiality to the extent possible, consistent with law and the Company’s need to investigate your concern. Where our investigation uncovers harassment or discrimination, we will take prompt corrective action, which may include disciplinary action by the Company, up to and including, termination of employment. The Company strictly prohibits retaliation against an employee who, in good faith, files a compliant.

Any member of management who has reason to believe that an employee has been the victim of harassment or discrimination or who receives a report of alleged harassment or discrimination is required to report it to the Human Resources Department immediately.

CONCLUSION

This Code of Business Conduct and Ethics contains general guidelines for conducting the business of the Company consistent with the highest standards of business ethics. If you have any questions about these guidelines, please contact your supervisor or the Compliance Officer. We expect all Company employees to adhere to these standards.

This Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, as applied to the Company’s principal financial officers, shall be the Company’s “code of ethics” within the meaning of Section 406 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules promulgated thereunder.

This Code and the matters contained herein are neither a contract of employment nor a guarantee of continuing Company policy. We reserve the right to amend, supplement or discontinue this Code and the matters addressed herein, without prior notice, at any time.

 

13

Exhibit 99.2

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

ALLBRIGHT LAW OFFICES HANGZHOU OFFICE

 

 

LOGO

12/F, Huacheng International Development Tower, No. 308 Fuchun Road,

Hangzhou, Zhejiang Province, 310020, PRC

Tel : +86 571 8983 8088 Fax: + 86 571 8983 8099

December 23, 2014

To: Hailiang Education Group Inc.

386, Jiefangbei Road

Diankou Town, Zhuji

Zhejiang Province, 311814,PRC

Re: PRC Legal Opinion on certain PRC Law Matters

Dear Sirs or Madams,

We are qualified lawyers of the People’s Republic of China (the “ PRC ”, for purposes of this legal Opinion, excluding the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, the Macau Special Administrative Region and Taiwan), and are qualified to issue this legal Opinion on the laws and regulations of the PRC (this “ Opinion ”).

We are acting as the PRC counsel to Hailiang Education Group Inc. (the “ Company ”), a company incorporated under the laws of Cayman Islands, in connection with (A) the Company’s registration statement on Form F-1 including all amendments or supplements thereto (the “ Registration Statement ”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”) under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, on March 12, 2014, relating to the initial public offering by the Company of a certain number of the Company’s American depositary shares (the “ ADSs ”), each representing a certain number of ordinary shares of par value US$0.0001 per share of the Company, and (B) the proposed listing and trading of the Company’s ADSs on the Nasdaq Global Market (the “ Offering ”) . We have been requested to give an opinion (the “ Opinion ”) as to the matters set forth below.

 

1


LOGO

 

I. Definitions.

As used herein, the following terms are defined as follows:

(a) “ PRC Law ” means all applicable laws, regulations, rules, orders, decrees, guidelines, judicial interpretations and other legislations of the PRC in effect and available to the public on the date of this Opinion;

(b) “ PRC Group Entities ” means the entities listed in Appendix I hereto (each a “PRC Group entity”, collectively “PRC Group Entities”);

(c) “ PRC Companies ” means the entities listed in Appendix I(A) hereto (each a “PRC Company”, collectively “PRC Companies”);

 

(d) PRC Schools ” means the schools as set out in Appendix I(B) (each a “PRC School”, collectively “PRC Schools”)

(e) “ Control Agreements ” means the contracts and agreements set forth in Appendix II hereto;

(f) “ Governmental Authority ” means any national, provincial or local governmental, regulatory or administrative authority, agency or commission in the PRC, or any court, tribunal or any other judicial or arbitral body in the PRC, or anybody exercising, or entitled to exercise, any administrative, judicial, legislative, policy, regulatory, or taxing authority or power of similar nature in the PRC(other than the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, Macao Special Administrative Region and Taiwan Province);

II. PRC LAWS

This Opinion is rendered on the basis of the PRC laws, regulations, rules, orders, decrees, guidelines or notices effective and publicly available as of the date hereof and there is no assurance that any PRC Laws will not be changed, amended or replaced in the future with or without retrospective effect.

 

2


LOGO

 

We do not purport to be an expert on or to be generally familiar with or qualified to express legal Opinions based on any laws other than the PRC Law. Accordingly, we express or imply no Opinion directly or indirectly on the laws of any jurisdiction other than the PRC.

III. ASSUMPTIONS

For the purpose of this Opinion, we have examined the originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of documents provided to us by or on behalf of the Company and such other documents, corporate records, certificates issued by governmental authorities in the PRC and officers of the Company and other instruments as we have deemed necessary or advisable for the purposes of rendering this Opinion.

In examination of the documents and for the purpose of giving this Opinion, we have relied upon the following assumptions, which we have not independently verified: (i) all signatures, seals and chops are genuine and made or affixed with due authority; (ii) all documents submitted to us as originals are authentic and all documents submitted to us as copies are complete and conform to their authentic originals; (iii) none of the documents as they were presented to us has been revoked, amended, varied or supplemented, without us being notified or made aware thereof. Where important facts were not independently established to us, we have relied upon certificates issued by governmental agents and representatives of the Company with proper authority and upon representations, made in or pursuant to the documents.

IV. OPINIONS

Based upon the foregoing examinations and assumptions and subject to the qualifications set forth herein, we are of the Opinion that:

(i) Each of the PRC Companies has been duly incorporated and validly exists as a company with limited liability and enterprise legal person status under the PRC Laws. All of the registered capital of each of the PRC Companies has been fully paid for, and all the equity interest in the registered capital of each of the PRC Companies is owned by its shareholders currently registered with the competent administration for industry and commerce. The current articles of association and the business license of each of the PRC Companies comply with applicable PRC Laws and are in full force and effect.

 

3


LOGO

 

(ii) To the best of our knowledge after due and reasonable inquiries, none of the PRC Companies has taken any action nor have any steps been taken or legal or administrative proceedings been commenced or threatened for the winding up, dissolution, bankruptcy or liquidation, or for the appointment of a liquidation committee of any of the PRC Companies, or for the suspension, withdrawal, revocation or cancellation of any of the business licenses of the PRC Companies.

(iii) Each of the PRC Schools has been duly organized and validly exists as a private school with limited liability and full legal person status and in good standing under the PRC Laws. The registration certificate of each of the PRC Schools is in full force and effect under and in full compliance with the PRC Laws. The operational funds of all the PRC Schools have been fully paid up in accordance with PRC Laws. Each of the PRC Schools has obtained all Governmental Authorizations that are required under PRC Laws for the sponsorship interest by its holders. All of the sponsorship interests of each of the PRC Schools held by the PRC Company are legally owned directly by its sponsors.

(iv) The corporate structure of the PRC Group Entities as described in the Prospectus is in compliance with applicable regulatory requirements set forth in the PRC Laws.

(v) Appendix II sets forth a true, complete and correct list of all the current contractual arrangements and agreements (the “Control Agreements”). Each of the Control Agreements has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the parties thereto, each PRC Group Entity or PRC Individual has the power and capacity (corporate or otherwise) to enter into and to perform its obligations under such Control Agreement; each of the Control Agreements constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the parties thereto, enforceable against such parties in accordance with its terms and does not violate any explicit requirements of the applicable PRC Laws. No further Governmental Authorizations are required under the applicable PRC Laws in connection with the Control Agreements or the performance of the terms thereof. The determination that the Company is the primary beneficiary and the consolidation of the financial results of the PRC Group Entities are not in contrary to the restrictions placed on foreign ownership and investments in the PRC.

 

4


LOGO

 

(vi) To the best of our knowledge after due and reasonable inquiries, there are no legal, governmental, administrative or arbitrative proceedings, actions, proceedings, initiatives, decisions, rulings, demands or orders before any competent court or arbitration body of the PRC or before or by any competent Governmental Agency pending or threatened against, or involving the business or assets of any PRC Group Entities.

(vii) The Company has duly completed all relevant Governmental Authorizations required under the applicable laws, regulations or rules concerning foreign exchange; the shareholder of the Company who are PRC citizen and resident, has duly completed all relevant Governmental Authorizations required under applicable laws, regulations or rules concerning foreign exchange.

(viii) On August 8, 2006, the PRC Ministry of Commerce, the State Assets Supervision and Administration Commission, the State Administration for Taxation, the State Administration for Industry and Commerce, the China Securities Regulatory Commission (“ CSRC ”) and the State Administration of Foreign Exchange jointly promulgated the Regulations on Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors (the “ M&A Rules ”). The M&A Rules require offshore special purpose vehicles formed for overseas listing purposes through acquisitions of PRC domestic companies and controlled by PRC companies or individuals to obtain the approval of the CSRC prior to publicly listing their securities on an overseas stock exchange. The Company is not a special purpose vehicle formed for the purpose of acquiring domestic companies that are controlled by its PRC individual shareholders, as the company acquired contractual control rather than equity interests in its domestic affiliated entities, therefore the requirement of the M&A Rules is not applicable to the Company and the Company is not required to submit an application to CSRC for the approval of the Distribution and the listing and trading of the ADSs on the Nasdaq Global Market.

 

5


LOGO

 

(ix) There are no approvals from the Government Authorities required by PRC Laws for the restructuring arrangements, or the due consummation of the transactions contemplated therein as disclosed under the heading “Our Corporate History and Structure” of the prospectus included in the Registration Statement, since the restructuring arrangements and the transactions were undertaken outside the PRC by and among the entities incorporated and located outside the PRC.

(x) PRC courts may recognize and enforce foreign judgments in accordance with the requirements of PRC Civil Procedures Law based either on treaties between China and the country where the judgment is made or on reciprocity between jurisdictions. China does not have any treaties or other form of reciprocity with the United States or the Cayman Islands that provide for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments. As a result, it is uncertain whether and on what basis a PRC court would enforce a judgment rendered by a court in the United States or the Cayman Islands.

(xi) All statements set forth in the Prospectus under the captions “Prospectus Summary”, “Risk Factors”, “Use of Proceeds”, “Our Corporate History and Structure”, “Dividend Policy”, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, “Industry”, “Business”, “Regulations”, “Management”, “Related Party Transactions”, “Description of Share Capital”, “Enforceability of Civil Liabilities” and “Taxation — People’s Republic of China Taxation”, in each case insofar as such statements describe or summarize PRC legal or regulatory matters, or documents, agreements or proceedings governed by PRC Laws, are true and accurate in all material aspects, and are fairly disclosed and correctly set forth therein, and nothing has been omitted from such statements which would make the same misleading in all material aspects.

This Opinion is subject to the following qualifications:

 

  (a) This Opinion is limited to matters of the PRC Law in effect on the date of this Opinion.

 

  (b) We have not investigated and do not express or imply any Opinion on accounting, auditing, or laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

  (c) This Opinion is subject to the effects of (i) certain legal or statutory principles affecting the enforceability of contractual rights generally under the concepts of public interest, national security, good faith and fair dealing, applicable statutes of limitation, and the limitations of bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditor’s rights generally;(ii) any circumstance in connection with the formulation, execution or performance of any legal documents that would be deemed materially mistaken, clearly unconscionable or fraudulent; (iii) judicial discretion with respect to the availability of injunctive relief, the calculation of damages, and any entitlement to attorneys’ fees and other costs; and (iv) the discretion of any competent PRC legislative, administrative or judicial bodies in exercising their authority in connection with the interpretation, implementation and application of relevant PRC Laws.

 

6


LOGO

 

This Opinion is given for the benefit of the persons to whom it is addressed upon the request by, and in its capacity as PRC legal counsel to, the Company. It may not, except with the prior permission of the Company and us, be relied upon by anyone other than the Company, the underwriters and their legal and financial advisors in connection with this Offering or used for any other purpose.

This Opinion is intended to be used in the context which is specifically referred to herein and each paragraph should be considered as a whole and no part should be extracted and referred to independently.

We hereby consent to the quotation or summarization of this Opinion in, and the filing hereof, as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we  co me within the category of the persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the regulations promulgated thereunder.

This Opinion is limited to the matters referred to herein and shall not be construed as extending to any other matter or document not referred to herein.

Yours faithfully,

/s/ AllBright Law Offices

AllBright Law Offices

 

7


LOGO

 

Appendix I

PRC Group Entities

(A) “PRC Companies”

(1) Zhejiang Hailiang Education Consulting and Services Co., Ltd. (in Chinese “ LOGO ”)

(2) Zhejiang Hailiang Education Investment Co., Ltd. (in Chinese “ LOGO ”)

(B) “PRC Schools”

(1) Zhuji Private High School (in Chinese “ LOGO ”)

(2) Zhuji Hailiang Foreign Language School (in Chinese “ LOGO ”)

(3) Zhejiang Zhuji Tianma Experimental School (in Chinese “ LOGO ”)

 

8


LOGO

 

Appendix II

Control Agreements

1. Consulting Service Agreement, dated as of December 31, 2013, among Zhejiang Hailiang Education Consulting and Services Co., Ltd., Zhejiang Hailiang Education Investment Co., Ltd. and its affiliated entities, namely Zhuji Private High School, Zhuji Hailiang Foreign Language School and Zhejiang Zhuji Tianma Experimental School, Mr. Feng Hailiang;

2. Call Option Agreement, dated as of December 31, 2013, among Zhejiang Hailiang Education Consulting and Services Co., Ltd., Mr. Feng Hailiang and Zhejiang Hailiang Education Investment Co., Ltd.;

3. Power Of Attorney, dated as of December 31, 2013, issued by Mr. Feng Hailiang;

4. Equity Pledge Agreement, dated as of December 31, 2013, among Zhejiang Hailiang Education Consulting and Services Co., Ltd., Mr. Feng Hailiang and Zhejiang Hailiang Education Investment Co., Ltd.

 

9